Psychiatry

Risk of Development of Osteoporosis due to Depression in the Elderly Individuals: Review Article

Authors
Umesh Kumar Vyas
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2013;6(2):a612

Introduction:

Fifteen percent of elderly individuals report clinically significant depression due to variety of reasons. Osteoporosis is a disorder of bone metabolism which can be caused by multiple factors. The elder population has multiple risk factors for development of low Bone Mineral Density (BMD). Data supports that SSRI causes low BMD. There are numerous mediating processes, factors and causes that may contribute to relationship between depression and low BMD, therefore it has been suggested that depression may be an unrecognized risk factor for development of osteoporosis in this patient population.

Low BMD is a common condition among the elder population; prevalence of osteopenia and osteoporosis is expected to increase due to increasing elder population. Low BMD is associated with increased risk for debilitating fractures, particularly hip, vertebrae and distal forearm. There is a growing body of evidence that depression impact the risk for fractures in the older population.

Most studies support that depression is associated with increased risk for both low BMD and fractures. There are many risk factors for low BMD, but some are unalterable. Therefore it is crucial to identify modifiable risk factors to reduce the public health burden of osteopenia, osteoporosis and fractures, and complications associated with them.

Objective:

A literature review was performed to extract evidence and to evaluate risk of Osteoporosis in depression.

Educational Objectives:

At the conclusion of this article, the reviewer will be able to understand,

  1. The risk of development of osteoporosis,
  2. Need for close monitoring and early assessment of risk,
  3. Need for prophylactic treatment to avoid complications due to development of osteoporosis.

Method:

Pubmed.gov was searched by using pre-determined key word.

Key words:

“Depression AND Osteoporosis"

Background:

Osteoporosis was first recognized as a disorder of bone metabolism in 1947 by Albright. It is the most common degenerative disease in developed countries; it is characterized by low bone mineral density (BMD), causing bone fragility and increased fracture incidence. Over past quarter century, it has emerged as a major public health problem in the Western world, prevalence of osteopenia and osteoporosis is expected to increase dramatically in the next 50 years as the population pyramid shift toward old age. In United States alone, app 10 million individuals over age of 50 have osteoporosis. In addition, 33.6 million Americans in this age group have osteopenia (i.e. a decrease in bone mineral density [BMD] that precedes osteoporosis and its potential complications later in life). The estimated annual fracture rate due to an underlying bone disease is 1.5 million. These fractures lead to pain, skeletal mutilation, disability, loss of independence and increased mortality.1

Low BMD has been shown to be major risk factor for debilitating bone fractures, particularly of the hip, vertebrae and distal forearm.2 The established risk factors for osteoporosis include increasing age, female sex, oestrogen deficiency, glucocorticoid therapy and other medications, smoking, alcohol use, inactivity, and low calcium intake.3 Many prominent risk factors are unalterable, it is therefore crucial to identify modifiable risk factors in order to reduce the public health burden of osteopenia, osteoporosis and the fractures associated with them. In the USA, depression is a common disorder that affects 5 to 9% of women and 1 to 2% men.4 It ranks second only to hypertension as the most common chronic illness encountered in general medical practice.5 This disorder carries a considerable risk of death and is associated with a two to three fold increase in all-cause of non-suicide-related death.6 Fifteen percent of elderly individuals report clinically significant depression.

Definition of Osteopenia and Osteoporosis:

Osteopenia is a condition where bone mineral density is lower than normal, more specifically; it is defined as BMD T-Score between -1.0 and -2.5. It is considered to be precursor to osteoporosis. However, not every person diagnosed with osteopenia will develop osteoporosis. Osteoporosis causes bones to become weak and brittle – so brittle that a fall or even mild stresses like bending over or coughing can cause a fracture.

Osteoporosis-related fractures most commonly occur in the hip, wrist or spine. Bone is a living tissue, which is constantly being absorbed and replaced. Osteoporosis occurs when the creation of new bone does not keep up with the removal of old bone. Osteoporosis affects men and women of all races, but White and Asian women especially those who are past menopause are at highest risk. Medications, dietary supplements and weight-bearing exercise can help strengthen bones.

Literature evidence:

Current evidence supports a bidirectional link between major depressive disorders (MDD), several other mood disorders, and various medical conditions such as osteoporosis and cardiovascular disease.7 A significant association was found between BMD and depressive symptoms after adjustment for osteoporosis risk factors. In Caucasians, depressive symptoms were associated with both osteoporotic and osteopenic levels of BMD.8 A meta-analysis reported BMD is lower in depressed than non-depressed subjects. The association between depression and BMD is stronger in women than men, and in premenopausal than postmenopausal women. Only women psychiatrically diagnosed for MDD display significantly low BMD; women diagnosed by self-rating questionnaires do not.9 Depression is a significant risk factor for fracture in older women.14 Numerous studies have examined association between antidepressant use (both SSRI and TCA) and fracture risk. The majority have found that use of these medications, regardless of class is associated with increased risk of fracture.10 Animal studies have also indicated that serotonin may influence bone mass, particularly during stages of bone growth.11, 12

Daily SSRI (Table 1) use in adults 50 years and older remained associated with a 2-fold increased risk of clinical fragility after adjustment for potential covariates. Depression and fragility fractures are common in this age group, and the elevated risk attributed to daily SSRI use may have important public health consequences.15 (Figure 1). SSRI may increase fracture risk because of their effect on bone physiology and on the risk of falling. Functional serotonin receptors and transporters have been localized to bone, while the administration of SSRI decreases bone mass and strength in growing mice. SSRI function by inhibiting the serotonin transporter. Functional serotonin transporters in osteoblasts, osteoclasts and osteocytes raises the possibility that serotonin transporters may play a role in bone metabolism and those medications that affect this transporter system may also affect bone metabolism. Use of SSRI is associated with an increased rate of bone loss at the hip in this cohort of older women; use of a TCA was not similarly associated with increased rates of hip bone loss in our cohort.16 In men, BMD was lower among those reporting current SSRI use, but not among user of other antidepressants.17 Meta-analysis proved that MDD is associated with low BMD and should therefore be considered a risk factor for osteoporosis. BMD in subjects with MDD was 4.7% lower at the AP spine, 3.5% lower at the total femur, and 7.3% lower at the femur neck as compared to healthy controls.18 NIH meta-analysis concluded MDD was associated with lower BMD at the AP spine, femoral neck and total femur. The deficits in BMD in subjects with depression are of clinical significance and likely to increase fracture risk over the lifetime of these subjects.18

Table 1: List of SSRI (Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitor) and dosages range:

Generic Name Brand Name Dose range
Citalopram Celexa 10 to 40 mg
Escitalopram Lexapro 10 to 20 mg
Fluoxetine Prozac 20 to 80 mg
Fluvoxamine Luvox 50 to 300 mg
Paroxetine Paxil 10 to 40 mg
Sertraline Zoloft 50 to 200 mg

Figure 1: Fracture-free survival by Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors (SSRI) use

Potential mechanisms of bone loss in depression:

Depression is associated with alterations of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis at multiple levels, including altered secretion of hypothalamic corticotrophin-releasing hormone (CRH), as indicated by CRH levels in the cerebrospinal fluid, and change in the set point threshold for negative feedback; these changes generally result into hyper-cortisolism.

Pro-inflammatory cytokines are increased in depression and IL-6 is a potent activator of the osteoclast. Oestrogen deficiency in women and androgen deficiency in men may affect bone mass and there is at least theoretical evidence for decreased sexual hormones in both genders during the acute phases of depression. Serotonin transporter receptors are present on the osteoblast and use of antidepressants has been associated with more fractures. Commonly accepted life style risk factors for osteoporosis include smoking, inadequate calcium intake, excessive alcohol intake and physical inactivity. 

There are three pathophysiologic pathways leading to low BMD.13 (Figure 2):

  1. Inadequate acquisition of bone mass early in life
  2. Elevated resorption of bone mass later in life, and
  3. Inefficient bone formation during continuous bone remodelling

These pathways are interdependent and the relative importance of each mechanism changes over development and varies by sex.

Figure 2: Pathways linking depression, low bone mneral density and fracture. 13

Bottom line:

Current available evidence supports that there is increase of development of osteoporosis due to various factors, pathways and medications used in treatment of depression.

Conclusion:

Major depressive disorder is an important but still unrecognized risk factor for osteoporosis. Depression should be considered as an important risk factor for osteoporosis. Depression is associated with low BMD, with a substantially greater BMD decrease in depressed women and in cases of clinical depression. These patients need close monitoring, early assessment of risk and preventive measures to avoid complications. Premenopausal women with major depression should undergo DXA screening. Similar recommendation may be made for postmenopausal women with depression especially in the presence of one or more known risk factors for development of osteoporosis.

Once a diagnosis of osteoporosis is made in subjects with major depression, DXA measurements should be performed with a frequency based on the current WHO algorithm; this model takes into account the presence of other risk factors and age of the subjects.

Clinical Point:

Periodic BMD measurements and anti-osteoporotic prophylactic and curative measures are strongly advocated for these patients.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
UMESH KUMAR VYAS, M.D., Chair of Department of Psychiatry, Medical Director of In-Patient Behavioral Health Unit, Regional Medical Director of Sleep Disorders Center, Psychiatrist and Sleep Disorders Specialist, Mayo Clinic Health System, Mankato, MN, USA; Adjunct Clinical Assistant Professor, Department of Family Medicine and Community Health, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN, USA; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychiatry and Sleep Medicine, College of Osteopathic Medicine, Des Moines University, Des Moines, IA, USA.
Corresponding Author Details: 
UMESH KUMAR VYAS, M.D., 1025 Marsh Street, P O Box 8673, Mankato, MN, 56002-8673, USA.
Corresponding Author Email: 
Vyas.umesh@mayo.edu
References
References: 
  1. US Department of Health and Human Services: Office of the Surgeon General: Bone Health and Osteoporosis: 2004; A Report of the Surgeon General. Available at http://www.surgeongeneral.gov/library/bonehealth/. Accessed December 1, 2008.
  2. Cummings SR, Black DM, Nevitt MC, et al. The study of osteoporotic fractures research group. Appendicular bone density and age predict hip fracture in women. JAMA, 1990; 263(5):665-668
  3. Ross PD. Osteoporosis. Frequency, consequences, and risk factors. Arch Intern Med, 1996; 156(13):1399-1411
  4. Robins LN, Helzer JE, Weissman MM, et al. Lifetime prevalence of specific psychiatric disorders in three sites. Arch Gen Psychiatry, 1984; 41(10):949-958
  5. Wells KB, Stewart A, Hays RD et al. The functioning and well-being of depressed patients: results from the Medical Outcomes Study. JAMA, 1989; 262(7):914-919
  6. Zheng D, Macera CA, Croft JB et al. Major depression and all-cause mortality among white adults in the United States. Ann Epidemiol, 1997; 7(3):213-218
  7. Evans DL, Charney DS, Lewis L et al. Mood disorders in the medically ill: scientific review and recommendations. Biol Psychiatry, 2005; 58:175-189
  8. John Robbins, Calvin Hirsch, Rachel Whitmer et al. The association of bone mineral density and depression in an older population J Am Geriatric Soc, 2001; 49(6):732-736
  9. Itai A. Bab, Raz Yirmiya. Depression and bone mass Ann N Y Acad Sci, 2010; 1192:170-175
  10. Takkouche B. Montes-Martinez A, Gill S et al. Psychotropic medications and the risk of fracture: a meta-analysis. Drug safety, 2007; 30:171-184
  11. Bliziotes M, Gunness M, Eshleman A et al. The role of dopamine and serotonin in regulating bone mass and strength; studies on dopamine and serotonin transporter null mice. J Musculoskele Neuronal Interact, 2002; 2:291-295
  12. Warden S, Robling A, Sanders M et al. Inhibition of the serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine) transporter reduces bone accrual during growth. Endocrinology, 2005; 146:685-693
  13. B Mezuk, W. W. Eaton, S. H. Golden. Depression and osteoporosis: epidemiology and potential mediating pathways. International Osteoporosis Foundation and National Osteoporosis Foundation, 2007
  14. M A Whooley, K E Kip, J A Cauley et al. Depression, falls, and risk of fracture in older women, Arch Intern Med, 1999; 159:484-490
  15. J B Richards, A Papaioannou, J D Adachi et al. Effect of selective reuptake inhibitors of the risk of fracture. Arch Intern Med, 2007; 167:188-194
  16. S J Diem, T L Blackwell, K L Stone et al. Use of antidepressants and rates of hip bone loss in older women. Arch Intern Med, 2007; 167:1240-1245
  17. E M Haney, B K S Chan, S J Diem et al. Association of low bone mineral density with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor use by older men. Arch Intern Med, 2007; 167:1246-1251
  18. G. Cizza, S. Primma, M. Coyle et al. Depression and Osteoporosis: A research synthesis with Meta-analysis. Horm Metab Res, 2010; 42(7):467-482

A comparative review of admissions to an Intellectual Disability Inpatient Service over a 10-year period

Authors
Cristal Oxley, Shivanthi Sathanandan, Dina Gazizova, Brian Fitzgerald, Professor Basant K. Puri
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2013;6(2):a611
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Aim: To analyse trends in admissions to an intellectual disability unit over a ten year period.
Method: We carried out a retrospective review of medical case notes over two time periods (1999-2001 and 2009-2011). Data collected included patient demographics, reasons for admission, length of stay, delay in discharge and reasons for delay in discharge.
Results: During the initial review there were 60 admissions to the unit, compared to 41 admissions during the later time period. During both periods challenging behaviour followed by psychotic disorder were the most common reasons for admission. Over this ten year period, more than half of the admissions were considered delayed discharges, most commonly due to social reasons (i.e. funding, appropriate placement).
Conclusions: Specialist inpatient assessment and treatment units are a costly necessity.  Reducing the average length of stay where possible can reduce the cost of a patient admission. However, this single agenda can lead to problems of pressured early discharge to placements which are unable to sustain the patients. Collaborative approaches together with those involved in community care is crucial to getting the right care at the right financial cost for this relatively small but very complex and vulnerable group of individuals.

INTRODUCTION:

People with intellectual disabilities are a heterogeneous group, who can pose a challenge to services in terms of meeting a wide range of needs. Following the closure of large institutions, the optimum means of service provision for people with intellectual disabilities with additional mental illness and challenging behaviour has been a matter of debate.

Challenging behaviour can be defined as a ‘culturally abnormal behaviour of such an intensity, frequency or duration that the physical safety of the person or others is likely to be placed in serious jeopardy, or behaviour which is likely to seriously limit use of, or result in the person being denied access to, ordinary community facilities’ – Emerson, 19951. Examples of challenging behaviours include self-injury, aggressive outbursts, destruction of property and socially inappropriate behaviour.

The credit-crunch of recent years has led to an increased use of private sector services delivering care to NHS funded patients. The Winterbourne Scandal unearthed by BBC Panorama in June 2011 (an investigation into the physical abuse and psychological abuse suffered by people with learning disabilities and challenging behaviour at this private hospital in South Gloucestershire), highlighted that whist this maybe an economically viable option, fundamental questions were raised about whether private sector services’ safeguards and monitoring protocols were as robust as the NHS in protecting vulnerable patients. It also reawakened longstanding disputes around the way people with complex needs are cared for in residential settings. The discussions centred around ‘institutional’ versus ‘community’ care styles; specialist intellectual disabilities services versus generic adult psychiatric services; local versus specialist expertise congregated around a single unit; and also financial questions regarding how best to meet the needs of this population at a time of austerity. Opinions vary widely, and at times are even polarised, as a result of several factors including position within this competitive and complex system, personal and cultural politics and also personal experience. As a result of the government review, subsequent to the Winterbourne investigation, a number of recommendations have been made which will affect the future of care of this vulnerable group of patients. These include, “by June 2013, all current placements will be reviewed, everyone in hospital inappropriately will move to community-based support as quickly as possible, and no later than June 2014… as a consequence, there will be a dramatic reduction in hospital placements for this group of people2

The Department of Health Policy, Valuing People3, set out ‘ambitious and challenging programme of action for improving services’, based on four important key principles – civil rights, independence, choice and inclusion. Government Policy as detailed in both Valuing People and the Mansell Report3, 4 recognises that NHS specialist inpatient services are indeed necessary on a short-term basis for some people with intellectual disabilities and complex mental health needs. Inpatient facilities for people with Intellectual Disability have been described as highly specialised services that are a valuable, but also expensive, component of mental health services5. The Enfield Specialist Inpatient unit - the Seacole Centre - is one such service.

The Seacole Centre consists of two inpatient units, with a total of 12 inpatient beds, for people with intellectual disabilities with acute mental illness and/or challenging behaviour. It is located within Chase Farm Hospital in Enfield, Greater London. The Seacole Centre has a multidisciplinary team consisting of nurses, psychologists, psychiatrists, a resident GP, occupational therapists, intensive support team staff, physiotherapists, speech and language therapists, a physical exercise coach and administrative staff. Patients are admitted from a variety of sources, including general psychiatric wards, general medical wards and community intellectual disability teams. Since patients are often referred from other boroughs, in addition to this multidisciplinary team, each patient has their own community and social care team based within their own borough. The use of out-of-area units faces similar challenges to out-of-area placements, use of which has been increasing in the UK, and it is important to explore ways in which service users, out-of-area, can be supported effectively6.

In 2002, a review of admissions to the unit was completed to describe the management of mental illness and challenging behaviour. Since then there have been several service reconfigurations within the trust, in order to accommodate national, political and financial recommendations. However, despite these changes, it was observed clinically that certain clinical problems including delayed discharges continue to occur. We decided to complete a similar review, to describe current admission trends in further detail, in order to enable us to identify areas of improvement, and also to ascertain the nature and severity of ongoing problems to focus future recommendations.

METHOD:

A retrospective review of the case records of all inpatient admissions to the Seacole Centre was completed over a three-year period – from 1st January 1999 to 31st December 2001.

Data collected included age on admission, gender, borough, diagnosis, psychotropic medication on discharge, date of admission and discharge, length of stay, legal status on admission, delays on discharge, and reason for delay, and living arrangements prior to and after discharge

A successful outcome of admission was discharge from hospital to community care. We used the following definition of the delayed discharge:

"A delayed transfer occurs when a patient is ready for transfer from a general and acute hospital bed but is still occupying such a bed. A patient is ready for transfer when:

  • a clinical decision has been made that the patient is ready for transfer
  • a multi-disciplinary team decision has been made that the patient is ready for transfer
  • the patient is safe to discharge/transfer.7

The review was repeated during a further three-year period between 1st January to 2009 and 31st December 2011.

RESULTS:

Characteristics of 1999-2001 cohort, and comparison with 2009-2011

The basic demographic details can be seen in Table 1.

Table 1 - Demographic details

  1999-2001 2009-2011
Number of admissions 60 41
Number of patients 46 40
Average (mean) age/years 29.58 36.16
Age Range / years 14-63 19-72
M:F ratio 1.4:1 3.1:1
Total number of boroughs from which patients admitted 10 7

Trends in Admission Rates

As seen in Tables 1 and 2, there has been a reduction in the total number of admissions between the studies. There has also been a marked reduction in re-admissions. The average length of stay has increased, and although the number of delayed discharges has slightly decreased, it can be seen that this is still a factor in a significant proportion of the admissions.

Table 2 - Trends in admission

  1999-2001 2009-2011
Total Number of admissions 60 41
Average (mean) length of stay / days 198.6 244.6
Number of readmissions 16 1
Number of delayed discharges 40 (67%) 24 (59%)

Reason for admission

The trends in reason for admission are shown in Figure 1.

Figure 1 – Trends in Reason for Admission, 1999-2001 compared to 2009-2011

In both time periods, the most frequent reason for admission is challenging behaviour (62%, n=37 between 1999-2001; 63%, n=29, between 2009-2011), followed by psychosis (22%, n=13 between 1999-2001; 11%, n=5, between 2009-2011. Social admissions were the third most common reason for admission in the recent study (0% between 1999-2001; 4%, n=2 between 2009-2011). The range of psychiatric presentations was widest during the original time period.

Patterns on discharge

As shown in Figure 2, most patients in the original study were discharged to either the same residential home or back to the family home, where as in the latter time period patients were most frequently discharged to either a different residential home or to supported living. Figure 3 summarises this effect, demonstrating the change in discharging the majority of patients to a different place of residence.

Figure 2 – A graph to show the place of discharge, 1999-2001 compared to 2009-2011

Figure 3 – A Graph to Demonstrate Trends in Place of Discharge – comparing 1999-2001 and 2009-2011

Delayed discharges

The primary cause for delay in both studies was finding appropriate placement, although this was more marked in the recent cohort.

One of the major factors contributing to delayed discharges was lack of identification of suitable placement, which was identified as a major contributing factor to delayed discharges in 69% of cases in 2009-2011 and in 44% in 1999-2001, and apparent delays in the role played by social services (table 2).

DISCUSSION:

Throughout this study spanning 10 years, challenging behaviour followed by psychotic disorder remained the most common cause for admission. Interestingly, by 2008-2011, the third most common cause for admission was related to social reasons (4%). There were no admissions in the original study for this reason. Between 1999 and 2001, there were a wider range of reasons for admission across the mental illness spectrum compared to 10 years on. In previous studies, the largest diagnostic group for all admissions was schizophrenia spectrum disorders7,8. However, between 2009-2011, more than a quarter of patients admitted to the Seacole Centre did not have any psychiatric diagnosis on admission. It is important to keep in mind that individuals with intellectual disabilities accessing specialist inpatient services are more likely to present with complex clusters of symptoms and behavioural problems that may span several diagnostic categories.

The most significant improvement from the original review and the re-review is that the number of re-admissions significantly reduced from 24% (14 patients) to 2% (1 patient). Of interest to note is that during 1999-2001 a large proportion of patients were discharged to their original place of accommodation (often the family home) whereas in 2009-2011, it was more common for patients to be discharged to a new place of living, more suited to managing increasing complex needs and behaviours. This may account for some of the reduction in re-admission rates.

The length of stay over the 10-year period has slightly increased from an average of 198.6 days up to 244.6 days, which demonstrate that admissions are considerably longer than in more generic medical settings. The findings are in keeping with a number of other studies regarding patients with intellectual disability who are admitted to a specialist unit and continue as inpatients for significantly longer periods. One study showed a mean length of stay 23.2 weeks for a specialist unit versus 11.1 weeks in generic settings 8. Another study in South London revealed similar finds of 19.3 weeks compared with generic unit stays of 5.5. weeks9. An exploratory national survey of intellectual disability inpatient services in England has shown that 25% of residents had been in the units for more than two years. Only 40% of residents had a discharge plan, and only 20% had both this and the type of placement considered ideal for them in their home area10. Reasons for length of stay are not fully understood in any of these studies. They may include fear of taking risks, lack of local safe or competent amenities, lack of experience or authority amongst those charged with sourcing bespoke services for complex people with challenging needs, and also a potential lack of such resource in terms of time available to see people, read reports, meet with stake holders and find the right services. The results of another retrospective study comparing the generic and specialist models in two districts in the UK by Alexander et al11 suggested that, within the same district, patients do stay longer in the specialist unit, but they are less likely to be discharged to an out of area placement.

There is no evidence to suggest that comprehensive care for people with intellectual disabilities can be provided by community services alone. Likewise, there is also no clear evidence to suggest that a balanced system of mental health care can be provided without acute beds12. There is, however, clear evidence that services created by the private sector are used very widely and seen as at time as an economically viable option in the current climate of credit crunches.

The different models of inpatient service provision that have been suggested range from mainstream adult mental health services; alternatively an integrated inpatient scheme whereby people with Intellectual disabilities with additional mental illness or severe challenging behaviour are admitted to adult mental health beds, with provision for extra support from a multidisciplinary learning disabilities team; ranging across to specialist assessment and treatment units13,14.

Inpatient care is known to consume most of the mental health budget15 and specialist inpatient units are an expensive component of these services. Cost containment and cost minimisation of inpatient beds within the current economic recession presents a real challenge for those charged with responsibility to provide high-quality, effective, specialist care for adults with intellectual disability. Such cost reduction could be approached in a number of ways, through the reduction of length of stay, optimising drug budgets, reducing rates of re-admissions, and establishment of projects in association with the voluntary and statutory sector to facilitate prompt and safe discharge.

Reducing the average length of stay where possible can reduce the cost, and the resources and budget freed up in this way could be used for other service components15. However, this single agenda can lead to problems of pressured early discharge to unsuitable placements. It is known that resource consumption is most intense during the early stages of admission. As such, we observe a position whereby reducing length of stay requires proactive planning throughout the whole process of care, as well as active discharge planning, with a need for clearly defined pathways of care.

A crucial aspect of the patient's transition through inpatient placement to life in the community is efficient and regular communication between the relevant professionals and teams who form part of continuity of on-going care back in the community. This can at times be particularly challenging owing to differences in values and perceptions about patient need and problem, and also varying pressures. Understanding and resolving problems for individuals with complex and severe challenging behaviour or mental illness that requires a period of containment in a specialist service also requires specialist on-going work and risk management to ensure that when the problems are contained and understood, they remain contained and understood on discharge and thereafter so long as the individual remains vulnerable to the point of requiring any care giving. Many people from the general population who develop a serious mental illness requiring hospitalisation, have capacity once well, to make decisions for themselves and articulate a need or otherwise for specific care or intervention. This is rarely completely the case for people with Intellectual disabilities. Collaborative approaches together with those involved in community care is crucial to getting the right care at the right financial cost for this relatively small but very complex and vulnerable group of individuals.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None
Details of Authors: 
Cristal Oxley, Core Psychiatry Trainee 3, Central & North West London NHS Foundation Trust. Shivanthi Sathanandan, Core Psychiatry Trainee 3, Central & North West London NHS Foundation Trust. Dina Gazizova, Consultant Psychiatrist in Intellectual Disabilities, Central & North West London NHS Foundation Trust. Brian Fitzgerald, Consultant Psychiatrist in Intellectual Disabilities, Central & North West London NHS Foundation Trust. Professor Basant K. Puri, Honorary Clinical Research Fellow (Department of Medicine), Hammersmith Hospital and Imperial College London. Department: The Seacole Centre, Enfield Learning Disabilities Service, Chase Farm Hospital, The Ridgeway, Enfield, EN2 8JL.
Corresponding Author Details: 
Cristal Oxley, Core Psychiatry Trainee 3, Central & North West London NHS Foundation Trust.
Corresponding Author Email: 
cristaloxley@nhs.net
References
References: 
  1. Emerson, E. (1995) Challenging Behaviour. Analysis and Intervention in Peopls with Learning Difficulties. Cambridge University Press.    
  2. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH website - “Government publishes final report on Winterbourne View Hospital” http://www.dh.gov.uk/health/2012/12/final-winterbourne/
  3. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH (2001) Valuing People. A New Strategy for Learning Disability in the 21st Century. CM 5086.TSO (The Stationery Office).
  4. Department of Health Services for people with learning disability and challenging behaviour or mental health needs (Mansell report, revised edition). 2007, London, The Stationary Office, Department of Health.
  5. Hassiotis A., Jones L., Parkes C., Fitzgerald B., Kuipers J. & Romeo R. Services for People with Learning Disabilities and Challenging Behaviour from the North Central London Strategic Health Authority Area: Full Report of the Findings from the Scoping Project. North Central London Strategic Health Authority, 2006 London.
  6. Barron D, Hassiotis A, Paschos D. Out-of-area provision for adults with intellectual disabilities and challenging behaviour in England: policy persepectives and clinical reality. J Intellect Disabil Res. 2011, Sep:55(9): 832-43
  7. C. P. Hemmings, J. O’Hara, J. McCarthy, G. Holt, F. Eoster, H. Costello, R. Hammond, K. Xenitidis and N. Bouras, Comparison of adults with intellectual disabilities and mental health problems admitted to specialist and generic inpatient units. British Journal of Learning Disabilities, 2009, 37: 123–128  
  8. Xenitidis K., Gratsa A., Bouras N., Hammond R., Ditchfield H., Holt G.Psychiatric inpatient care for adults with intellectual disabilities: generic or specialist units? Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, 2004, 48:11–8.
  9. Saeed H., Ouellette-Kuntz H., Stuart H. & Burge P.  Length of stay for psychiatric inpatient services: a comparison of admissions of people with and without developmental disabilities. J Behav Health Serv Res, 2003, 30: 406–17
  10. Mackenzie-Davies N & J. Mansell. Assessment and treatment units for people with intellectual disabilities and challenging behaviour in England: an exploratory survey  Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, 2007, 51 (10): 802–811
  11. Alexander R. T., Piachaud J. & Singh I. Two districts, two models: in-patient care in the psychiatry of learning disability. British Journal of Developmental Disabilities 2001, 93: 105-10.
  12. Thornicroft, G. & Tansella, M. Balancing community-based and hospital-based mental health care. World Psychiatry, 2002, 1: 84-90.
  13. Singh I, Khalid MI, Dickinson MJ . Psychiatric admission services for people with learning disability. Psychiatr Bull 1994;18:151–152
  14. Hall I., Higgins A., Parkes C., Hassiotis A. & Samuels S. The development of a new integrated mental health service for people with learning disabilities. British Journal of Learning Disabilities, 2006,43: 82–87.
  15. Knapp, M., Chisholm, D., Astin, J., et al The cost consequences of changing the hospital – community balance: the mental health residential care study. Psychological Medicine, 1997,27: 681 -692
  16. Bouras N, Holt G Mental health services for adults with learning Disabilities, British Journal of Psychiatry, 2004, 184:291-292.

Persistent genital arousal disorder in a male: a case report and analysis of the cause

Authors
Rajkumar Kamatchi and Andrew Ashley-Smith
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2013;6(1):a605

A 54-year-old male presented to the psychosexual clinic with symptoms suggestive of persistent genital arousal disorder of 2years duration. Physical examination and investigations ruled out any underlying urological or neurological causes. He was treated with Diazepam and Pregabalin and his symptoms reduced in intensity.

Introduction:

Persistent genital arousal disorder (PGAD), also known as persistent sexual arousal syndrome (PSAS) or restless genital syndrome (ReGS), is recently recognised as a sexual health problem in western countries although it is not been considered as a physical or psychiatric disorder by DSM IV or ICD 10. PGAD is associated with constant, spontaneous and intrusive feelings of genital arousal in the absence of conscious sexual thoughts or stimuli.

The working definition of PGAD1,2 is as follows:

1) Persistent physical arousal in the genital area

2) in the absence of conscious thoughts of sexual desire or interests

3) associated with spontaneous orgasm or feelings that orgasm is imminent and

4) the symptoms not diminished by orgasm.

It may be present throughout the person’s life (primary PGAD) or develop at any age (secondary PGAD). It is associated with varying degrees of distress in the patients. This new disorder has been reported in women by numerous clinicians in the last decade. However, so far, there is only one report of two males suffering with ReGS in the literature.3 We report a case of PGAD in a male and aim to analyse the cause.

Case Report

A 54-year-old male was referred to the psychosexual clinic by an urologist with 2 years history of constant feelings of physical arousal in the genital area as if he was about to ejaculate. These feelings were associated with pain which was relieved to an extent after ejaculation. These symptoms started suddenly for the first time when he was browsing the internet and accidentally ended up in pornographic websites. But later on, the symptoms were constant without any sexual stimuli and he got some relief from attaining climax.

He described that the physical arousal in the genital area increased in intensity to a point he had to ejaculate to have some relief. He felt this “as if wanting to have climax all the time”. Post- ejaculation, he felt anxious, tired and nauseated for sometime, during which the symptoms intensified again that he needed climax. Initially this cycle repeated every 2-3 days but later on the frequency increased to 2-3 times a day. He achieved climax both by masturbation and sexual intercourse. He felt these ejaculations were unpleasant and not enjoyable. He felt frenzied if he couldn’t ejaculate and the post orgasmic feelings were severe if he avoided orgasm for a day or two. He described regular ejaculations led to less severe “come downs” but left him constantly drained.

His medical history included vasectomy four years ago with minor complication of painful scrotum which subsided fully with pain killers. He also had few urinary tract infections (UTI) in the past which were treated with antibiotics. He was initially seen by urologist who carried out physical examination which was noted to be normal. Then investigations including CT- KUB, CT- Abdomen, Urogram, Transrectal Ultrasound of prostate and seminal vesicles, Flexible Cystoscopy were done and no abnormalities noted. He also had MRI- Brain which was normal. He had no symptoms of hyperactive bladder and no varicocele was noted.

When he was seen in the psychosexual clinic, he was noted to be very anxious and expressed guilty feelings around the incident of watching pornography which initiated the onset of symptoms. There were no depressive or psychotic symptoms. Prior to attending this clinic he was prescribed duloxetine 30mgs by the urologist, which he took only for few weeks. He stopped it as there was no symptom relief. He was started on diazepam and pregabalin. The dose was increased to 2mgs qds of diazepam and 50mgs qds of pregabalin. His symptoms diminished gradually and now he remains mildly symptomatic although feeling “more in control”. He was also referred to psychologist and had an assessment. As he was not psychologically minded and unable to engage in sessions, he stopped attending.

Discussion

The clinical features in this man were consistent with the definition of PGAD. He had physical arousal symptoms, which were not related to sexual desire or thoughts and was causing severe distress to him. The symptoms were relieved by ejaculation to a certain extent. He was treated with diazepam and pregabalin which reduced the intensity of the symptoms.

There is an emerging literature on the pathophysiology, possible aetiological factors and the management options of PGAD. There are various associations reported including psychological4,5 and organic6-9 pathologies with some convincing evidence.

In this case, he suffered few UTI and a minor complication of painful scrotum following vasectomy, few years before the onset of PGAD. However he had a full urological and neurological work-up recently which didn’t show any underlying organic cause for his current symptoms. He suffered no previous depressive or anxiety disorder. Hence his current symptoms may be induced by anxiety which is further worsened by the fact that he became focussed on the genital arousal and attaining climax to relieve the pain. When he was prescribed diazepam and pregabalin, his anxiety eased and his physical symptoms diminished in intensity. However the possibility of an organic cause cannot be ruled out completely as he previously suffered sensory neuropathic pain following vasectomy. Further pregabalin is useful for both generalised anxiety and neuropathic pain. Therefore we conclude that his symptoms may be a result of interaction between physical and psychological factors. This suggests that PGAD could be a psychosomatic condition, which was already proposed as a cause for PGAD in women by Goldmeier and Leiblum.4

Similar to the causes for PGAD, there is few treatment modalities reported in the literature. These include treatment of the underlying organic causes if any found, electro-convulsive therapy (ECT) if co-morbid with mood symptoms,10 transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation (TENS),3 cognitive behavioural therapy11 and medications like varenicline.2 We used anti-anxiety medications (diazepam and pregabalin) and achieved adequate symptom relief. This also supports the idea that PGAD could be a psychosomatic condition related to the peripheral nerves of the genito-urinary system.

This case is reported to confirm that PGAD also occurs in males, which is quite different from priapism and it could be a psychosomatic condition. More research is needed into the pathophysiology of PGAD and its management.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
RAJKUMAR KAMATCHI, MBBS, DMH, MRCPsych, ST6- General Adult Psychiatry trainee & Honorary Associate Clinical Teacher, Warwick Medical School, The Caludon Centre, Coventry, UK. ANDREW ASHLEY-SMITH, FRCPsych (SA), MRCPsych, MMedSci, Consultant Psychiatrist & Honorary Associate Clinical Professor, Warwick Medical School, The Caludon Centre, Coventry, UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
DR RAJKUMAR KAMATCHI, The Caludon Centre, Coventry, UK, CV2 2TE.
Corresponding Author Email: 
rajkumaranjali@yahoo.com
References
References: 
  1. Goldmeier D, Meau A, Hiller J, Crowley T. Persistent genital arousal disorder: A review of the literature and recommendations for management. Int J STD AIDS 2009; 20/6:373-77
  2. Korda JB, Pfaus JG, Goldstein I. Persistent genital arousal disorder: A case report in a woman with lifelong PGAD where serendipitous administrations of varenicline tartate resulted in symptomatic improvement. J Sex Med 2009; 6:1479-86
  3. Waldinger MD, Venema PL, van Gils APG, de Lint GJ, Schweitzer DH. Stronger evidence for small fiber sensory neuropathy in restless genital syndrome: two case reports in males. J Sex Med 2011; 8:325-30
  4. Goldmeier D, Leiblum S. Interaction of organic and psychological factors in PGAD in women. A report of six cases. Int J STD AIDS 2008; 19:488-90
  5. Leiblum S, Goldmeier D. PGAD in women: case reports of association with antidepressant usage and withdrawal. J Sex Marital Therapy 2008; 34:1150-9
  6. Leiblum S, Seehuus M, Goldmeier D, Brown C. Psychological, medical and pharmacological correlates of PGAD. J Sex Med 2007; 4:1358-66
  7. Thorne C, Stuckey B. Pelvic congestion syndrome presenting as persistent genital arousal: A case report. J Sex Med 2008; 5:504-8
  8. Battaglia C, Venturoli S. PGAD and trazodone. Morphometric and vascular modifications of the clitoris. A case report. J Sex Med 2009; 6:2896-900
  9. Waldinger MD, Venema PL, van Gils APG, Schweitzer DH. New insights into restless genital syndrome: static mechanical hyperthesia and neuropathy of the nervus dorsalis clitoridis. J Sex Med 2009; 6:2778-87
  10. Korda JB, Pfaus JG, Kellner CH, Goldstein I. PGAD: case report of long term symptomatic management with ECT. J Sex Med 2009; 6:2901-9
  11. Hiller J, Heskster B. Couple’s therapy with cognitive behavioural techniques for PSAS. Sexual and Relationship Therapy 2007; 22:91-96

Often overlooked neuropsychiatric syndromes in Parkinson’s disease

Authors
Javed Latoo, Minal Mistry, and Francis J Dunne
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2013;6(1):a603
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Parkinson’s disease (PD) is a subcortical disorder that eventually spreads to the cortex. There is a wide variation in the global incidence and prevalence of PD. The disease usually presents in patients over the age of 65, although 5% of cases are under the age of 40 at the time of diagnosis. PD has a high prevalence of psychiatric co-morbidity. In this article, written with general neurologists and psychiatrists  in mind,  the main features and pathology of PD will be briefly outlined followed by a review of the epidemiology, aetiology, clinical features, and treatment of other often overlooked neuropsychiatric syndromes associated with PD. Close liaison between neurologists and psychiatrists is recommended in order to optimize treatment.

Introduction

The global epidemiology of PD varies widely which could be partly accounted for by differences in survival rates.1 One review paper examined the epidemiology of PD in Austria, the Czech Republic, France, Germany, Italy, The Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and United Kingdom. It revealed that the prevalence rates range from 65.6 per 100,000 to 12,500 per 100,000 and annual incidence estimates ranged from 5 per 100,000 to 346 per 100,000.2 The wide variation in incidence and prevalence rates of PD across Europe could be due to environmental and genetic factors. Differences in methodologies for case ascertainment, diagnostic criteria, or age distributions of the study populations, could also account for the wide variations.2

Described by James Parkinson in 1817, PD is the second most common neurodegenerative disorder next to Alzheimer’s dementia. Depletion of dopaminergic neurones in the substantia nigra is the main pathology found in PD. Symptoms usually appear when dopamine levels are reduced by 50-80%.3 Noradrenergic, cholinergic and serotonergic pathways are also affected. Clinically PD is characterised by rigidity, tremor (cogwheel, lead pipe, and resting), akinesia, bradykinesia (poverty and slowness of movement), and postural instability (leading to frequent falls).4 These symptoms may also be accompanied by a range of non-motor symptoms other than well-known neuropsychiatric syndromes of depression, psychosis, and cognitive impairment.

In essence, a syndrome is a combination of signs and symptoms related to an underlying pathological process. PD may present with neuropsychiatric syndromes of depression, psychosis (usually affective in origin) and cognitive impairment.5 These syndromes are not under discussion here as readers are likely to be familiar with them. However, PD may also present with other neuropsychiatric syndromes and for the purpose of this article we have classified them into: 1) Anxiety disorders, 2) Apathy, 3) Involuntary emotional expression disorder, 4) Sleep disorders, and 5) Impulse control disorders.

Drugs used to treat PD themselves are associated with neuropsychiatric side effects. For example, dopamine agonists are well-known to cause sleep disturbance, dizziness (usually due to postural hypotension), hallucinations, hypersexuality, and compulsive gambling. Anticholinergics may cause confusion, hallucinations and impaired memory. Surgery also may cause adverse effects including depression, confusion and cognitive impairment.6 Table 1 illustrates the groups of drugs used in PD.

Table 1. Drugs used in Parkinson’s Disease
Group Drug
Dopamine receptor agonists Apomorphine, pramipexole, ropinirole, rotigotine
N-Methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor antagonist Amantadine hydrochloride
Levodopa Co-benedopa (levodopa/benzeraside), co-careldopa (levodopa/carbidopa)
Monoamine oxidase B inhibitors (MAO-B) Rasagiline, selegiline hydrochloride
Catechol-O-methyltransferase (COMT) inhibitors Entacapone, tolcapone
Antimuscarinic drugs Benztropine mesylate, orphenadrine, procyclidine, trihexyphenidyl

Overlooked neuropsychiatric syndromes in Parkinson’s disease

The prevalence of overlooked neuropsychiatric syndromes found in PD, summarised in Table 2, is generally less common than PD syndromes of depression (up to 50%),psychosis (up to 60%) and dementia (ultimately develops in 80%).7, 8, 9

Table 2. Overlooked neuropsychiatric syndromes found in Parkinson’s Disease.
Neuropsychiatric syndrome Prevalence
Anxiety disorders Up to 40%
Apathy 16-42%
Involuntary emotional expression disorder Up to 16.8%
Sleep disorders 60-98%
Impulse control disorders Up to 13.6%

Anxiety Disorders

Epidemiology

There is a wide range in the reporting of the prevalence of anxiety in patients with PD. Anxiety is significantly more prevalent in PD sufferers compared with age and sex matched non-sufferers. Prevalence is quite high with estimates indicating that up to 40% of PD patients suffer significant anxiety.10 However, clinicians’ recognition and awareness of anxiety in PD need to be raised because it is likely to be under-diagnosed and untreated.11, 12 Consequently the prevalence of anxiety may be even higher. Severity of anxiety is not correlated with severity of parkinsonian symptoms, duration of levodopa use, or current dose of levodopa.

Aetiology and risk factors

Anxiety is an understandable psychological response to the physical symptoms, to the neurochemical changes of the disease itself, or as a side effect of the various medications used to treat the condition.10 Sleep disturbances and cognitive impairment have been proposed as possible aetiological factors for anxiety in PD.11, 12 Depression in PD may manifest in two clinical phenotypes, one ‘anxious-depressed’ and the other ‘depressed’. However, a further large proportion of patients can have relatively isolated anxiety.13

Anxiety frequently precedes the development of motor symptoms, suggesting specific neurobiological processes are involved, not merely social and psychological reactions in learning to adapt to PD.14

Patients with postural instability and gait dysfunction have a higher incidence of anxiety compared with tremor-dominant patients. Younger-onset PD patients are also more likely to experience anxiety. The pathogenesis of anxiety involves noradrenergic, serotonin and dopamine neurotransmitters. GABAergic pathways may also be involved.14 Right hemisphere disturbances have also been implicated, particularly with panic disorder.Symptom variation in PD may be due to medication, as well as motor fluctuations.11 One study revealed that although the dose of levodopa was not associated with anxiety, the experience of dyskinesia or on-off fluctuations increased the risk of anxiety.12, 14, 15

Presentation and diagnosis

The commonest disorders found in PD are generalised anxiety, panic disorder, and social phobia. Anxiety contributes to the complexity of PD and lowers quality of life. 14, 15 The degree of comorbidity between anxiety and depression in PD patients is in excess of that found in patients without PD. While anxiety is significantly associated with depression, some patients show anxiety without depression.10

The main features of anxiety are inappropriate feelings of apprehension as well as mood, cognitive, and somatic changes. Some symptoms may be common to PD, such as autonomic symptoms, fatigue, muscle tension, insomnia and attention problems. Psychologically, anxiety in PD is understandable because being diagnosed with a chronic disease with no known cure and an inexorable course, would be difficult for anyone to contemplate. Motor signs and changes in appearance could explain social anxiety. However, the frequency of anxiety in PD seems to be higher than in other chronic diseases and unrelated to the severity of motor signs. Even in social phobia the phobic symptoms do not correlate with disease severity and are not restricted to performance situations. Furthermore, anxiety can precede motor signs by several years, suggesting that the neurobiological substrate of PD is responsible for anxiety at least in part.

Treatment

Treatment comprises the use of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) such as sertraline, fluoxetine and citalopram as well as other newer antidepressants - serotonin and noradrenaline reuptake inhibitor (SNRIs) for example, venlafaxine, cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT), exercise, the occasional use of atypical neuroleptics, and benzodiazepines.14 However, benzodiazepines have a tendency to cause sedation, unsteadiness of gait, and even confusion. Antidepressants are useful because they treat both anxiety and depression that often overlap: depression coexists with anxiety in 14% of cases.15 Low dose tricyclic antidepressants with minimal anticholinergic effects may be useful in those patients who do not respond to benzodiazepines.

Apathy

Epidemiology

Apathy, a state of lethargic indifference and loss of motivation, and fatigue are prominent non-motor symptom in PD with a prevalence of between 16-42%.16, 17 Fatigue is a sense of tiredness or exhaustion, due to mental or physical causes. Apathy and fatigue are important because they have significant repercussions for the quality of life in PD.18, 19 Apathy can exist without depression but, by definition, patients themselves do not complain of apathy, though are found to be unmotivated to engage in activities. Apathy and fatigue are often difficult to distinguish from low mood and daytime sleepiness, both of which are common to depression.

A four-year prospective longitudinal study of 79 patients found that 13.9% of those with PD had persistent apathy and 49.4% had developed apathy at follow up. The study showed apathy to be a frequent and persistent behavioural feature in PD with a high incidence and prevalence over time, and associated with neurotransmitter deficits.20

Aetiology and risk factors

The dorsolateral, medial and orbital frontal cortices, as well as subcortical structures such as the basal ganglia, thalamus and internal capsule are implicated in the pathogenesis of apathy.The independent risk factors for apathy are dementia at baseline, a more rapid decline in speech, and axial impairment (e.g. poor ability to turn in bed) during follow up.20, 21 A more recent study showed that male gender, higher depressive scores, and severe motor symptoms, were significantly associated with apathy, but not with greater cognitive impairment.22 It has been observed that deep brain stimulation (DBS) may contribute to the development of apathy23 but other studies show conflicting results.24

Presentation and diagnosis

There is a higher incidence of depression and dementia in PD patients with apathy.Therefore differential diagnosis between apathy and cognitive deficits and depression is essential because the therapeutic approaches are different.19, 20 It is equally important to differentiate between apathy and depression that are different clinical entitiesalthough both may coexist.The crucial difference is that people with apathy lack serious self-reproach or feelings of guilt. 21, 25 The Lille Apathy Rating Scale (LARS), administered as a structured interview, can be a useful tool to distinguish them both26 though further research is needed to differentiate the neurological and neurochemical basis for depression and apathy.

Treatment

Treatment options for apathy are limited. The use of methylphenidate, a stimulant drug related to amphetamine, has been suggested but evidence is scarce and side effects may outweigh its clinical benefit.27 Methylphenidate has been described as effective for both apathy and fatigue28 but more studies are necessary. Antidepressants are not effective, can cause unnecessary side effects and can even aggravate apathy, demonstrating that these syndromes are really independent.29 The association between cognition and apathy, along with the potential benefit of cholinesterase inhibitors on both cognition and apathy, suggests that cholinergic mechanisms take part in the pathophysiology of apathy.30, 31 ’Off-time’ refers to periods of the day when the medication is not working well, causing worsening symptoms of fatigue and apathy. ‘Wearing-off’ episodes may occur predictably and gradually, or they may emerge suddenly and unexpectedly. Wearing-off periods may be improved with appropriate changes in the medication regimen. This would mean optimizing dopaminergic agents or using a long-acting levodopa or a catechol-O-methyltransferase (COMT) inhibitor. Wearing off may be also better controlled by shortening the time between medication doses. In a study of 23 PD patients in both the 'on' and 'off' states compared to 28 controls, L-dopa had a positive effect on motivation suggesting striatofrontal loops are involved.32

Involuntary emotional expression disorder

Epidemiology

Involuntary emotional expression disorder (IEED) has been found to occur in 16.8% of PD patients, and in 15.3% if comorbid depressive disorder was excluded.33 However, other studies suggest that the symptoms of IEED are present in up 15% of PD patients but the actual IEED disorder occurs in half of these cases.34 This implies that IEED symptoms occur in PD but the condition of IEED is not present although this may depend on the criteria used for the diagnosis. If IEED does develop in PD it is particularly common in the later stages of PD and is likely to be distinct from depressive disorderwhich remains an important differential diagnosis.33, 35

Aetiology and risk factors

IEED can occur in neurological conditions such as stroke, traumatic brain injury, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, seizure disorders, multiple system atrophy, corticobasal degeneration, and Alzheimer’s disease.35 Injury to the neurological pathways that control the expression of emotion have been implicated in its pathogenesis. Emotional expression involves various pathways within the frontal lobe, limbic system, brainstem and cerebellum, with disruption of regulatory and inhibitory mechanisms in this network implicated.36, 37

Presentation and diagnosis

IEED is described as sudden episodes of laughing or crying that may be spontaneous or disproportionate to the triggering stimuli.The emotional outbursts of IEED may involve laughter, crying or anger. The episodes all share common features in that they are involuntary, uncontrollable, and excessive, not sustained, and usually last from seconds to minutes. Outbursts are often stereotyped though single individuals may have episodes of both laughing and crying.IEED is also known as pseudobulbar affect, pathological laughter and crying, emotional lability, emotionalism, and emotional dysregulation.Despite the various terms used to describe the disorder, IEED is often missed and even sometimes mistaken for depression.33, 35 Symptoms of IEED are important because they are associated with an impairment of social and occupational functioning.38 It is hypothesized that neurological disease and injuries affect the excitatory action of glutamate, leading to excessive glutaminergic signalling and increased electrical activity in neurons. As glutamate is the primary excitatory neurotransmitter of the central nervous system, stabilizing or reducing glutaminergic activity could prove useful in the treatment of IEED.39

Treatment

Medication options include the use of SSRIs, tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs) for example, amitriptyline, and less frequently dopaminergic agents.A combination of dextromethorphan and quinidine has also been suggested. 35 38

Sleep disorders

Epidemiology

Sleep disorders have been known to affect 60-98% of patients with PD.40

Aetiology and risk factors

The aetiology of sleep disorders includes PD itself or other comorbid conditions such as depression, and cognitive impairment.41 Nocturnal pain from rigidity or dystonia, restless legs syndrome, and autonomic disturbance leading to nocturnal frequency and urgency, also contribute to insomnia. Degeneration of sleep regulatory centres in the brainstem and thalamocortical pathways, side effects of drugs, motor impairment, and incontinence may affect sleep. Sleep disorders may precede the onset of motor symptoms. Rapid Eye Movement (REM) sleep behaviour disorder (RBD), which occurs in almost a third of PD patients,is often associated with cognitive impairment and hallucinations. This disorder is directly related to the degenerative process of the pedunculopontine nucleus, the locus subceruleus and the retrorubral nucleus. A sudden onset of the disorder is almost always due to the introduction or the withdrawal of drugs, especially antidepressants. Curiously, parkinsonism can disappear during the RBD.42

Sleep fragmentation is the earliest and most common sleep disorder in PD, and gradually worsens as the disease progresses. Vivid dreaming, nightmares and night terrors are common and occur in up to 30% of patients using levodopa for long periods. Dream content is probably altered in PD and many patients vocalize during sleep. Vocalization may vary from incomprehensible sounds to detailed conversations, laughing, cursing or screaming. Excessive daytime sleepiness and 'sleep attacks' affect half of patients with PD and may precede disease onset. The causes are a combination of the disease process, the consequence of other sleep disorders and medication. A sudden onset of sleep during the day is a phenomenon in PD which resembles narcolepsy, and it is commonly associated with dopaminergic drugs. PD patients may be more prone to restless legs syndrome, periodic limb movements and obstructive sleep apnoea.

Sleep disorders in PD are seldom diagnosed and treated. Although an accurate diagnosis of a particular sleep disorder depends on polysomnography, sometimes the diagnosis can be based on clinical observation. Treatment is based on the correct diagnosis and underlying cause of the sleep disorder. Often it is difficult to decide whether excessive daytime sleepiness is cause or consequence of insomnia.43

Presentation and diagnosis

Sleep disorders may manifest as insomnia, excessive daytime sleepiness and sleepwalking.44, 45 Sudden attacks of sleepiness are known to occur during stimulating activities such as walking, eating, and even driving a car. These sudden sleep episodes can be associated with medication such as dopamine agonists and levodopa.46

RBD is characterised by the loss of the normal atonia during dreaming. In other words, patients act out their dreams as manifested by crying out, kicking or thrashing about during their sleep. RBD can predate the development of motor symptoms by several years and a longitudinal study of a cohort of 26 patients found an association between RBD and the later development of PD. 47

Treatment

Management involves the review of medication that may be contributing to the sleep disorder. Treatment of comorbid conditions such as depression and cognitive impairment is essential.

Sleep hygiene is the initial and basic measure applied to all patients. For instance, stimulating patients during the day can decrease the excessive naps and improve sleep at night, thus improving daytime sleepiness. Additional techniques include going to bed only when sleepy, exposure to natural and bright light during day, reduction of light and noise exposure at night as much as possible, and maintenance of a regular schedule.

Long-acting dopaminergic drugs might improve insomnia caused by worsening of motor symptoms at night. Clonazepam, a benzodiazepine, is efficacious and well tolerated by the majority of patients afflicted by RBD and should be considered as initial treatment.48 Antidepressants with a sedative effect might be helpful in cases of insomnia with comorbid depression or anxiety. Quetiapine, an antipsychotic which has sedative properties as a side effect, may be a safe and effective treatment for insomnia in PD because it has no untoward effects on motor function.49 Small clinical trials with Modafinil for excessive daytime sleepiness had controversial results. An additional remark concerning treatment of sleep disorder in PD is that sleep may provide a short-term benefit on motor symptoms.28, 43

Impulse control disorders

Epidemiology

A large multi-centre investigation (the DOMINION study) of 3,090 patients with PD revealed that impulse control disorder (ICD) was identified in 13.6% of PD patients; specifically, pathological gambling in 5%, compulsive sexual behaviour in 3.5%, compulsive buying in 5.7% and binge-eating disorder in 4.3%.50 The prevalence of ICD rises to 14% for patients taking dopamine agonists, compared with 0.7% for patients taking levodopa alone.51 It is not clear whether these ICD symptoms reflect a primary pathology of PD or whether dopaminergic medication is interacting with an underlying predisposition or vulnerability.52 Possible neurobiological explanation centres around dopamine-receptor binding profiles. Dopamine D2 and D1 receptors, abundant in the dorsal striatum, may mediate the motor effects of dopamine replacement therapies, whereas D3 receptors are abundant in the ventral striatum, a brain region associated with addictive behaviour and substance misuse disorders. Second generation non-ergot dopamine agonists (e.g. pramipexole and ropinirole) demonstrate relative selectivity for D3 receptors compared with D2 and D1 receptors.50

Aetiology and risk factors

Addiction to dopaminergic medication used in the treatment of PD may explain behaviours such as drug-seeking, gambling, and hypersexuality. The risk of pathological gambling increases if dopamine agonists are used in those with younger age of onset, higher novelty seeking traits, and a personal and family history of alcohol misuse.53

Presentation and diagnosis

In addition to the above PD patients with ICD may present with compulsive shopping, compulsive eating, and compulsive medication use, all of which can have potentially devastating psychosocial consequences because they are often hidden. Complex stereotyped repetitive behaviours (punding) may also be present.54Punding behaviour is stereotyped and purposeless and includes hoarding, shuffling papers, sorting labels, assembling and disassembling objects, to name a few.

Treatment

Stopping dopaminergic medication should be considered in the first instance. Further treatment options are limited but one double-blind crossover study demonstrated the use of amantadine in abolishing or reducing pathological gambling.55 In addition, one case report suggested the antipsychotic quetiapine to be effective in treating pathological gambling.56 Whether other treatments, such as DBS, are effective for these compulsive repetitive behaviours, remains to be seen.

Management of overlooked neuropsychiatric syndromes in PD

Because of the significant disability and impact on quality of life caused by overlooked neuropsychiatric symptoms in PD, it is important for neurologists and psychiatrists to recognise them and develop their clinical skills in order to be aware of their significance. Early detection is crucial. We have shown there is a limited range of treatment strategies available to guide the clinician in treatment choices. Because neuropsychiatric diagnoses in PD are different in phenomenology it is important to remember that treatment with 'psychiatric' drugs will often be insufficient and therefore more consideration should be given to 'antiparkinsonian' medications because the underlying pathology of PD is causing the various syndromes mentioned.

Table 3 provides an overview of the medical treatment of overlooked neuropsychiatric syndromes in PD, although it should be noted that overall very few studies document the effectiveness of the solutions proposed and more controlled studies are needed. Nonetheless, the reader should find the following useful.

Table 3. Summary of the medical treatment of overlooked neuropsychiatric syndromes in Parkinson’s Disease.
Psychiatric syndrome Treatment
Anxiety - Antidepressants - sertraline, citalopram, fluoxetine, venlafaxine- Others - antipsychotics, benzodiazepines
- Cognitive Behavioural Therapy
- Exercise
Apathy (diminished motivation) - Cholinesterase inhibitors
- Dopamine agonists
- Possible use of methylphenidate
Involuntary emotional expressive disorder - Antidepressants
- Dopaminergic agents.
- Possible combination of dextromethorphan and quinidine
Sleep disorders - Benzodiazepine - clonazepam
- Antipsychotic (sedating) – quetiapine
- Sleep hygiene
Impulse control disorders - Possible use of amantadine or quetiapine in pathological gambling
- Further research required

Conclusion and implications

The management of PD is often complicated because of the diverse factors underlying its aetiology. Dopaminergic, serotonergic, noradrenergic and cholinergic pathways are involved.57 Clinicians are generally competent in recognising the more common disorders such as depression, psychosis and cognitive impairment associated with PD though there is a tendency to focus too much on these at the expense of other nonmotor symptoms. Anxiety, apathy, involuntary emotional expression disorder, sleep disorders, and impulse control disorders cause significant disability and impact heavily on patients and carers.

Before introducing treatment for psychiatric complications it is essential to exclude causes such as antiparkinson’s medication, DBS (implicated in apathy), and underlying medical conditions. Once excluded or treated, subsequent management includes psychotropic pharmacotherapy but there are limited options. With no specific drug designed to treat the overlooked conditions, a wide range of medications (e.g. antidepressants, antipsychotics, benzodiazepines, dopaminergic agents, and psychostimulants) are available to manage the symptoms.

Neurologists and psychiatrists need to work together to manage these syndromes and they must be innovative in setting up joint research ventures into developing treatment options. Simple questionnaires may alert physicians when presenting symptoms are abstruse because many of the nonmotor symptoms predate the motor symptoms58 (the presymptomatic phase of stages 1-2 of Braak's classification system).59 60 For example, anosmia, constipation and other autonomic symptoms are not considered neuropsychiatric syndromes per se, but are some of the nonmotor problems associated with PD and may give clues that PD is developing.

Despite research highlighting the presence of these disorders in PD, they generally go unrecognised by clinicians, being less common, and therefore psychiatrists in old age and adult psychiatry as well as general neurologists may lack skills to recognise them. Besides, there are no clear treatment guidelines on how to manage the conditions.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
JAVED LATOO, Consultant Psychiatrist, 5 Boroughs Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, Hollins Lane, Warrington WA2 8WA, UK. MINAL MISTRY, Consultant Psychiatrist, Southern Health NHS Foundation Trust, Hampshire, UK. FRANCIS J DUNNE, Consultant Psychiatrist and Honorary Senior Lecturer, North East London Foundation Trust (NELFT) United Kingdom, & University College London.
Corresponding Author Details: 
JAVED LATOO, Consultant Psychiatrist, 5 Boroughs Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, Hollins Lane, Warrington WA2 8WA, UK.
Corresponding Author Email: 
javedlatoo@gmail.com
References
References: 
  1. Muangpaisan W, Mathews A, Hori H, et al. A systematic review of the worldwide prevalence and incidence of Parkinson's disease. J Med Assoc Thai 2011; 94(6):749-755.
  2. von Campenhausen S, Bornschein B, Wick R et al. Prevalence and incidence of Parkinson's disease in Europe. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol 2005; 15(4):473-490.
  3. Mitchel AJ. Neuropsychiatry and behavioural neurology explained. London: Saunders. 2004: 148-149.
  4. Lees AJ, Hardy J, and Revesz T. Parkinson's disease. Lancet 2009; 373(9680):2055-2066.
  5. Jankovic J. Parkinson’s disease: clincal features and diagnosis. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2008; 79 (4):368-376.
  6. Burn DJ and Troster AI.  Neuropsychiatric complications of medical and surgical therapies for Parkinson's disease. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2004; 17:172-180.
  7. McDonald WM, Richard IH, and Mahlon RD. Prevalence, aetiology and treatment of depression in Parkinson’s disease. Biol Psychiat 2003; 54:363-375.
  8. Forsaa EB, Larsen JP, Wentzel-Larsen T et al. A 12-year population-based study of psychosis in Parkinson Disease. Arch Neurol 2010; 67:996-1001.
  9. Aarsland D, Andersen K, Larsen JP et al. The rate of cognitive decline in Parkinson disease. Arch Neurol 2004; 61:1906-1911.
  10. Walsh K and Bennett G. Parkinson’s disease and anxiety. Postgrad Med J 2001; 77:89-93. 
  11. Pontone GM, Williams JR, Anderson KE et al. Prevalence of anxiety disorders and subtypes in patients with Parkinson’s disease. Mov Disord 2009; 24:1333-1338. 
  12. Chigas MHN, Tumas V, Loureiro SR et al. Does the association between anxiety and Parkinson’s disease really exist? A literature review. Curr Psychiatry Rev 2009; 5:29-36.
  13. Brown RG, Landau S, Hindle JV et al. Depression and anxiety related subtypes in Parkinson's disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2011; 82:803-809.
  14. Richard IH. Anxiety disorders in Parkinson’s disease. Adv Neurol 2005; 96:42-55.
  15. Dissanayaka NNW, Sellbach A, Matheson S et al. Anxiety disorders in Parkinson’s disease: prevalence and risk factors. Mov Disord 2010; 25:838-845.
  16. K Dujardin, Sockeel P, Devos D et al. Characteristics of apathy in Parkinson’s disease, Mov Disord 2007; 22:778-784.
  17. Pedersen KF, Larsen JP, Alves G et al. Prevalence and clinical correlates of apathy in Parkinson’s disease: a community-based study. Parkinsonism Relat Disorder 2009; 15 (4): 295-9.
  18. Bottini BA, Etcheverry JL, Persi GG et al. Apathy in Parkinson’s disease. Impairment in quality of life. Medicinia 2009; 69:253-258.
  19. Garcia-Ramos R, Villanueva C, del Val  J et al., Apathy in Parkinson’s disease, Neurologia 2010; 25:40-50.
  20. Pedersen KF, Alves G, Aarsland D et al. Occurrence and risk factors for apathy in Parkinson disease: a 4-year prospective longitudinal study. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2009; 80:1279-1282.
  21. Mimura M. Depression and apathy in Parkinson’s disease. Brain Nerve 2007; 59:935-942.
  22. Pedersen KF, Alves G, Bronnick K et al. Apathy in drug-naïve patients with incident Parkinson’s disease: the Norwegian Park West study. J Neurol 2010; 257:217-223.
  23. Drapier D, Drapier S, Sauleau P et al. Does the subthalamic nucleus stimulation induce apathy in Parkinson’s disease. J Neurol 2006; 253:1083-1091.
  24. Czernecki V, Pillon B, Houeto JL et al. Does the bilateral stimulation of the subthalamic nucleus aggravate apathy in Parkinson’s disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2005; 76:775-779. 
  25. Oguru M, Tachibana H, Toda K et al. Apathy and depression in Parkinson’s disease. J Geriatric Psychiatry Neurol 2010; 23:35-41.
  26. Sockeel P, Dujardin K, Devos D et al. The Lille apathy rating scale (LARS), a new instrument for detecting and quantifying apathy: validation in Parkinson’s disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2006; 77(5):579-584.
  27. Chattterjee A and Fahn S. Methylphenidate treats apathy in Parkinson’s Disease. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 2002; 14:461-462.
  28. Kummer A and Teixiera AL. Neuropsychiatry of Parkinson's disease. Arch Neuropsychiatr 2009; 67:930-939.
  29. Mendonca DA, Menezes K, Jog MS. Methylphenidate improves fatigue scores in Parkinson disease: a randomized controlled trial. Mov Disord 2007; 22:2070-2076. 
  30. Guimaraes HC, Levy R, Teixeira AL et al. Neurobiology of apathy in Alzheimer's disease. Arch Neuropsychiatr 2008; 66:436-443
  31. Dujardin K, Sockeel P, Devos D, et al. Characteristics of apathy in Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2007; 22:778-784.        
  32. Czernecki V, Pillon B, Houeto JL et al. Motivation, reward, and Parkinson’s disease: Influence of dopatherapy. Neuropsychologia 2002; 40:2257-2267.
  33. Petracca GM, Jorge RE, Ación L et al. Frequency and correlates of involuntary emotional expression disorder. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 2009 ; 21:406-412.
  34. Phuong L, Garg S, Duda JE et al. Involuntary emotional expression disorder (IEED) in Parkinson’s disease. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2009; 15:511-515.
  35. Sartori HCS, Barros T, and Tarvares A, Involuntary emotional expression disorder. Revisita de Psiquiatria Clinica 2008; 35:20-25.
  36. Presecki P and Mimica N. Involuntary emotional expression disorder - new/old disease in psychiatry and neurology. Psychiatria Danubina 2007; 19:184-188.
  37. Rabins PV, and Arciniegas DB. Pathophysiology of involuntary emotional expression disorder. CNS Spectr 2007; 12:17-22.
  38. Brooks BR. Involuntary emotional expression disorder: treating the untreated, CNS Spectr. 2007; vol. 12, supplement 5, pp. 23-27.
  39. Johnson KA, Conn PJ, Niswender CM. Glutamate receptors as therapeutic targets for Parkinson's disease. CNS Neurol Disord Drug Targets 2009; 8:475-491.
  40. Adler CH and Thorpy MJ. Sleep issues in Parkinson’s disease. Neurology 2005; 64:12-20.
  41. Ferreri F, Agbokou C, and Gauthier S. Recognition and management of neuropsychiatric complications in Parkinson’s disease. CMAJ 2006; 175:1545-1552.
  42. Dhawan V, Healy DG, Pal S, et al. Sleep-related problems of Parkinson's disease. Age Ageing 2006; 35:220-228.
  43. Bonnet AM, Jutras MF, Czernecki V et al. Nonmotor symptoms in Parkinson's disease in 2012: relevant clinical aspects. Published online 2012 July 25. doi:  10.1155/2012/198316
  44. Gjerstad MD, Alves G, Wentzel-Larsen T et al. Excessive daytime sleepiness in Parkinson’s disease: is it the drugs or the disease? Neurology 2006; 67:853-858.
  45. Poryazova R, Waldvogel D, and Bassetti CL. Sleepwalking in patients with Parkinson’s disease, Arch Neurol 2007; 64(10):1524-1527.
  46. Arnulf I. Excessive daytime sleepiness in parkinsonism. Sleep Med Rev 2005; 9:185-200.
  47. Postuma RB, Gagnon JF, Rompre S et al. Severity of REM atonia loss in idiopathic REM sleep behaviour disorder predicts Parkinson disease. Neurology 2010; 74:239-244.
  48. Gagnon JF, Postuma RB, Montplaisir J. Update on the pharmacology of REM sleep behaviour disorder. Neurology 2006; 67:742-747.
  49. Juri C, Chana P, Tapia J et al. Quetiapine for insomnia in Parkinson disease: results from an open-label trial. Clin Neuropharmacol 2005; 28:185-187.
  50. Weintraub D, Koester J, Potenza MN et al. Impulse control disorders in Parkinson disease: A cross-sectional study of 3,090 patients. Arch Neurol 2010; 67(5):589-595.
  51. Voon V, Hassan K, Zurowski M et al. Prospective prevalence of pathological gambling and medication association in Parkinson disease. Neurology 2006; 66:1750-1752.
  52. Voon V and Fox SH. Medication-related impulse control and repetitive behaviours in Parkinson’s disease. Arch Neurol 2007; 64:1089-1096.
  53. Voon V, Thomsen T, Miyasaki JM et al. Factors associated with dopaminergic drug-related pathological gambling in Parkinson’s disease. Arch Neurol 2007; 64:212-216.
  54. Merims D, Giladi N. Dopamine dysregulation syndrome, addiction and behavioural changes in Parkinson’s disease. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2008; 14:273-280.
  55. Thomas A, Bonanni L, Gambi F. Pathological gambling in Parkinson disease is reduced by amantadine. Ann Neurol 2010; 68:400-404.
  56. Sevincok L, Akoglu A, Akyol A. Quetiapine in a case with Parkinson disease and pathological gambling. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2007; 27: 107-108.
  57. Bohnen NI and Albin RL. Cholinergic denervation occurs early in Parkinson disease.  Neurology 2009; 73: 256-257.
  58. Chaudhuri KR, Martinez-Martin, Schapira AHV et al. An international multicentre pilot study of the first comprehensive self-completed non motor symptoms questionnaire for Parkinson's disease: The NMSQuest study. Mov Disord 2006; 21: 916-923.
  59. Braak H. Stages in the development of Parkinson's disease-related pathology. Cell Tissue Res 2004; 318:121-134.
  60. Poewe W. Non-motor symptoms in Parkinson's disease. Eur J Neurol 2008; 15:14-20.  

Evidence and recovery; improving outcomes in opiate substitution treatment

Authors
James Bell, Christine Healey, Fiona Kennedy, Mohammad Faizal and Aadil Jan Shah
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2013;6(1):a601
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Background: Based on the perception that many patients on methadone are not receiving effective treatment, drug policy in the UK is being reoriented towards the ‘recovery agenda’1.

Aim: To assess the extent to which current delivery of OST is evidence-based, and whether bringing treatment into line with evidence improves outcomes.

Method: Clinical audit in two OST services in Merseyside. Non-responding patients - those reporting regular heroin use in treatment - were identified from files, and patients in one service were referred for medical review to bring their treatment into line with current UK guidelines2 – predominantly, ensuring adequate methadone doses. Patients in the other clinic continued to receive treatment as usual. Files were re-audited 9 months later and rates of heroin use between the clinics compared.

Results: 175 (17% of patients in treatment) reported regular heroin use; most were on less than 60mg/day of methadone. Although reporting high depression scores and low quality of life, patients resisted changes to their treatment; of 104 patients referred for medical review, only 47 attended. Medical review and changes to treatment were seen as an intrusion into patients’ choices. At follow up audit, there was no difference in reductions in heroin use between the two OST services.

Conclusion: Many non-responders appeared “stuck”, but resisted change. The clinical ethos was oriented towards supporting clients in their choices rather than achieving specific treatment objectives. By focusing on outcomes rather than process, the ‘recovery agenda’ may facilitate the implementation of evidence based care, as opposed to being a competing paradigm. 

Keywords: 
opiate substitution treatment, recovery agenda, optimisation clinic, audit, evidence-based care.

Introduction

Driven by a global rise in opioid dependence, Opioid Substitution Treatment (OST), the prescribing of opioids (usually methadone or buprenorphine) as maintenance treatment, has expanded worldwide over the last two decades3. Participation in OST reduces the risk of death by overdose4, reduces the risk of HIV transmission5 and reduces participants’ involvement in property crime6. For these reasons, maintenance with methadone remains the major public health response to reduce the harms caused by heroin addiction.

In the United Kingdom (UK) in the late 1990s, government funding to expand access to OST was provided, with the explicit objective of reducing crime7. The expansion of treatment was supported with clinical guidelines2, and targets were set to try to ensure good outcomes. Given the research evidence on the importance of retention in producing better outcomes, service providers were set a target of retaining at least 75% of people in treatment for 3 months. A tool to monitor outcomes, the Treatment Outcomes Profile (TOP)8, was developed and service providers nationally were set a target of 80% of people in OST completing TOP at entry and after 6 months9. This 20-item self-report questionnaire records a set of core data for the previous 28 days, including the number of days on which heroin and cocaine have been used. 

The amount of methadone prescribed in England and Scotland increased fourfold over the decade 1998 – 20083. However, in 2010, Britain’s newly-elected government signalled a change in the direction of drug policy1. The paradigm on which the new policy is based is “recovery”, a concept embracing self-help, mutual support, and optimism about the possibility of positive change. The policy is in part driven by the perception that treatment services have a defeatist attitude, expecting little positive change – hence the claim that there are too many patients “parked on methadone”. To counteract this perceived pessimism, the “recovery agenda” includes incentives to services to promote abstinence from all drugs including prescribed OST medication. This policy has been criticized as being inconsistent with the available evidence10, but has been defended on the grounds that many patients on methadone were doing poorly, and needed encouragement to make positive changes in their lives.

In 2010, we decided to investigate to what extent people were responding poorly to treatment, and whether this could be improved by implementation of evidence-based treatment.

Methods

This quality improvement project was undertaken in two OST clinics in Merseyside, managing in total over 1000 patients. The services had the same senior leadership and medical staff, but separate teams of nurses and key workers. Supervised administration was provided by local retail pharmacies.

In October 2010 key workers were provided with list of patients currently under their care and asked to identify patients they thought were using heroin regularly.  A research assistant then checked case notes of identified patients, looking at self-reported heroin use as recorded in TOP monitoring forms, and at the results of previous urine toxicology tests. Those whose most recent TOP was performed at entry to treatment were excluded (since their self-reported heroin use covered a time when they were not in treatment). Among the remainder patients reporting use of heroin on at least 8 days in the 4 weeks preceding their last TOP interview were classified as “non-responding” patients. The case notes of all identified “non-responders” were reviewed using an audit tool covering age, sex, postcode, date of entry into treatment, duration of treatment, dose of medications, extent of supervised administration, dates and results of recent urine toxicology, and date and self-reported drug use from previous TOP questionnaires. This data was collected at baseline and again at re-audit (follow-up) 9 months later.

Postcodes were used to derive Index of Multiple Deprivation (IMD) scores11. The English index of multiple deprivation (IMD) is a measure of multiple deprivations, with domains including employment deprivation, health deprivation and disability, education skills and training deprivation, barriers to housing and services, living environment deprivation, and crime.

In one clinic, the “implementation clinic”, beginning January 2011, key workers were asked to refer all non-responders for a medical review. Patients were also screened for comorbidity, taking advantage of a separate project running concurrently which was designed to test the psychometric properties of a new questionnaire on mental health and well-being. All service users at the implementation clinic were invited to take part. The study had National Research Ethics approval and approval from the Merseycare NHS Trust R&D Office. Quality of life was assessed with the EQD12 which comprises 5 domains measuring health-related quality of life: mobility, self-care, usual activities, pain/discomfort, and anxiety/depression. Depression was screened for with the Beck Depression Inventory13.

UK guidelines recommend for patients doing poorly “..ensuring medication is provided within evidence-based optimal levels, changing to another substitute medication, increasing key working or psychosocial interventions and increasing supervised consumption” 3. The recommended dosage for effective treatment is listed as in the range 60-120mg/day of methadone. At medical review, the plan was for the doctor to assess the non-responding patients, and propose raising methadone dose progressively until heroin use ceased, or a maximum dose of 120mg/day was reached; and requiring supervised consumption of methadone for patients persisting in heroin use.

Establishing the medical reviews in one of the two clinics was necessary for logistic reasons, but it also allowed an opportunity to assess the impact of the reviews, by comparing the outcomes of non-responders in the two clinics. If effective, it was proposed to extend this approach to the second ‘treatment as usual’ service. Referrals for medical review ceased in June 2011, and over the next three months staff feedback about the process was sought. In October 2011 a repeat audit of case notes including TOP results of all previously identified non-responders at both services was undertaken.

At follow-up data on the frequency of medical appointments in the preceding 6 months were also collected. In cases where people had left treatment, the TOP performed on exit from treatment was used. Those non-responders who had left treatment were identified and tabulated according to the reason for leaving treatment.

Flowchart 1: The audit and re-audit process

 

Ethics

The audit was approved by the local NHS Trust R&D Office. Funding was obtained to undertake the work by Mersey Care NHS Trust.

Analysis

Data was entered into SPSS version 18 (for windows). Summary statistics and standard hypothesis tests compared non responders in the intervention service to non responders in treatment as usual to ensure there were no statistically significant differences between the two groups at baseline. Chi-square and t-tests compared age, sex distribution, IMD scores, methadone dose and months in treatment this episode.  Mann-Whitney U tests compared the number of TOP forms completed in each group during the previous 6 and 12 months. Regression analysis explored whether there was a relationship between attendance for supervised administration, self-reported quality of life and depression for non responders in the implementation group. Differences in baseline and at 9 month re audit methadone dose and heroin use were tabulated for each group. Mann-Whitney U-tests compared any differences between the two groups.  Differences within each group were also compared using the Wilcoxon signed ranks test.

Results

The implementation service managed 534 patients, of whom 130 (24%) were initially identified as non-responders, reporting heroin use on 8 or more days in the previous month at their last TOP interview. At the TAU service there were 485 patients, of whom 112 (23%) were identified as non-responders. Of the 242 non-responders in total, 67 (28%) were new to treatment, and were excluded. This is illustrated in the flowchart 2.

Flowchart 2: Sample Algorithm

Approximately 50% of the non-responders in each group reported daily heroin use at baseline.  The two groups of non-responders did not differ significantly in terms of age, sex distribution, nor on the Index of Multiple deprivation scores (mean of 62 reflecting very severe social exclusion across both groups). Non responders in the implementation service had been in treatment a median of 18 months compared to 17 months for those in treatment as usual. Urine testing was performed infrequently in both services, but a result was available from the six months prior to baseline for 133 of the remaining 175 subjects. The urine tests results were broadly consistent with the patients self-report. Aspects of treatment at the two services differed, as shown in Table 1. At baseline, doses did not differ significantly, but the treatment as usual group was significantly less likely to have their methadone administration supervised, and had less frequent TOP monitoring.

Table 1 Profile of non-responders and their treatment at baseline

  Implementation TAU Total
N 104 71 175
Mean age in years (min, max) 42 (25,66) 43 (23,63) 42 (23,66)
Male (%) 65 (63%) 48 (68%) 113 (65%)
Mean IMD Score (SD) 62 (14.6) 62 (14.7) 62 (14.7)
Mean methadone dose in mg (SD) 60 (17.8) 60 (21.3) 60 (20.3)
Median Months in this Rx episode (IQR) 18 (20) 17 (10) 18 (14)
Any supervised doses 56 (54%) 22 (31%)* 78 (45%)
Last TOPS > 6/12 ago 15 (15%) 29 (42%)** 44 (25%)
*Pearson Chi square 9.995, df=2, p=0.007 **Mann-Whitney U =2654, p=0.002  

Despite almost all non-responders being booked in for an appointment and given reminders at the implementation service, only 47 (45%) of the 104 identified attended at least one medical review. Keyworkers commented that the main reason for non-attendance was that clients were quite happy continuing heroin use and did not see stopping as something they wanted to do. When patients were told they would only receive their prescription renewal after attending, some patients chose to go without methadone and make contact a few days later, rather than attend an appointment. Among those who did attend, there was frequently resistance to increasing their methadone dose, and anger at the suggestion that medication administration should be supervised. Word of mouth spread through the service that doctors were proposing dose increases and more supervision. This increased resistance among patients, and appears to have generated some resistance among keyworkers, some of whom saw their role as advocates for the patients.

The attempt to implement change in one clinic appears to have had small effects in increasing average doses there, and having more patients seen by a doctor. Between baseline and 9 month re-audit (follow-up), mean methadone doses increased in the implementation group and fell in the TAU group, as shown in Table 2. There was a small and statistically significant increase in methadone dose in the implementation group compared to the TAU group. The difference in change in methadone dose between the two groups was statistically significant (Mann-Whitney U= 2745, p=0.002), but the mean dose increase (3mg) in the implementation group was small. In the 6 months prior to the collection of follow-up data, medical reviews in both services were infrequent; 36% of patients in the implementation group and 66% of patients in the TAU group had not seen a doctor in their OST service (Chi square =13.38, df=1, p=0.001).

In both groups, the reductions in heroin use over time were statistically significant (Wilcoxon signed ranks test p = <0.05), but the change in heroin use over time did not differ significantly between the two services (Mann-Whitney U 2832.5, p=0.7). The changes from baseline audit to 9 month re audit are shown in Table 2. Among the 47 patients who attended a medical review, the mean prescribed methadone dose rose from 58 to 66mg/day, but the number receiving supervised doses actually fell, from 23 at baseline to 20 at follow-up. Mean days of reported heroin use fell from 20 to 12 (6 patients reported abstinence) – changes almost identical to what was observed in the TAU group.  

Table 2 Changes in dose and heroin use between baseline (T1) and follow-up/re audit (T2)

  Implementation TAU
  Time 1 Time 2 Time 1 Time 2
N 104 103 71 68
Mean Self-report heroin days/28 (SD) 19.9 (8.6) 13.4 (10.8) 19.6 (8.3) 11.7 (10.8)
Reported daily heroin use 52 (50%) 33 (32%) 25 (42%) 17 (25%)
Heroin abstinence - 14 (14%) - 15 (22%)
Urine test positive morphine % 88% 76% 85% 70%
Mean daily methadone dose 59.5 62.9 60.1 57
Proportion self-report cocaine 67% 54% 53% 44%
Urine test cocaine positive 66% 57% 58% 45%

29 non responders (28%) from the implementation service, and 27 (38%) from the TAU service had left the service between baseline and 9 month re audit. Most discharges (31/56) were transfers to another service as part of a local policy to move more people into treatment in primary care. Eight patients from the Implementation service dropped out of treatment, and 4 patients from the TAU service did so. Differences in the pattern of leaving the two services did not approach significance.

Table 3 Reason for discharge

Reason Implementation TAU Total
Transfer of Rx 13 17 30
Did not attend (DNA) 8 (28%) 4 (15%) 12
Elective Withdrawal 3 3 6
Deceased 2 0 2
Prison/drug diversion program 3 3 6
Total 29 27 56

44 non responders who attended a medical review at the implementaion service  completed questionnaires on health, quality of life, and depression. Ninety-six percent were not in education, employment or training (NEET). On the Beck Depression Inventory, 50% of respondents reported depression in the moderate to severe range. Regression analysis indicated that having to attend for supervised doses was associated with less depression measured on the BDI (r=-.332, p=0.039), and with better quality of life in terms of EDQ scale of self-care (r=-.598, p<0.001) and being able to undertake usual activities (r=-.605, p<0.001).

Discussion

Many people persisting in heroin use were receiving care that was out of line with guidelines – doses below 60mg, often with no supervised doses, and seldom attending for medical reviews. However, the attempt to systematically implement guidelines was not effective. Most patients did not attend, and many of those who did attend resisted changes. Although patients who attended received slightly higher doses, changes in heroin use in the subset who actually attended for review were no different to the changes observed in the TAU group.

Higher methadone doses, and patients having control over their doses, have been shown in a meta-analysis to be independently predictive of better outcomes14. One possible explanation for the failure to implement guidelines is that it may have been perceived as challenging clients’ control over their treatment. If so, it was a challenge easily defeated. Patients clearly had substantial control over their treatment, choosing whether to attend appointments, whether to accept higher doses, and whether to accept supervised doses. However, this degree of control over their treatment did not appear to be beneficial. “Non-responders” reported depression, disability and a poor quality of life.

Guidelines need to move beyond systematic reviews of effectiveness, to include evidence about implementing evidence in a real world setting15. Our conclusion is that the failure to implement guidelines was that the approach adopted was not congruent with clinic culture, which emphasised “support” rather than “structure”. “Structure” refers to both cognitive and behavioural elements of treatment.  The cognitive elements are defined and agreed objectives, a sense of the direction and purpose of treatment. In all areas of mental health, clinical interactions are most useful if focused on specific performance goals related to the patient’s circumstances16.  In the OST services studied, there appeared to be a focus on process and on supporting patients, rather than achieving outcomes.

Structure also includes behavioural elements - expectations and rules regarding attendance, and daily attendance for supervised administration. Interviews with UK patients in OST have indicated that they understand and value the role of supervision, not only in minimizing diversion and misuse, but in providing an activity for many people without social roles17. Consistent with the benefits of supervision, in the current audit more supervision was associated with less depression and less-poor quality of life.

This audit had several limitations. It did not attempt to measure the proportion of patients responding poorly to long-term methadone treatment, and it is possible that the true proportion may be higher than the 17% identified by key workers. Documentation of treatment outcomes, using TOP reports and UDS results, was unsystematic, limiting the number of patients in whom complete data was available. “Non-responders” self-reported heroin use to keyworkers, who administered the TOP questionnaire, and there may have been under-reporting. However, while this study may not have identified all non-responding patients, this does not invalidate the observation that attempting to implement guidelines was not successful.

Most importantly, the observations from these clinics may not be generalisable to other treatment settings. However, certain key data are available suggesting the treatment and outcomes observed in this study were not atypical. A report on national TOP monitoring noted patchy availability of follow-up data, and confirmed a high rate of persisting heroin use in treatment, with 38% of participants reporting abstinence from heroin18. Despite this high rate of heroin use, a recent survey reported a mean dose of 56mg of methadone in a national survey19. In this regard, the clinics in this report thus seem representative.

Medical staff appeared to have a peripheral role in delivery of OST in these clinics. Most non-responders did not have a medical review in 6 months – despite persisting heroin use, and self-reported depression. In the 1980s in the US, methadone treatment underwent a process labelled “demedicalisation”, marginalisation of the role of medical practitioners, and a loss of the sense that methadone was a medical treatment with clearly defined objectives and guidelines20. This contributed to a situation in which much methadone treatment in the US was out of line with research evidence21. The current audit suggests that a similar process of demedicalisation and deviation from evidence-based treatment has been occurring in some NHS services in the UK. 

If these observations are representative of at least some treatment culture in the UK, they lend support to the criticisms made of methadone treatment in the new UK drug strategy1. To the extent that the recovery agenda challenges clinic culture and shifts the focus of treatment onto outcomes, it is a positive development.

However, many well-intentioned policies have unintended consequences, and there are well-based fears that the new policy promoting abstinence from OST as an objective of recovery will lead to an increase in overdose deaths3. This is specifically because of the risk of overdose deaths after leaving treatment. The reason for the increased risk of overdose after leaving treatment is that newly abstinent addicts who have reduced opioid tolerance, and a dose of heroin they previously used during periods of addiction becomes a potentially fatal dose once they are abstinent. This risk attaches to all forms of drug free treatment, as well as to patients who have left methadone. The critical issue is that lapses to heroin use, and relapses to dependent heroin use, are very common among newly-abstinent addicts. It is the high probability of relapse to heroin use which is the basis of long-term maintenance treatment – better to keep people safe and functioning normally, albeit while still taking a medication, than the risk of relapse and re-addiction, or relapse and fatal overdose. In the UK, implementation of the recovery agenda has included incentives to abstinence, and this is not consistent with evidence about the risk of relapse. If the recovery agenda can accommodate the evidence that indefinite maintenance as a valid option for many, perhaps most heroin users, then the evidence of this study is that far from being in contradiction, the recovery agenda may facilitate the implementation of evidence-based practice. 

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Acknowledgement: 
Dr Faizal, Ms Healey and Dr Bell devised the study and supervised conduct of it. Ms Kennedy undertook data collection and with Ms Healey, data analysis. Dr Shah and Dr Faizal delivered clinical care, and Dr Shah assisted in data collection. Dr Bell wrote the paper. All authors commented on and edited the manuscript, and approved the final draft. Dr Bell has received research support and support to attend conferences from Reckittbenckiser PLC, and has received consultancy services for Reckittbenckiser. Dr Faizal has received support from Reckittbenckiser to attend a conference. Financial support for this project came from Merseycare NHS Trust. Apart from this, all authors have received no financial relationships with any organisations that might have an interest in the submitted work in the previous three years, no other relationships or activities that could appear to have influenced the submitted work.
Competing Interests: 
Funding for this project was provided by Mersey Care NHS Trust.
Details of Authors: 
JAMES BELL, BA(Hons), MD, FRACP, FAChAM, South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust, UK. CHRISTINE HEALEY BA (Hons), DipSW, MSc, MPhil, University of Liverpool, UK. FIONA KENNEDY BA (Hons), University of Liverpool, UK. MOHAMMAD FAIZAL, MBBS, MRCPsych, MBA, Clinical Director, Addictions, MerseyCare NHS Trust, UK. AADIL JAN SHAH, MBBs, MSc, MRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist, Cheshire and Wirral Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
DR JAMES BELL, 63-65 Denmark Hill, London SE5 8RS, UK.
Corresponding Author Email: 
James.bell@kcl.ac.uk
References
References: 
  1. HM Government (2010) 'Drug Strategy 2010: Reducing demand, restricting supply, building recovery: supporting people to live a drug free life', in HM Government (ed.), (London).
  2. Department of Health (2007), 'Drug Misuse and Dependence: UK Guidelines on Clinical Management', in Department of Health (ed.), (London).
  3. Strang J, Hall W, Hickman M, et al (2010), 'Impact of supervision of methadone consumption on deaths related to methadone overdose (1993-2008): analyses using OD4 index in England and Scotland', BMJ, 341.
  4. Clausen T, Anchersen K, and Waal H (2008), 'Mortality prior to, during and after opioid maintenance treatment (OMT): A national prospective cross-registry study', Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 94 (1–3), 151-57
  5. Jürgens R, Ball A, and Verster, A (2009), 'Interventions to reduce HIV transmission related to injecting drug use in prison', The Lancet Infectious Diseases, 9 (1), 57-66
  6. Moffatt, S., Weatherburn, D., Donnelly, N. (2005), 'What caused the recent drop in property crime?' Crime and Justice Bulletin, 85.
  7. Duke, K (2006), 'Out of crime and into treatment? The criminalization of contemporary drug policy since tackling drugs together', Drugs: Education, Prevention & Policy, 13 (5), 409-15.
  8. Marsden, J, et al. (2008), 'Development of the treatment outcomes profile', Addiction, 103 (9), 1450-60
  9. 9 National Treatment Agency (2009), 'NTA Business Plan 2009-2010', (National Treatment Agency for Substance Misuse).
  10. Hickman, Matt, et al. (2011), 'Promoting recovery and preventing drug-related mortality: competing risks?' Journal of Public Health, 33 (3), 332-34
  11. Noble M, McLennan D, Wilkinson, K, et al (2008), 'The English Indices of Deprivation 2007', (London: Communities and Local Government)
  12. EuroQol (1990), 'EuroQol - a new facility for the measurement of health-related quality of life', Health Policy, 16 (3), 199-208
  13. Beck AT, Ward CH, Mendelson M, et al (1996), 'An inventory for measuring depression', Archives of General Psychiatry, 4, 561-71
  14. Bao, Yan-ping, et al. (2009) 'A Meta-Analysis of Retention in Methadone Maintenance by Dose and Dosing Strategy', The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 35 (1), 28-33
  15. NICE (2003) Moving beyond effectiveness in evidence synthesis: methodological issues in the synthesis of diverse sources of evidence. National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence, London
  16. Moos, R. H. (2003), 'Addictive Disorders in context: principles and puzzles of effective treatment and recovery', Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 17 (1), 28-33
  17. Neale, Joanne (1999), 'Drug users’ views of substitute prescribing conditions', International Journal of Drug Policy, 10 (3), 247-58
  18. Marsden J, Eastwood B, Bradbury C, et al (2009) Effectiveness of community treatments for heroin and crack cocaine addiction in England: a prospective, in-treatment cohort study. Lancet 374; 1262-70
  19. Strang, John, et al. (2007), 'Does prescribing for opiate addiction change after national guidelines? Methadone and buprenorphine prescribing to opiate addicts by general practitioners and hospital doctors in England, 1995–2005', Addiction, 102 (5), 761-70
  20. Rosenbaum, Marsha (1995), 'The demedicalization of methadone maintenance', Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 27 (2), 145-49
  21. D'Aunno T, Vaughn T. E. (1992), 'Variations in methadone treatment practices: Results from a national study', JAMA: The Journal of the American Medical Association, 267 (2), 253-58

3 years on: Examiners’ and candidates’ views on the CASC (Clinical Assessment of Skills and Competencies)

Authors
Rajkumar Kamatchi, Saugata Bandyopadhyay, Ashok Kumar Jainer, Bettahahalasoor Somashekar, Marek Marzanski and Steven Marwaha
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2012;5(4):a537
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Aim and method: The Clinical Assessment of Skills and Competencies (CASC), introduced in June 2008 is the new and only clinical examination in obtaining membership of Royal College of Psychiatrists. Although there is evidence of strong validity and reliability for OSCE (Objective Structured Clinical Examination) - type examinations, the acceptability, validity and reliability of the CASC is open to challenge. We conducted a national online survey of candidates and examiners to obtain their views and aimed to evaluate whether the CASC fulfils its purpose.

Results: The survey showed that 48% of the candidates (n=110) and 59% the examiners (n=22) agreed that the CASC examines the required competencies to progress to higher training. However only 15% of the candidates and 18% of the examiners accepted that CASC examines all the advanced psychiatric skills compared to the previous Part 2 clinical examination. Nevertheless, only a third of the candidates and examiners considered replacing the CASC with traditional long case as the best way forward.

Implications: Although CASC scenarios may reflect real-life situations and its content covers most skills in piecemeal, it lacks the holistic ethos underpinning the bio-psychosocial approach unique to psychiatry. The findings of the survey suggest that the current examination method requires further systematic evaluation. 

Post- graduate medical education in the United Kingdom has seen numerous dramatic changes in the last decade, with the introduction of structured training programmes and changes in assessment of skills driven by Modernising Medical Careers.1 Overall these new developments emphasise a competency based curriculum and assessments. Alongside and contingent on these wider changes in medical education, psychiatric trainees have faced major transformations in their membership (MRCPsych) examinations.

The MRCPsych examination was first introduced in 1972, a year after the Royal College of Psychiatrists was founded. There have been various modifications in its structure since its inception but a radical change occurred in the last decade with the introduction of an OSCE in 2003 and the CASC, a modified OSCE in June 2008. The CASC is considered as a high- stakes examination as it is now the only clinical and final examination towards obtaining the membership of the College. The MRCPsych qualification is considered as an indicator of achieving professional competence in the clinical practice of psychiatry and has the main aim of setting a standard that determines whether trainees are suitable to progress to higher specialist training.2 In his commentary to Wallace et al3 , Professor Oyebode describes the aims, advantages and disadvantages of the various assessment methods used in the MRCPsych examination and conclude that the precise assessment of clinical competence is essential.4

Traditionally, assessment of clinical skills involved a long case examination since it was introduced in clinical graduating examination by Professor Sir George Paget at Cambridge, UK in 1842. This has been followed by most of the medical institutions worldwide and remained as the clinical component of the MRCPsych examination until 2003. There are some shortcomings with this assessment method and the outcome can be influenced by several factors such as varying difficulty of the cases, co-operation of the real patient and examiner- related factors. The reliability of assessment of clinical competency with a single long case is low and it is necessary for the candidate to interview at least ten long cases to attain the reliability required for a high stakes examination like MRCPsych.5 A fair, reliable and valid examination is necessary to overcome these difficulties. The OSCEs proved to be one of the answers to these difficulties.

One important aspect of assessing the validity and acceptability of assessment methods is asking the opinions of examiners and candidates about their experiences and views about the examination once it has been rolled out. As far as the authors are aware there has been one previous published survey of CASC candidates’ views on this method of examination and this was based at a revision course. Whelan et al6 showed that approximately 70% of the candidates did not agree with the statement “there is no longer a need to use real patients in post-graduate clinical psychiatry exams”. In addition, only 50% of the candidates preferred the CASC compared to previous long case and the other 50% remained undecided. This raises doubts about the acceptability of the CASC format and merits further exploration.

Method

We conducted a national on-line survey asking both candidates and examiners about their views on the CASC examination.

Questionnaire development

Two questionnaires (one each for examiners and candidates) based on previously available evidence on this exam format6,7,8 were developed following discussions among the authors.

The final version of the questionnaire for both groups had the same seven questions with a five point Likert scale. It included questions on whether the exam effectively assessed the competency needed for real life practice, whether there was over testing of communication skills, whether feedback was adequate, respondents’ views on validity and reliability of the method and finally whether the clinical examination should revert to the previous style of long case and viva.

Sampling procedure

The examiners and the candidates who have already appeared in the CASC examination were invited to complete the online survey. The links to the questionnaires were distributed via the Schools of Psychiatry in thirteen deaneries in the United Kingdom (including Wales, Northern Ireland and Scotland). We approached 400 candidates and 100 examiners from different deaneries making sure the wide geographical distribution. The sample size was chosen based on the data that around 500 candidates appear in CASC exam each time and there are approximately 431 examiners on CASC board (personal contact with the College).Participants were assured that their responses were confidential. The survey was open from mid-March to mid-April 2011. Reminders were sent half way through the survey period.

Results

A total of 110 candidates and 22 examiners completed the survey. The response rate was better for candidates (27.5%) compared to the examiners (22%). Albeit the low response rate, the responses showed good geographical spread. Responses were received from most of the deaneries (87%). The London, East and West Midlands deaneries showed higher response rate (14% each) while Scotland, Severn and North Western deaneries showed least response rate (2% each).

Among the 110 candidates, 52% were males and 48% were females and among the examiners, 73% were males and 27% were females. 55% of the examiners were involved in the previous Part 2 clinical exam while only 7% of the candidates had the experience of previous Part 2 clinical exam. The results are summarised in Tables 1 and 2.

Table 1. Candidates’ views ( n= 110 )
Survey questions Strongly agree Agree Neutral Disagree Strongly disagree
CASC examines the required competencies to progress to higher training 10% 38% 7% 26% 19%
CASC examines all skills and competencies compared to previous Part 2 clinical exam 4% 11% 46% 21% 18%
CASC scenarios reflects the real life situations faced in clinical practice 12% 36% 13% 22% 17%
CASC gives more emphasis on testing communication and interviewing skills than overall competencies 29% 31% 14% 19% 7%
CASC is more valid and reliable as a clinical exam 9% 19% 29% 20% 23%
Feedback system ‘areas of concern’ are helpful to the unsuccessful candidates 1% 11% 28% 26% 34%
CASC needs to be replaced by traditional style of exam – a long case and a viva 14% 22% 25% 24% 15%

 

Table 2. Examiners’ views ( n= 22 )
Survey questions Strongly agree Agree Neutral Disagree Strongly disagree
CASC examines the required competencies to progress to higher training 14% 45% 14% 18% 9%
CASC examines all skills and competencies compared to previous Part 2 clinical exam 4% 14% 23% 45% 14%
CASC scenarios reflects the real life situations faced in clinical practice 14% 63% 5% 9% 9%
CASC gives more emphasis on testing communication and interviewing skills than overall competencies 22% 26% 17% 22% 13%
CASC is more valid and reliable as a clinical exam 9% 37% 27% 9% 18%
Feedback system ‘areas of concern’ are helpful to the unsuccessful candidates 0% 36% 14% 27% 23%
CASC needs to be replaced by traditional style of exam – a long case and a viva 18% 14% 41% 9% 18%

Clinical competencies and skills

59% of the examiners and 48% of the candidates have accepted that CASC examines the required competencies to progress to higher training. Strikingly only 18% of the examiners and 15% of the candidates agreed that CASC allows the assessment of all the skills and competencies necessary for the higher trainees in comparison to the previous Part 2 clinical exam.

Content of the CASC

Majority of the examiners (77%) and nearly half of the candidates (48%) agreed that CASC scenarios reflect real life situations faced by clinicians in normal practice. However 60% of the candidates and 48% of the examiners felt that CASC excessively emphasizes communication and interview skills.

Feedback - “areas of concerns”

More than half of the candidates (60%) and half of the examiners (50%) felt that the feedback indicating “areas of concerns”, for the failed candidates was not helpful to improve their preparations before the next attempt.

Validity and reliability of the CASC as a clinical exam

Just over one fourth of the candidates (28%) and less than half of examiners (46%) considered CASC as a valid and reliable method of clinical examination. However, only 36% of the candidates and 32% of the examiners supported replacing CASC with a traditional clinical exam (a long case and a viva). Broadly comparable numbers (39% of the candidates and 27% of the examiners) disagreed with the statement that the CASC should be replaced by the previous examination style.

Discussion

To our knowledge this is the first study of candidate and examiner views since the introduction of the CASC. Its predecessor OSCEs has a good reliability and validity in assessing medical students8 and it has become a standard assessment method in undergraduate examinations. Whilst OSCEs have been held to be reliable and valid in a number of assessment scenarios,8 there have been doubts about their ability to assess advanced psychiatric skills,9 which was one of the main reasons to retain the long case in MRCPsych Part 2 clinical exam.2 Over the years, most of the Royal Colleges introduced OSCEs into their membership examinations and used simulated patients in some scenarios. However CASC is the first examination with only simulated patients in a combination of paired and unpaired stations. So far there has been no published literature evaluating this method systematically.

In a recent debate paper10 it has been argued that CASC may have significant problems related to its authenticity, validity and acceptability. The findings of our survey reflect similar doubts about the reliability and validity of the CASC exam amongst both the candidates and examiners. The content validity of CASC has been demonstrated by the College Blueprint11 and the face validity appears to be good. However, as far as we are aware, the concurrent and predictive validity testing data have not been published. Although the global marking system appears to have better concurrent validity than other checklists, it gives the examiners the similar flexibility as the long case in making judgements which may affect CASC transparency and fairness. This may indicate that this new and promising examination method requires further systematic evaluations and modifications before its user’s fully accept it.

According to the results of our study the content of the CASC exam satisfies its purpose of assessing the candidates’ competencies to progress to the higher professional training. However many of the respondents felt that it lacked the completeness of previous traditional clinical examination, which collate skills. Although there were some differences between the candidates and the examiners on how they perceived the CASC exam, most of the respondents agreed that CASC laid more emphasis on communication and interviewing skills rather than overall assessment of the candidate’s competency.

Harden et al,12 in their paper on OSCEs, criticised the compartmentalisation of knowledge and discouraging candidates from a broader thinking during the clinical examinations. They also suggested using a long case and/or workplace based assessments rather than relying on OSCEs only in assessing trainees. Benning & Broadhurst13 expressed similar concerns on the loss of long case in MRCPsych examination. Our findings support the arguments that CASC assesses competencies in a piecemeal fashion rather than being reflective of the demands on senior doctors in real practice which often involve deciding what is and is not important depending on context.

The OSLER14 (Objective Structured Long Examination Record) method might overcome the shortcomings and improve the objectivity and transparency of long case. In this method, two examiners assess the candidate and grade their skills individually in a ten item objective record. Later they decide together the appropriate grade for each item and agree an overall grade. The ten items include four on history, three on examination and another three covering investigations, management and clinical acumen. The OSLER method is also practical as no extra assessment time is required and it can be used for both norm referenced & criterion referenced exams. The case difficulty can be determined by the examiners and all candidates are assessed for identical items. Thus this method assesses the candidate’s overall clinical competency and eliminates the subjectivity associated with the long case.

Another alternative might be using a combination of assessment methods as suggested by Harden.12 An 8-10 stations OSCE can be combined with a long case assessment using OSLER method. The OSCE stations might include patient management scenarios along with interview and communication skills scenarios. The final score determining the result could also include marks from work place based assessments as they provide a clear indication of the candidate’s skills and competence in real life situation.

It is also evident from our findings that both candidates and examiners are largely unsatisfied with the extent and usefulness of feedback that is provided to unsuccessful candidates. The feedback system have been criticised for its inability to clarify the specific areas or skills which need to be improved by the unsuccessful candidates. The recent “MRCPsych Cumulative Results Report’’ 15 states that the pass rate of the candidates declines after the first attempt. Perhaps this could be improved if failed candidates receive more detailed feedback about their performance.

There are a number of limitations to this study. The response rate was low but it was broadly in the range of other online surveys16 and there was representation from most of the deaneries in the United Kingdom. There could be a number of reasons for low response rate. As far as we are aware few deaneries were not willing to distribute the questionnaire through their School of Psychiatry and we had to contact the individual trusts in the area to distribute the survey. The poor response rate from the examiners could be because of their low interests in participating and lack of time. Also older examiners and those with more experience of CASC may have had particular views which might have had an influence on the responses. But when this was examined further, there were no major differences between respondents who had the experience of previous Part 2 examinations from those who had not. In addition one of the survey questions consisted of two parts (views on validity and reliability) which could have been difficult to answer accurately.

The findings of this preliminary study raise some doubts on acceptability of the CASC by both candidates and examiners. There might be a possibility of subjective bias in the responders’ views, perhaps influenced by other ongoing and controversial changes in the NHS, including the role of GMC and the College in the post- graduate medical education. However on the other hand it might be a signal that it is worthwhile to reconsider the implications of the CASC on education and training and to evaluate systematically this assessment method further.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
RAJKUMAR KAMATCHI, MRCPsych, ST6 General Adult Psychiatry trainee & Honorary Associate Clinical Teacher, Coventry & Warwickshire Partnership NHS Trust, Coventry & Warwick Medical School, Coventry, UK. SAUGATA BANDYOPADHYAY, MRCPsych, ST5 General Adult Psychiatry Trainee,Birmingham and Solihull Mental Health Foundation NHS Trust, Birmingham, UK ASHOK KUMAR JAINER, MD, MRCPsych, Consultant General Adult Psychiatrist, Coventry & Warwickshire Partnership NHS Trust, Coventry, UK. BETTAHAHALASOOR SOMASHEKAR, MD, DNB, Consultant General Adult Psychiatrist, Coventry & Warwickshire Partnership NHS Trust, Coventry, UK. MAREK MARZANSKI, MD, MRCPsych, Consultant General Adult Psychiatrist & Associate Fellow, Coventry & Warwickshire Partnership NHS Trust, Coventry & Warwick Medical School, Coventry, UK. STEVEN MARWAHA, PhD, MRCPsych, Associate Clinical Professor of Psychiatry & Honorary Consultant Psychiatrist, Division of Mental Health and Wellbeing, Warwick Medical School, University of Warwick, Coventry & Coventry & Warwickshire Partnership NHS Trust, Coventry, UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
RAJKUMAR KAMATCHI, Coventry & Warwickshire Partnership NHS Trust, The Caludon Centre, Clifford Bridge Road, Coventry. CV2 2TE.
Corresponding Author Email: 
rajkumaranjali@yahoo.com
References
References: 
  1. Department of Health. Modernising medical careers: the next steps. http://www.dh.gov.uk/en/publicationsand statistics/publications/publications and policy and guidance/ DH_4079530 (2004) 
  2. Tyrer S & Oyebode F. Why does the MRCPsych examination need to change? British Journal of Psychiatry 2004; 184: 197- 199 
  3. Wallace J, Rao R, Haslam R. Simulated patients and objective structured clinical examinations: review of their use in medical education. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment 2002; 8: 342- 348 
  4. Oyebode F. Commentary on: Simulated patients and objective structured clinical examinations; review of their use in medical education. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment 2002; 8: 348- 350. 
  5. Wass V, Jones R & Van Der Vieuston C. Standardised or real patients to test clinical competence? The long case revisited. Medical Education 2001; 35: 321- 325 
  6. Whelan P, Lawrence- Smith G, Church L, Woolcock MM, Rao R. Goodbye OSCE, hello CASC: a mock CASC course. Psychiatric Bulletin 2009; 33: 149- 153
  7. Thompson CM. Will the CASC stand the test? A review and critical evaluation of the new MRCPsych clinical examination. Psychiatric Bulletin 2009; 33: 145- 148
  8. Hodges B, Regeher G, Hanson M & et al. Validation of an objective structured clinical examination in psychiatry. Academic Medicine 1998; 73: 910- 912 
  9. Hodges B, Regeher G, McNaughton N & et al. OSCE checklists do not capture increasing levels of expertise. Academic Medicine 1999; 74: 1129- 1134
  10. Marwaha S. Objective Structured Clinical Examinations (OSCEs), psychiatry and the Clinical Assessment of Skills and Competencies (CASC) Same evidence, Different Judgement. BMC Psychiatry, 2011, 85 http://www.biomecentral.com/1471-244X/11/85 
  11. Royal College of Psychiatrists. MRCPsych CASC blueprint. (http://www.rcpsych.ac.uk/ pdf/ MRCPsych%20CASC%20Blueprint.pdf.) (2008)
  12. Harden RMcG, Stevenson M, Downie WW, Wilson GM. Assessment of Clinical Competence using Objective Structured Examination. British Medical Journal 1975; 1: 447- 451 
  13. Benning T & Broadhurst M.  The long case is dead- long live the long case; loss of the MRCPsych long case and holism in psychiatry. Psychiatric Bulletin 2007; 31: 441- 442 
  14. Gleeson F. Assessment of clinical competence using the objective structured long examination record (OSLER). Medical Teacher 1997; 19: 7- 14 
  15. Royal College of Psychiatrists.  MRCPsych Cumulative Results Report. (http://www.rcpsych.ac.uk/pdf/MRCPsych%20Cumulative%20Reults%20Report%20- %20august%202011.pdf) 
  16. Cook C, Heath F & Thompson RL. A meta- analysis of response rates in web or internet based surveys. Educational and Psychological Measurement 2000; 60: 821-826

Over-the-counter and purchase-on-internet medications - Implications for psychiatry

Authors
Francis J Dunne, Mariam Omar, Nasser El-Hindy and Khalid Jaffar
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2012;5(4):a535

An unquestioning belief in the power and efficacy of nature's healing remedies and processes, the placebo effect, disappointment and  dissatisfaction with conventional medicines, outright rejection of orthodox treatments, convincing and persuasive  advertising, reinforcement from others with similar views, endorsement by influential celebrities, perceived hand-me-down wisdom, bogus pseudoscientific claims, uncritical journalism, scare-mongering, feelings of desperation for a 'cure', and anecdotal case studies or surveys masquerading as research, are among  the many reasons why patients and the public choose to alternative medicines either bought through local stores, pharmacies or on the internet. Over-the-counter drugs (OTCs)  or over-the internet remedies are taken either with or without conventional medicines by millions of people every year and while most are harmless and safe to use there are inherent dangers of additive effects and interference with prescribed medications.

Benefits for patients who use OTCs include the convenience and sometimes less costly outlay on prescription drugs (analgesics, for example). Preparations may vary in price, according to the pharmaceutical provider. Self-treatment of minor ailments should theoretically lead to less pressure on GPs. Unfortunately, some patients tend to self-medicate for long periods (for example, analgesics) without visiting their GP for a health check to monitor the condition(s) for which they are using the OTC remedy to begin with. There is also the incorrect but widespread belief that because a prescription is not necessary to obtain these drugs they must be much less harmful than prescription-only preparations. Medicines may be used inappropriately, such as paracetamol for insomnia, or aspirin for stomach aches. Very often no record of OTCs is documented in the patient's notes. The list of OTCs is too numerous to cover in any detail here and for practical reasons the authors will concentrate on common legal products which most people are familiar with.

What causes the adverse effects?

An understanding of drug interactions gained momentum through the study of metabolizing enzymes. Cytochrome P450 inhibition or induction is probably the main mechanism for the pharmacokinetic interactions of drugs. CYP450 enzymes are haemoproteins (like haemoglobin) which comprise many related though distinct enzymes referred to as CYP. Over 70 CYP gene families have been described so far and are further divided into families and subfamilies of which CYP1, CPY2 and CYP3, are involved in hepatic drug metabolism.1  Thus, CYP3A denotes a cytochrome P450 enzyme that is a member of family 3 and subfamily A. It is abundant in liver and intestine. In the liver CYP450s are found mainly in the smooth endoplasmic reticulum. Any inhibition of CYP enzymes may result in enhanced plasma and tissue concentration of drugs, leading to toxicity. Likewise, induction may result in reduced drug concentration leading to decreased drug efficacy and treatment failure. Tricyclic antidepressants are substrates of 2D6 (CYP450 2D6 in full), which inactivates them by hydroxylation. For example, if a tricyclic antidepressant is given concomitantly with the serotonin/ noradrenaline reuptake inhibitor venlafaxine, the levels of the tricyclic antidepressant will rise because venlafaxine inhibits CYP450 2D6 and therefore prevents the breakdown of the tricyclic compound. Similar effects can occur with paroxetine, duloxetine, fluoxetine and atomoxetine. However, in clinical practice only atomoxetine requires dosage reduction when given with a 2D6 inhibitor. 2

Diphenhydramine (a common ingredient in sleeping tablets) in therapeutic doses inhibits CYP45 2D6-mediated metabolism of venlafaxine in humans. Venlafaxine has a low potential to inhibit the metabolism of substrates for CYP2D6 such as imipramine and desipramine compared with several of the most widely used SSRIs, as well as the metabolism of substrates for several of the other major human hepatic P450s 3 Of all the marketed drugs, about 60% are metabolized by the CYP450 system. The presence of the latter in red blood cells and hepatocytes contributes to the first-pass metabolism of drugs. This will have add-on effects when CYP450 inhibitors are simultaneously ingested. For example, grapefruit juice inhibits this enzyme system and therefore the bioavailability of drugs taken by mouth will increase causing a reduction in first-pass effect (presystemic metabolism).4

Common varieties of OTCs

Many commonly used OTC preparations (other than food supplements and analgesics) contain the ingredient dextromethorphan (related to codeine), used to treat coughs, colds and flu symptoms. Up to 125 different types of cold medicines contain dextromethorphan. It is an effective cough suppressant (antitussive) that works by raising the coughing threshold. It is not an analgesic. Cough syrups and tablet or capsule forms of medicine that contain dextromethorphan may lead to loss of coordination, dizziness and, nausea when used in high doses. Dextromethorphan is the d-isomer of the codeine analogue of levorphanol which mimics morphine. It is relatively nontoxic and its antitussive effects last for about 6 hours. It should be avoided when an MAO inhibitor is concomitantly given.

The generic term antihistamine refers in general to the H1 receptor antagonists used for inflammatory and allergic conditions. Sedation is a prominent feature of the H1 antagonist, diphenhydramine, used for allergies such as hay fever (short-term beneficial effect) and for symptomatic relief of the common cold. Guaifenesin, derived from the guaic tree, is a common ingredient found in cough expectorants. It is usually harmless though may cause problems in patients with compromised renal function. The mechanism of action, if any, is not known, save that it 'reduces viscosity’ of respiratory secretions.

OTCs believed to help weight loss, such as laxatives, diuretics and diet pills, are often purchased either for genuine health concerns or for misuse. All have serious and potentially fatal side effects if taken for a long time, particularly electrolyte disturbances.5  Where diet pills are concerned problems may emerge insidiously with a few pills, quickly escalating to addiction. The alkaloid eephedrine is the principal active ingredient in the herb ephedra or ma huang. It is a potentially dangerous stimulant (sympathomimetic amine) contained in diet pills. Among the many possible side effects of diet pills are of course excessive weight loss with its attendant problems, alopecia, insomnia, and anxiety.

Used daily by millions of people worldwide, coffee and tea contain the methylxanthines caffeine and theophylline which act mainly by antagonism at purine receptors and by inhibiting phosphodiesterase. The effect is akin to a beta-adrenoreceptor agonist action. Caffeine is naturally found in certain leaves, beans, and fruits of over 60 plants worldwide. Its bitterness acts as a deterrent to pests. It can also be produced synthetically. Other than coffee and tea, the most common sources in the diet are cocoa beans, cola, and energy drinks. Product labels are required to list caffeine in the ingredients. Caffeine consumption in excess of 250mg daily produces symptoms indistinguishable from anxiety, including nervousness, irritability, tremulousness, muscle twitching, sleep disturbance, tachycardia, tachypnoea, palpitations, ectopic beats, and diuresis. A withdrawal syndrome can also occur and is associated with headache and a general muzziness.  Caffeine may interfere with the effectiveness of drug treatment. For example, clozapine plasma levels can be raised, presumably through competitive inhibition of CYP1A2.6  In general terms, an average cup of brewed coffee contains 100mg caffeine per cup, Red Bull 80 mg/ 250ml per can, tea 45mg/ cup, instant coffee 60mg/ cup and filter coffee 120mg of caffeine per cup. Excess consumption of Red Bull may cause myopathy due to caffeine-mediated hypokalemia and rhabdomyolysis.7

Paracetamol (acetaminophen in the USA) is metabolized in the liver. It is probably the most common household analgesic and is present in a variety of preparations and is usually well tolerated. Drugs that increase the action of liver enzymes which metabolize it for example, carbamazepine, isoniazid, and rifampin, reduce the levels of paracetamol and decrease its action. Doses greater than recommended may result in liver damage and in overdose a potentially fatal hepatic necrosis can occur.

Not much is known about the contents of home medication cabinets (HMCs), the management of leftover medications, and the inclination of patients toward self-initiated treatment using non-prescription drugs. One cross-sectional study conducted in 72 Belgian community pharmacies revealed that the most frequently encountered categories of registered medicines were NAIDs, nasal decongestants, and drugs used for nausea. Despite their high prevalence, NSAIDs and non-opioid analgesics did not predominate (14%) among the most frequently used drugs: food supplements were used daily in 23.3% of households. Twenty-one per cent of the drugs were expired, 9% were not stored in the original container, and the package insert was missing for 18%. Self-medication, although generally acceptable in terms of indication and dosage, was commonly practiced, also with prescription drugs. Taking into account that younger people showed a significantly higher rate of self-medication, awareness of the risks of self-medication is warranted. 8

Relevance to Psychiatrists

Many psychiatric conditions are associated with excess alcohol use which complicates the picture when OTCs are used concurrently. Mixing alcohol with medication has the potential to cause nausea and vomiting, headaches, drowsiness, fainting, and loss of coordination. Because so many drugs can be bought without a prescription potential interactions with alcohol are often forgotten. Teenagers see OTCs as safer than illegal drugs and OTCs are sometimes taken to get a buzz or to help stay awake while studying. The home medicine cabinet allows quick access. Besides, parents will most likely have given an OTC preparation to their children for colds or other minor everyday ailments. Most drug education programmes however, focus primarily on illegal drugs, not OTC drugs and their potential for abuse.

Of some interest and importance to psychiatrists is the interaction when warfarin is combined with ginkgo (Ginkgo biloba) causing bleeding, a mild serotonin syndrome in patients who mix St John's wort (Hypericum perforatum) with serotonin-reuptake inhibitors. decreased bioavailability of digoxin  when combined with St John's wort, induction of mania in depressed patients who mix antidepressants and ginseng, exacerbation of extrapyramidal effects with neuroleptic drugs and betel nut (Areca catechu); increased risk of hypertension when tricyclic antidepressants are combined with yohimbine. Disulfiram which inhibits aldehyde dehydrogenase inhibits the metabolism of warfarin. Metronidazole causes an unpleasant disulfiram-like reaction when mixed with alcohol. Consumption of 6-8 glasses of grapefruit per day may raise levels of carbamazepine and pimozide. Grapefruit juice is thought to the metabolism of many drugs and inhibition can last a number of hours. 9 The St John's wort component, hyperforin, contributes to the induction of CYP3A4. St John's wort also enhances the metabolism of other CYP3A4 substrates including the protease inhibitors indinavir and nevirapine, oral contraceptives, and tricyclic antidepressants such as amitriptyline. Other herbal remedies with the potential to modulate cytochrome P450 activity include ginseng, garlic preparations, and liquorice. 10  Intake of St John's wort increases the expression of intestinal P-glycoprotein and the expression of CYP3A4 in the liver and intestine. The combined up-regulation in intestinal P-glycoprotein and hepatic and intestinal CYP3A4 impairs the absorption and stimulates the metabolism of cyclosporine, leading to subtherapeutic plasma levels.

The hormone melatonin plays a role in regulating the sleep-wake cycle but does not induce sleep per se.  It is easily available through the internet and over-the-counter in the USA and many people use it for jet lag. Melatonin has side effects including diarrhoea, abdominal pain, headaches, nightmares, morning hangover, nausea, mild depression and loss of libido. Melatonin is used for many other complaints including tinnitus, depression, chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS), fibromyalgia, migraine and other headaches. Valerian root, a medicinal herb has been known to cause liver damage and should be used with caution. It too is most commonly used for insomnia and frequently combined with hops, lemon balm, or other herbs.

Many complementary medicines prescribed for anxiolysis/sedation (e.g. kava kava, valerian, passion flower and chamomile) are GABAergic, GABA (formed from glutamate) being the major inhibitory mediator in the brain, though for some, such as hops, the mechanism of action remains unknown. As expected, all remedies can lead to drowsiness when taken in high doses and can potentiate the effect of synthetic sedatives.11  Kava has been taken off the market because of its hepatoxicity.

Although sufficient dietary fibre and water are effective for the treatment of constipation some patients fear they are building up 'toxins' if they do not have 'regular' bowel habits. Often constipation is caused by opiate analgesics which are widely available, and in many cases patients are using antidepressant/psychotropic medication concurrently. The tendency to misuse laxatives is commonly seen in anorexia nervosa though is not confine to that disorder. The osmotic laxative lactulose is a disaccharide of galactose and fructose and therefore care is needed where diabetic patients are concerned particularly if they are taking neuroleptic medications such as clozapine or olanzapine. Abdominal cramps and diarrhoea can occur with high doses. Laxatives have the potential to interfere with potassium levels, usually causing hypokalemia. 5

Ordinary foods and drinks may interfere with prescribed medications.12  Grapefruit juice reduces the metabolism of calcium channel antagonists. Vegetables such as broccoli, cabbage, and Brussels sprouts are putative cytochrome P450 inducers and are known sources of vitamin K. Red wine, ethanol and cigarette smoke are also believed to induce the cytochrome P450 system and have the potential to interfere with the metabolism and catabolism of many drugs. Smoking interferes with clozapine metabolism. When smokers are prescribed clozapine abrupt smoking cessation may lead to high plasma concentrations with potentially serious consequences. Clozapine plasma concentrations can rise 1.5 times in the 2–4 weeks following smoking cessation.13 and in some instances by 50–70% within 2–4 days. Where baseline plasma concentrations are higher, particularly over 1 mg/litre, the plasma concentration may rise dramatically owing to non-linear kinetics. If patients smoking more than 7–12 cigarettes per day while taking clozapine decide to quit, the dose may need to be reduced by 50%.14  Smoking also interferes with duloxetine levels due to an induction of CYP1A2 by hydrocarbons contained in tobacco smoke. It cannot be expected that patients would be aware of these facts, let alone understand the pharmacology of the multitude of chemicals contained in OTCs. 15

Availability does not mean harmless

Most people using OTCs are unaware of the potential for harm. Herbal remedies, for instance, with their attractive packaging, convey the impression of being beneficial merely because they contain 'earth minerals' and other 'natural ingredients:' therefore they must be beneficial for health, rather like eating vegetables or taking vitamins.10 There are numerous instances of drug interactions and many preparations may contain contaminants such as mercury, lead, and arsenic. One of the commonest ingredients in many lotions and potions is hydrocortisone, which if used liberally may cause skin atrophy. The most worrying aspect of OTCs is that they give hope to people with serious conditions which might be better treated with conventional medicines - multivitamins for cancer, mineral supplements for constipation, and so forth. With buzz words such as 'healing, energy, vitality, harmony, body balance, healthy living, total well-being, holistic', and 'traditional', targeting the sometimes gullible consumer, OTCs become very appealing. Others are taken in by the pseudoscientific jargon, 'healing powers, purifying the blood, eliminating toxins from the bowel', boosting one's immune system, and so forth. The outcome can be serious: for example, Chinese herbal medicines containing extracts from Aristolochia plants have been implicated in the high incidence of urinary tract cancer in Taiwan, a study has suggested 16  because aristolochic acid has a consistent pattern of inducing DNA damage.

Some patients may be coincidentally taking conventional, proven medicines yet attribute their improved health to the alternative remedy. Other beneficial factors which are often conveniently ignored include a change in diet, increased wellbeing through physical exercise, or going on holiday! There is of course, the natural remission of the illness, particularly with transient viral infections, or unexplained lower back pain, to cite two instances. 17

Some common problems

Although the dangers of the common analgesics are relatively well-known (paracetamol causing liver damage, gastrointestinal upset with ibuprofen), patients are often unaware of the potential for adverse effects with other preparations. Nor are they always aware that many compounds combine two analgesics, for example, paracetamol and aspirin, or paracetamol and ibuprofen. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) interfere with renal clearance and may result in elevated lithium levels with resultant toxicity.18 Combined use of an antidepressant or sodium valproate with an OTC could lead to abnormal liver function tests attributed solely to the former agents and not the OTC. Even reading the label does not guarantee insight and understanding of what is on offer. Labels are carefully and handsomely packaged by advertisers to persuade people their product is better than conventional medicines.  Most consumers spend little time reading the labels about ordinary foodstuffs, never mind the chemical constituents of OTCs. In transplant patients, self-medication with St John's wort (hypericum perforatum) may lead to a drop in plasma levels of the immunosuppressant drug cyclosporine, causing tissue rejection. In the US, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) with branches in other cities, including London (European Medicines Agency) approved a regulation in 1999 requiring that all OTC drug labels contain certain information such as ingredients, doses and warnings in a standardized format. This covers thousands of non-prescription products, including sunscreens. In the same way that people understand the nutritional value of foods, it is hoped that its efforts will help people use OTCs safely.

Sexual side effects are a frequent accompaniment of psychotropic drugs and patients are often bothered by impotence to such a degree they resort to surfing the internet to acquire sildenafil (Viagra) and the like. Such over-the-internet medicines are easy to acquire. Carbamazepine and St John's will decrease the level of sildenafil by competition with CYP3A4. Ketoconazole, the antifungal agent, works in a similar mechanism and may in increase the levels of citalopram. Metronidazole has a disulfiram-like reaction with alcohol.

There is also the problem of addiction with OTCs because of ease of access to opioid compounds. Patients often do not perceive them as having addictive potential. Preparations containing ephedrine or dextromethorphan can be abused. Ephedrine is still used as a nasal decongestant. As an indirectly-acting sympathomimetic amine it can react dangerously with monoamine oxidase inhibitors because of the increased amount of noradrenaline stored in noradrenergic neurones. Opioids may be crushed and the powder snorted or injected leading to euphoria or elation, followed by addiction when compulsive use takes over. Patients may be subject to mood swings making underlying psychiatric disorders and drug treatment difficult to manage. Opioids produce drowsiness, and depress respiration in high doses. The combination with sedative psychotropic medication such as mirtazapine, olanzapine or quetiapine could be deleterious especially where there is concomitant weight gain. Buspirone (a 5-HT1A receptor agonist used for anxiety) may interact with monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs), such as isocarboxazid, phenelzine, and tranylcypromine. Use of buspirone with these drugs can increase blood pressure. The combination of buspirone and trazodone may raise LFTs. The combination of buspirone and warfarin may accentuate the effects of warfarin and increase the risk of bleeding. Patients taking buspirone should not drink grapefruit juice, since even some time after a dose is taken, the amount of buspirone in the blood may be increased. Carbamazepine increases the metabolism of the pill reducing its effectiveness. The pill is more easy to acquire now (clinics and/or the Internet) and therefore unexpected pregnancies may occur in patients taking both. Cimetidine may increase the blood levels of sertraline by reducing its elimination by the liver. St John's wort interacts with the metabolism of the pill and this can result in unwanted pregnancies.

Overall OTCs are generally safe, though not where young children and pregnant women are concerned. Vitamins are safe unless taken in very high doses. Deficiency is rare in developed countries (apart from vitamin D) and therefore they are often taken unnecessarily 'to achieve balance' or for 'vitality and energy', and other eye-catching spurious claims. Glucosamine, an amino sugar, seems to be the most popular OTC dietary supplement for the treatment of osteoarthritis. It is naturally present in shellfish and in some fungi. Apart from occasional allergic reactions and mild gastrointestinal symptoms, it is generally innocuous, though conclusive evidence for its efficacy in osteoarthritis is lacking. Fish oil supplements usually come from mackerel, herring, tuna, halibut, salmon and cod. There is some evidence that omega-3-fatty acids contained in fish oils are beneficial for cardiovascular problems but more trials are needed. Side effects are minimal and include mild gastrointestinal upset. 19

Doctors' dilemma

Is there a solution? Probably not, though one way to increase consumers’ awareness of the dangers associated with OTCs could be to change their status to match that of drugs such as simvastatin—they would still be sold over the counter, but with a pharmacist’s supervision. The list of OTCs is rising leading to increased intake of phytochemicals in addition to the usual gamut of medicines used to treat upper respiratory infections. Potentially fatal interactions can occur with OTCs and traditional drugs. Providing better training for pharmacy staff, and restriction of the quantity sold per costumer, should also be considered, though with so many retail outfits selling these products this is probably unrealistic. Besides, many of these products are available on the shelves, not necessarily at the pharmacy counter.

The most common addictions are combinations of opioids with standard analgesics. The Internet is an easy source for prescription drugs, increasing their availability and eliminating the need to see a doctor. Is there an epidemic of prescription opiate use? It is difficult to tell. Effective prevention, public information, and treatment policies require sound epidemiological data about drug use to ensure policy-making is not distorted by stories of celebrity arrests and media-generated hysteria which tend to give that impression that use of illegal drugs is rife. The lack of knowledge about the ubiquitous presence of unknown ingredients in OTCs may be a source of concern in the future when even more become easily available.

It is difficult for doctors and other health care professionals to advise patients on the effectiveness and safety of OTCs. The numbers of well-designed studies available for review are limited, often conducted in a small number of healthy participants, and for short time periods only.20 A survey conducted by questionnaire in 238 follow-up UK rheumatology outpatients in three centers found nearly half (44%) had taken various herbal remedies or over-the-counter (OTC) preparations over the past 6 months. The most commonly used were: cod-liver oil, glucosamine, and/or chondroitin, and evening-primrose oil. Rheumatology outpatients have a particularly high risk of interactions with conventional medication because of polypharmacy and comorbidity. Gingko biloba, devil's claw, ginger, and garlic may have antiplatelet or anticoagulant effects and may exacerbate the gastrointestinal bleeding risk of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) or corticosteroids. Echinacea (taken by 4%) may be hepatotoxic and could exacerbate the adverse effect of disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDs). Most patients are unaware of the potentially harmful interactions.21

The authors carried out a small audit of consecutive outpatients and staff on a random basis seen in our unit. Of the 45 people who completed the questionnaire 70% affirmed use of OTCs, either presently or in the past. A high percentage (73%) had never been asked by their GP about these 'alternate medicines' and among health professionals 25% never enquired from patients about the use of OTCs. More than half (63%) were unaware of possible side effects before taking them and nearly 50% had not considered that the OTCs might interact with prescribed medication. As would be expected, the majority of users (84%) did not experience any side effects. Nonetheless 16% experienced unpleasant adverse effects such as tachycardia, nightmares, drowsiness, cough, constipation, and exacerbation of asthma. When asked who had recommended the preparation/s the response was generally, 'friends' or 'I knew about it myself'. When asked why they bought it over-the-counter, the response was 'just in case I need it', 'cheaper than prescription' 'it is a natural remedy' 'it's only Nurofen'. As with most surveys, the commonest preparations were analgesics, laxatives, glucosamine for arthritis, and decongestants. Others bought OTCs to promote good health because they are herbal and natural', for example, ginkgo biloba. In a separate random survey of 50 consecutive outpatients carried out by FJD and N El-H, some 40% were taking herbal remedies.

Conclusion

Medical care has become fragmented in recent years. The family doctor of old no longer acts as a gatekeeper to coordinate medications patients are prescribed. A gynaecologist may prescribe the pill to a patient and a walk-in clinic may prescribe an antibiotic to the same patient. How does a doctor inform the patient that antibiotics decrease the effectiveness of the pill if the doctor is unaware of the myriad of other supplements including OTC medications, a patient is taking? Although a patient should bear some responsibility, in reality he/she may not have the expertise to discern the complications and interactions of medications. Besides multiple use of preparations is more often a problem of older age groups who frequently have many health problems. The family pharmacist has also been lost to mail-order pharmacies and sometimes suspect internet web sites. Because of the increase in numbers of prescriptions and OTCs, doctors and pharmacists are using computer programs to establish what is safe and what is not.

Strategies to mitigate these problems could include more general enquiries about prescriptions, OTC, and herbal drug use at the initial examination. 22 Even though some patients may be aware of the potential for drug misuse, others are naive and do not realize the harm involved. Providing containers to enable patients to dispose of unused or unneeded prescriptions or OTC medications is another tactic. Treating the underlying causes (of pain, for example) more aggressively may obviate the need for   patients adding OTCs to their drug list. Practicing careful record keeping of prescription refills and tightening controls over prescription blanks are other practical measures. Where patients have become addicted to medications, programmes such as Narcotics Anonymous may help.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
FRANCIS J DUNNE, MARIAM OMAR, NASSER EL-HINDY, KHALID JAFFAR, Romford Community Recovery Team, UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
FRANCIS J DUNNE, Romford Community Recovery Team, Victoria Centre, Pettits Lane, RM1 4HP.
Corresponding Author Email: 
dunnefrancis@googlemail.com
References
References: 
  1. Rang HP, Dale MM, Ritter JM, Flower RJ. Drug elimination and pharmacokinetics. In: Dimock K, McGrath S, Cook I, eds., Rang and Dale's Pharmacology. 7th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Churchill Livingstone; 2007:13-27.
  2. Stahl SM. Stahl's Essential Psychopharmacology. Neuroscientific Basis and Practical Application. 3rd ed. Cambridge University Press; 2008:603-09.
  3. Ball SE, Ahern D, Scatina J, Kao K. Venlafaxine: in vitro inhibition of CYP2D6 dependent imipramine and desipramine metabolism; comparative studies with selected SSRIs, and effects on human hepatic CYP3A4, CYP2C9 and CYP1A2. Br J Clin Pharmacol. 1997; 43: 619-26.
  4. Lim GE, Li T, Buttar HS. Interactions of grapefruit juice and cardiovascular medications: a potential risk of toxicity. Exp Clin Cardiol. 2003; 8: 99-107.
  5. Dunne, FJ, Feeney S, Schipperheijn J. Selective 5-HT reuptake inhibiting antidepressants in general practice. Psychiatry in Practice. 1991; 10: 6-9. 
  6. Hägg S, Spigset O, Mjörndal T, Dahlqvist R. Effect of caffeine on clozapine pharmacokinetics in healthy volunteers. Br J Clin Pharmacol. 2000; 49: 59–63. 
  7. Ernest D, Chia M, Corallo CE. Profound hypokalaemia due to Nurofen plus and Red Bull misuse. Crit Care Res. 2010; 12: 109-110.
  8. De Bolle, L, Mehuys E, Adriaens E, Ramon JP, Van Borte L., Christiaens T. Home medication cabinets and self-medication: a source of potential health threats? Ann Pharmacother. 2008; 42: 572-579.
  9. Fugh-Berman A. Herb-drug interactions. Lancet. 2000: 355: 134-38.
  10. Dunne FJ. The Natural Health Service: natural does not mean safe. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment. 2009; 15: 49-56.
  11. Werneke U, Turner T, Priebe S. Complementary medicines in psychiatry. Review of effectiveness and safety. Br J Psychiatry. 2006; 188:109-21. 
  12. Bailey DG, Malcolm J, Arnold O, Spence D. Grapefruit juice-drug interactions. (1998) Br J Clin Pharmacol. 1998; 46:101-10.
  13. De Leon, J. Atypical antipsychotic dosing: the effect of smoking and caffeine. Psychiatric Services. 2004; 55: 491–93.
  14. Haslemo T, Eikeseth PH, Tanum L, Molden E, Refsum H. The effect of variable cigarette consumption on the interaction with clozapine and olanzapine. Eur J Clin Pharmacol. 2006; 62:1049–53.
  15. Fric M, Pfulhmann B, Laux G, Riederer P, Distler G, Artmann S, Wohlschlager M, Liebmann M, Deckert J. The influence of smoking on the serum level of duloxetine. Pharmacopsychiatry. 2008; 151-55.
  16. Hawkes N. Herbal medicine might be responsible for high incidence of urinary tract cancer in Taiwan. BMJ. 2012; 344: 2.
  17. 17 Singh S, Ernst E. The truth about herbal medicine. In: Trick or Treatment. Alternative Medicine on Trial Corgi Books; 2009:233-84.
  18. Dunne FJ. Lithium toxicity: the importance of clinical signs. B J Hosp Med. 2010; 71:206- 10.
  19. Covington MB. Omega-3 fatty acids. Am Fam Physician. 2004; 70:133-40.
  20. Cooper RJ. Over-the-counter medicine abuse -- a review of the literature. J Substance Use. 2011; 3:1-26
  21. Holden W, Joseph J, Williamson L. Use of herbal remedies and potential drug interactions in rheumatology outpatients. Ann Rheum Dis. 2005; 64:790.
  22. Lessenger JE, Feinberg SD. Abuse of prescription and over-the-counter medications. J Am Board Fam Med. 2008; 21: 45-54.

Risk of Breast Cancer due to Hyperprolactinemia caused by Antipsychotics (Neuroleptics)

Authors
Umesh Vyas
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2012;5(4):a534
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Breast cancer is the most common cancer in females, and is the second most common cause of death. There are several factors which increase a woman's risk for the development of breast cancer. Some reports suggest that neuroleptics and other dopamine antagonists increase the risk of breast cancer due to hyperprolactinemia. There are other reports which suggest that they may decrease the risk of cancer especially rectum, colon and prostate.  Additionally, there is evidence that patients with Parkinson's disease have lower rates of breast cancer and other types of malignancies.

Keywords: 
Hyperprolactinemia, Antipsychotics, Breast cancer

Introduction

Prolactin is a polypeptide hormone that is secreted by lactotrophs of the anterior pituitary gland. Prolactin secretion shows a circadian rhythm1, with highest levels occurring during the night and the nadir occurring during the afternoon and eveningThe best known function of prolactin is the stimulation and maintenance of lactation.

Normal basal levels of serum prolactin are approximately 20 to 40 ng/ml in women (depending on the phase of their menstrual cycle), and 15 ng/ml in men. However, these concentrations can also vary with ageHyperprolactinemia is diagnosed when serum prolactin concentrations are >20-25 ng/ml (400-500 mU/l) on two separate occasions3.

Hyperprolactinemia is the most common disorder of the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal (HPG) axis4 and can have physiological causes - pregnancy, nursing, sleep, stress, sexual intercourse or pathological causes - tumor called prolactinomaMultiple factors are involved in prolactin secretion (Figure 1). However, hyperprolactinemia is also a common side-effect of traditional antipsychotics (e.g. haloperidol) and is associated with the use of some newer second generation agents2, 6.

Figure 1: Factors involved in Prolactin secretion

The prevalence of hyperprolactinemia is low in the general population (0.4%), but it can be as high as 9 to 17 % in women with reproductive disordersThe disease occurs more frequently in women than in men, multiple signs and symptoms associated with hyperprolactinemia (Table 1).

Multiple variables affect probability of development of breast cancer (Table 2) and a number of important factors determine the risk for breast cancer, and the most important of these seem to be related to estrogen and possibly prolactin (Table 3).

Table 1: Signs and Symptoms of Hyperprolactinemia
  • Gynaecomastia
  • Galactorrhoea
  • Infertility
  • Menstrual irregularities: oligomenorrhoea, amenorrhoea
  • Sexual dysfunction: decreased libido, impaired arousal, impaired orgasm
  • Acne and hirsutism in women (due to relative androgen excess compared with low estrogen levels)
  • Behavioural effects
  • Decreased bone mineral density (BMD) which may lead to increased risk of osteoporosis.

 

Table 2: Probability of Developing Breast Cancer32
Risk of Breast cancer

Variables Increased Decreased
Age Older Younger
Socioeconomic status Higher Lower
Family history of breast cancer Present Absent
Racial Caucasian Oriental
Geographic America Asia
Marital status Single Married
Age at first pregnancy Older Younger
History of multiple pregnancies Present Absent
Age at menarche Younger Older
Age at natural menopause Older Younger
Artificial menopause Absent Present

 

Table 3: Epidemiology of breast cancer7
  • Age of menarche
  • Late pregnancy
  • Obesity
  • Caucasian females have slightly higher incidence
  • The highest incidence of breast cancer occurs after age 35, with 83% of the cases occurring after age 50 and only 1.5% under age 30
  • 1 in 11 women will develop breast cancer sometime during their lifetime
  • The highest incidence of breast cancer in the US is found in the northeastern part of the country
  • The women with previous cancer of one breast are at risk for cancer in the opposite breast
  • A woman whose natural menopause occurs before age 45 has only half the breast cancer risk of those whose menopause occurs after the age of 557.

Methods

Pubmed.gov searched by using keywords

Antipsychotics and Hyperprolactinemia

Hyperprolactinemia is caused by these agents by blocking D2 receptors on lactotrophs and thus preventing inhibition of prolactin secretion. Furthermore, it has been suggested that the degree of elevation of prolactin correlates with the degree of occupation of D2 receptors in excess of 50%8.

Most studies have shown that conventional antipsychotics are associated with a two to tenfold increase in prolactin levels9, 10. In general, second generation antipsychotics produce a lower increase in prolactin than conventional agentsAmong second generation antipsychotics associated with increased prolactin are amisulpride, zotepine and risperidone11, 12, 13.

Antipsychotic induced Hyperprolactinemiaand Breast cancer

Prolactin is known to increase the incidence of spontaneously occurring mammary tumors in mice14 and increase the growth of established carcinogen-induced mammary tumors in rats15.

Prolactin and other sex hormones such as, estradiol and progesteroneare important in normal mammary gland growth and developmentas well as lactation. Both animal and in vitro data suggestthat prolactin is involved in tumorigenesis by promotingcell proliferation, increasing cell motility,and improving tumor vascularization. Whereas prolactinand its receptor are found in normal and malignant tissues,concentrations of both are generally higher in malignant tissue16.

Several studies have linked hyperprolactinemia to an increased risk of breast cancer in women17, 18. Mechanisms that have been suggested to explain this possible action of prolactin include the increased synthesis and expression of prolactin receptors in malignant breast tissue and a prolactin-induced increase in DNA synthesis in breast cancer cells in vivo18.

One of the hypothesized roles of prolactin in the development of mammary tumors is to create mammary gland conditions favorable for the action of carcinogens through its stimulation of the rate of mammary gland DNA synthesis, a measure of the frequency of mammary gland cell division19.

Several epidemiological studies have investigated whether female psychiatric patients receiving treatment with antipsychotics have a higher incidence of breast cancer but results have been conflicting. However, the most recent and methodologically strong study, found that antipsychotic dopamine receptor antagonists conferred a small but significant risk of breast cancer. This study had a retrospective cohort design and compared women who were exposed to prolactin-raising antipsychotics with age-matched women who were not20.

Conversely, other studies have shown no correlation between hyperprolactinemia and breast cancer21, 22. Furthermore, as most breast cancers are thought to be fueled by estrogen23, and hyperprolactinemia causes estrogen deficiency24, it is perhaps surprising that hyperprolactinemia has been linked with an increased risk of breast cancer. Indeed, post-operative hyperprolactinemia in breast cancer patients has been shown to improve disease free and overall survivalObviously, more studies are necessary to define any possible links between hyperprolactinemia and breast cancer.

In view of these problems it would be of interest to go around the contentious issue of possible carcinogenic effects of dopamine antagonists using a classical condition of dopamine loss or attenuation as in Parkinson's disease (PD). Using computerized registers of death data of the National Center of Health Statistics for years 1991 through 1996, estimated 12,430,473 deaths of persons over forty, and extracted 144,364 cases with PDTellingly, PD patients showed a highly significant reduction of overall cancer incidence. PD resistance to breast cancer might conceivably be attributed to dopaminergic treatment antagonizing hyperprolactinemia26, 27, 28.

Another recent study showed that dopaminergic therapy inhibits angiogenesis thereby acting as an anti-tumor agent29.

Epidemiological studies of women who have received prolactin-releasing drugs such as reserpine and perphenazine have not disclosed increased risk30.

Antipsychotic induced Hyperprolactinemia and Other cancers

Antipsychotics have been hypothesized to account for the reduced cancer occurrence observed in patients with schizophrenia in a number of studies. This reduction has been found primarily in men in smoking-related cancers, and in prostate and rectal cancer.

In addition, a study found a reduced risk of rectal cancer in both men and women as well as indications of a reduced risk of colon and prostate cancer in this population-based cohort of neuroleptic users. Reassuringly, they observed no increased risk of breast cancer in female users31.

Comments and recommendations

  • Hyperprolactinemia results from treatment with any drug that disrupts dopaminergic function on the HPG axis and is not limited to the use of antipsychotics.
  • Management of supposed anti-psychotic associated hyperprolactinemia should exclude all other causes, involve regular monitoring of adverse effects and include a regular risk-benefit discussion with patient.
  • Switching the patient to prolactin-sparing antipsychotic (i.e. Aripiprazole, Olanzapine, Quetiapine or Clozapine) usually proves effective, though there is also a risk of relapse.
  • It seems prudent to avoid prescribing prolactin-raising antipsychotics in patients with past history or family history of breast cancer.
  • It is premature to mandate warning patients of an unknown and undemonstrated increase in the risk of developing breast cancer associated with neuroleptic treatment.
  • Before initiating antipsychotic treatment a careful examination of patient is necessary.
  • One should examine the patient for evidence of sexual adverse events, including menorrhagia, amenorrhoea, galactorrhoea and erectile/ejaculatory dysfunction. If evidence of any such effects is found, then the patient's prolactin level should be measured.
  • Patient history, physical examination, pregnancy test, thyroid function test, blood urea and creatinine level can help determine if other etiologies are responsible.
  • Presence of headache and visual field defects is suggestive of a sellar space-occupying lesion (MRI indicated), but the absence of these features does not exclude such pathology.
  • History of menstrual cycling (duration, amount and intervals of menstruation) as well as lactation and sexual functioning should be taken before antipsychotic medication is initiated.
  • Obtain a pretreatment prolactin level, which one can compare with subsequent samples if the patient develops symptoms associated with relatively modest hyperprolactinemia.
  • The risk-benefit ratio for treatment of antipsychotic-induced hyperprolactinemia needs to be assessed on an individual basis.
  • If there is doubt about the cause of the hyperprolactinemia, patient should be referred to an endocrinologist.

Current recommendation

A rise in prolactin concentration should not be of concern unless complications develop, and until such time no change in treatment is required.20

Conclusions

There is no definitive data suggesting increased risk of breast cancer available at this time, thus author concludes:

  • Further prospective studies are needed in this area, with large number of patients, before a more definitive answer can be provided.
  • Detection of existing mammary tumor by breast examination or studies (mammogram) is recommended prior to administration of neuroleptics.
  • Development of newer antipsychotic drugs that do not increase serum prolactin level may be indicated.

Strengths

  • Each article found by search term was reviewed
  • Data were extracted from each article to find answer of research question
  • Pubmed.gov is a huge database for search.

Limitations

  • This literature review has been conducted by a single author, thus bias on part of author cannot be ruled out
  • Author was limited by time to review articles available in other databases.
Key Points
  • Most studies report no increased risk of breast cancer associated with use of these medications.
  • Only one study reported a positive correlation between neuroleptic induced hyperprolactinemia and increased risk of breast cancer.
  • Other studies report inconclusive data.
  • At this time we do not have definitive data suggesting increased risk of breast cancer secondary to hyperprolactinemia caused by antipsychotics.
  • Further prospective studies are desirable.
  • Author concludes that thorough screening of patient should be best desirable before starting of antipsychotics to avoid any add-on risk.
Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
Umesh Vyas, MD, Medical Director of In-Patient Behavior Health Unit; Chair of Department of Psychiatry; Regional Medical Director of Sleep Disorders Center; Mayo Clinic Health System, Mankato, MN, USA; Adjunct Clinical Assistant Professor, Department of Family Medicine and Community Health, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN, USA; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychiatry and Sleep Medicine, College of Osteopathic Medicine, Des Moines University, Des Moines, IA, USA.
Corresponding Author Details: 
Umesh Vyas, M.D., 1025 Marsh Street, P.O. Box 8673, Mankato, MN, 56002-8673
Corresponding Author Email: 
vyas.umesh@mayo.edu
References
References: 

1. Roa ML, Gross G, Strebel B, et al. Circadian rhythm of tryptophan, serotonin, melatonin, and pituitary hormones in schizophrenia. Biol Psychiatry 1994; 35:151-63

2. Hammar M. The effects of atypical antipsychotics on serum prolactin levels, Ann Clin Psychiatry 2002; 14:163-73

3. Luciano AA. Clinical presentation of hyperprolactinemia. J Reprod Med 1999; 44:1085-90

4. Petty R G, Prolactin and antipsychotic medications: mechanism of action. Schizophr Res 1999; 35 (Suppl): S67-73

5. Mah PM, Webster J, Hyperprolactinemia: etiology, diagnosis and management. Semin Reprod Med 2002; 20:365-73

6. Goodnick P J, Rodriguez L, Santana O. Antipsychotics: impact on prolactin levels. Expert Opin Pharmacother 2002; 3:1381-91

7. Marchant D J. Epidemiology of breast cancer. Clin Obstet Gynecol. 1982; 2: 387-92

8. Nordstrom A L, Farde L, Plasma Protein and central D2 receptor occupancy in antipsychotic drug-treated patients. J Clin Psychopharmacol 1998; 18:305-10

9. Meltzer H Y, Fang V S, The effect of neuroleptics on serum prolactin in schizophrenia patients. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1976; 33:279-86

10. Gruen Ph, Sachar E J, Langer G, Altman N, Leifer M, Frantz A, Halpern F S. Prolactin responses to neuroleptics in normal and schizophrenic subjects. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1978; 35: 108-16

11. Kleinberg D L, Davis J M, de Coster R, Van Baelen B, Brecher M. Prolactin levels and adverse events in patients treated with risperidone. J Clin Psychopharmacol 1999; 19:57-61

12. Schlosser R, Grunder G, Anghelescu I, Hillert A, Ewald-Grunder S, Hiemke C, Benkert O. Long-term effects of the substituted benzamide derivative amisulpride on baseline and stimulated prolactin levels. Neuropsychobiology 2002; 46:33-40

13. Fleischhacker WW, Unterweger B, Barnas C, Stuppack C, Hinterhuber H, Results of an open phase II study with zotepine – a new neuroleptic compound. Pharmacopsychiatry 1987; 20:64-6

14. Welsch C W, Nagasawa H. Prolactin and murine mammary tumorigenesis: a review. Cancer Res 1977; 37: 951-63

15. Pearson O H, Llerena O, Llerena L. Prolactin-dependent rat mammary cancer; a model for man? Trans Assoc Am Physicians 1969; 82: 225-38

16. Shelley S. Tworoger, A Heather Elissen et al, Plasma prolactin concentrations and risk of post menopausal breast cancer. Cancer Research 64, 6814-19, Sep, 2004

17. Halbreich U, Kinon BJ, Gilmore JA, et al. Elevated prolactin levels in patients with schizophrenia: mechanisms and related adverse effects. Psychoneuroendocrinology 2003; 28 (Supp I):53-67

18. Hankinson SE, Willett WC, Michaud DS, et al. FE. Plasma prolactin levels and subsequent risk of breast cancer in postmenopausal women. J Natl cancer Inst 1999; 91:629-34

19. Nagasawa H. Prolactin: its role in the development of mammary tumors. Med Hypotheses. 1979; 5: 1117-21

20. Wang P S, Walker A M, Tsuang M T, et al. Dopamine antagonists and the development of breast cancer. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2002; 59 (12): 1147-54

21. Cohen A D, Cohan Y, Maislos M, Buskila D. Prolactin serum level in patients with breast cancer. Israel Med Assoc J 2000; 2:287-9

22. Mandala M, Lissoni P, Ferretti G, Rocca A, Torri V, Moro C, Curigliano G, Barni S. Postoperative hyperprolactinemia could predict longer disease-free and overall survival in node-negative breast cancer patients. Oncology 2002; 63:370-7

23. Travis RC, Key T J. Estrogen exposure and breast cancer risk. Breast Cancer R

24. Rosen C J, Kessenich C R, The pathophysiology and treatment of postmenopausal osteoporosis. An evidence-based approach to estrogen replacement therapy. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am 1997; 26:295-311 es 2003; 5:239-47

25. Myslobodsky M, Lalonde F M, Hicks L. Are patients with Parkinson’s disease suicidal? J Geriatric Psychiatry Neurol 2001; 14:120-24

26. Kondo Y, Imai Y, Hojo H et al. Suppression of tumor-cell growth and mitogen response by aporhine alkaloids, dicentrine, glaucine, coryadine and apomorphine. J Pharmacobio-Dyn 1990; 13:426-431

27. Johnson D E, Ochieng J, Evans S L, The growth-inhibitory properties of a dopamine agonist on Mcf-7 cells. Anti-Cancer Drugs 1995; 6: 471-474

28. Thyaga Rajan S, Quadri S K. L-deprenyl inhibits tumor growth, reduces serum prolactin, and suppress brain monoamine metabolism in rats with carcinogen-induced mammary tumors. Endocrine 1999; 10: 225-232

29. Basu S, Nagy J A, Pal S et al. The neurotransmitter dopamine inhibits angiogenesis induced by vascular permeability factor/vascular endothelial growth factor. Nat Med 2001; 7:569-574

30. Lipsett M B. Hormones, medications and cancer. Cancer 1983; 51: 2426-9

31. Dalton S O. Cancer risk among users of neuroleptic medications: a population-based cohort study; British Journal of Cancer (2006) 95, 934-939

32. Ketcham AS, Sindelar WF. Risk factors in Breast Cancer. Prog Clin Cancer 1975; 6:99-114

Are Psychiatrists Paying Attention to Sleep?

Authors
Adeel Meraj
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2012;5(3):a525
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Sleep medicine is a relatively new medical discipline since the 1970’s. It has developed tremendously and has come across as an independent discipline in the United States over the last thirty years. The US has a well-developed and respected sleep medicine training structure which allows specialists from various disciplines, including psychiatry, to acquire specialty training in sleep and become certified sleep specialists. This is not the case in Europe and the United Kingdom where there is no structured training and the practice of sleep medicine is limited to respiratory physicians (such as pulmonologists). In the last decade there has been an increased interest among US psychiatry residents in pursuing further training in sleep medicine. This article gives a brief overview of the development of sleep medicine in the US in the past 30 years and the current structure of training in the US compared to several European countries. It highlights the value of sleep medicine as a career choice for psychiatrists and the advantage psychiatrists have in treating sleep disorders.

Introduction:

Sleep is a fundamental part of our lives and about one-third of it is spent sleeping. Sleep deprivation has been linked with such high profile public disasters, as Chernobyl, the Challenger shuttle disaster and the nuclear meltdown at Three Mile Island. According to the US Highway Traffic Safety Administration, approx. 100,000 motor vehicle accidents are the result of driver’s drowsiness and fatigue1. There is an association of sleep disorders with anxiety and depression which may be bidirectional. Patients with insomnia for 2 weeks or longer, without current depression are at increased risk of developing major depression. Both insomnia and hypersomnia are considered independent predictors of depression and anxiety2.

Key Milestones in the Development of American Sleep Medicine:

The history of treatment of sleep disorders dates back to at least the use of opium as a hypnotic reported in ancient Egyptian text. Sleep medicine, however did not emerge as a distinct discipline until the 1970’s. Drs. Kleitman and Dement were significant early contributors to this field in the United States. In 1957 they first described Non Rapid Eye Movement (NREM) sleep and Rapid Eye Movement (REM) sleep and proposed the 4 stages of NREM sleep. In 1972 Dr. Dement, a Professor of Psychiatry and Behavioural Sciences at Stanford University School of Medicine, contributed to the establishment of the first sleep disorder centre in Stanford. After Stanford, other centres in New York, Texas, Ohio and Pennsylvania started providing sleep evaluations for which patients stayed in the centre overnight. The Association of Sleep Disorders Centre (ASDC) was established in 1975 and Dr. Dement served as its first president for12 years. In 1999 ASDC was renamed American Academy of Sleep Medicine (AASM). The first textbook of sleep medicine “Principles and Practice of Sleep Medicine” was published in 80’s. The journal SLEEP started in 1978. In 1998 the AASM commissioned the fellowship training committee to develop guidelines for sleep medicine fellowship training. The first two programmes to be granted formal accreditation were Stanford University in California and the Centre for Sleep and Wake in Montefiore Medical Centre, New York. The American Medical Association recognized sleep medicine as a specialty in 1996. In 2004 the Accreditation Council on Graduate Medical Education (ACGME) took over the fellowship accreditation process and approved a one year training programme 1,3,4,5.

Sleep Medicine training in Europe:

Unlike United States, there are no formal sleep medicine training programmes or qualification in the United Kingdom or Europe. Sleep medicine is restricted to a small group of respiratory physicians with a special interest in sleep medicine. Psychiatry trainees are exposed to very little formal teaching in sleep medicine. However in the last 3 years the neuropsychiatry section of the Royal College of Psychiatrists of the United Kingdom has formed the “sleep working group” under the leadership of Dr. Hugh Selsick, this group is responsible for increasing awareness of sleep medicine among British psychiatrists, by emphasizing the importance of sleep medicine in psychiatric practice and encouraging psychiatrists to contribute to the field of sleep medicine. This group has developed a competency based curriculum that incorporates the training of sleep medicine into the psychiatry curriculum, to organize sleep medicine symposia at annual conferences of the Royal College and to develop professional training (CPD) modules for psychiatrists. British Sleep Society is another forum that brings together physicians from various backgrounds interested in sleep medicine. Royal Society of Medicine also has a sleep medicine section which organizes various conferences. There are two, week long courses on sleep medicine, the Edinburgh and Cambridge courses. Recently the University of Glasgow started a Master’s of Science (MSc) in behavioural sleep medicine program for healthcare providers working in Scotland, the rest of the United Kingdom and Europe 6, 7, 8, 9. There is a trans-European move to start a formal sleep medicine certification similar to what we have in the United States. European Sleep Research Society (ESRC), a professional body of sleep scientists in Europe responsible for promoting sleep research and sleep medicine is starting its “first ESRS certification examination” in sleep medicine; this examination is scheduled to take place on September 4th, 2012 at the 21st Congress of the European Sleep Research Society in Paris. Since there are no formal training programmes this will be for those without formal training 10.

Psychiatry and Sleep:

Asking about the patient’s sleep is an integral part of a psychiatric consultation. Almost all the medication that psychiatrists prescribe has an effect on sleep architecture. Some psychiatric medications are used to treat sleep disorders and others can cause sleep disorders like Restless Legs Syndrome and PMLD. Understanding sleep can help us understand the mechanism of psychiatric illness. Many psychiatric disorders have comorbid sleep disorders and several behavioural therapies have been used successfully for the treatment of sleep disorders. There is bidirectional association between sleep disorders and psychiatric disorders. With the growing population of military soldiers returning from Iraq and Afghanistan with post-traumatic stress disorder, sleep problems and depression, there is an increased need for psychiatrists who possess knowledge in both sleep disorders and comorbid psychiatric illness. Psychiatrists have a distinct advantage dealing with sleep disorders and can bring those skills to sleep medicine.

Are psychiatrists attracted towards sleep medicine? The answer is yes. In the recent years we have seen an increased interest among psychiatry trainees for a sleep fellowship in United States. In recognition of behavioural consequences of sleep problems and multidisciplinary approach in sleep disorders, fellowship programmes are increasingly taking applicants from various backgrounds and not just pulmonology and neurology. Many psychiatry trainees are choosing a sleep medicine elective earlier in residency. Currently there are more than 710 accredited sleep centres in the United States. Many major university medical centres have a one year fellowship programme accepting applications from physicians from various backgrounds including Psychiatry, Neurology, Internal Medicine, Pulmonology, Paediatrics, ENT and Anaesthesia 1. There are more than 24 AGME approved sleep medicine fellowship programmes in the United States 11. New fellowship programmes are being opened at the University of Kansas Medical Centre and the University of Texas Health Sciences Centre, San Antonio.

Conclusion:

Sleep medicine is a new and exciting field of medicine with potential to grow in future. It’s a multidisciplinary field. American sleep medicine has evolved greatly over the last 30 years and there appears to be much to learn from the American model. There is a need for the psychiatry training programs both in the United States and the Europe to encourage and prepare their trainees to consider training in sleep medicine. Psychiatry trainees in the United States interested in sleep medicine should speak with their programme directors early in their residency training to register their interest and residents should also contact the local sleep centre for more advice. Each year American Academy of Sleep Medicine (AASM) accepts 10 international physicians for its 4 week mini-fellowship programme. Three weeks of the fellowship are spent at an AASM-accredited U.S sleep centre with their last week of the fellowship spent at the annual SLEEP conference. A certificate of training is issued at the end of the mini fellowship 12.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Acknowledgement: 
Barry I. Liskow MD, Professor of Psychiatry and Residency Program Director, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioural Sciences, University of Kansas Medical Centre.
Competing Interests: 
None disclosed
Details of Authors: 
Adeel Meraj, MD, Resident Physician, University of Kansas Medical Centre, Kansas, USA
Corresponding Author Details: 
Adeel Meraj, MD, Resident Physician, University of Kansas Medical Centre, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioural Sciences, 3901 Rainbow Blvd, MS 4015, Kansas City, Kansas, USA
Corresponding Author Email: 
adeel_shamse@yahoo.co.uk
References
References: 
  1. Shepard JW; Buysee DJ; Chesson AL et al. History of the development of sleep medicine in the United States, J Clin Sleep Med; 20051(1):61-82 
  2. Din AU, Meraj A, Poje A. An overview of association of association of common sleep disorders with anxiety and depression, Pak J Neurol Sci 2011;(6)1:30-37 
  3. Schmidt-Nowara W, Development and progress in sleep medicine as a new discipline, Somnologie1999;3:49-52, 
  4. Kanwar MS. The past, present and future of sleep medicine, Indian J Sleep Med 2009;4(4):149-153 
  5. D. Todman: A History Of Sleep Medicine. The Internet Journal of Neurology. 2008 Volume 9 Number 2 
  6. Royal of College of Psychiatrists website: http://www.rcpsych.ac.uk/rollofhonour/sections/neuropsychiatry/sleepworkinggroup.aspx Accessed November 26, 2011
  7. Hugh Selsick, SoN working group: The sleep working group; Section of neuropsychiatry newsletter, 2009 Vol 1, Issue1 (http://www.rcpsych.ac.uk/pdf/Neuropsychiatry_Summer09.pdf) 
  8. University of Glasgow MSc in behavioural sleep medicine brochure: www.gla.ac.uk/media/media_145680_en.pdf, accessed November 26, 2011. 
  9. Royal society of medicine, sleep medicine section http://www.rsm.ac.uk/academ/fors_id.php, accessed November 26, 2011.
  10. European Sleep Research Society: http://www.esrs.eu/education-career/first-esrs-examination-in-sleep-medicine.html, accessed November 26, 2011. 
  11. Psychiatric News: http://psychnews.psychiatryonline.org/newsArticle.aspx?articleid=109811, accessed November 27, 2011 
  12. American Academy of Sleep Medicine: http://www.aasmnet.org/resources/pdf/2012Guidelines.pdf, accessed November 27, 2011 

Landing on the MARS!!!

Authors
Sohail Abrar, Ahmed Shoka, Noman Arain and Candice Widuch-Mert
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2012;5(3):a523
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Background: Inadequate adherence to prescribed medication severely affects the efficacy of the treatment and acts as an important modifier of health system effectiveness1. It has significant negative economic and clinical effects which are manifested by frequent relapses and re-hospitalisations.
Aims: By using a validated and reliable tool to assess medication adherence, we were aiming to identify the compliance level among our Psychiatric group of patients, and explore the reasons and possible causes of non-adherence. We also aim to identify the diagnoses and medicines which are mostly linked to non-adherence.
Method: We used the Medication Adherence Rating Scale (MARS) and a patient questionnaire to obtain information about client’s adherence and their attitude towards psychotropic medications. We used prospective consecutive sampling and included all clients seen in the outpatient clinic during the 2 months duration of the study. The sample included clients aged 16 years and above.
Results & Clinical Implications: Results indicate a significant gap between subjective and objective rates of adherence. They also indicate that patients’ attitudes towards their psychotropic medications are quite negative. Taking into account and addressing issues pertaining to side effects are very important to improve the level of adherence. Results also show that most of our clients are only partially adherent to psychotropic medication.

Introduction:

Non adherence to medication is a significant problem for client group in Psychiatry. Between a third and half of medicines that are prescribed for long term conditions are not used as recommended2, 3. In the case of Schizophrenia, studies reveal that almost 76% of the sufferers become non-compliant to the medication within the first 18 months of treatment 4.

Non-adherence has consequences for both clients and the Health Care System. If the issues of non-adherence are better identified and addressed actively, it has the potential of improving the mental health of our clients which will reduce the burden of cost to mental health resources. It is estimated that unused or unwanted medications cost the NHS about £300 million every year. This does not include indirect costs which result from the increased likelihood of hospitalization and complications associated with non-adherence5.

The WHO identified non-adherence as “a worldwide problem of striking magnitude”. This problem is not only just linked with our psychiatric client groups, but also is prevalent with most chronic physical conditions. It has been reported that adherence to medications significantly drop after six months of treatment6.

In broad term compliance is defined as the extent to which the patient is following the medical advice. Adherence on the other hand is defined as the behavior of the clients towards medical advice and their concordance with the treatment plan. Adherence appears to be a more active process in which patients accept and understand the need of their treatment through their own free will and portray their understanding with either a positive or negative attitude towards their medications7

Unfortunately there is no agreed consensual standard to define non adherence. Trials suggest a rate of >50% compliance as adequate adherence while other researchers believe it should be at least >95%. As per White Paper of DOH (2010), it has been recommended that clinicians have the responsibility to identify such issues and improve collaborative relationships among multidisciplinary teams to deliver a better clinical and cost effective service8.

Methods:

Sampling:

Our cohort included a prospective consecutive sample of 179 patients. The study was conducted in North Essex Partnership NHS Trust which provides general adult services for a catchment area of approximately 147,000 in Tendring area. All these clients were seen at the out patient’s clinic at Clacton & District Hospital. Informed consent was taken as per recommendation of local clinical governance team. The study was conducted during a 2 month period from October to November in 2010. No patient was excluded from the study. Sample consists of clients who were aged 16years and above.

Tools Used:

All the clients were asked questions using a standard questionnaire and MARS (Medication Adherence Rating Scale). MARS was developed by Thompson et al in 1999 as a quick self-reported measure of adherence mainly around psychiatric clients. It was mainly devised from a 30 item Drug Attitude Inventory (DAI) and a 4 item Morisky Medication Adherence Questionnaire (MAQ). The validity and reliability of MARS has been established by Thompson et al and then Fialko et al in 2008 in a large study and has been reported to be adequate9,10.

The patient questionnaire directly asked clients about their current medications and dosage regimens. It also enquired about various factors leading to non-compliance. It included factors like whether the medication makes them feeling suicidal, causes weight gain, makes them aggressive, causes sleep disturbances, causes sexual side effects, the form and size of tablets, stigma and family pressure, their personal belief about medication or do they feel that they become non adherent because as a direct effect and consequence of the illness.

Medication Adherence Rating Scale focuses both on adherence as well as the patient’s attitudes towards medications. It includes questions about how frequently they forget to take medications or are they careless about taking their medications. It also asks them if they stop taking their medication do they feel well or more unwell. Other aspects include whether they only take medicines when they are sick and do they believe that it is un-natural for their thoughts to be controlled by medications. It also asks about the effect of medication on them, such as; are they able to think clearly, or do they feel like a zombie on them?, or are they tired all the time?. It also checks their belief that if they remain compliant to medication, will it prevent them from getting sick again.

Results:

In total 179 clients were seen in the outpatient clinic during the period of two months. Out of those (54%, n=97) were females whereas nearly half (46%, n=82) were males. Age of the clients ranged from 18 years to 93 years. The mean age of the client group was 55; mode 41 and median was 69.5.

The diagnosis profile was quite varied. As far as the primary diagnosis is concerned, the majority (n=144) of service users were given a primary diagnosis using the ICD 10 criteria. Mood disorders were the most common primary diagnosis whereas personality disorder and anxiety were the most common secondary diagnosis. Table 1 show the number and percentage of the service users who presented with the most common diagnosed conditions:

Table 1: List of primary and Secondary diagnosis

Diagnosis Primary Secondary
Mood Disorders 72 (50%) 07 (26.92%)
Psychotic illness 25 (17.36%) 01 (3.85%)
Anxiety and PD 13 (9%) 13 (50%)
Dementia 24 (16.7%) 02 (7.69%)
Neurological disorder 07 (4.86%) 01 (3.85%)
Drugs related illness 02 (1.39%) 02 (7.69%)
Eating disorder 01 (0.69%) 00 (0.0%)

Subjectively 160 (89%) patients reported that they were compliant with medications whereas 19(11%) patients admitted that they have not been adherent to medications. Out of those who said that they were non-adherent, 8 were suffering from Mood disorders, 2 had schizoaffective disorder, 3 had psychotic illness, 3 had organic brain disorder, 2 clients had personality disorder, whereas 1 client had anxiety and 1 had neurological illness.

Prescription rate varied between different types of psychotropic medications. Antipsychotics were the most prescribed medication in our cohort. Table 2 shows data of each individual category.

Table 2: Number and percentage of individual medication category prescribed

Medication category N=number of prescribed meds % of total prescriptions
Antipsychotics 100 44%
Antidepressants 72 31%
Mood Stabilisers 21 09%
Anxiolytics 21 09%
ACH Inhibitors 12 05%
Hypnotics 04 02%

Less than half (39%, n=69) of service users had only one type of psychotropic medication whereas the majority (58%, n=104) of patients were on more than one psychotropic medication. A very small number of clients (3%, n=6) were not using any medications at all. When explored further it was revealed that almost two third of the antidepressant prescriptions comprised of SSRI’s (67%, n=55), about one fourth of SNRI (24%, n=21), a small proportion (6%, n=5) of NARI’s and very few (3%, n=3) were given tricyclic antidepressants. Similarly in antipsychotics, 75% of patients were on atypical and 25% were prescribed typical antipsychotics.

Factors leading to non-adherence:

Below is the graphical representation of what clients perceived as the major factors leading to the non adherence to the medication. Weight gain, illness effect, stigma and personal belief appear to be the major factors as displayed in Chart 1.

Chart 1: Number of responses for each individual factor leading to non-adherence:

Attitude towards Medications:

The overall Service users’ attitude towards medication did not appear to be particularly good. They mainly complained of getting tired and forgetting to take medication. Below in Chart 2 is the graphical representation of what overall attitude they had expressed towards psychotropic medications.

Chart 2: Number of responses for each factor indicating attitude towards medication

As far as overall MARS score is concerned, the majority of patients (63%, n=110) scored >6 and about one third of patients (37%, n=63) scored <6. A score of less than 6 is generally considered as a poor level of adherence which means that almost one third of our client group does not comply with medications.

Discussion:

The aim of our study was to highlight the importance of the factors which often lead to non-adherence to medications and to explore patients’ attitudes towards medications. Results are indicating that the problem of non-adherence is much wider and deeper in our clients group. There is a significant gap in between subjective and objective rate of adherence. However we should be mindful that adherence appears to be more of a continuum rather than a fixed entity e.g. some patients can be more adherent than others but still have inadequate adherence and hence arises the concept of partial adherence. It is evident from the results that patients’ attitudes were not encouragingly positive towards psychotropic medications.

Human beings are born potentially non-compliant. It is our tendency to crave and indulge in things which we know might not be good for our health e.g. eating non healthy food, alcohol and substance misuse. We have better compliance to issues which give us the immediate reward like pain relief or euphoria from illicit drugs where as because of lack of this immediate reward, our compliance gradually becomes erratic. Compliance and adherence appears to be a learnt phenomenon which needs to be nurtured throughout our life.

Manifestations of non-adherence:

The consequences of non-adherence are mainly manifested and expressed through clinical and economic indicators. Clinically it means an increase in the rate of relapse and re-hospitalisation. As per one study non-adherent patients have about a 3.7 times high risk of relapse within 6 months to 2 years as compared to patients who are adherent11. In US it was estimated that at least 23% of admissions to nursing homes were happening due to non adherence which meant a cost of $31.3 billion/380,000 admissions per year12. Similarly 10% of admissions happened for the same reason costing the economy an amount of $15.2 billion/3.5 million patients13,14. Figures in UK are also not much different where the cost of prescriptions issued in 2007-08 was estimated to be £8.1 billion and it was highlighted that £4.0 billion out of that amount was not used properly15. Similarly in terms of hospitalization, about 4% admissions happen every year happen because of non-adherenceThe total cost of hospitalization in 2007 was estimated to be £16.4 billion and it was suggested that non-adherence had a burden of costs in the region of £36-196 million17.

From a clinical aspect it has been suggested that non-adherence causes about 125,000 deaths just in the US every yearMet analysis has suggested significant statistical association between non-adherence and causing depression in certain chronic physical conditions e.g. Diabetes19.

Dimensional Phenomenon?

We need to be aware that adherence is a multidimensional and a multifaceted phenomenon and is better understood in dimensional rather than categorical terms. It has been widely accepted that if concordance is the process, then adherence will be the ultimate outcome. This was highlighted by WHO guidelines using following diagram:

Chart 3: WHO diagram of the five dimension of adherence:

Therefore any strategy developed to address the issue of non-adherence should be able to consider all these five dimensions; otherwise it will be less likely to have any chance of success.

Measures to improve Compliance:

All the known as clinical and economic indicators suggest that non-adherence issue needs significant attention and special measures which ought to be taken in order to avoid complications. There are already some running campaigns in other countries in order to improve adherence and we need to learn from their experiences such as the National Medication Adherence Campaign in US (March 2011). The campaign is basically a research-based public education effort targeting patients with chronic conditions, their family caregivers, and health care professionals20.

Levine (1998) demonstrated that the following steps may help in increasing adherence:

  • To appropriately asses the patient’s knowledge and understanding about the disease process and the need for treatment and to address those issues if there is some dysfunctional belief.
  • To link the taking of medication with other daily routines of the life
  • To use aids to assist medication adherence e.g. MEMS, ePills, Calendar or Dossette box
  • To simplify the dosage regimen
  • Flexible Health care team who is willing to support
  • Addressing current Psychosocial and environmental issues which might hinder the adherence21.

It is extremely important for the clinician to take time to discuss in detail with their patients all the possible side effects and indications of the prescribed medications. Unfortunately clinicians may not be able to predict the possibility of having side effects but can certainly educate patients about their psychopathology, indication and rationale for the medication and make them realise how important it is for them to remain adherent to medication. Health education is considered equally effective as compared to any sophisticated adherence therapy and should be used routinely22.Clinicians also have very important role to play in simplifying the dosage regimen and emphasise to the patients that “Medications don’t work in patients who don’t take them”23.

Various studies have tried to estimate the efficacy of a single factor and the multi factor approaches to improve adherence 24. Studies have showed proven efficacy for education in self management25,26, pharmacy management programmes27,28, nursing, pharmacy and other non medical health professional intervention protocols29,30, counselling31,32, behavioural interventions33,34 and follow up35,36. However multi factor approaches have been found to be more effective than single factor approaches,38Therefore it has been suggested that we need to address all the five dimensions of adherence (Chart 3) with multiple interventions to improve the adherence in our patients.

One factor potentially of concern leading to non-adherence is the possibility of the current overt or covert misuse of alcohol, illicit substances and over the counter available medications. This issue understandably can lead to partial or complete non adherence as well as worsening of existing psychiatric conditions. Therefore it needs to be explored further in future research projects.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
Sohail Abrar, Speciality Registrar (ST5), North Essex Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, Essex. Ahmed Shoka, Consultant Psychiatrist, North Essex Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, Essex. Noman Arain, Speciality Registrar, North Essex Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, Essex. Candice Widuch-Mert, Speciality Registrar, North Essex Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, Essex.
Corresponding Author Details: 
Sohail Abrar, Speciality Registrar (ST5), North Essex Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, Essex.
Corresponding Author Email: 
sohailabrar@doctors.org.uk
References
References: 

1. World Health Organization (2003) Adherence to long-term therapies: evidence for action. Geneva: WHO.
2. Haynes RB. Interventions for helping patients to follow prescriptions for medications. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 2001 Issue1.
3. Sackett D et al. Patient compliance with antihypertensive regimens. Patient Counselling & Health Education, 1978, 11:18-21.
4. Young, J.L.; Zonana, H.V.; and Shepler, L. Medication noncompliance in schizophrenia: Codification and update. Bulletin of the American Academy of Psychiatry and theLaw, 14:105-122, 1986.
5. Nursing In Practice, NHS Drug Waste "costs £300m a Year, ww.nursinginpractice.com, 25/11/10
6. Adherence to Medications,Lars Osterberg, M.D., and Terrence Blaschke, M.D. N Engl J Med 2005; 353:487-497
7. Poster presentation in EAP, European Psychiatric association, 2008
8. World Health Organisation. Adherence to long-term therapies: evidence for action. 2003. Available from: http://apps.who.int/medicinedocs/en/d/Js4883e/5.html (last accessed 18th April 2010).
9. Thompson K, Kulkarni J, Sergejew AA. Reliability and validity of a new Medication Adherence Rating Scale (MARS) for the psychoses. Schizophr Res. 2000. May 5;42(3):241-7. PubMed PMID: 10785582.
10. Fialko L, Garety PA, Kuipers E, Dunn G, Bebbington PE, Fowler D, Freeman D. A large-scale validation study of the Medication Adherence Rating Scale (MARS).Schizophr Res. 2008 Mar;100(1-3):53-9. Epub 2007 Dec 20. PubMed PMID: 18083007.
11. Fenton WS, Blyler CR and Heinssen RK (1997): Determinants of medication compliance in schizophrenia: Empirical and clinical findings. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 23 (4): 637–651.
12. Standberg, L.R., Drugs as a Reason for Nursing Home Admissions, American Health care Association Journal, 10,20 (1984).
13. Schering Report IX The Forgetful Patient: The High Cost of Improper Patient Co3mpliance.
14. Oregon Department of Human Resources, A study of Long-Term Care in Oregon with Emphasis on the Elderly March 1981.
15. Prescription Pricing Authority (2008) Update on growth in prescription volume and cost in the year to March 2008. Prescription Pricing Authority.
16. Meyer J (2001) Concordance: and opportunity for partnership in medicine-taking. Nursing Times Research 6: 564–5.
17. NHS Reference Costs 2006–07.
18. Smith, D, Compliance Packaging: A Patient Education Tool, American Pharmacy, Vol. NS29, No 2 February 1989.
19. Jeffrey S. Gonzalez, Mark Peyrot, Lauren A. McCarl, Erin Marie Collins, Luis Serpa, Matthew J. Mimiaga, and Steven A. Safren Depression and Diabetes Treatment Nonadherence: A Meta-Analysis Diabetes Care December 2008 31:2398-2403; doi:10.2337/dc08-1341.
20. http://www.scriptyourfuture.org/hcp/m/SYF_Campaign_FAQs.pdf
21. http://www.adultmeducation.com/downloads/Adult_Med_Overview.pdf
22. Adherence therapy for people with schizophrenia: European multicentre randomised controlled trial Richard Gray et al ,BJP December 2006 189:508-514; doi:10.1192/bjp.bp.105.019489.
23. C. Everett Koop, M.D
24. http://whqlibdoc.who.int/publications/2003/9241545992.pdf
25. Gut-Gobert C et al. [Current trends in asthma management.] [French] Presse Medicale, 2000, 29:761-765.
26. Marquez CE et al. [Treatment compliance in arterial hypertension.A 2-year intervention trial through health education.] [Spanish] Atencion Primaria, 2000, 26:5-10.
27. Lowe CJ et al. Effects of a medicine review and education programme for older people in general practice. British Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, 2000, 50:172-175.
28. Sloss EM et al. Selecting target conditions for quality of care improvement in vulnerable older adults. Journal of the American Geriatrics Society, 2000, 48:363-369.
29. Richardson R et al. Learning curve. Hypertension: catch them when they’re older. Nursing Times, 2000, 96:42-43.
30. Rice VH.Nursing interventions for smoking cessation. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 2001, Issue 1, 2001.
31. Rohland BM, Rohrer JE, Richards CC.The long-term effect of outpatient commitment on service use. Administration & Policy in Mental Health, 2000, 27:383-394.
32. Nisbeth O, Klausen K, Andersen LB. Effectiveness of counselling over 1 year on changes in lifestyle and coronary heart disease risk factors. Patient Education & Counseling, 2000, 40:121-31.
33. Nichols-English G, Poirier S. Optimizing adherence to pharmaceutical care plans. Journal of the American Pharmaceutical Association, 2000, 40:475-485.
34. Siegel K, Karus D, Schrimshaw EW.Racial differences in attitudes toward protease inhibitors among older HIV-infected men. AIDS Care, 2000, 12:423-434.
35. James M et al. Cost effectiveness analysis of screening for sight threatening diabetic eye disease. British Medical Journal, 2000, 320:1627-1631 [erratum published in British Medical Journal, 2000, 321:424].
36. McCulloch D. Managing diabetes for improved health and economic outcomes. American Journal of Managed Care, 2000, 6 (Suppl):S1089-S1095.
37. Muller C, Hagele R, Heinl KW. [Differentiation and modification of compliance with reference to topical corticoid medication in patients with bronchial asthma.] [German] Pneumologie, 1996, 50:257-259.
38. Wagner EH et al. Chronic care clinics for diabetes in primary care: A system-wide randomized trial. Diabetes Care, 2001, 24:695-700.

Fibromyalgia, psychiatric comorbidity, and the somatosensory cortex

Authors
Francis J Dunne and Ciaran A Dunne
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2012;5(2):a522

In rheumatology clinics chronic painful conditions are the norm. Although many pain syndromes are associated with low mood and sometimes clinical depression, the mood disorder often goes unrecognised. Fibromyalgia is one such chronic pain syndrome, 'chronic' arbitrarily defined as lasting longer than six months. It is a common, poorly understood, musculoskeletal disorder which more often affects women between the ages of 25-50 years generally.

In nearly all patients three symptoms predominate, namely, neuropathic pain (nerve injury pain), fatigue and non-restorative sleep disturbance. The chronic neuropathic diffuse pain, described as whole body pain, is felt particularly in deep tissues such as ligaments, joints, and muscles of the axial skeleton in mainly the lower cervical and lumbar spine. The pain is often characterised by an exaggerated and prolonged response to a noxious stimulus (hyperalgesia). Patients may be considered to be malingering because there is no obvious explanation for the symptoms. Anxiety, stress and depression caused by fibromyalgia add insult to injury, with personality and cognitive factors coming into play in addition.1 Paraesthesiae (abnormal sensory sensations) or dysaesthesiae (painful sensations) of the extremities may also occur. There is no objective muscular weakness or neurological disorder to account for the symptoms, which adds to the diagnostic dilemma. For example, fibromyalgia affecting the supraspinatus muscle of the shoulder would limit initial abduction of the arm because of pain, not because of any muscle weakness. Cognitive function is sometimes described as 'fibrofog' or 'conscious confusion' and may be a primary symptom of fibromyalgia, reflecting impairments in working memory (a form of short-term memory), episodic (memory for events), and semantic memory (memory for words, rules, language).

Nociception refers to the process of information about harmful stimuli conveyed by neuronal activity up to the point of perception in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord where primary afferents synapse.2 Evidence is accumulating which shows that atypical sensory processing in the central nervous system (CNS) and dysfunction of skeletal muscle nociception are important in the understanding of fibromyalgia and other chronic pain syndromes.3The concept of 'central pain sensitization' or 'central sensitivity syndrome' considers fibromyalgia to be a disturbance of nociceptive processing which causes a heightened experience of pain or pain amplification.4 Because pain signals are subject to variation in amplitude, the modulation of sensory processing may be the key to understanding the pain response not only in fibromyalgia but also in other conditions, such as irritable bowel syndrome. Descending spinal noradrenergic and serotonergic neurons inhibit the neurotransmitters noradrenaline and serotonin, released from primary afferent neurons and dorsal horn neurons. Therefore, when descending inhibition is decreased, irrelevant nociceptive stimuli are more readily felt. Put another way, in patients with chronic pain syndromes descending inhibition may not be functioning adequately to prevent or mask irrelevant pain stimuli. When appropriate medication is used this normal descending inhibition is enhanced and pain is no longer troublesome.

The release of neurotransmitters (ligands) also requires a mechanism that involves voltage-sensitive calcium and sodium channels. Repetitive action potentials cause the calcium channels to open with the ensuing release of neurotransmitters into the synaptic cleft. The postsynaptic neurons are thus stimulated leading to molecular and structural changes (sprouting) which cause neuropathic pain. Drugs such as Pregabalin and Gabapentin bind to voltage-sensitive calcium channels and reduce calcium influx, which in turn diminishes pain. The concept of central pain sensitization now incorporates affective spectrum disorders and functional somatic syndromes. It seems that the more painful symptoms one has which are difficult to explain, the more likely the patient is suffering from a mood disorder. Dopamine may be involved in the regulation of cognition in the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex and could account for the cognitive deficits.5Because cingulate and prefrontal cortices are particularly implicated in pain modulation (inhibition and facilitation of pain), structural changes in these systems could contribute to the chronic pain associated with fibromyalgia.6

Many patients with fibromyalgia have an increased sensitivity to sensory stimuli that are not normally or previously painful (allodynia). In other words, minor sensory stimuli that ordinarily would not cause pain in most individuals induce disabling, sometimes severe pain in patients with fibromyalgia.7 In normal individuals 4 kg/square cm2pressure (approximately the pressure needed to blanch the skin at the top of one’s thumb) causes patients with fibromyalgia to wince with pain or suddenly withdraw when the tender point is palpated. This indicates that pain occurs at a lower pain threshold in fibromyalgia sufferers when this pressure is applied.

The pain of fibromyalgia may be aggravated by emotional stress though the latter is difficult to quantify and evaluate. For instance, corticosteroid hormones are released in high amounts after stress yet fibromyalgia is associated in some patients with a decreased cortisol response to stress. Stress may therefore initiate, inhibit or perpetuate alterations in the corticotrophin-releasing hormone (CRH) neuron, with associated effects on the hypothalamic pituitary axis (HPA) and other neuroendocrine axes.8

There are many other possible explanations for fibromyalgia pain. One of the major neurotransmitters involved in nociception is substance P, found in high concentrations in the spinal cord, limbic system, hypothalamus, and nigrostriatal system. It is involved in the transmission of pain impulses from peripheral afferent receptors to the central nervous system. Nerve growth factor (NGF), a cytokine-like mediator may indirectly exert its effect through enhancing glutaminergic transmission and could account for sustained central sensitization in fibromyalgia. 9, 10 Another neuropeptide, calcitonin gene-related peptide, a potent vasodilator, present in non-myelinated afferent neurons, may also play a role in pain pathology.5

Levels of the neurotransmitter serotonin have been found to be low in some studies in fibromyalgia patients. Although serum levels of serotonin are lower than in some patients with rheumatoid arthritis and healthy controls, the variation is too broad and therefore measurement of serotonin has not proved useful tool in determining a diagnosis of fibromyalgia. 11

Logically, pharmacologic agents used to treat pain in fibromyalgia would act by either increasing levels of inhibitory neurotransmitters or decreasing levels of excitatory neurotransmitter. In the United States of America (USA), Pregabalin was the first drug to be approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of fibromyalgia and has been shown to improve pain, sleep and quality of life. It is ineffective against depression. The main inhibitory mediator in the brain, gamma amino butyric Acid (GABA), is formed from glutamate (excitatory) by the enzyme glutamate decarboxylase (GAD). It is particularly plentiful in the nigrostriatal pathways. About 20% of CNS neurons are GABAergic and it serves as a neurotransmitter at some 30% of all CNS synapses.12 Pregabalin increases neuronal GABA levels by producing a dose-dependent increase in glutamate decarboxylase activity. In a meta-analysis of 21 clinical trials to estimate treatment differences vs. placebo, statistically significant improvement was observed with Duloxetine, Milnacipran 200 mg/day, Pregabalin 300 or 450 mg/day, and Tramadol plus Paracetamol. The meta-analysis showed a statistically increased risk of discontinuation because of adverse events related to Milnacipran and Pregabalin.13

Antidepressants may improve fibromyalgia symptoms by reducing pain, stabilizing mood and improving sleep, though the effect seems to be modest. If abnormal sleep, and hence subsequent tiredness, precedes the development of fibromyalgia the effect of antidepressants may be primarily associated with improved sleep. However, the efficacy of tricyclic antidepressants is difficult to quantify and their limited superiority over placebo lasts no more than a few months. A meta-analysis of ten randomized double-blinded, placebo-controlled studies revealed only poor to moderate evidence for a beneficial effect at low doses of Amitriptyline (25mg daily) over 6-8 weeks. Even when given in higher doses or prescribed for a longer duration, Amitriptyline did not make a great deal of difference. 14

The efficacy of Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors (SSRIs) is also inconclusive. More promising results have been demonstrated with Serotonin and Noradrenaline Reuptake Inhibitors (SNRIs) such as Duloxetine. Both serotonin (5-HT) and noradrenaline (NA) exert analgesic effects via descending pain pathways. Pain is a prominent feature of depression and vice versa and the alleviation of one modifies the other. 15, 16 The reduction in pain reduces fatigue and Duloxetine improves mood.

Other drugs used in this condition include Milnacipran and Cyclobenzaprine (a muscle relaxant structurally related to tricyclic antidepressants). Milnacipran and Cyclobenzaprine are not available in the United Kingdom (UK). Tramadol (a serotonin and noradrenaline reuptake inhibitor) is a weak mu-receptor opioid agonist used to control pain but its adverse effects are those of opiates in general, mainly nausea and dependence.

Although other adjunctive non-pharmacological treatments have been advocated the results are disappointing. Assessments of non-drug treatments are generally mediocre. Aerobic exercises benefit some patients, especially when combined with biofeedback, patient education and cognitive therapy. A whole gamut of treatments such as graded exercises, yoga, dietary advice, balneotherapy (heated pool bathing), homeopathy, massage, acupuncture, patient education, group therapy and cognitive behaviour therapy, have been suggested and tried, but few of them demonstrated clear-cut benefits in randomized controlled trials.Support groups may help some patients. 17, 18, 19

Fibromyalgia is now considered to be, in part, a disorder of central pain processing. Central sensitization manifests as pain hypersensitivity, particularly allodynia, and hyperalgesia. It is believed that central sensitization occurs in part through the action of glutamate on the N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor, resulting in an increase in intracellular calcium and kinase activation, leading to hyperalgesia and allodynia.20

Response to standard analgesics is erratic and more promising results have emerged with drugs such as the SNRIs Duloxetine and Milnacipran, the anticonvulsants Gabapentin and Pregabalin, either used alone or in combination, or with other agents such as Amitriptyline. There is only modest evidence to support SSRIs and Tramadol. Treatment needs to be holistic and multidisciplinary, focussing on both physical pain management and psychological dysfunction. The multidisciplinary approach, though difficult to measure, may help by imparting a sense of empathy and support for patients. Overall, most patients with fibromyalgia continue to have chronic pain and fatigue with symptoms persisting for many years, but it is not necessarily a progressive disorder and some patients may show moderate improvement.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
Francis J Dunne, FRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist and Honorary Senior Lecturer, North East London Foundation Trust (NELFT) United Kingdom, & University College London. Ciaran A Dunne, MRCP, Consultant Rheumatologist, Royal Bournemouth and Christchurch Hospitals, Bournemouth, United Kingdom BH7 7DW.
Corresponding Author Details: 
Francis J Dunne, Consultant Psychiatrist, North East London Foundation Trust(NELFT), United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Email: 
francis.dunne@nelft.nhs.uk
References
References: 

1. Dunne  FJ, Dunne CA. Fibromyalgia and depression: common pathways. Br J Hosp Med. 2012; 73: 211-217.
2. Barker R, Cicchetti F, Neal MJ. Somatosensory system. In: Neuroanatomy and Neuroscience at a Glance, Wiley-Blackwell; 2012: 70-75.
3. Gracely RH, Petzke F, Wolf JM,  Clauw DJ.  Functional magnetic resonance imaging evidence of augmented pain processing in fibromyalgia. Arthritis & Rheumatism . 2002; 46: 1333–1343.
4.  Yunus MB. Role of central sensitization in symptoms beyond muscle pain, and the evaluation of a patient with widespread pain. Best Practice & Res Clin Rheum.  2007;21:481-497.
5. Stahl S. Pain and the treatment of fibromyalgia and functional somatic syndromes. In: Stahl's Essential Psychopharmacology. Neuroscientific Basis and Practical Applications , 3rd edition, 2008; Cambridge University Press: 773-814.
6.  Kuchinad A, Schweinhardt P, Seminowicz DA,  Wood PB, Chizh BA, Bushnell MC. Accelerated brain gray matter loss in fibromyalgia patients: premature aging of the brain  J Neuroscience. 27: 4004-4007.
7.  Williams DA, Gracely RH. Biology and therapy of fibromyalgia. Functional magnetic resonance imaging findings in fibromyalgia. Arthritis Res Ther. 2006; 8:224.
8. Gupta A, Silman AJ. Psychological stress and fibromyalgia: a review of the evidence suggesting a neuroendocrine link. Arthritis Res Ther. 2004; 6: 98-106.
9  Russell IJ. Is fibromyalgia a distinct clinical entity? The clinical investigator's evidence. Best Practice & Res Clin Rheum.1999; 13: 445-454.
10. Russell IJ, Alarcón, GS,  Bradley LA.  Advances in fibromyalgia: possible role for central neurochemicals.  Am J Med Sci. 1998;  315: 377-384.
11.  Jaschko G,  Hepp  U,  Berkhoff M, Schmet  M,  Michel BA,  Gay S, et al. Serum serotonin levels are not useful in diagnosing fibromyalgia. Ann Rheum Dis. 2007;  66:1267-1268.
12. Rang HP, Dale MM, Ritter JM, Flower RJ. Amino acid transmitters. In: Rang and Dale's Pharmacology. 2007;  Churchill Livingstone: Sixth Edition, 479-491.
13. Roskell NS, Beard SM, Yang Z, Kim Le T. A Meta-Analysis of Pain Response in the Treatment of Fibromyalgia. Pain Practice. 2011; 11: 516-527.
14. Nishishinya B, Urrutia G, Walitt B, Rodrigues A, Bonfill X, Alegre C et al. Amitriptyline in the treatment of fibromyalgia: a systematic review of its efficacy. Rheumatology. 2008; 47: 1741-1746.
15. Bair MJ, Robinson RL, Katon W, Konekes K. Depression and pain comorbidity: a literature review.  Arch Int Med. 2003;163: 2433-2445.
16. Dunne FJ.  Depression and pain. Is there a common pathway? Br J Med Practitioners.org 2011;4(1)a411. 
17. Carville SF, Arendt-Nielsen Bliddal SH et al. EULAR evidence-based recommendations for the management of fibromyalgia syndrome.  Ann  Rheum Dis.  2008; 67: 536-541.
18 Arnold LM. Review: new therapies in fibromyalgia. Arthritis Res Ther. 2006; 8(4):212.
19. Nihalani ND, Schwartz T, Chlebowski  S. Fibromyalgia—A review for the psychiatrist. Psychiatry.2006; 3: 44–60.
20. Lee YC, Nassikas NJ, Clauw DJ. The role of the central nervous system in the generation and maintenance of chronic pain in rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis and fibromyalgia. Arthritis Res Ther,  2011;13:211. 

Reminder letters to improve rate of attendance at Community Mental Health Centre

Authors
Murali Krishna and Sreedharan Amarjothi
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2012;5(1):a502
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Objective: We carried out a naturalistic study to investigate whether reminder letters would improve the rate of attendance in a community-based mental health outpatient clinic.                                                 

Methods: We prospectively compared the attendance rates between the experimental and control group over a period of 18 months.

Results: The results from this study confirm that reminder letters within a week before the appointment can improve attendance rates in community mental health clinics for follow up patients.

Conclusion: Non-attendance is an index of severity of mental illness and a predictor of risk. The reasons for non-attendance in mental health clinic are complex. More large, well-designed randomised studies are desirable. We also recommend periodic evaluation of outpatient non-attendance in order to identify high-risk individuals and implement suitable measures to keep such severely mentally ill patients engaged with the services.

Introduction

Non-attendance in outpatient clinics accounts for a significant wastage of health service resources. Psychiatric clinics have high non-attendance rates and failure to attend may be a sign of deteriorating mental health. Those who miss psychiatric follow-up outpatient appointments are more ill with poor social functioning than those who attend (1). They have a greater chance of drop out from clinic contact and subsequent admission (1). Non-attendance and subsequent loss to follow up indicate possible risk of harm to the patient or to others (2).

Prompts to encourage attendance at clinics are often used and may take the form of reminder letters (3), telephone prompting(4) and financial incentives (5). Issuing a copy of the referral letter to the appointee may prompt attendance for the initial appointment (6). Contacting patients by reminder letters prior to their appointments has been effective in improving attendance rates in a number of settings, including psychiatric outpatient clinics and community mental health centres (3).

Studies investigating the efficacy of prompting for improving attendance have generated contrasting findings and non-attendance remains common in clinical practice. We, therefore, carried out a naturalistic, prospective controlled study to investigate whether reminder letters would improve the rate of attendance in a community-based mental health outpatient clinic.

Design and Methods

The study was carried out at the Community Mental Health Centres based in Runcorn and Widnes in Cheshire, UK. The community mental health team (CMHT) provides specialist mental health services for adults of working age. Both CMHTs are similar in demographics, socio-economic need and, have relatively higher non-attendance rates in the clinic. In the week prior to the appointment, clerical staff from community mental health team sent a standard letter to some patients reminding the date and time of the appointment and name of the consulting doctor.  They recorded whether patient attended, failed to attend or cancelled the appointment irrespective of whether they had received a reminder letter or not.

We compared the attendance rates between experimental group (those who had received the reminder letters) and the control group ( those who had not received the reminder letters) over a period of 18 months. Throughout the study period, the same medical team held the clinics and there had been no major change in the outpatients’ clinic setting or administrative and procedural changes influencing outpatients’ attendance. Care Planning Approach (CPA) was implemented and in operation even before the introduction of reminding letters at both the sites.

Attendance rates for all the clinics held during the study period were obtained from medical records.  For all subjects who failed to attend, age and gender, was obtained from patients’ database. Patients whose appointments were cancelled were also included in the study.

Statistics and Data analysis

The data was analysed using SISA - Simple Interactive Statistical Analysis (7). Chi -squared tests were used to investigate the attendance rates between the groups, new patients and follow-ups, with the P value for statistical significance set at 0.05. Odds ratios were calculated to measure the size of the effect. In addition, we examined how age and gender may have influenced the effect of the text based prompting on attendance.

Results

In the experimental group a total of 114 clinics were booked, with clinic lists totalling 843 patients. Of these, 88 were new referrals and 755 were follow-up appointments.  65 of 114 clinics had full attendance.  A total of 228 patients failed to attend the clinic. Of those who failed to attend, 25 patients were new referrals and 203 were follow-up patients. 28 follow up patients and 2 patients newly referred to the team called to cancel their appointments.

In the control group, a total of 71 clinics were booked amounting to a total of 623 patients. Of these, 86 were new referrals and 537 were for follow-up patients. Only 25 out of 71 clinics had full attendance.  A total of 211 patients failed to attend. Of those who failed to attend, 32 were new referrals and 179 were follow-up patients. 55 follow up patients and 13 patients newly referred to the team called to cancel their appointments.                                        

Of those who failed to attend in the experimental group, 98 (43%) were women. The mean age of non-attendees was 38 years; with a range of 18-76 yrs .Of those who failed to attend in the control group110 (52%) were women. The mean age of non-attendees was 32 years; with a range of 19-70 yrs. 

In our study, failure to attend was not distributed evenly but had seasonal peaks at Christmas and during the summer vacation period.

The outcome from prompting in the experimental group is compared with the control group and displayed in Table 1.

Outcomes Control group n (%) Experimental group n (%) χ2 (df) P OR (CI)
No of clinics with full attendance 25 65 8.32 0.0039 2.44(1.32-4.50
Total No of Pts attended 344 585 15.05 0.0001 1.57(1.25-1.98)
No of new Pts attended 41 61 3.743 0.053 1.9 (0.98-3.67)
No of follow up Pts attended 303 524 11.39 0.0007 1.52(1.19-1.94)
No of Cancellations 68 30 38.63 0 3.85(2.46-6.04)

χ2 = Chi square, df = degree of freedom, OR= Odds Ratio, CI= Confidence Interval

The attendance rate in the experimental group was 71.95% (585/813) as opposed to 56.57% (344/555) in the control group (OR=1.57; p=0.0001).

The attendance rate for new patients in the experimental group was 70.9%( 61/88) as opposed to 56.16 %( 41/ 86) in the control group (OR=1.9; p=0.053).

The attendance rate for follow up patients in the experimental group was 72.0%( 524/727) and 62.8% (303/482) in the control group (0R=1.52; p=0.0007).

In addition, there were significantly more (by 22%) number of clinics with full attendance in the experimental group (OR= 2.44, P=0.003).

The observed difference was not influenced by patient’s age or gender.

Discussion

The results from this study confirm previous findings that reminder letters within a week before the appointment can improve attendance rates in community mental health clinics. Our results are similar to those of the Cochrane systematic review, which has suggested that a simple prompt in the days just before the appointment could indeed encourage attendance (8).

Although it has been reported elsewhere(8) that text based prompting increases the rate at which patients keep their initial appointments, our study did not show a similar result for new patients.

It is already demonstrated that new patients and follow-up patients in psychiatric clinics are distinct groups with different diagnostic profiles, degrees of mental illness and with different reasons for non-attendance. Follow-up patients are severely ill, socially impaired and isolated than new patients. (1). Forgetting the appointment and being too unwell are the most common reasons given for non-attendance by follow-up patients, while being unhappy with the referral, clinical error and being too unwell are the most common reasons in the new patient groups (1).  In addition, it has also been observed that increased rate at which patients keep their first appointments is more likely related to factors other than simple prompting (4) This explains our finding that prompting was more beneficial for follow-up patients as opposed to new referrals to the Community Mental Health Team.

We also identified several patients with severe mental illness who ‘did not attend’ for three successive outpatient appointments. Their care plans were reviewed and arrangements made to follow up with their community psychiatric nurses as domiciliary visits at regular intervals.  Such measures should reduce duplication of the services and shorten the waiting times for psychiatric consultation, which are well-recognised factors associated with non-attendance (9).

Non-attendance is an index of severity of mental illness and a predictor of risk (1). In addition to reminder letters, telephone prompts are also known to improve attendance (4). Successful interventions to improve attendance may be labour intensive but they can be automated and, ultimately, prove cost effective (8)

We noticed that there is limited research and lack of quality randomised controlled trials in the area of non-attendance and the effectiveness of intervention to improve attendance in mental health setting. More large, well-designed randomised studies are desirable. We also recommend periodic evaluation of outpatient non-attendance in order to identify high-risk individuals and implement suitable measures to keep such severely mentally ill patients engaged with the services.

There was no randomisation in this study and we relied on medical records.  We have not directly compared the characteristics of non-attendees with those patients who did attend the clinics. We did not evaluate other clinical and socio-demographic factors (e.g. travelling distance, financial circumstances, etc) that are known to influence the attendance rates in mental health setting. Hence, there may be limitations in generalising the results beyond similar populations with similar models of service provision.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Acknowledgement: 
Our sincere thanks to Suzanne Kippax, Informatics, Hollins Park Hospital, Warrington for her help in preparing this manuscript.
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
MURALI KRISHNA, MBBS, MRCPsych Consultant Psychiatrist, Holdsworth memorial Hospital, Mysore, India, and Associate Tutor , University of Edgehill, Lancashire. SREEDHARAN AMARJOTHI, MBBS, MRCPsych Consultant Psychiatrist at Liverpool.
Corresponding Author Details: 
MURALI KRISHNA, MBBS, MRCPsych Consultant Psychiatrist, Holdsworth memorial Hospital, Mysore, India.
Corresponding Author Email: 
muralidoc@hotmail.com
References
References: 

1.Killaspy, H., Banerjee, S., King, M & Lloyd, M. Prospective controlled study on outpatient non-attendance. Characteristics and outcome. British Journal of Psychiatry 2000;176:160-165.

2.Royal College of Psychiatrists.Steering committee of confidential inquiry into homicides and suicides by mentally ill people: Report of the confidential inquiry into homicides and suicides by the mentally ill people.1996; London.                       

3.Kluger, M & Karras, A. Strategies for reducing missed initial appointments in a community mental health centre. Community Mental Health Journal 1983,19(2): 137-143.

4.Burgoyne, R., Frank, A. & Yamamoto, J.  Telephone prompting to increase attendance at psychiatric outpatient clinic. American Journal of Psychiatry 1983; 140:345-347.

5.Giuffrida, A. & Torgerson, D.  Should we pay the patient? Review of financial incentives to enhance patient compliance. British Medical Journal, 1997; 315: 703-707.

6.Hamilton, W., Round, A. & Sharp, D. Effect on hospital attendance rates of giving patients a copy of their referral letter: randomised controlled trial. British Medical Journal 1999; 318(7195): 1392–1395.

7.Uitenbroek & Daan, G.  Binomial SISA.  http://home.claa.net/sisa/ binomial.htm. 1997.

8.Reda, S. & Makhoul, S. Prompts to encourage appointment attendance for people with serious mental illness. The Cochrane database of systemic reviews.2001; (2): CD002085.        

9.Gallucci, G., Swartz. & Hackerman, F.  Impact of the wait for an initial appointment on the rate of kept appointments at a mental health center. Psychiatric Services 2005; 56: 344-346.

Older people with long-term mental illness. A survey in a community rehabilitation service using the Camberwell Assessment of Needs for the Elderly (CANE)

Authors
Saoud Sultan, Dirk Claassen and Stephen Stansfeld
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(4):a438
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Aims: Following the Royal College of Psychiatrists' recommendations, assessments were carried out by the community rehabilitation team in Newham, East London, using the Camberwell Assessment of Needs for the Elderly (CANE) to assess the needs and quality of service provided to all patients over the age of 65 years.
Results: 49 patients were screened using the CANE. The majority of needs appeared to be met by the current service provision. However, certain needs remained unmet: daytime activity (in 36.7% of patients), lack of company (in 22.4% of patients), help with eyesight and hearing difficulties (in 20.4% of patients) and help with money and budgeting (in 18.4 % of patients) were the most prominent.
Implications: Whereas most psychiatric and practical needs were well met, service planning needs to focus on outreach day activity and befriending services. Mental health services need to closely monitor physical problems which are more specific to older people e.g. eyesight and hearing, and include these in their care plans.

Introduction

The Royal College of Psychiatrists defines the 'graduates' as people who have had enduring or episodic severe mental disorder in adulthood and have reached the age of 65 years. Estimates of the most severely affected range from 11 to 60 per 100 000.1 This group of people seems to be uniquely disabled by a combination of social, mental health and physical disadvantages and there is a risk of falling between general adult, rehabilitation services and old age psychiatry.2

There has been an ongoing debate about identifying the best practice in the management of this group of patients who often have spent most of their lives in the old psychiatric asylums. The recommendations include identifying all graduates within the service followed by a full assessment of the patients' health and social care needs and the implementation of a care plan to meet these needs, to be reviewed at least annually. According to the report, the medical responsibility will rest with a principal in general practice or a consultant psychiatrist, and maintenance of continuous review should be the responsibility of the case manager.1

The Recovery and Rehabilitation Team (RRT) in Newham was founded in 1988 to facilitate the discharge of groups of patients from Goodmayes hospital (Essex). Patients discharged to residential care units and other supported schemes usually had spent many years in the institution and the team's remit after relocation into the community was mainly monitoring of mental health by conducting multiprofessional reviews in the care homes, crisis intervention, and the promotion of social networks and leisure activities. Over the following years, the team also received many referrals from Community Mental Health Teams (CMHT) for continuing care of people suffering from long term and severe mental illness. Today, a considerable proportion of these patients have 'graduated' into old age and the current percentage of the total caseload is now nearly 25%.

Our survey was carried out following an independent review by the Health and Social Care Advisory Service (HASCAS) in January 2005 for the rehabilitation services provided in the London Borough of Newham. The recommendations included an assessment of needs for all patients 65 years of age or over, using the Camberwell Assessment of Needs for the Elderly (CANE) .3This is a comprehensive needs assessment tool suitable for use in a variety of settings. It has been successfully used for older people in primary care, sheltered accommodation, residential homes, nursing homes, and mental health services for older people. However, it has not been used before to specifically assess the needs of older people who have graduated within the general adult mental health or rehabilitation services. CANE was found to be a valid and reliable tool and easy to use by different professions.4

Method:

The RRT database was searched for all patients aged 65 years or over. This yielded 52 names, who were then approached between June and September 2005 for a comprehensive assessment after an explanation about the survey. CMHTs were asked for numbers of graduates in their services, obtained from the respective databases.

The CANE is a structured, 24-item questionnaire covering different areas (see table 2), including social, psychological, mental health and physical needs. It is easily applicable by different professions and requires on average about one hour of assessment time. It measures met and unmet needs and obtains views from patients, carers, staff and the rater. Assessments were carried out by members of the multi-disciplinary team that consists of a consultant psychiatrist, the team manager, two senior clinical medical officers, two clinical psychologists, two occupational therapists, two social workers, five community psychiatric nurses and four community support workers. All raters had received a one day training provided by Juanita Hoe, one of the contributors in producing the CANE.

The collected data were analysed using Microsoft Excel.

Results

The total number of patients aged 65 years and above under the care of the rehabilitation services was 52 (24.5% of the total caseload of 212 patients). There were a further ten patients under the care of the adult CMHTs in Newham. Attempts were also made to determine the number of the graduates under the care of mental health services for older people, but these were unsuccessful.  

Out of the 52 patients, 50 could be assessed using the CANE, two patients declined the assessment and the assessment sheet of one patient could not be traced, giving a total of 49 patients and a response rate of 79% of all known 'graduate' patients under the care of adult mental health services.

Results describing patient characteristics including mean age, gender, type of accommodation and diagnosis, are summarized in Table 1.

Table: 1 Demographic Details

Variable    
Mean Age (years)   72.16
Gender (n(%))    
  Female 16(32.65%)
  Male 33(67.34%)
Type of accommodation (n(%))    
  Residential care 25(51%)
  Supported accommodation 13(26.53%)
  Private accommodation 12(24.48%)
Diagnosis (n(%))    
  Schizophrenia 33(67.34%)
  Schizoaffective Disorder 6(12.24%)
  Bipolar Affective Disorder 5(10.20%)
  Depression 2(4.08%)
  Personality Disorder 1(2.04)
  OCD 1(2.04%)
  Dysthymic Disorder 1(2.04%)
     

Nearly two-thirds of patients were female, three-quarters of this population were living in supported living or residential care and 90% were suffering from a severe mental illness (two-thirds from schizophrenia).

The met and unmet needs of this population are described in table 2.

 

Table 2: Levels of needs as rated by the rater (n=49)
 

Item No Need Met Need Unmet Need Not Known
  n (%) n (%) n (%) n (%)
Accommodation 22 44.90% 22 44.90% 2 4.08% 3 6.12%
Household skills 5 10.20% 41 83.67% 3 6.12% 0 0.00%
Food 9 18.37% 34 69.39% 6 12.24% 0 0.00%
Self-care 12 24.49% 31 63.27% 6 12.24% 0 0.00%
Caring for other 47 95.92% 2 4.08% 0 0.00% 0 0.00%
Daytime activities 16 32.65% 14 28.57% 18 36.73% 1 2.04%
Memory 34 69.39% 4 8.16% 5 10.20% 6 12.24%
Eyesight/hearing 24 48.98% 14 28.57% 10 20.41% 1 2.04%
Mobility 26 53.06% 18 36.73% 5 10.20% 0 0.00%
Continence 28 57.14% 16 32.65% 3 6.12% 2 4.08%
Physical health 14 28.57% 29 59.18% 6 12.24% 0 0.00%
Drugs 17 34.69% 30 61.22% 2 4.08% 0 0.00%
Psychotic symptoms 18 36.73% 28 57.14% 3 6.12% 0 0.00%
Psychological distress 29 59.18% 14 28.57% 6 12.24% 0 0.00%
Information 28 57.14% 11 22.45% 6 12.24% 4 8.16%
Safety(deliberate self harm) 44 89.80% 4 8.16% 0 0.00% 1 2.04%
Safety(accidental self-harm) 35 71.43% 11 22.45% 2 4.08% 2 4.08%
Safety(abuse or neglect) 35 71.43% 10 20.41% 4 8.16% 1 2.04%
Behaviour 32 65.31% 12 24.49% 4 8.16% 1 2.04%
Alcohol 47 95.92% 2 4.08% 0 0.00% 0 0.00%
Company 29 59.18% 8 16.33% 11 22.45% 1 2.04%
Intimate relationship 40 81.63% 3 6.12% 4 8.16% 2 4.08%
Money 21 42.86% 19 38.78% 9 18.37% 0 0.00%
Benefits 37 75.51% 3 6.12% 4 8.16% 5 10.20%

Regarding unmet needs, the highest value (nearly 37%) was on daytime activities, which 18/49 people scored. This is followed by company (22.5%), which was a problem for 11 people. Eyesight or hearing also scored strongly (20.5%), followed by money (18.4%) and different problems in areas such as food and self-care, physical health and psychological distress (each 12%).  Problems with suicidal behaviour and drug or alcohol abuse were not evident in terms of unmet needs.

Discussion

Our results show that the majority of needs identified by the CANE were adequately met by the current service provision or were only identified as unmet needs by a tiny minority (table 2). Since the vast majority of the patients were living in either residential or supported accommodation (25.51% and 26.53% respectively), items associated with domestic needs and activities appeared to be met to a great extent, e.g. accommodation (44.90% no need, 44.90% met need).

In terms of items related to mental state, the majority of patients seemed to be satisfactorily managed and receiving appropriate treatment. The raised number of patients who suffered from psychological distress could be explained by other psychosocial factors such as lack of daytime activities and lack of company which have been identified as the major unmet needs in our population.

A recent article,5 named risk of harm, unpredictability of behaviour, poor motivation, lack of insight and low public acceptability as the major reasons for social disability. However, in our review, over one-third of people clearly expressed the wish for more daytime activities, where the named disabilities might prevent a more active and satisfied lifestyle. In the interviews, it transpired that people mostly wished for an outreach service providing social contact, befriending and activities. The majority of people in our population seemed to be rather reluctant to access general facilities, like day centres for the elderly.

As we have assessed most of the patients under the care of adult mental health services, this survey should be able to inform service planning about the needs of this population. The development of an outreach service offering day time activities including a befriending component could be a challenge for the responsible service providers, e.g. social services, adult community mental health services and old age psychiatry.

The specific physical needs (especially eyesight and hearing) make it necessary for services to monitor these closely and implement this in the care plan in liaison with General Practitioners.

Similar reviews should be undertaken by community mental health services in other boroughs to highlight the needs of this specific group of patients, as the respective unmet needs might be dependent upon the level of service provision.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Acknowledgement: 
We would like to thank all members of the community rehabilitation team in Newham and all service users for their help and contribution.
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
SAOUD SULTAN, Consultant Psychiatrist Upminster Community Recovery Team, North East London NHS Foundation Trust. DIRK CLAASSEN, Consultant Psychiatrist, Newham Recovery and Rehabilitation Services, London. STEPHEN STANSFELD, Professor of Psychiatry, Barts and The London, Queen Mary’s School of Medicine and Dentistry, London.
Corresponding Author Details: 
SAOUD SULTAN, Consultant Psychiatrist Upminster Community Recovery Team, North East London NHS Foundation Trust
Corresponding Author Email: 
saoud.sultan@nelft.nhs.uk
References
References: 

 

1. Royal College Of Psychiatrists, Caring for people who enter old age with enduring relapsing mental illness (‘graduates`) (Council Report CR110). 2002, London: Royal College of Psychiatrists.

2. Jolley, D., Kosky, N. & Holloway, F. , Older people with long-standing mental illness: the graduates, Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 2004; 10: 29-34

3. Orrell, M., & Hancock, G. , CANE: Camberwell Assessment of Needs for the Elderly, London: Gaskell 2004

4. Reynolds, T., Thornicroft, G., Abas, M., et al, Camberwell Assessment of Need for the Elderly (CANE) Development, validity and reliability. British Journal of Psychiatry 2000; 176: 444-452

5. Karim, S. & Burns, A. Invited commentary on: Older people with long-standing mental illness: the graduates. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment 2004; 10: 34-36

The Care Programme Approach: first you have to prove you are ill

Authors
Francis J Dunne
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(4):a437

The Care Programme Approach (CPA) was introduced in England in 1993 to co-ordinate the care of patients with mental health disorders.1 Its aim was to ensure that there was a full assessment of the patient’s needs, that a care co-ordinator would see that the care was delivered, regular checks would be carried out to review progress, there would be collaboration between health and social services, and that patients (or the term used to ‘demedicalise’ them in psychosocial Newspeak 2  namely, ‘service users’) and carers (they also use the service) would have a greater say in the written management plan. Targets were set.

What has happened since? Prior to this I recall that most psychiatrists carried out full assessment needs, regular checks reviewed progress (outpatients), social services were involved when necessary, and  patients and their families were nearly always involved in the discussion of after-care, when appropriate. Despite the condescending manner in which patients and carers were treated by the hierarchy, i.e. they would not understand the difference between social services management and other after-care, it was always quite clear to doctors that patients had no difficulty with the concepts of medical intervention (investigations, diagnosis, treatment), psychological therapies, and social help (housing, work, family, finances). 

Rather than simplifying the process we now have two tiers of CPA, namely, standard and enhanced. Where the patient has ‘complex needs’ or is a ‘complicated case’ then you are in the enhanced bracket. For the rest – back to the General Practitioner (GP)! Not enough resources apparently. Not ill enough more likely. Remember – you have to have a severe and enduring mental health disorder – nothing else counts. Nowadays the GP is expected to be a specialist in mental health and run a risk assessment on every ‘psychiatric’ patient. The GP is frowned upon by the ‘experts in living’ should he/she for example, dare refer a mild or moderately (yes - those descriptions again!) ill patient to the Mental Health Services. Because there is no bottomless pit of money, the scenario was changed in 2008 so that those receiving only standard CPA were no longer entitled to it. However, not to appear callous and indifferent to the plight of those suffering from ‘less severe’ mental health problems, the usual lip service was paid to patients, assuring them that they should be respected and supported, and that their carers be also recognised as having ‘needs’. All the buzz words were put in place again – integrated care pathways, working together, reviews about the reviews, good practice, better training, and so forth. Now there is the Supervised Community Treatment Order, (whether you like it or not) and those subject to the new ‘order’ will be entitled to the ‘new’ CPA. Wonderful in theory.

So what happens to a patient who is not on CPA? We are informed that such patients should still be open to secondary mental health services, should continue to receive clinical support, that reviews should take place regularly, and a social assessment should be available under the new guidance to local authorities FACS (Fair Access to Care Services), readily available on the Internet. The truth of the matter is that only those patients on enhanced CPA will receive immediate support, the rest will have to jump through the usual hurdles to prove they have a severe, enduring mental illness (enduring is not enough) in order to gain access to NHS ‘support’ facilities. Some patients are seen as more deserving than others, for example, those admitted to hospital under the Mental Health Act (voluntary admission may count against you), current or potential risk (theoretically, any patient with a mental health disorder, which seems to defeat the purpose of the exercise) or the presence of a dual diagnosis (depression with alcoholism, or is it the other way round?). Anyway, if in doubt, the patient is entitled to a formal reassessment CPA and may be admitted to the ‘new’ CPA list. If all fails, the patient (remember, one with severe, enduring mental health symptoms) may make a complaint to the local authority or even hire a lawyer.

What is the true state of affairs? To begin with, many patients have enduring mental health problems which are not severe, are not life-threatening, and despite the hardship and drudgery endured, manage to trundle through work, relationships, and family life. Years of talking therapies or psychotropic medication, indeed both, may have only taken the edge off their symptoms. Often symptoms resurge and require alterations or adjustments in medication; sometimes a different psychological approach needs to be considered. Such patients are best left to the fountain of all wisdom, the GP, so it seems. Rather akin to telling the GP to treat for example, a ‘minor’ cardiac problem (say, palpitations) because the ‘specialist unit’ only deals with severe arrhythmias, severe pain, severe disability, ‘severe everything’. It is unfair to expect GPs to make informed decisions concerning psychotropic medication (no more than they should about adjusting chemotherapy drugs) and most would be familiar only with specific therapies such as Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) or Anger Management, where appropriate. The type of patients  described here comprise the majority of those seen in outpatients, yet there is now a growing trend to discharge such patients back to the GP, because he/she is not ‘care co-ordinated’ on enhanced CPA. The burden is on the GP. It does not seem to have registered with politicians or management (doctors included) that chronic schizophrenia is not the same as chronic gastro-oesophageal reflux.

The trend now is for the setting up of Community Clinics (the patient does not necessarily get to see a doctor) where ‘all the other psychiatric problems’ are dealt with. The traditional psychiatric outpatient department is to be abolished, unless of course, GPs do something about this torrid state of affairs now. It could only happen in Psychiatry which seems to me a specialty doomed to oblivion. Family doctors are becoming increasingly irritated by a system or discipline (Psychiatry especially) which seems to ignore their concerns and is more preoccupied with targets (nothing has changed) and outcomes (back to the GP). Even referrals from GPs, who want a medical opinion, are filtered in order to weed out those not worthy to enter the hallowed walls of the Mental Health Institution. Those patients who ‘know the system’ or who are vociferous and make complaints (‘I know my rights’) get to be seen by the Great and Good. Lesser mortals, usually those with serious mental illnesses, do not make any undue demands and are therefore often forgotten or fall by the wayside. A patient with bipolar disorder on lithium is discharged back to a GP who is unsure whether or not the medication needs ‘fine tuning’ at times, should be discontinued, or reinstated were compliance is a problem in one heading for a relapse. As a corollary of that, I am sure most hospital doctors would not know what the acronym ABVD means in the chemotherapy treatment of Hodgkin’s disease. Adjusting psychotropic medication is not quite the same as adjusting an antihypertension regime. Unfortunately, if the patient needs to be referred back into the system the whole Kafkaesque scenario begins again. 

A medical colleague once bemoaned to me that psychiatrists are totally out of touch with Medicine. Alas, it seems they are also now out of touch with their medical colleagues.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
FRANCIS J DUNNE, FRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist and Honorary Senior Lecturer, University College London, North East London Foundation Trust, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Details: 
FRANCIS J DUNNE, FRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist and Honorary Senior Lecturer, University College London, North East London Foundation Trust, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Email: 
francis.dunne@nelft.nhs.uk
References
References: 

1. Refocusing the Care Programme Approach: policy and positive practice guidance.  Department of Health 2008; www.dh.gov.uk

2.  Dunne FJ.  Psychiatry in limbo: new ways of talking. British Journal of Medical Practitioners BJMP 2010; 3:( 2):319

Response Predictors in ECT: A discussion about Seizure Threshold

Authors
Madhavan Seshadri and Nadeem Z Mazi-Kotwal
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(2):a424
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Electroconvulsive Therapy (ECT) has been in use since 1938 and remains one of the most important and controversial treatments. The National Institute of Clinical Excellence in UK specifically recommends considering ECT as an option in treatment of severe depression (when life threatening and a rapid response is needed or when other treatments have failed), moderate depression (not responding to multiple treatments), catatonia and a prolonged and severe manic episode. For ECT to have a therapeutic response, it is now recognised that a generalised tonic-clonic seizure is essential. The degree by which the stimulus intensity exceeds the seizure threshold is an important determinant of both therapeutic effectiveness and cognitive side effects. This article attempts to discuss the significance of estimating the seizure threshold and the practical ways of lowering it, to reduce the side effects during the course of the treatment.

Abbreviations: 
ECT: Electroconvulsive Therapy
Keywords: 
ECT, Electroconvulsive Therapy, Seizure Threshold

Introduction

The use of convulsive therapy for psychiatric conditions evolved after its first use by Meduna using camphor in 1934, and by 1938, Cerletti and Bini had documented the use of electricity to induce convulsions and therapeutic benefit. The technique has been extensively modified by the addition of muscle relaxants and general anaesthesia. Electroconvulsive Therapy is now an important and effective treatment option for certain severe neuropsychiatric disorders.

Most developments and changes in the practice of ECT have been driven to reduce the adverse effects and not by the need to make it more efficacious. The aim is to induce a generalised tonic-clonic seizure with a sufficient dose to maximise efficacy but not too high to reduce cognitive side effects. The newer brief-pulse, constant-current, square-wave machines are more efficient in inducing seizure than the older sine-wave, constant-voltage machines.

Between January and March 2002, there were nearly 12800 ECT administrations in England to 2300 individuals 1. The National Institute of Clinical Excellence currently recommends that ECT is only used to achieve rapid and short term improvement of severe symptoms after an adequate trial of other treatment options have proved inefficient and/or when the condition is life threatening as in people with severe depression, catatonia or prolonged/severe manic episode2. The newer guidelines on depression suggest that ECT be considered as a treatment option in moderate depression when it has failed to respond to multiple treatments15. It has been noted from the observation of the users experiences that the cognitive impairment often outweighed their perception of any benefit after ECT treatment.

It has been recognised that the induction of a generalised tonic-clonic seizure is necessary to achieve a therapeutic response and a number of studies demonstrate superiority of ECT over Sham ECT. It is also noted that administration of an electrical stimulus that fails to induce a seizure and immediate termination of a seizure after induction does not result in clinical improvement. Stimulus which just about produces a generalised tonic-clonic seizure may not ensure therapeutic potency, but the degree to which the stimulus intensity exceeds the Seizure Threshold is an important determinant of the therapeutic effectiveness. Unfortunately, this also corresponds to the cognitive side effects3.

Seizure Threshold

Seizure Threshold is empherically defined as the minimal electrical dose that induces generalised tonic clonic seizure activity. Boylan et alfound that greater that 40% of individuals had an initial seizure threshold of less than 50mC with unilateral electrode placement4 and Scott and Dykes and Sakheim concluded that for bilateral ECT, this was around 7%5,9.

Standard fixed doses continue to be used in UK, and this can result in a dose which is several times the seizure threshold, contributing to acute and long term cognitive side effects without any additional benefits of clinical efficacy. It is also associated with a greater risk of missed or partial seizures that have no therapeutic effect.

 

 

There is a great deal of variability between seizure thresholds in different individuals. Many factors influence it and Box 1 summarises them. Seizure threshold is generally higher in older men than younger women. Electrolyte imbalances, particularly, hyponatremia and hypocalcaemia can lower the seizure threshold. It is important for the clinician to consider these before starting the course of ECT.

 

 

Box 1: Factors influencing Seizure Threshold

  • Individual characteristics

Increases with age

Higher in men

Increases with increase in skull density

Higher for bilateral electrode placement

Electrolyte imbalances

  • Seizure Threshold increases during course of ECT
  • Medication increasing Seizure Threshold

Anticonvulsants, Benzodiazepines, Hypnotics, Anti-arrhythmics

  • Medication decreasing Seizure Threshold

Antidepressants, Antipsychotic, Lithium, Theophylline

  • Anaesthetic Induction agent

Increased: Propofol & Barbiturates

Decreased/minimal effect: Methohexital, Etomidate, Ketamine

  • Machine characteristics

Brief-pulse, constant-current, square-wave output better

Initiation of a course of Electroconvulsive Therapy treatment should routinely involve the estimation of the seizure threshold by gradual dose titration (Stimulus dosing) and then treatment by using the supra threshold doses. Once seizure threshold is determined a dose of 1.5 to 2 times the seizure threshold for bilateral ECT and at least 2.5 to 3 times the seizure threshold for unilateral ECT may provide the best balance of clinical efficacy and cognitive side effects3. This is supposed to be a better practice compared to the fixed dose method used to initiate the ECT treatment.6

Missed Seizure

An adequate electrical dose will manifest as generalised tonic, followed by clonic activity of skeletal muscle, accompanied by a typical seizure pattern on EEG. The absence of both is deemed a missed seizure7.Pippard’s audit of ECT practice showed that in nearly 22% of ECT treatments, there was either no seizure or a brief seizure.

Box 2: Causes for Missed Seizure

  • Low stimulus intensity
  • Excess impedance
  • Premature stimulus termination
  • Excess Anaesthetic Agent
  • Increase of seizure threshold by ECT
  • Other factors increasing seizure threshold

The causes of Missed Seizures are summarised in Box 2. Missed seizures may be due to faulty technique leading to insufficient stimulus intensity, excess impedance or premature stimulus termination. Individual patient factors such as electrolyte imbalances, particularly dehydration and hypercarbia can lead to missed seizures. A common reason for raised seizure threshold is the administration of high dose of anaesthetic induction agent 5. Propofol, the most commonly used agent for ECT increases seizure threshold and also decreases the seizure duration. Use of alternatives like Methohexital, Etomidate or Ketamine may be successful as they either have minimal or no effect on seizure threshold and may increase the seizure duration.

During the course of treatment seizure threshold usually rises and this may lead to missed seizures. In addition to delaying the improvement, missed seizures cause more irritability and restlessness10. By measuring the seizure duration during the course of ECT missed seizure could be anticipated and appropriate steps can be taken. Some of the effects of a missed seizure are listed in Box 3.

Box 3: Consequences of Missed Seizure

  • Anxiety
  • Headache
  • Confusion
  • Lethargy
  • Tiredness 

A missed seizure should prompt monitoring and correction of electrolyte imbalance if any. Seizure activity during the ECT procedure is affected by medication as well. Administration of seizure threshold increasing drugs should be reviewed and where possible stopped or reduced. If the treatment is for depression, consider using tricyclic drugs which lower the seizure threshold and augment ECT.

The maximum dose deliverable by the ECT machines is restricted in some countries and this may be inadequate due to very high seizure threshold in a few individuals. The US Food and Drug Administration restrict the maximum output of ECT machines to 576 millicoulombs compared to the Royal College of Psychiatrists which has recommendeda maximum output charge of 1200millicoulombs8. While higher electric doses may be able to induce generalised seizure activity, the cognitive side effects are also increased11. Therefore attempts must be made to decrease the seizure threshold to minimise these side effects.

Seizure Threshold Lowering Techniques

The aim of ECT treatment is to induce a generalised seizure activity; failure to do so makes the treatment session ineffective and of no therapeutic benefit. If a patient does not have generalised tonic-clonic seizure after a stimulus it is important to wait for at least 20 seconds after a non-seizure and at least 45 seconds after a partial/focal seizure prior to restimulating. Using appropriate techniques to avoid like low stimulus intensity, inappropriate application of electrodes, premature stimulus termination, etc are important6.

Charter and Simpson established the use of hyperventilation immediately before the application of the electrical stimulus and it has been shown to enhance seizure duration12. Sleep deprivation safely reduces the seizure threshold and also increases the seizure duration13. Caffeine prolongs the seizure duration, but has no effect on the seizure threshold14.

Conclusions

ECT remains the most maligned and misunderstood of psychiatric treatments. Whilst it has no doubt, successfully saved many lives and provided relief from the abyss of depression, proving its efficacy, the thrust of recent developments have been towards minimising the side effects. Adequate training and supervision of trainee psychiatrists will be essential to raise the standards of ECT administration techniques and skills.

Being aware of the significance of seizure threshold and ways to lower it, as an alternative to electric dose increase may address to some extent, the concerns about cognitive difficulties.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
MADHAVAN SESHADRI MBBS, DPM, MRCPsych, ST4 Registrar in General Adult Psychiatry, South Essex Partnership NHS Trust, Weller Wing, Kempston Road, Bedford, UK NADEEM MAZI-KOTWAL, MBBS, MRCPsych, Consultant in Old Age Psychiatry, South Essex Partnership NHS Trust, Weller Wing, Kempston Road, Bedford, UK
Corresponding Author Details: 
MADHAVAN SESHADRI, ST4 Registrar in General Adult Psychiatry, Weller Wing, Kempston Road, Bedford, UK, MK42 9DJ
Corresponding Author Email: 
seshmadhavan@doctors.org.uk
References
References: 

1. England. Department of Health. Electro Convulsive Therapy: Survey covering the period from January 2002 to March 2002, p1: 2003

2. Guidance on the use of Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT): National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence; 2003 Apr. p5: Technology appraisal 59.

3. Sackeim H A., Prudic J., et al. Effects of stimulus intensity and electrode placement on the efficacy and cognitive effects of ECT. NEJM. 1993; 328: 839-846. 

4. Boylan L S, Haskett R F, et al. Determinants of seizure threshold in ECT, benzodiazepine use, anaesthetic dosage, and other factors. Journal of ECT. 2000;16:3-18.

5. Sackeim H A, Devanand D P, Prudic J. Stimulus intensity, seizure threshold and seizure duration: impact on the efficacy and safety of ECT. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 1991;14: 803-843.

6. Scott A I F Editor, The ECT Handbook, second edition; The third Report of the Royal College of Psychiatrists’ Special Committee on ECT. CR128, 2004.

7. Pippard J. Audit of electroconvulsive treatment in two National Health Service regions. British Journal of Psychiatry. 1992;160: 621–637.

8. Lisanby  Sarah H.; Devanand  D P ; Nobler Mitchell S.; Prudic Joan; Mullen Linda; Sackeim Harold A. Exceptionally High Seizure threshold: ECT device limitations. Convulsive Therapy, 1996; 12, 156-164.

9. Scott A I F & Dykes S. Initial seizure threshold in the clinical practice of bilateral electroconvulsive therapy in Edinburgh, Scotland. Journal of ECT, 1999; 15: 118–124

10. Scott A I F & Boddy H. The effect of repeated bilateral electroconvulsive therapy on seizure threshold. Journal of ECT. 2000;16: 244–251.

11. Weiner R D, Rogers H J, Davidson J R, et al (1986) Effects of stimulus parameters on cognitive side effects. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences. 1986: 462, 315–325.

12. Chater S N, & Simpson K H., Effect of passive hyperventilation on seizure duration in patients undergoing ECT. British Journal of Anaesthesia. 1988: 60: 70–73.

13. Gilabert E; Rojo E, Vallejo J. Augmentation of Electroconvulsive Therapy Seizures with Sleep Deprivation. Journal of ECT. 2004; 20: 242-247

14. McCall W V, Reid S, Rosenquist P, Kiesow-Webb N. A reappraisal of the role of caffeine in ECT. American Journal of Psychiatry. 1993; 150: 1543–1545.

15. Depression: The Management and Treatment of Depression in Adults: National Institute of Clinical Excellance, Clinical Guideline 90 (CG90), May 2010

Eating Disorders in Children and Adolescents

Authors
Fayyaz Khan and Uttom Chowdhury
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2011;4(1):a405

Eating disorders are defined as those disorders in which there is excessive concern with the control of body weight and shape, accompanied by grossly inadequate, irregular or chaotic food intake. It is widely accepted that eating disorders occur in young adults and adolescents, however, a number of reports have described series of young patients with eating disorders aged from eight years upwards.1,2The range of disorders in children includes selective eating, food avoidance emotional disorder, functional dysphagia and pervasive refusal syndrome.  

ANOREXIA NERVOSA.

The DSM IV diagnostic criteria for anorexia nervosa are as follows:

  1. Refusal to maintain body weight at or above a minimally normal weight for age and height (e.g weight loss leading to maintenance of body weight less than 85% of expected; or failure to make weight gain during growth period).
  2. Intense fear of gaining weight or becoming fat, even though underweight.
  3. Disturbance in the way one’s body weight and shape is experienced, undue influence of body weight or shape on self evaluation, or denial of the seriousness of current low body weight.
  4. Absence of at least three consecutive menstrual cycles

Subtypes:

Restricting Type: During the current episode of anorexia nervosa, the person has not regularly indulged in binge eating or purging behaviour.

Binge-Eating/Purging Type: During the current episode of anorexia nervosa, the person has regularly indulged in binge eating or purging behaviour.3                       

The above criteria are intended primarily for use with older patients and do not adequately address the problems of anorexia nervosa in children. For example, criterion D in DSM IV applies only to post-menarcheal females and states that there should be an “absence of at least three consecutive menstrual cycles”. This is clearly inapplicable in this age group, where the majority are premenarcheal. Equally unhelpful is the statement that weight should be maintained at less than 85% of that expected, for expected weight can only be calculated on the basis of height and age. Yet growth may also be impaired because of poor nutrition, so further adjustments have to be made. For these reasons, the Eating Disorders Team at Great Ormond Street Hospital for Sick Children in London, U.K, developed a more practical diagnostic criterion for early onset anorexia nervosa.4The current criteria is as follows:

Great Ormond Street diagnostic criteria for early-onset Anorexia Nervosa:

  1. Determined weight loss (e.g. food avoidance, self-induced vomiting, excessive exercising and abuse of laxatives).
  2. Abnormal cognitions regarding weight and/or shape.
  3. Morbid preoccupation with weight and/or shape.5

Weight loss: Since children should be growing, static weight may be regarded as equivalent to weight loss in adults. Weight loss is a real cause for concern in children, since they have lower total body-fat deposits and therefore do not have much fat to lose. One measurement for weight loss uses the Tanner-Whitehouse Standards6 where 100% represents the desired weight for a child’s sex, age and height, and 80% or less is classed as ‘wasting’.

Food avoidance: Children with anorexia nervosa give a variety of reasons for refusing food, the most common of which appears to be a fear of becoming obese. Other reasons include feelings of nausea or fullness, abdominal pain, appetite loss and difficulty swallowing. 7

Self-induced vomiting: Fosson et al (1987) reported that at least 40% of the 48 children included in their study of early-onset anorexia nervosa were known to be vomiting at presentation.

Excessive exercising: This is not uncommon in children with anorexia nervosa. Daily exercise workouts may be a feature in these children’s lives. Sometimes exercise may be carried out in secret in the privacy of the bedroom or bathroom.

Laxative abuse: This is not as common as in adult populations partly because children have less access or opportunity to obtain laxatives, but nevertheless, it still occurs.

Abnormal cognitions regarding weight and/or shape: The main beliefs are centred around body image and its distortion, although it must be acknowledged that body image is difficult to assess reliably. Many children with anorexia nervosa will report that they consider themselves fat even when severely underweight, which is similar to the clinical observation seen in adult patients with the same condition.

Preoccupation with weight: Children with anorexia nervosa tend to be preoccupied by their own body weight and are often experts at calorie counting. This preoccupation is closely related to fear of fatness.

Physical Aspects

The majority of physical changes in anorexia nervosa are predominantly related to the effects of starvation and dehydration. This includes slow pulse rate, low blood pressure and poor circulation leading to cold hands and feet. Often there is excess fine hair especially on the back, known as ‘lanugo’. Teeth may be pitted, eroded and decayed from gastric acid during vomiting.

A wide range of biochemical changes have been described in anorexia nervosa, although there is little information specifically relating to children. These include low haemoglobin and white cell count, low levels of potassium and chloride, raised liver enzymes such as alanine transaminase and alkaline phosphatase, and low levels of plasma zinc and serum iron.

A number of endocrine changes appear in anorexia nervosa and evidence suggests that this is due to the secondary effects of starvation. Changes include increased cortisol, growth hormone and cholecystokinin, and decreased luteinizing hormone, follicle stimulating hormone, oestrogen, triodothyronine and thyroid stimulating hormone.

BULIMIA NERVOSA

The DSM IV diagnostic criteria for bulimia nervosa is as follows 8 :    

  1. Recurrent episodes of binge eating e.g, eating large amounts of food in two hours, and a sense of lack of control during the episode.
  2. Regular use of methods of weight control:
  3. vomiting
  4. laxatives
  5. diuretics
  6. fasting or strict diet
  7. vigorous exercise.
  8. Minimum average of two binges a week in three months.
  9. Self-evaluation is influenced by body weight or shape.
  10. The disturbance does not occur exclusively during episodes of anorexia nervosa.

Sub-types:

Purging Type: During the current episode of bulimia nervosa, the person regularly engages in self-induced vomiting or laxative misuse, diuretics or enemas.

Non-purging Type: During the current episode of bulimia nervosa, the person has used other inappropriate compensating behaviours such as fasting or excessive exercise, but not regularly used purging behaviour. 2

Self-induced vomiting can lead to complications such as fluid and electrolyte disturbance and gastro-intestinal bleeding. Other physical complications include dental erosions, enlargement of the salivary glands, and muscle weakness.

OTHER EATING DISORDERS IN CHILDREN

Food Avoidance Emotional Disorder

This term was first introduced by Higgs et al (1989)9, to describe a group of underweight children presenting with inadequate food intake and emotional disturbance who did not meet the criteria for anorexia nervosa.

The operational definition we use has evolved from Higgs and colleagues original description together with clinical experience and is as follows:

  1. Food avoidance not accounted for by primary affective disorder.
  2. Weight loss.
  3. Mood disturbance not meeting criteria for primary affective disorder.
  4. No abnormal cognitions regarding weight or shape.
  5. No morbid preoccupation regarding weight or shape.
  6. No organic brain disease or psychosis.

Selective Eating

Selective eaters are a group of children who present with very restricted eating habits in terms of the range of foods they will accept. Characteristics include:

  1. Have eaten a narrow range of foods for at least 2 years.
  2. Unwillingness to try new foods.
  3. No abnormal cognitions regarding weight or shape.
  4. No fear of choking or vomiting.
  5. Weight may be low, normal or high.

Pervasive Refusal Syndrome

This term was first described by Lask et al (1991).10 The main features are:

  1. Profound refusal to eat, drink, walk, talk or self-care.
  2. Determined resistance to efforts to help.

Initially these children present with features fairly typical of anorexia nervosa, but the food avoidance is gradually followed by a more generalised avoidance with a marked fear response.

Functional Dysphagia

Children with this condition generally present with complaints of difficulty or pain on swallowing. Features include:

  1. Food avoidance.
  2. Fear of swallowing, choking or vomiting.
  3. No abnormal cognitions regarding weight or shape.
  4. No morbid preoccupation regarding weight or shape.
  5. No organic brain disease or psychosis.

For more information on the above eating disorders in children see Lask & Bryant-Waugh (1999).5

INCIDENCE AND PREVALENCE

For a number of reasons, the incidence and prevalence of childhood-onset anorexia are not known. There have been no epidemiological studies which have focussed specifically on this age group and the strict diagnostic criteria used in wider epidemiological studies may lead to a substantial underestimate of the true incidence. 2 However studies in adolescent populations estimate the prevalence to be in the order of 0.1-0.2% 11, 12 and it is likely to be even lower in children. Although debatable, an increase in actual referral rate of anorexia nervosa in children has been reported.2 Gender distribution: Five to ten percent of cases of anorexia nervosa in the adolescent and young adult population occur in males.13 However, in children, studies have reported that between 19 and 30% of children with anorexia nervosa have been boys.7,9,14,15

At present, there is little epidemiological information on the other eating disorders in children.

MANAGEMENT AND INTERVENTIONS16

Initial assessment

Comprehensive assessment should include physical, psychological and social components. Those with low to moderate risk should be managed as an outpatient. Those who are severely emaciated, with serious risk of self harm, with severe deterioration or with poor response to treatment are deemed high risk and should be considered for inpatient treatment or urgent referral to specialist services.

Anorexia nervosa – outpatient care

Psychological interventions

Psychological interventions are the key element in the management of anorexia.

The delivery of psychological interventions should be accompanied by regular monitoring of a patient’s physical state including weight and specific indicators of increased medical risk.

• When delivering psychological treatment consider, in conjunction with the patient:

– Cognitive analytical therapy (CAT)

– Cognitive behaviour therapy (CBT)

– Interpersonal psychotherapy (IPT)

– Focal psychodynamic therapy

– Family interventions focused explicitly on eating disorders

• Focus of treatment should be on weight gain, healthy eating, and reducing other symptoms related to eating disorders.

• Dietary counselling should not be provided as the sole treatment for anorexia nervosa.

Medication

Pharmacological interventions have a very limited evidence base for the treatment of anorexia nervosa.

• Medication is not effective as sole or primary treatment; caution should be exercised in its use for comorbid conditions such as depression or obsessive–compulsive disorder, as these may resolve with weight gain alone

• Avoid using drugs that affect the heart such as antipsychotics, tricyclic antidepressants, some antibiotics and some antihistamines.

Anorexia nervosa – inpatient care

•Body Mass Index (BMI) is a measure of weight in relation to height. Normal BMI range is 18.5-24.9. BMI below 17 is a concern and GPs should consider referral to specialist services. However, BMI below 15 is serious and inpatient care should be considered.

• Consider inpatient treatment for patients with high or moderate physical risk, who have not improved with appropriate outpatient treatment or have significant risk of suicide or severe self-harm.

• Admit to setting that can provide the skilled implementation of refeeding with careful physical monitoring (particularly in the first few days of refeeding) and in combination with psychosocial interventions

• Consider increased risk of self-harm and suicide at times of transition for patients with anorexia nervosa, especially that of the binge–purging sub-type.

Psychological treatment

• Psychological treatment is a key element of an inpatient stay, but evidence for what kind of treatment or approach to treatment is effective, is limited.

• A structured symptom-focused treatment regimen with the expectation of weight gain should be provided, with careful monitoring of the physical status during refeeding.

• Provide psychological treatment with a focus on both eating behaviour and attitudes to weight and shape, and wider psychosocial issues with the expectation of weight gain

• Do not use rigid behaviour modification programmes.

Feeding against the will of the patient

• Feeding against the will of the patient should be an intervention of last resort in care and should only be done in the context of the Mental Health Act 1983 or Children Act 1989.

Post-hospitalisation treatment in adults

• Following discharge, extend the duration of psychological treatment over that normally provided to those who have not been hospitalised, typically for at least 12 months.

• Offer outpatient psychological treatment that focuses on both eating behaviour and attitudes to weight and shape, and on wider psychosocial issues, with regular monitoring of both physical and psychological risk.

Anorexia nervosa –physical management

Anorexia nervosa carries considerable risk of serious physical morbidity. Awareness of the risk, careful monitoring and, where appropriate, close liaison with an experienced physician, are important in the management of the physical complications of anorexia nervosa.

Managing weight gain

• Aim for an average weekly weight gain of 0.5–1 kg in inpatient settings and 0.5 kg in outpatient settings. This requires about 3500 to 7000 extra calories a week

• Provide regular physical monitoring and consider multivitamin/multimineral supplementation in oral form for both inpatients and outpatients.

• Total parenteral nutrition should not be used unless there is significant gastrointestinal dysfunction.

Managing risk

• Inform patients and their carers if the risk to their physical health is high

• Involve a physician or paediatrician with expertise in the treatment of medically at-risk patients for all individuals who are at risk medically.

• Consider more intensive prenatal care for pregnant women to ensure adequate prenatal nutrition and fetal development.

• Oestrogen administration should not be used to treat bone-density problems in children and adolescents as this may lead to premature fusion of the epiphyses.

• Healthcare professionals should advise people with eating disorders and osteoporosis or related bone disorders to refrain from physical activity that significantly increases the likelihood of falls.

Additional considerations for children and adolescents

The involvement of families and other carers is particularly important.

The right to confidentiality of children and adolescents with eating disorders should be respected.

Family members, including siblings, should normally be included in the treatment of children and adolescents with eating disorders. Interventions may include sharing of information, advice on behavioural management and facilitating communication.

Anorexia nervosa

• Family interventions that directly address the eating disorders should be offered to children and adolescents with anorexia nervosa.

• Offer children and adolescents individual appointments with a health professional separate from those with their family members or carers.

• For children and adolescents, once a healthy weight is reached, ensure increased energy and necessary nutrients are available in the diet to support growth and development.

• Involve carers of children and adolescents in any dietary education or meal planning.

Inpatient care of children and adolescents with anorexia nervosa

• Inpatient care of children and adolescents should be within age-appropriate facilities (with the potential for separate children and adolescent services), which have the capacity to provide appropriate educational and related activities. They should also balance the need for treatment and urgent weight restoration with the educational and social needs of the young person.

• Consider using the Mental Health Act 1983 or the right of those with parental responsibility to override the young person’s refusal to receive treatment that is deemed essential.

• Seek legal advice and consider proceedings under the Children Act 1989 if the patient and those with parental responsibility refuse treatment where treatment is deemed essential.

Bulimia nervosa

Following the initial assessment consider:

• As a possible first step, an evidence-based self-help programme – direct encouragement and support to patients undertaking such a programme may improve outcomes. This may be sufficient treatment for a limited subset of patients.

Psychological treatment should form the key element of treatment, so consider:

For adolescents: Cognitive behavioural therapy for bulimia nervosa (CBT-BN) adapted as needed to suit their age, circumstances and level of development.

Where there has been no response to CBT or it has been declined: other psychological treatments,particularly interpersonalpsychotherapy (IPT). (Note: patients should be informed that IPT takes 8–12 months to achieve results comparable with CBT-BN).

Medication may have a role

• Consider a trial of an antidepressant drug as an alternative or additional first step to using an evidence-based self-help programme.

• In terms of tolerability and reduction of symptoms, SSRIs (specifically fluoxetine) are the drug of first choice for the treatment of bulimia nervosa.

• The effective dose of fluoxetine may be higher than for depression.

• Beneficial effects will be rapidly apparent and are likely to reduce the frequency of binge eating and purging, but the long-term effects are unknown.

• No drugs, other than antidepressants, are recommended for the treatment of bulimia nervosa.

Physical management

• Assess fluid and electrolyte balance where vomiting is frequent or there is frequent use of laxatives.

• If electrolyte balance is disturbed, consider behavioural management as the first option

• If supplementation is required, use oral rather than intravenous preparations.

Bulimia nervosa – inpatient or day care

• Consider inpatient treatment for patients with risk of suicide or severe self-harm.

• Admit patients to a setting with experience of managing this disorder.

PROGNOSIS 17

If untreated, anorexia nervosa carries high mortality rates of

10-15%. If treated, one third have full recovery, one third partial recovery and one third have chronic problems. Poor prognostic factors for anorexia nervosa include: chronic illness, late age of onset, bulimic features such as vomiting and purging, anxiety when eating with others, excessive weight loss, poor childhood social adjustment, poor parental relationships and male sex.

Prognosis for Bulimia nervosa is generally good, unless there are significant issues of low self esteem or evidence of severe personality disorder.

USEFUL RESOURCES

National Eating Disorder Association
Tel: 0800 931 2237
Website: www.nationaleatingdisorders.org
 
Royal College of Psychiatrists
17 Belgrave Square
London SW1X 8PG
Tel: 0171 235 2351
Website:www.rcpsych.ac.uk

 

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
<p> None declared</p>
Details of Authors: 
<p> Dr. Fayyaz Khan, MBBS, CT3 in Psychiatry. South Essex Partnership Trust.<br /> Dr. Uttom Chowdhury, MRCPsych, Consultant Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. South Essex Partnership Trust.</p>
Corresponding Author Details: 
<p> Dr. Fayyaz Khan, MBBS, CT3 in Psychiatry. South Essex Partnership Trust</p>
Corresponding Author Email: 
fayyaz.khan@sept.nhs.uk
References
References: 
1.Gowers, S., Crisp, A., Joughin, N. & Bhat, A. (1991).Premenarcheal anorexia nervosa. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry 32: 515-524.
2. Bryant-Waugh, R & Lask, B. (1995).Annotation: Eating Disorders in Children. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry. Vol 36, No 2, 191-202.
3.American Psychiatric Association (1994).Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (4th ed.).Washington, D.C. Author
4. Lask, B. & Bryant-Waugh, R. (1986).Childhood onset anorexia nervosa. Recent advances in paediatrics. No. 8: 21-31. Meadow, R (E.d).Churchill Livingstone: London.
5.Lask, B. & Bryant-Waugh, R. (eds) (1999). Anorexia Nervosa and Related Eating Disorders in Childhood and Adolescence (2nd edition).Hove, Sussex: Psychology Press
6. Tanner, J., Whitehouse, R., &Takaishi, M. (1966). Standards from birth to maturity for height, weight, height velocity and weight velocity: British children, 1965, Parts 1 and 2. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 41: 454-471; 613-635.
7. Fosson, A., Knibbs, J., Bryant-Waugh, R. & Lask, B. (1987). Early onset anorexia nervosa. Archives of Disease in Childhood 621: 114-118.
8. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th Edition.
9. Higgs, J., Goodyer, I. & Birch, J. (1989). Anorexia nervosa and food avoidance emotional disorder. Archives of Disease in Childhood 64:346-351.
10. Lask, B., Britten, C., Kroll, L., Magagna, J. & Tranter, M. (1991). Pervasive refusal in children. Archives of Disease in Childhood. 66: 866-869.
11. Bentovim, D & Morton, J. (1990). Anorexia in males. Postgraduate Medicine 87, 161-165.
12. Whitaker, A., Johnson, J., Shaffer, D., Rapoport, J. & Kalikow, K. (1990). Uncommon troubles in young people: prevalence estimates of selected psychiatric disorders in a non-psychiatric population.Archives of General Psychiatry 47: 487-496.
13. Barry, A. & Lippman, B (1990).Anorexia in males.Postgraduate Medicine, 87, 161-165.
14.Hawley, R (1985). The outcome of anorexia nervosa in younger subjects. British Journal of Psychiatry, 146: 657-660. Hawkins, R.A & Biebuyck, J.F.(1979). Ketone bodies are selectively used by individual brain regions. Science 205: 325-327.
15.Jacobs, B. & Isaacs, S (1986). Pre-pubertal anorexia nervosa. A retrospective controlled study. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 27: 237-250.
16. Eating Disorders, National Institute for Clinical Excellence, 2004
17. Oxford Handbook of Psychiatry, 1st Edition.

Psychiatry in the doldrums: what price happiness?

Authors
Francis J Dunne
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(4):a350

A lifetime of happiness! No man alive could bear it: it would be hell on earth

                                                                                  George Bernard Shaw (1856-1950) 
Guess what?    Antidepressants do not work for mild or moderate depression! This amazing ‘revelation’ seems to surface periodically as a popular item in the media and platform for the experts in living, especially since talking therapies are now considered the panacea for all ills. Despite methodological flaws in the research (as with all studies)1 and noticeably, with less scrutiny of talking therapy research, this ‘fact’ is preferentially brought to our attention. That antidepressants have unpleasant side effects and are not always effective we have known all along. When one thinks about it, all drugs have adverse effects. Strange how antidepressants work - they seem to cause unpleasant adverse effects but not beneficial ones! No one doubts that neurotransmitters are involved in pain transmission or are responsible for muscle movement, yet biological pathways are dismissed when ‘emotional’ or ‘psychological factors’ are promoted as causing distress. By contrast, talking therapies cure the problem and are considered safe, it seems.
 
Am I alone in not being surprised? I have never understood how mild depression (whatever that is) becomes moderate, or how normal becomes mild, even with the International Classification of Diseases (ICD 10) and Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM IV) to hand. And who has decided there be a minimum duration of two weeks for mild depression? Does it not count if one is suicidal for a week? The corollary of this is seen in another nugget of perceived wisdom masquerading as ‘research’ which informs us that 14 units and 21 units of alcohol per week are considered the upper limits of safe drinking for women and men, respectively. What if intake exceeds these magical figures? A rigid adherence to the dictum would castigate a woman or man as alcohol-dependent imbibing 15 and 22 units per week. This type of anecdotal research has no scientific meaning because one cannot equate units with a way of life, one’s metabolism, stature, weight, and so forth. In the laboratory I can detect mild anaemia from severe anaemia because haemoglobin can be measured, and when to treat is usually quite clear-cut. In mental health studies, as with the alcohol example quoted, the theory is also vague. The usual response from ‘researchers’ in this field is that rating scales are capable of detecting differences in mood, say, which then determines the ‘therapy’ one receives. This is a fallacy. For example, in medicine, small variations in haemoglobin do not make the slightest difference to how a patient feels, though such fluctuations are important.
 
How do you measure tiredness? One can feel tired and have a normal haemoglobin level. In the elderly, for example, abnormal blood indices are often present despite an outwardly well appearance. The anaemia still needs to be treated. Laboratory tests are therefore used to confirm the severity of an illness and are objective, regardless of outward appearances. Treatment is given and the haemoglobin (in this example) returns to normal, without the patient even being aware in many cases. The difference between the above example and a mental health ‘condition’ is that there is no realistic cut-off point between feeling well and being unwell. Therefore, when to intervene is arbitrary. Am I tired because I’m depressed, or is it the other way round? Do two or more weeks of mild happiness mean I am ill? ‘Is there such a thing as moderate happiness?’ ‘Should we be using mood stabilizing medication or talking therapies if we are mildly or moderately happy?’ Absurd. No one speaks of another individual as being mildly or moderately happy. So why should it make sense to talk of someone as mildly or moderately depressed? What next – mildly or moderately normal? Severe conditions require treatment; mild upsets can be managed by simple alterations in lifestyle, and one does not need a medical doctor or an expert in living to tell you so. There is little point in expecting a favourable drug treatment outcome for say, hypertension, if the patient continues to smoke or is grossly overweight. Take the metabolic syndrome of dyslipidaemia, central obesity, hypertension, and insulin resistance: treatment involves removing the causative factors, not prescribing drugs to reduce weight.
 
I am a kind of paranoiac in reverse. I suspect people of plotting to make me happy.
                                                                                                  J.D. Salinger (1919-2010)
The norm for most people is to get on with matters in hand and tolerate life’s daily grind. Some good days, some bad. A lot depends on your financial status too. Nothing new there. It does not make sense to assume antidepressants will make the slightest difference to an individual’s ‘ups and downs,’ as there is no clinical syndrome to address. Living is not a genetic condition, though alterations in genes affect living. There is the risk of medicalising every difficulty one faces. Behaviour is often personality-driven and not a symptom of illness, and though personalities vary, one does not speak of a personality illness or personality condition. Even the term personality ‘disorder’ has come in for much criticism because of the difficulty in defining what is meant by personality.2 One individual may be overtly aggressive, another too passive, and to embrace all eventualities, there is the term passive-aggressive. No point in being perfectionist because nowadays you may fit the obsessive character description. On reflection though, I would rather the cardiologist, surgeon, airline pilot, concert musician and so forth, err on the side of perfectionism! It does not require much imagination to realize that the real test of a ‘condition’ is when an individual begins to feel he/she is not functioning at a healthy level because of a pervasive sense of inertia, lassitude, lack of motivation, persistent gloominess and despair, for reasons apparent or not. Most people feel despondent at times, say after bereavement, or losing one’s job, and likewise many individuals are more motivated, innovative, and ambitious than others. Some conditions, which seem to have a genetic basis, have stood the test of time, such as bipolar disorder, eating disorders, schizophrenia, borderline personality disorder and obsessive compulsive disorder; all other ‘disorders’ less so.
 
That antidepressants often fail to work is nothing new, even for severe depression because there are often too many factors at work. Patients who suffer from severe depression and suicidal ideation would be unlikely to be entering a clinical trial in any event. Furthermore, the theory of a chemical neurotransmitter imbalance is outmoded. It could be that an alteration in receptor sensitivity, either at the presynaptic or postsynaptic site, is the critical factor. Furthermore, it is conceivable that more neurotransmitters are involved than the handful we know of at present. What does the physician do then? Tell patients there is only a 70% chance of getting better with antidepressants and let them get on with it! Anyway, why should antidepressants be any different to other drugs used throughout the entire field of medicine? No drug has a 100% cure rate (save perhaps antibiotics or vaccines for specific infections). When one is well it is easy to be critical, cynical and dismissive. When a patient develops Hodgkin’s Lymphoma or any other serious nonsurgical illness and is told there is a 70% chance of survival with medication it is highly likely he/she would optimistically choose the latter. Why should severe depression be any different?
 
Rating scales cannot be robustly be relied on, at least in psychiatry, as most information is descriptive and there are few instances when a scale can be regarded as having proven validity.3 The Hamilton Rating Scale, a commonly used measure of depression, contains a large number of items relating to sleep and anxiety, and hence sedative antidepressants may seem to be appropriate. It could therefore be argued that the patient is benefiting from a good night’s sleep rather than any inherent antidepressant effect of the drug in question. Thus the side effect of the drug now has a therapeutic effect! This is akin to saying antihistamines work only through their sedative effect! Many scale items are poor contributors to the measurement of depression severity and others have poor interrater and retest reliability. Besides, mental and emotional diagnoses are so often ephemeral, and therefore defy ‘rateability’. Another example is the Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), often used as a screening tool: because it is a self-report questionnaire, it poses problems in that the person completing it may distort responses. The question therefore is: how does one prove that antidepressants are effective on the basis of flawed clinical trials even when the evidence in clinical practice is obvious?
 
Meta-analysis is often used as ‘proof’ that research shows or does not show evidence to support a particular theory. However, meta-analysis itself is not foolproof. The methodology is complex and fraught with difficulty.4 The sheer volume of material can impress the naïve and the search for negative outcomes, if it suits the preconceived, intended purpose, will be celebrated in the media as ‘scientists discover’ and so forth. A diligent search of the literature will uncover the sort of results one is looking for, because remember, there are lots of bad trials, no trials are identical, and there is heterogeneity among trial results.
It is clearly very difficult to devise a perfect rating scale, particularly in psychiatry where one is dealing in ‘mind matters’ and the pathoplasticity of mental disorders. Besides, leaving ‘research’ aside, the terminology in psychiatry as a whole is vague and interchanges between lay descriptions and ‘psychiatric’. Does ‘mad’ mean psychotic? What is madness anyway? Is neurotic the same as being a worrier or chronically anxious? Can one be neurotic about one thing and not another? Is a teenager worried about exams (assuming he/she is fully prepared of course) normal, anxious, neurotic or unduly concerned? In medicine, matters are clearer by and large: blood pressure is high, low or normal. We are not comparing like with like, is the usual retort.
 
To be stupid, selfish, and have good health are three requirements for happiness, though if stupidity is lacking, all is lost. 
                                                                                            Gustave Flaubert (1821 - 1880)
Although it is easy to accept that antidepressants are ineffective for mild or moderate depression, one has to consider that in even in major depression the effects of spontaneous remission (75% in 12 weeks in some instances)5, 6 and natural fluctuations need to be taken into account. Even patients with chronic symptoms, who normally seek help when their symptoms are at their worst, sometimes improve anyway. Take a simple known fact: the prevalence of pain in patients with depression is high, around 65%, and the average prevalence of depression in pain clinics is nearly of a similar order. Pain symptoms in depression are not adequately treated by Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors (SSRIs) or indeed by amitriptyline (commonly used for pain relief) and hence depression is prolonged.7 On reflection it should not be too difficult to comprehend why drugs do not always work given that some three billion base pairs of deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) make up the human genome. To add to the complexity, copy number variation refers to differences in the number of copies of a particular region in the genome, which is associated with susceptibility or resistance to disease.
 
Patients who are depressed and helped by medication are now being told by irresponsible ‘counsellors’ and sometimes by their own family doctors, that they are really only taking sugar pills, because of selective information taken from flawed antidepressant drug trials. By the same token should patients also give up their counselling sessions and take a sugar pill? It should not be forgotten that a true placebo control is impossible in psychotherapy unlike physical methods of treatment (though still difficult), whatever the flaws inherent in the latter. It seems odd that psychological data in ‘therapy studies’ carried out by non-clinicians and clinicians gets to be called ‘science’ whereas drug research carried out by scientists becomes ‘flawed science?’ Even so, countless dubious articles of ‘human interest’ manage to appear in prestigious medical journals under the apparent authorship of ‘leading figures in the field’ (being a pop celebrity physician or psychologist helps) where the psychobabble is fed to the reading classes who in turn regurgitate it to their naïve, well-intentioned adherents, and to the media. I don’t blame the latter: all the media want is a good story; ‘human interest’ items will sell newspapers regardless of their quality or accurateness. People who run the media have little understanding of science and wear their ignorance as a badge of honour.8 Therefore it comes as no surprise when it is discovered that antidepressants do not work for mild or moderate depression that the slogan becomes ‘antidepressants do not work at all,’ which is what the critical psychiatry faction wanted in the first place.
 
If you can’t explain it simply you don’t understand it well enough.
                                                                                (Albert Einstein 1879-1955)
Ironically, as in neuropharmacology, it is through progress in molecular biology that advances in psychotherapy research will be made as molecular genetic findings unfold over the next few years; it is likely that biological vulnerability will become increasingly detectable; although single genes and polymorphisms will probably never account for a large proportion of variability, combinations of genes may increasingly identify specific types of environmental vulnerability.9, 10 No mental health condition is ‘all genetic or environmental.’ However, it is through neuropharmacological research that the mechanisms of action of various drugs used in neurology and psychiatry have been identified and helped to develop an understanding of biological substrates underlying the aetiology of psychiatric disorders. Genetic studies help us understand why some individuals are more prone to becoming ill given the same environmental stress factors.
 
The overriding clinical impression by doctors in clinical practice and in hospital settings is that patients tolerate minor side effects in the hope that benefits will accrue in the long term, as they do with the very unpleasant adverse effects from other drugs used in medicine (chemotherapy, for example). It is incumbent for doctors to stress that antidepressants do work for severe depression (though not in all cases) and mood stabilizers are helpful in bipolar disorder, and advise about untoward effects.11 Doctors should also emphasize that the therapeutic effect is not that of a placebo, much in the same way that methylphenidate helps many children with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) when it is properly diagnosed and not attributed to poor parenting skills. The beneficial effects of antidepressants when they do occur are noticed objectively, usually within four to eight weeks of taking the medication, sometimes sooner. Patients are not coerced into feeling better by the charismatic charm of the physician, who may be sceptical to begin with, in any event. Besides, ‘charisma’ wears a bit thin when one continues to feel miserable and unresponsive to treatment of whatever sort. Cognitive therapy is effective for those who are motivated and not too disabled with lethargic indifference to engage. Behavioural methods do work, because specific techniques are employed which allow accurate objective evidence (cessation of smoking, desensitisation for phobias, amelioration of obsessive rituals) to be gathered.
 
There is a vast grey area between what constitutes ‘normal’ and ‘mild or moderate’ depression. In most cases, even if one concedes that a patient is ‘mildly or moderately’ depressed there is usually no need to interfere, because everyday issues are usually the triggering factors. Most ‘psychiatric’ conditions are not psychiatric, and life’s ills and worries are best left to the General Practitioner (GP) to offer advice, perhaps a close friend, or even a next-door neighbour. Best to throw away all the psychobabble bibles and ‘treatment packages’ by the experts in living who earn a good income exploiting patients’ weaknesses. Instead, patients should be taught to rely more on their natural intuition and cultivate inner strengths and talents. When depression, mood swings, phobias, obsessive rituals, and inner turmoil (for example, derogatory hallucinations, tormenting thoughts) become overwhelming, that is the time to seek medical advice. Most people (unless delusional) know which category they fit into, and should be able to receive help or intervention to deal with mental anguish before it becomes too disabling. 
Many patients get better with or without talking therapies or medication, through sheer determination. At least with pharmacotherapy the medication can be thrown out after a reasonable period of adequate dosage. Either the drug works or it does not. Psychotherapy theoretically, particularly psychoanalysis, has no end, and can prove very costly. The top-up sessions are not free either! Even the National Health Service (NHS) will only offer a certain number of sessions and then you are on your own. Of course, there is the homework and perhaps a few more top-up sessions, if you make enough fuss! By all means investigate the alleged fraudulent business practices of Big Pharma and eliminate the biased positive results of drug trials. Author bias should also be scrutinized to eliminate personal prejudice. There is no need for patients to be duped by the empty rhetoric perpetuated by the experts in living if we are simultaneously led to believe that life‘s ills will be resolved through the use of a sugar pill.
 
To be conscious that you are ignorant is a great step to knowledge.
                                                                                       Benjamin Disraeli (1804 - 1881)
Within the field of psychiatry (and psychology) there are those who do not believe in drug treatments, ADHD, eating disorders, to mention a few. Everything is environmentally induced or caused by bad parenting, we are told by some self-appointed ‘life experts‘. And there are those who thrive on being deliberately controversial in an effort to raise their media profile and income. What a pity. Cardiology does not compete with cardiothoracic surgery nor does gynaecology compete with obstetrics, for example. Debate - yes. Antagonism - no. It is time   for psychiatry to re-examine and distance itself from the popular psychobabble of the agony aunts and uncles before it completely loses its sense of professionalism. Because there are so many overlapping clinical scenarios within psychiatry and neurology, the former needs to align itself with the latter specialty and by doing so will gain respectability. The ever-widening chasm between psychiatry and other medical disciplines has been gathering momentum over the years, leaving psychiatry more alienated than ever. Perhaps there is also a case for subsuming some psychiatry specialties back into general psychiatry, for example, a Consultant General Psychiatrist with a ‘special interest’ in the conditions a Child Psychiatrist might be expected to deal with, such as Tourette’s syndrome, ADHD, and psychoses. Fewer graduates are now interested in pursuing psychiatry because they do not want to study medicine for years only to end up being marginalized as an on-looker in some multidisciplinary setting, devoid of any responsibility or decision-making. It is not that Cinderella will not be going to the Ball; there will be no Ball to go to. 
Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
FRANCIS J DUNNE, FRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist and Honorary Senior Lecturer, University College London, North East London Foundation Trust, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Details: 
FRANCIS J DUNNE, FRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist and Honorary Senior Lecturer, University College London, North East London Foundation Trust, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Email: 
francis.dunne@nelft.nhs.uk
References
References: 

1.    Ioannidis AP. Why most published research findings are false. PloS Med. 2010; 2(8): e124

2.    Berrios GE. Personality disorders: a conceptual history. In: Personality Disorder Reviewed. Gaskell, 1993. Eds        Tyrer P, Stein G Glasgow: Bell & Bain Limited.
3.    Ferguson B, Tyrer P. Rating instruments in psychiatric research. In: Research Methods in Psychiatry. Gaskell,        1989. Eds Tyrer P, Freeman C. Oxford: Alden Press.
4.    Eysenck HJ. Systematic reviews: meta-analysis and its problems. Br Med J. 1994; 309: 789.
5.    Andrews G. Placebo response in depression: bane of research, boon to therapy. Br J Psych. 2001; 178:            192-194.
6.    Zimbroff DL. Placebo response in antidepressant trials. Br J Psych. 2001; 178: 573-574.
7.    Bair MJ, Robinson RL, Katon W, Kroenke K. Depression and pain co morbidity: a literature review. Archives          of Internal Medicine. 2003; 163: 2433-2445.
8.    Goldacre B. Bad Science. London: Fourth Estate; 2008.
9.    Fonagy P. Psychotherapy meets neuroscience: a more focused future for psychotherapy research. The              Psychiatrist. 2004; 28: 357-359.
10.  Plomin R, McGuffin P. Psychopathology in the postgenomic era. Annual Review of Psychology. 2003; 54:            205-228.
11.  Dunne FJ. Lithium toxicity: the importance of clinical signs. Br J Hosp Med. 2010; 71: 216-210.

Prevalence of Psychiatric Co morbidities in Traumatic Amputees-A cross sectional study from Kashmir (Indian Part).

Authors
Imtiyaz Mansoor, Mushtaq A Margoob, Nasseer Masoodi, Huda Mushtaq, Tayzeen Younis, Arshad Hussain, Shabir Dhar and Parvez Chowdary
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(4):a347
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Background and objectives: Loss of a limb for any a reason is a major event with profound implications on the psychological health of an individual involved. Due to prevailing sociopolitical disturbances in Kashmir Valley (Indian administered) and lack of epidemiological data, a study of amputation and its co-morbid psychiatric conditions seems crucial for planning care management for these patients. The aim of our current study was to study various socio-demographic variables of amputees and to find prevalence of psychiatric disorders in amputees from the out-patient population.

Methods: A total of 100 consecutive cases of amputation were studied. Patients who had an amputation were identified and diagnosed according to DSM-IVcriteria for psychiatric co morbidities. Epidemiological and demographic data obtained from the interview of the subjects was analysed and simple percentages were obtained. Prevalence of psychiatric co-morbidities and indication for the amputation were calculated.
Results: In our study we found that, majority (45%) of the amputees were males in the age group of 15-30 years from rural areas (81%) with low literacy rates. Motor vehicle accident accounts for majority (53%) of amputations followed by 21% from ongoing sociopolitical disturbance (landmines, blast, firearms). The most common co-morbid psychiatric condition in our study was major depressive disorder (63%). 40% of patients were suffering from anxiety disorders which included 20% as PTSD (Post Traumatic Stress Disorder), 4% as ssPTSD (sub syndromal PTSD), 10% as GAD (Generalized Anxiety Disorder), and 6% as panic disorder.
Conclusion: Most of the patients with psychiatric co-morbidities were males of younger age group from rural areas. Major depressive disorder was the most common co-morbidity.
Keywords: Psychiatric co-morbidities, traumatic amputation, major depressive disorder, PTSD
Keywords: 
Psychiatric co-morbidities, traumatic amputation, major depressive disorder, PTSD

Background:

Loss of a limb for any a reason is a major event with profound implications on the psychological health of an individual involved. It has been seen that 20-60% of the amputees attending surgical or rehabilitation clinics are assessed as being clinically depressed1-3. Individuals suffering traumatic limb loss at any age are likely to suffer subsequent difficulties with their body image, but these relationships are more striking in the younger age groups who have experienced traumatic injuries. The psychological reactions to amputation are clearly diverse and range from severe disability at one extreme; determined and effective resumption of a full and active life at other end. Indeed, among adults the age at which an individual receives the amputation is also an important factor. The investigation of psycho-social adaptation to amputation has generated a plethora of clinical and empirical studies 4-7. An amputation is typically equated with loss of once perception of wholeness 8, loss of spouse 9, symbolic castration and even death 10, 11. The individual’s response to a traumatic event is influenced by personality traits, psychiatric premorbid state, gender, peri-traumatic dissociation, prolonged disability of traumatic events, lack of social support and inadequate coping strategies 12-15. Even though the previous research on consequences of amputation has focused primarily on relationships among demographic variables, coping mechanisms, and outcome measures; there is lack of literature on prevalence of various specific psychiatric disorders post-amputation 16, 17. Most of the literature and research on prevalence of specific psychiatric morbidity has largely focused on symptoms of depression18.

To the best of our knowledge there has been very little published about the psychiatric co-morbidity in the victims of amputation. In view of paucity of studies in this field, especially due to prevailing sociopolitical disturbances in Kashmir valley (Indian administered), study of amputation and its co morbid psychiatric conditions seems crucial for planning care management of these patients. Such a study seems justified for more than one reason, as the present state of affairs is in sharp contrast to the traditional circumstances that people of valley used to live in. The aim of our current study is:
  1. To study various socio-demographic variables of amputees.
  2. To find prevalence of psychiatric disorders in amputees from the out-patient population of the bones and joint surgery hospital, Srinagar which also has an artificial limb rehabilitation centre attached with it.
 
Materials and methods:
 
The study was conducted in the Post Graduate Department of Orthopaedics, Govt. Medical College, Srinagar. This 200 bedded hospital is the sole orthopaedic hospital in the Kashmir valley and Ladakh and caters to the needs of all districts of the valley and Ladakh region and some areas of Jammu province. It is affiliated to Govt. Medical College, Srinagar as the teaching hospital, for both under and post graduate studies. A total of 100 patients were studied. The sample comprised of 100 consecutive cases of amputation. Patients who had an amputation were identified and diagnosed according to DSM-IV 19 lead criteria for psychiatric co morbidity. After patient consent, a detailed history was taken, and a general physical examination was performed to identify any medical problems. A detailed semi structured interview with all relevant items from MINI 20 (mini international neuro psychiatric interview) was administered to all the cases included in the study. The cases were selected on the basis of inclusion and exclusion criterion.
 
Inclusion criteria:
  1. Informed consent from the patients under study
  2. Amputation of more than one year duration
  3. Age more than 14 years and less than 60 years
  4. Patients were included in the study irrespective of their sex
 
Exclusion criteria:
  1. Those who do not give consent
  2. Those persons who have history of any DSM-IV axis I or axis II disorder before the development of amputation.
  3. Presence of disabling medical or neurological conditions like motor neuron disease, Parkinson disease, etc.
  4. Age less than 14 years
  5. Age more than 60 years
 
Observations and results:
 
The data was categorised according to age, sex, residential address, education etc. Data obtained from the interview of the subjects was analysed and simple percentages were obtained. Besides socio-demographic profile, prevalence of psychiatric co-morbidities and reason for amputations were calculated. Results are shown in tables 1-3.
 

Table-1: Socio-demographic characteristics of the amputees

Characteristic
Number (n)
Percentage
Age                                             15-30
45
45
                                                   31-45
30
30
                                                   46-60
25
25
Sex                                              Male
79
79
                                                   Female
21
21
Education                                     Illiterate
61
61
                                                   Literate
39
39
Marriage                                       Married
55
55
                                                   Un-married
45
45
Residence                                     Rural
81
81
                                                   Urban
19
19
Occupation                                   Domestic workers
42
42
                                                   Unskilled laborers
19
19
                                                   Students
17
17
                                                   Businessmen
16
16
                                                   Govt. employees
06
06
Religion                                        Islam
95
95
                                                   Sikhism
03
03
                                                   Hinduism
02
02
 
Table-2: Indication/cause of amputation
Indication/cause
Number (n)
Percentage
Motor vehicle accident
53
53
Blast
11
11
Land mine
06
06
Fire arm injury
04
04
Others*
26
26
*The others include fall from tree, electrocution, machinery mishap, fall from hillock.
 

Table-3: Prevalence of psychiatric co-morbidities in amputees

Co morbidity
Number(n)
Percentage
Major depressive disorder
63
63
Post traumatic stress disorder
20
20
Impulse control disorder
19
19
Phantom limb phenomenon
14
14
Generalized anxiety disorder
10
10      
Panic disorder
06
06
Sub syndromal PTSD
04
04
None
16
16
 
 
Discussion
 
Socio-demographic profile:  In our study we found that males out-numbered females by approximately 4:1 ratio (79% males, 21% females). The majority (45%) of the amputees were males in the age group of 15-30 years, followed by 30% in the age group of 31-45 years and 25% in the age group of 46-60 years. The most likely explanation for this observation is that younger people are known to have higher exposure to the violence as compared to older people. In addition younger patient readily seek help for their psychological problems in comparison to older people. The results are consistent with the study conducted by Ebrahimzadeh et al 21 and Shukla 1 et al. Male predominance could be derived from the reason that ours is a patriarchal type of society where the men are the bread earners of the family and the women usually prefer to stay at home. Another reason could be that men report for rehabilitation and also seek help for their psychological problems more readily. Similar findings have also been reported by Cavanagh et al where they reported 75% of patients were male 22. 55% of our patients were married which could be due to the reason that majority of our sample were of adults in the marriageable age group. The findings of our study are consistent with the earlier reported studies by Margoob et al 23. We also observed that majority (81%) of our cases were from rural areas with low literacy rates. Most likely explanation for this observation is that the majority (74.9%) of the population in our state is from rural back ground. Low literacy rates is explained on the basis that most of the people who visit government hospitals of our valley are from poor background where it is very difficult for people to achieve and afford formal education. The other reason could be that Jammu & Kashmir is one of the states of India where literacy rates are low (54.46%) than average in India (65.38%) 24. Shukla et al in their study of amputees reported that majority of their patients were uneducated 1. In our study majority of the patients (95%) were Muslim. This is explained by the demographic profiles of the valley of Kashmir-Muslims are the majority community and other communities like Hinduism, Sikhism form part of minority. The greater percentage of Muslims is also substantiated because of mass exodus of minority community in early nineties with start of armed conflict in Kashmir whereby non Muslims migrated amass to different parts of the country.
 
Reason for amputation: In our study motor vehicle accident account for majority (53%) of the amputations. Most plausible explanations include overwhelming increase of traffic with road being in dilapidated conditions, narrow lanes, lack of driving skills by the motorists, lack of road signs and poor judgment while crossing the road by the pedestrians across the valley 25. The lawlessness and violence in valley also contribute to reckless driving and negligence of law enforcement agencies. The other collective percentage of 21% which includes 11% for blast injuries, 6% for land mine explosions and 4% for fire arm injury is significant by all means because of the ongoing sociopolitical disturbance in Kashmir since 1990s. The above findings are in accordance with high prevalence of traumatic events in Kashmir as observed by Margoob et al 23. The study revealed that 59.51% of adult men and 57.39% of women have lifetime prevalence of exposure to traumatic events.
 
Prevalence of psychiatric co-morbidities:The most common co morbid psychiatric condition in our study was major depressive disorder. 63% of patients were suffering from it. Our results are in accordance with the study conducted by Shukla et al (70.2%). Similar findings have also been reported by Rendal et al 3 and Kashif et al 26.In our study 40% of patients were suffering from anxiety disorders which included 20% as PTSD (Post Traumatic Stress Disorder), 4% as ssPTSD (sub syndromal PTSD), 10% as GAD (Generalized Anxiety Disorder), and 6% as panic disorder. The higher prevalence of PTSD in our study sample is because of higher rate of PTSD in this part of the world as reported in a series of studies by Margoob et al 23.   The results of our study are also in agreement with those reported by Fukunishi 26 (33.9%), and Grieger et al 27. 19 % of patients in our study reported impulse control disorder in the form of crying spells and outbursts of anger. The lower prevalence of phantom phenomenon (14%) in our sample could be attributed to the fact that the time duration since amputation was variable and usually of longer duration. This is in agreement with the study by Ebrahimzadeh et al 21 where it is reported that 40% of the patients had phantom sensation and 32% were suffering from phantom pain. In another study by Lacorix et al 29, 90% had phantom sensation and 29% had phantom pain. Our observation is further substantiated by Melzack 30, Sherman et al 31, and Pezzin Et al 32 who in their respective studies reported that phantom limb sensation and pain gradually decreases with time. In our study 16% of the patients reported to have no psychiatric co morbidity. This could be due to various coping strategies adopted by the patients with primarily religious and spiritual involvement and obedience to local clergy, Imams (person who leads daily worship services at mosques) and spiritual healers 33. This observation is in agreement with the study by Margoob et al 34. In another study Huda et al 33 and Margoob et al 36 found that resorting to religious practices happens to be most often used coping method for dealing with problems and intense emotions of trauma in Kashmiri society. Similar observations have been made by studies in internally displaced people of Chechnya by Jong Kde et al 35.
 
In light of the above observations of our study, spreading awareness about the co-morbid psychiatric disorders in amputees can be very helpful in diagnosing and proper treatment of such cases and further to prevent chronic debilitating course associated with amputation. More intensive physical and psychiatric rehabilitation with the attention to the provision of prosthesis, retraining, and financial support packages may improve the quality of life of these patients.
 
Limitations of our study include a small sample size (100). Also results can’t be generalised for rest of India or Asia because of socio-political and religious practice differences.
 
Conclusion:
 
Psychiatric co-morbidities are very common in amputees in our study. Most of the patients were married males of younger age group from rural areas. The majority of the sample population comprised of unemployed people and those less educated. Major depressive disorder is the most common co-morbidity followed by anxiety disorders in which PTSD subjects were predominant followed by impulse control disorder and phantom phenomenon respectively. A significant number reported no symptoms of mental health illness. 
Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
Imtiyaz Mansoor MD,DA-Registrar Dept of Psychiatry, SKIMS Medical College Bemina, Srinagar Kashmir (India) Mushtaq A Margoob MD-Prof and Head, Dept of Psychiatry GMC Srinagar, Kashmir (India) Nasseer Masoodi, MD, CMD, CPE, FACP-Assistant Professor Clinical Sciences FSU College of Medicine, Tallahassee, FL. Courtesy Assistant Professor Geriatrics UF College of Medicine, Gainesville, FL. Medical Director Health Services ACV Inc, Dowling Park, FL, USA, Huda Mushtaq MA ,M Phil-Lecturer Clinical Psychology GMC Srinagar, Kashmir (India) Tayzeen Younis MBBS, DGO-Registrar, SKIMS Medical College Bemina, Srinagar Kashmir (India) Arshad Hussain MD-Lecturer Dept of Psychiatry GMC Srinagar, Kashmir (India) Shabir Dhar MD-Lecturer Orthopedics, SKIMS Medical College Bemina, Srinagar Kashmir (India) Parvez Chowdary -Registrar Dept of Anesthesiology GMC Srinagar, Kashmir (India)
Corresponding Author Details: 
Imtiyaz Mansoor MD, DA-Registrar Dept of Psychiatry, SKIMS Medical College Bemina, Srinagar Kashmir (India)
Corresponding Author Email: 
muqeetbiya@yahoo.com
References
References: 

 1.  Shukla GD, Sahu C, Tripathi RP, Gupta D. phantom limbs: A phenomenological study. Br J Psychiat                     1982;141:54-58.

  1. Kashani JH, Frank RG, Kashni SR, et al. Depression among amputees. J Clin Psychiat 1983;44:256-258.
  2. Randall G, Ewalt J, Blair H. Psychiatric reaction to amputation. JAMA 1945;128:440-446.
  3. Bradway JK, Malone JM, , Racey J et.al.: Psychological adaptation to amputation: an overview. Orthotics and prosthetics.1984; 38:46-50
  4. Kohl SJ: Emotional coping with amputation, in rehabilitation psychology: A comprehensive textbook, edited by Kruger DW, Rockville, MD, Aspen, 1984, pp 273-282
  5. Livneh H, Antonak RF: Psychosocial adaptation to chronic illness and disability. Gaithersburg, MD, Aspen, 1997
  6. Moos RH, Schaefer JA: The crisis of physical illness in coping with physical illness, vol2, New perspectives, edited by Moos RH.,New York Plenum, 1984, pp 3-31
  7. Kingdon D, Pearce T: Psychosocial assessment and management of the amputee, in rehabilitation management of the amputees, edited by Banarjee S. Baltimore, MD, Williams and Wilkins 1982, pp 350-371
  8. Parkes CM: Components of the reaction to loss of a limb spouse or home. Jour Psychosom. Res 1972; 16: 343-349
  9. Block WE, Ventur PA: A study of the psychoanalytic concept of castration anxiety in symbolically castrated amputees. Psychiatr Q 1963; 37: 518-26
  10. Goldberg RT: New trends in the rehabilitation of lower extremity amputees. Rehabil Lit 1984; 45:2-1
  11. Schnyder U, Moergeli H, Trentz O, et al: Prediction of psychiatric morbidity in severely injured accident victims at one-year follow-up. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2001; 164:653–656
  12. Scragg P, Jones A, Fauvel N: Psychological problems following ICU treatment. Anaesthesia 2001; 56:9–14
  13. Richter JC, Pajonk FG,Waydhas C, et al: Quality of life after long-term Surgical intensive care treatment. Anaesthesist 2000; 49:822– 828
  14. Pajonk FG, Fischer A, Waydhas C, et al: Outcome of long-term intensive therapy of surgery patients. Unfallchirurg 2002;105:423–430
  15. Desmond DM, MacLachlan M: coping strategies as predictors of psychosocial adaptation in a sample of elderly veterans with acquired lower limb amputation. Soc sci med 2006;62:208-216(cross ref)(medline)
  16. Kamenchenko PV, Yastrebov VS, Tiganov AS (eds): psychiatric consequences of traumatic amputations. Clinical disorders and stressful life events. International universities press stress and health series, no 7. Edited by Miller TW.
  17. Sarah R Cavanagh, Lisa M Shin, Nasser Kramouz, Scott L Roch: psychiatric and emotional sequelae of surgical amputation.
  18. American Psychiatric Association : Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders.4th Edn.Washington D.C.American Psychiatric Association, 1994
  19. Mini International neuro-psychiatric interview.DSM 4, D..Sheehan,J.Janavs et al M.i.n.i. 5.0.0(July, 1) 1999
  20. Ebrahimzadeh M.H. Fattahi A.S. Long-term follow-up of Iranian veteran lower limb amputees from Iran-Iraq War:A study of 168 cases.Kosar Medical Journal, Iran (Persia),2004; 10;190-120
  21. Cavanagh SR, Shin LM, Karamouz N, Rauch SL: Psychiatric and emotional sequelae of surgical amputation. Psychosomatics 2006, 47:459–464
  22. Margoob MA et al. community prevalence of trauma in south Asia- experience from Kashmir JK Prac. 2006, 13 (supplement) S14-S17
  23. Paper-2, Jammu and Kashmir, census of india-2001.
  24. Yatoo GH and Tabish A. the profile of head injuries and traumatic brain injury deaths in Kashmir. J Trauma Manag Outcomes. 2008, 2:5.
  25. Kashif AW, Walia TS et al. effect of short term psychiatric intervention in amputees. MJAFI 2004; 60:231-234.
  26. Fukunishi,I, Sasaki K, Chishima,Y.Anze M.Saijo M: Emotional disturbance in trauma patients during the rehabilitation phase.Gen.Hosp Psychiatry 1996: 18: 121-127.
  27. Grieger TA, et al. PTSD and depression in battle-injures soldiers. Am J Psychiatry 163:10, oct2006.
  28. Lacroix R, Melzack R, Smith D, Mitchell N. Multiple phantom limbs in a child. Cortex 1992;28:503±507
  29. Melzack,R. Phantom limbs and concepts of neuromatrix Neurosci 1990,13:88-92.
  30. Sherman RA, Sherman CJ, Gall NG. A survey of current phantom limb pain treatment in the United States. Pain 1980;8:85±99
  31. Pezzin L.E. Dillingham T.R., Mackenzie E.J. Rehabilitation and long term outcomes of persons with trauma related amputations.Phys.Med Rehabil.2000:81; 292-300
  32. Huda M, Margoob et al. Pir, Faqir and psychotherapist: their role in psychosocial intervention of trauma. JK Pract 2006; 13(suppl1):s89-s93.
  33. Margoob et al. one year longitudinal study of snowstorm disaster survivors in Kashmir. JK pract 2006; 13(suppl1):s29-s38.
  34. Jong KDe et al, Kams Vander et al. the trauma of ongoing wasr in Chechnya, a MSF report 2004.
  35. Margoob MA, Firdosi M et al. Treatment seeking PTSD patient population-experience from Kashmir. JK Practitioner 2006;13(supp 1):s57-s60.

Paediatric Symptom Falsification (‘Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy’) – Psychiatric Manifestations

Authors
Ciaran Clarke and Norbertas Skokauskas
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(4):a344
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Aims

The aim was to explore the importance and inherent challenges of child abuse presenting with spurious psychiatric manifestations (‘Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy’) through a case series. 

Methods
Three cases of child abuse are described, each presenting with falsification of psychiatric features and symptoms by caregivers.  Similarities and differences from classical ‘Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy’ are explored, and the nosological status of this entity is discussed.
 
Results
1. Caregiver characteristics resembled those in classical ‘Munchausen Syndrome By Proxy’.  2. Cases differed from typical medical presentations in age at presentation, in course, and in prominence of educational consequences.  3. The relationship of the mother with the child's physician was less prominent than some suggest in classical ‘MSBP’.
 
Conclusions
The incidence of Paediatric Symptom Falsification may be higher than generally believed, and psychiatric presentations differ from classical presentations. Reporting to child protection agencies is essential, but this is difficult and tends to be avoided for various reasons.  There is a need for more education of mental health and allied professionals about this condition to prevent the suffering of many children.  ‘MSBP’ involves psychological problems in the mother which are very difficult to manage, and which require understanding and compassion, but which should not be a barrier to protecting the child.  In so far as it describes a situation and not a disease, 'MSBP' is a disorder only by analogy.  Provided this is borne in mind, its difference from other forms of child abuse argues for the retention of a specific descriptive name, so that it can be better detected and prevented. 
Keywords: 
Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy; Paediatric Condition Falsification, Paediatric Symptom Falsification; Psychiatric
Introduction
 
‘Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy’ (MSBP) was first described by Meadow in 1977 1, as a form of child abuse in which the caregiver (generally the mother) causes or simulates illness in the child for psychological gain. Three features are required for diagnosis: 1. The history, signs and symptoms of disease are not credible; 2.The child is receiving unnecessary and harmful, or potentially harmful, medical care; 3. If so, caregivers are instrumental in instigating the evaluations and treatment 2.  As has been emphasized, the motivation of the mother (her psychological needs), is important in distinguishing MSBP from other forms of Paediatric Condition Falsification (PCF) 3.  Initial reports described young children with acute, life-threatening events, such as sleep apnoea, epilepsy, diarrhoea, or bowel obstruction 4,5. Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS) has an ominous association with MSBS which has survived controversy 6-9. MSBP has been reported in children in learning disability settings;10 whereas there have been few, if any, reports in general child psychiatry. Causal factors for this may be that it is perceived to be less exciting, of a multi-disciplinary nature, and, arguably, due to more humdrum circumstances which surround it. Initial descriptions, indeed, required that the child present with organic symptoms 11. Psychiatric presentations may be more difficult to detect because of the paucity of objective diagnostic tests, with the consequent greater reliance on the history provided by caregivers. Caregivers who simulate school refusal in their children have been considered not to have MSB 12, (though they do show PCF). The exclusion of psychiatric presentations is noteworthy, because such psychiatric presentations may differ in important ways from the typical, dramatic, presentations seen in very young children. Since psychiatric diagnosis in children is so dependent upon parental history, such cases may also be more difficult to detect, and therefore more common than previously thought. Three cases are described here, which, though typical of MSBP in many ways, differ in their psychiatric symptoms, in their age, and in the prominence of school refusal.
 
Cases
 
Case X
 
This girl was born at 37 weeks gestation by emergency caesarean section because of a slowing of the foetal heart rate. She was the eldest of 4 children. Her father was severely disabled with a chronic degenerative disease. No distress was evident at birth, but she had short stature (3rd centile for height and weight). At 9 years of age, she presented to a Child & Adolescent Mental Health service with low self-esteem and an eating problem. Her parents attributed this to bullying at school, which, the mother told doctors in a subsequent interview, took place when the child was 7, and was characterised by beatings so severe as to leave her with multiple bruises, and ‘a voice which changed following this trauma’.
 
The girl was found to have an IQ in the borderline range. Her mother reported that she had 'allergies to milk and eggs'. At another interview she said the allergy was to ‘shellfish and nuts’, and that it had been discovered when she developed an anaphylactic reaction in another country at 18 months of age. The mother also claimed that eczema was diagnosed at that time. Her diet was restricted, and her mother commented that she 'needed to buy special foods', and that 'asthma developed at age 7'. The child was found to be unhappy, but not depressed. There was no evidence of weight loss, but an eating disorder was diagnosed on the basis of maternal reports.
 
X’s brother had been diagnosed as having ADHD, and was prescribed psychostimulants. Aggression and odd behaviour had given rise to suspicion of an autism spectrum disorder. After a number of assessments, no diagnosis was made. Compliance with medication was a problem, the mother claiming that, although she personally administered tablets, he had somehow avoided swallowing them, and adduced this as a reason for their lack of efficacy. The mother later reported that 'he was doing extremely well off all treatment'.
 
The mother expressed dissatisfaction with the attention and care her daughter had received from one service. However, a letter, written shortly afterwards, gives an insight into her personality, and the relationship which had developed with professionals. She wrote: ‘I did not realise I was so overpowering towards you all... I only feel constant pain & hurt at what has happened to our daughter. Let me know if you do not want to see us anymore.’
 
It was at this point that the ability of the parents to care for their children was questioned, when it was discovered that the mother had been leaving the children unsupervised overnight, so that she could help with a scout camp (with which none of her own children were involved). School authorities were also alarmed that the children were left unsupervised for long periods before school opening, and that they arrived hungry and dishevelled. The mother opposed involvement by social services, and, in the absence of any formal complaint, they were not notified.
Unhappy with the treatment she received from her psychiatrist, the mother sought a second opinion. To this doctor, the mother reported that there had been an increase in frequency of nocturnal enuresis at 7 years. She reported that her daughter was happy at school, but that there were problems at home. She reported that her daughter was 'unable to swallow solid food'; she was 'able to take liquidised food only', and 'she became increasingly anxious about solids'.  The mother said she had contacted the Anorexia Nervosa Society ‘who advised she had a phobia about food'. The mother reported that when she gradually re-introduced solids, eating recovered and that appetite returned.
 
At 14 years, X’s mother told a paediatrician that her problems started at age 7, when she had been bullied by several children in the class. This doctor found her to have constitutional short stature. No allergies were reported or found. The mother resisted attempts to obtain copies of previous medical records. A neurologist found 'no evidence of regression'. The mother quoted a paediatrician to another professional as having said, 'It would be disastrous for her if she had a period', and she told another paediatrician that the referring doctor had said she was being referred, 'to sort out her psychological problems immediately’. She was referred to a third child psychiatrist, who found low mood, social withdrawal, and 'recent adjustment problems'. She was then referred again to local psychiatric services for follow-up. At this stage, her mother wrote: '... it is now confirmed that her short stature has a psychological basis, and that this started at 6 years of age because of bullying'.
 
At her mother’s insistence, X was seen then by another psychiatrist, ‘to discover the psychological cause of her short stature’. No psychopathology was found. Mother declared that she was ‘astounded’ and demanded to know how the doctor could explain ‘the dramatic fall in IQ which had taken place at age 10’.
 
By the time of referral to social services, the child had been seen by 3 paediatricians, 4 psychiatrists, and numerous other mental health professionals.
 
Case Y
 
This boy was born without complication, developing normally up to middle childhood. When he was 3 years old, a younger sister was born. She died at the age of 3 months, and a coroner's verdict of  SIDS was returned. His mother experienced a pathological grief reaction.
 
The family holidayed abroad periodically; such trips were frequently marked by attendance at the A&E department of the local hospital, where the boy presented with sundry somatic complaints. There were occasional brief hospitalisations, but no physical abnormality was ever diagnosed.
 
The child’s mother made several unsubstantiated allegations of bullying at school. His father disputed these, though he did not oppose them. Thorough investigation failed to substantiate any such episode. The father complained to doctors of his powerlessness in the face of his wife's over-protective, domineering approach; he recognised the harmful effect this was having on their son.
 
Whereas the mother complained that her son had 'loss of interest', 'poor concentration', was ‘not eating', and had suffered weight loss; the boy told doctors, 'I'm good at school'; and 'I'm always happy with my friends'.
His mother had a benign brain tumour, which had presented initially with epilepsy when she was in her teens, but was well controlled.   During her mid-40’s, she presented frequently with pseudo-seizures and other odd neurological symptoms. To each doctor she met, she presented herself has having a 'terminal brain tumour'. She told her neurologist that she was 'distancing herself from her son’, as she was ‘going to die soon’, and ‘he would have to be tough enough to get on without her'.
 
On one occasion, when brought to hospital because of suicidal ideation, Y commented that ‘school was good’, and that he had ‘a few good friends’. He listed a few favourite subjects, and responded appropriately to wishes about the future. The conclusion was that he was euthymic. Notwithstanding his reports to doctors, he was kept at home for prolonged periods because of 'bullying'. The mother claimed that her husband 'can be abusive to the child when angry', though the impression of numerous psychiatrists was that he had a passive, dependent personality. He begged professionals for help in protecting his child, and when a referral to social services was eventually made, he was profuse in his gratitude.
 
Case Z
 
This boy's monozygotic twin brother presented to a private psychiatrist at 1 ½ years of age with 'behavioural problems', and a diagnosis of autism was made. No standard observational assessments were performed, nor neurodevelopmental history taken. He was referred to specialist autism services, who found no abnormality following a multi-disciplinary assessment. When the twins were 7 years of age, the mother brought the other twin, Z, to community child psychiatric services with vague concerns regarding 'development' and 'social skills'. By this she meant that he '[had eaten] his food off the floor when he was younger', and that he currently 'behaved in a silly, immature way'. She said that 'teachers complained of disruption', and she, in turn, complained of poor cooperation from the school. Independent contact with the school disclosed no such behavioural concerns. Her husband spent most nights away on business, and the twins slept in her bed. They 'would not settle for hours' and she 'had to sing to get them to sleep'.
 
His mother had been treated for depression in the past. She reported that she had given up her job in order to look after her children, whom she felt had 'special needs'.
 
At clinical interview she was extremely reluctant to leave her son, and her prolonged departure from the room was accompanied by exaggerated displays of affection, which clearly embarrassed her son. He, on the other hand, separated easily. On his own, he was initially reserved, but became talkative and happy when discussing his friends, school, interests, etc. There was no evidence of any autistic-type disorder, nor indeed any other psychiatric problem.
 
At the time of writing, she has refused to accept the assurances of two different services that there was nothing wrong with her son, and she was continuing with attempts to have him re-assessed.
 
Discussion
 
All three of these children presented with complaints from mothers, which, while perhaps credible in isolation, became more and more far-fetched when viewed together as a whole. In all cases harm resulted to the child from excessive investigation, social isolation, and absence from school.  In all cases, mothers had narcissistic personality problems, and fathers had a subordinate role (one because of chronic illness, another because of a dependent personality). All children had siblings with dubious or unexplained illness. All cases involved many physicians and allied professionals, who became involved in what transpired to be, when they started to communicate with one another, a pattern of simulated illnesses and symptoms. There was a general reluctance to refer to social services, and a delay in their involvement, perhaps because of the absence of acute or marked abuse, and because the caregivers seemed the opposite of the 'typical' negligent, abusive mother. These children were somewhat older than most cases of factitious disorder by proxy, who also differ in presenting with acute, life-threatening events or surgical emergencies. Although probably less lethal, psychiatric presentations may offer more scope for abuse, due to the greater reliance on parental reports in child psychiatry. Unwitting collusion by schools, in part caused by an understandable sensitivity to bullying allegations, may have facilitated presentation to psychiatric services.
 
Most cases of MSBP have emerged from the U.S. The phrase ‘Psychological needs’ has been emphasised, and suggests vagueness, an impression strengthened by the initial psychodynamic terms in which these case were couched. It may be a useful term, nonetheless, in that it distinguishes motivations such as revenge, delusions, or poverty, from those in which the perpetrator behaves in this way to, for example, fool doctors or exhibit herself as an ideal parent 13. Schreier and Libow 14 suggested that a key psychological factor may be an ingratiating relationship which the mother pursues with the child's physician, who tends to be male, isolated, and idealistic. The preponderance of mothers among perpetrators may be due to a satisfaction obtained by deceiving ‘authority’ or ‘power’ figures, but this (and any other explanation) has not yet been substantiated. Such manipulation was not present in any of these three cases. This may be due to the central role which the family doctor retains in many other countries, and to the multi-disciplinary nature of health care, particularly mental health services, in other health systems, which precludes the doctor from seeming a ‘hero figure’.
 
‘Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy’ is clearly not a disease, and can be considered a disorder only by analogy. This, as well as the general tendency in medicine to abandon eponymous diagnostic labels, argues for use of the term ‘Paediatric Condition Falsification’, preferred by the American Professional Society on the Abuse of Children (APSAC) 15; or ‘Factitious Disorder by Proxy’, as preferred by the Diagnostic & Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) 16. Notwithstanding these compelling reasons, the radically different profile of the ‘caring mother’, in cases like those under discussion, make it essential to distinguish the situation described in this case series from other circumstances in which mothers harm children. The mother’s motivation is crucial if the child is to be protected: specific remedies in other circumstances may offer hope of an amelioration, but the rate of recidivism in ‘Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy’ 17,18, means that these children will require vigilance and protection for as long as they are in contact with their mother.
 
It is important to consider how these episodes might have been detected earlier. Good history-taking would have revealed the falsehood of an allergy to dairy products in the first case. A higher index of suspicion might have led to greater communication, and better detection, among disparate professionals as in the case of Munchausen Syndrome in adults. Formal channels for reporting concerns without fear of recrimination could be established in hospitals and out-patient settings. Greater institutional support for healthcare workers with concerns, as well as broader awareness among family doctors, nurses, psychologists, and social workers, is a prerequisite. In medical presentations, a bizarre, inconsistent history, a failure to cooperate with attempts to obtain medical records, features of a maternal histrionic or narcissistic personality, and any history of abuse towards other siblings, should raise the alarm. These apply also in the case of psychiatric presentations. In medical presentations, abuse can be detected by observing ‘recovery’ of the child when removed from the parent’s reach. The chronicity and gradual nature of psychiatric symptoms make these cases appear less dramatic, and such a ‘test’ impractical, but certain other features may help. Unconvincing reports of bullying at school, despite thorough investigation, poor school attendance without an adequate explanation, and an incongruity between maternal reports and the child’s mental state, may all be helpful.
 
Conclusion
 
Reports of Psychiatric presentations of Paediatric Symptom Falsification are rare, but there are good reasons for suspecting that the true incidence may be higher. Psychiatric presentations are probably not typical of Paediatric Symptom Falsification, and may for this reason be missed. Experience shows that reporting to child protection agencies is essential, but this is difficult and tends to be avoided for various reasons. There is a need for education of mental health and allied professionals in this condition so that much suffering of children can be avoided. Paediatric Symptom Falsification involves psychological problems in the caregiver (generally the mother), which are very difficult to manage. These require understanding and compassion, but should not be a barrier to protecting the child.

 

The authors declare that they have no conflict of interest. 

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
CIARAN CLARKE, Barringtons Hospital, Georges Quay, Limerick, Ireland NORBERTAS SKOKAUSKAS, Department of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry St. James's Hospital Dublin 8 Ireland
Corresponding Author Details: 
CIARAN CLARKE, Barringtons Hospital Georges Quay Limerick Ireland
Corresponding Author Email: 
csclarke@eircom.net
References
References: 

1. Meadow R. Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy. The Hinterland of Child Abuse. Lancet 1977; 2(8033):343-345.

2. Stirling John Jr. and the Committee on Child Abuse and Neglect. Beyond Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy: Identification and Treatment of Child Abuse in a Medical Setting. Pediatrics, 2007; 119:1026-1030.
3. Bursch BA, Schreier HC, Ayoub CA, Libow JJ, Sanders MC, Yorker B. Further Thoughts on "Beyond Munchausen by Proxy: Identification and Treatment of Child Abuse in a Medical Setting". Pediatrics 2008; 121:444-445.
4. Awadallah N, Vaughan A, Franco K, Munir F, Sharaby N, Goldfarb J. Munchausen by Proxy: A Case, Chart Series, and Literature Review of Older Victims. Child Abuse Negl 2005; 29(8):931-941.
5. Kannai R. Munchausen by Mommy. Fam Syst Health 2009; 27(1):105-112.
6. Truman TL, Ayoub CC. Considering Suffocatory Abuse and Munchausen by Proxy in the Evaluation of Children Experiencing apparent Life-threatening events and Sudden Infant Death Syndrome. Child Maltreat 2002; 7(2):138-148.
7. Craft AW, Hall DM. Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy and Sudden Infant Death. BMJ 2004; 328(7451):1309-1312.
8. Galvin HK, Newton AW, Vandeven AM. Update on Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy. Curr Opin Pediatr 2005; 17(2):252-257.
9. Vennemann B, Bajanowski T, Karger B, Pfeiffer H, Kohler H, Brinkmann B. Suffocation and Poisoning - The Hard-hitting side of Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy. Int J Legal Med 2005; 119(2):98-102.
10. Ayoub CC, Schreier HA, Keller C. Munchausen by Proxy: Presentations in Special Education. Child Maltreat 2002; 7(2):149-159.
11. Marcus A, Ammeermann C, Klein M, Schmidt M. Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy and Factitious Illness: Symptomatology, Parent-child Interaction, and Psychopathology of the Parents. European Child and Adolescent Psychiatry 1995; 4(4):229-236.
12. Waller D, Eisenberg L. School Refused in Childhood - a Psychiatric Pediatric Perspective. In: L. Hersov and I. Berg, Editors. Out of School - Modern Perspectives in Truancy and School Refusal. Chichester, England; New York: J. Wiley; 1980.
13. Schreier H. Munchausen by Proxy Defined. Pediatrics 2002; 110(5):985-988.
14. Schreier HA, Libow JA. Munchausen by Proxy Syndrome: a Modern Pediatric Challenge. J Pediatr 1994; 125(6 Pt 2):S110-5.
15. Ayoub CC, Alexander R, Beck D, Bursch B, Feldman KW, Libow J, et al. Position Paper: Definitional Issues in Munchausen by Proxy. Child Maltreat 2002; 7(2):105-111.
16. Association AP. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders: DSM-IV-TR. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association, 2000-943.
17. Bools CN, Neale BA, Meadow SR. Follow up of Victims of Fabricated Illness (Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy). Arch Dis Child 1993; 69(6):625-630.
18. Schreier H, J.A. L. Hurting for Love: Munchausen by Proxy Syndrome. New York: Guilford Press, 1993.

Physical and psychological effects of the new legal high ‘Ivory Wave’: a case report

Authors
Hye Seon Kim, Ambreen Aftab, Mehraj Shah and Jitendra Nayar
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(4):a343
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Introduction ‘Ivory Wave’ is a designer drug that has been popular amongst young people since the ban of mephedrone in the United Kingdom (UK) last April. It is easily available from the Internet where it is advertised as a bath salt. Recently, a spate of Ivory Wave-related hospital admissions were reported around the UK, and this has raised concerns about the effects of the substance. However, limited information is available regarding the physiological and psychological effects of the drug.

Case presentation We report the case of a 26-year-old Caucasian male who presented to Accident and Emergency (A&E) after snorting a large amount of Ivory Wave. He presented with severe agitation, paranoid delusions, and auditory and visual hallucinations. He also complained of breathing difficulty and involuntary movements of his limbs. He was pyrexial and tachycardic but the rest of physical examination was unremarkable. The main laboratory findings included an elevated white cell count, C-Reactive protein (CRP) and creatinine kinase (CK). These markers gradually fell to their normal ranges within a week. The involuntary movements disappeared too. The patient required occasional lorazepam and regular diazepam for his agitation. This improved after approximately a week as the paranoid delusions and hallucinations wore off.
Conclusion The side effects of Ivory Wave include over-stimulation of the cardiovascular system and the nervous system with potential risk to heart and kidneys. Mental state can also be severely disturbed with agitation, paranoid delusions and/or hallucinations. 

Introduction

The legal high ‘Ivory Wave’, also known as ‘Ivory Coast’, ‘Purple Wave’ or ‘Vanilla Sky’, is a designer drug that has become popular among clubbers in the United Kingdom (UK) after mephedrone was banned in April 2010.1 Ivory Wave is advertised as a relaxing bath salt and has been freely available on the Internet for about £15 a packet (200mg).2 Three different versions have been on the market, namely, Ivory Wave, Ivory Wave Ultra (also known as Ivory Wave 2), and Ivory Wave 3, although their differences are unknown.3 Studies have shown that Ivory Wave contains cathinone-derived stimulants and, when snorted in high doses, bring similar effects to those of amphetamine and ecstasy.4 

Recently, clusters of hospital admissions have been reported around the UK following the use of Ivory Wave. The majority of patients were described to have ‘acute paranoid psychosis’ with severe agitation, which wore off after a couple of days.5 However, some patients had more serious physical complications and had to be monitored in the coronary care units for up to 12 hours.2, 5
 
Following the increase in the number of Accident and Emergency (A&E) admissions relating to Ivory Wave, healthcare professionals have expressed their concerns about the harmful effects of the substance. The Department of Health has issued advice on handling the users who may present to health services for help.6 However, the literature is limited on the physical and psychological effects of the substance at present. Therefore, we report our case here to describe some of the clinical features of Ivory Wave misuse.
 
Case presentation
A 26-year-old Caucasian male, with a background history of obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and depression, attended an Accident A&E after snorting approximately 700mg of ‘Ivory Wave Version 3’ in a day. He presented with severe agitation, persecutory delusions, and auditory and visual hallucinations. He stated that ‘people’ were trying to kill him and his mother with a knife, and he could hear their voices threatening to kill him. He also complained of mild/moderate breathing difficulty and involuntary movements of his arms and feet.
 
In recent years he had been ‘experimenting’ with several legal highs, including Ivory Wave, ‘Charge’ and ‘Mojo’. Five weeks prior to this admission he had visited A&E with a similar presentation, but without persecutory delusions, after sniffing an unknown amount of ‘Ivory Wave 2’. The hallucinations shortly disappeared and he was discharged home.
 
Otherwise, he was physically fit and well. He had a long history of severe OCD with borderline psychotic features/social anxiety where he was consistently worried about what other people may do to him. There was no personal or family history of psychosis. He was taking clomipramine (125mg) and olanzapine (12.5mg) for OCD and depression but his compliance had been erratic before the admission. 
 
In the present admission he was very agitated and restless. He had non-goal-directed involuntary movements on both arms and feet: repetitive flexion of his elbows and dorsiflexion of his ankles. The physical examination showed that he was pyrexial with a temperature of 37.9°C and had bilaterally dilated pupils. The respiratory examination was normal with an oxygen saturation of 98% on air. The heart rate was slightly fast at 109 beats per minute (bpm) and blood pressure was 122/82 mmHg. The rest of examination was unremarkable with a normal electrocardiogram (ECG). Laboratory investigations revealed a raised white blood cell (WBC) count of 23.5 ´ 109/L and C-reactive protein (CRP) of 332 mg/L. He also had hyponatraemia (Na+ 126 mmol/L) and elevated creatinine kinase (CK = 662 iu/L). Urine drug screen was negative to amphetamine, opiates, cannabinoids and cocaine.
 
Initially the patient was admitted to a medical ward and commenced on normal saline with intravenous antibiotics (co-amoxiclav) because of the raised inflammatory markers. The body temperature, CRP, and WBC count fell gradually; the CK level dropped as well. The blood culture came back negative. However, the patient remained agitated, was running around the ward, and experiencing visual and auditory hallucinations. He required PRN lorazepam and regular diazepam.
 
On day five of admission the patient was deemed medically fit and discharged from the medical ward. However, he was still agitated and confused about what had happened. Concerns were raised regarding his mental state, given his past psychiatric history and current problems. A Mental Health Act assessment was performed and the patient was admitted to a psychiatric unit under Section 2 of Mental Health Act 1983 on the same day.
 
On admission to the unit the persecutory delusions and hallucinations were still present but to a mild degree. The involuntary movements appeared more like muscle twitches, which occurred less frequently. He was observed on the ward and only PRN lorazepam was prescribed together with his regular medication. He then settled on the ward and did not require any further PRN medication.
 
After a few days the persecutory delusions and hallucinations wore off. The involuntary movements had stopped but left patches of numbness on his right arm, mainly on his fingers. The area was poorly defined and was not localized to a specific dermatome. The numbness disappeared after a few days without any complications.
The patient remained in the psychiatric unit for two weeks before discharge to the care of the Community Mental Health Team (CMHT).
 
Discussion
The exact components of Ivory Wave are unclear and thought to be variable.4 , 7 Studies have shown that the main ingredients include MDPV (3,4-methylenedioxypyrovalerone); desoxypipradrol, also known as 2-diphenylmethylpiperidine (2-DPMP); and lidocaine.7, 8. 9 MDPV and desoxypipradrol are both synthetic stimulants. MDPV was first synthesized in 196910 and is found as a white or light tan powder.4 Desoxypipradrol was initially developed by a pharmaceutical company in the 1950s as a treatment for Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) and narcolepsy, but it was replaced by other related substances.8 They both act as noradrenaline and dopamine reuptake inhibitors and their effects are thought to be similar to those of amphetamine and cocaine in high doses.9, 11, 12
 
Ivory Wave is known to bring on several desired effects, including increased energy and sociability, increased concentration, and sexual stimulation. There are also many physical and psychological unwanted effects reported including insomnia, severe agitation/anxiety, panic attacks, kidney pain, stomach cramps, tachycardia, hypertension, dilated pupils, headache, tinnitus, skin prickles and numbness, dizziness, and dyspnoea.4, 13 These effects appear highly dose-dependent4 and have been based on self-reports made by users on online forums.
 
In the UK there have been several media reports of hospital admissions related to Ivory Wave. The majority of patients were described to have acute psychotic symptoms, namely paranoid delusions, and auditory and/or visual hallucinations. A few of them had physical complications, requiring cardiac monitoring in ICU.1, 2, 5 However, no detailed description of their clinical features were available.
 
In this case report, we have described chronologically the clinical features of a patient, who presented to A&E after taking Ivory Wave. The patient had a similar presentation to what it was described by Paolo Deluca and his colleagues.4 The patient also experienced involuntary movements in his limbs which has not been reported before in the literature. We have also reported the blood test results: raised inflammatory markers (WCC and CRP) and CK.
 
The findings from this case, in combination with the limited literature, suggest that the use of ‘Ivory Wave’ can lead to serious complications including over-stimulation of the cardiovascular and nervous system, hyperthermia, and acute psychosis which can potentially result in severe illnesses or even death. The risk of these effects would be greater if the drug was combined with other recreational drugs or alcohol. In addition, the exact composition and strength of the substance may vary and users may not be completely aware of what chemicals they are consuming. This implies that users of Ivory Wave may to taking potentially dangerous substances with unknown effects.
 
In April 2010, MDPV was made a Class B drug in the UK together with other cathinone derivatives. In addition the UK Home Office has recently announced a ban on the import of desoxypipradrol and any products containing the chemical.15 The use and availability of Ivory Wave in the UK is being closely monitored and may result in further legislative review. Changes in legislation, more research studies, and health education on Ivory Wave could help the public to realize that, irrespective of the legal status of a drug, recreational use of substances may pose a significant risk to their health. 
Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
HYE SEON KIM, FY 1 MBBS. BA. Weller Wing, Bedford Hospital, Bedford, UK, MK42 9DJ AMBREEN AFTAB, MBBS. Staff Grade Psychiatrist,Weller Wing, Bedford Hospital, Bedford, UK, MK42 9DJ JITENDRA NAYAR, MBBS. MRCPSYCh. Consultant Psychiatrist,Weller Wing, Bedford Hospital, Bedford, UK, MK42 9DJ MEHRAJ SHAH MBBS. MRCPsych. Consultant Psychiatrist,Herefordshire Primary Care NHS Trust, Hereford, UK, HR1 2ER
Corresponding Author Details: 
HYE SEON KIM, MBBS. BA. Weller Wing, Bedford Hospital, Bedford, UK, MK42 9DJ
Corresponding Author Email: 
HyeSeon.Kim@bedfordhospital.nhs.uk
References
References: 

 1. Doctors warn mind-bending legal high Ivory Wave could be worse than meow meow. R Parry. Mirrors 18/08/2010

[http://www.mirror.co.uk/news/top-stories/2010/08/18/doctors-warn-mind-bending-legal-high-ivory-wave-could-be-worse-than-meow-meow-115875-22494806/]
 
2. Ivory Wave drug implicated in death of 24-year-old man. S Jones and M Power. 17/08/2010
[http://www.guardian.co.uk/society/2010/aug/17/ivory-wave-drug-alleged-death]
 
3. [http://am-hi-co.com/acatalog/Ivory-wave-legal-in-ireland.html]
 
4. Paolo Deluca et al. MDPV Report Psychonaut Web Mapping Research Project
[http://www.psychonautproject.eu/]
 
5. Ivory Wave is new Miaow Miaow Telegraph 14/08/10
[http://www.telegraph.co.uk/health/healthnews/7945058/Ivory-Wave-is-new-Miaow-Miaow.html]
 
6. Department of health letter regarding Ivory Wave on 13/08/10 [https://www.cas.dh.gov.uk/ViewandAcknowledgment/ViewAlert.aspx?AlertID=101450]
 
7. Chief Medical Office and Public Health Directorate letter (Scotland) on 13/08/10
[http://www.sehd.scot.nhs.uk/cmo/CMO(2010)18.pdf]
 
8. Advice on 2-DPMP - ‘Ivory Wave’ by Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs
[http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/publications/drugs/acmd1/advice-ivory-wave]
 
9. DrugScope responds to media reports on use of ‘new’ legal high ‘Ivory Wave’ 17/08/10
[http://www.drugscope.org.uk/ourwork/pressoffice/pressreleases/ivory_wave_MDPV.htm]
 
10. Joshua C Yohannan and Joseph S Bozenko, Jr. The Characterization of 3,4-Methylenedioxypyrovalerone (MDPV) Microgram Journal, Volume 7, Number 1 (March 2010)
 
11. R M Ferris and F L M Tang Comparison of the effects of the isomers of amphetamine, methyiphenidate and deoxypipradol on the uptake of /-[3H]norepinephrine and [3H]dopamine by synaptic vesicles from rat whole brain, striatum and hypothalamus. The journal of pharmacology and experimental therapeutics 1979:210(3); 422-8
 
12. R A Maxwell, E Chaplin, S B Eckhardt, J R Soares and G Hite. Confirmation similarities between molecular models of phenethylaine and of potent inhibitors of the uptake of titrated norepmephrine by adrenergic nerves in rabbit aorta. The journal of pharmacology and experimental therapeutics 1970:173; 158-165
 
13. Pohjalainen T, Hoppu K. MDPV exposures reported to the Finnish poison information centre. Abstracts of the 2010 International congress of the European association of poisons centres and clinical toxicologist, May 2010. Clinical Toxicology 2010:48; 240-318
 
14. The bride killed by bath salts - the new 'legal high' Ivory Wave drug that's sweeping Britain on 28/08/2010 Daily mail
[http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-1306877/Legal-high-bath-salts-Ivory-Wave-kill-bride.html]
 
15. [http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/media-centre/press-releases/ivory-wave]

Online Interview with Dr David Fearnley

Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(3):a334

 

Dr David Fearnley, aged 41, is a Consultant Forensic Psychiatrist at Ashworth Hospital, a high secure psychiatric hospital in Merseyside, UK. He is also the Medical Director of Mersey Care NHS Trust, which is a large mental health and learning disability trust and one of three in England that have a high secure service. As Medical Director he is responsible for the performance of over 175 doctors, 50 pharmacists and has the lead responsibility for R&D and information governance. He is the College Special Advisor on Appraisal at the Royal College of Psychiatrists and has an interest in the development of management and leadership skills in doctors.
 
How long have you been working in your specialty?
I started training in psychiatry in 1994, and undertook specialist registrar training between 1998 and 2001. I became a consultant forensic psychiatrist in a high secure hospital in 2001 and medical director for the wider trust in 2005.
 
Which aspect of your work do you find most satisfying?
I have always found clinical work satisfying, and particularly when it becomes linked to wider service changes. I think this is why I decided to take on management responsibilities in addition to my clinical work so that I could continue to work at this interface. 
 
What achievements are you most proud of in your medical career?
I have been particularly pleased whenever I have passed my exams and I have been able to make progress in my career. Also, in 2009 I won the inaugural Royal College of Psychiatrists Psychiatrist of the Year award, largely because of my innovative approach to involving service users and carers in their treatment.
 
Which part of your job do you enjoy the least?
I find that I dislike having to read poorly written reports because of the limited time available to do other things!
 
What are your views about the current status of medical training in your country and what do you think needs to change?
In my view, medical training in England is of an exceptionally high standard although more emphasis will need to be brought into training around management and leadership. 
 
How would you encourage more medical students into entering your speciality?
I think medical students should be exposed to mental health services as soon as possible, to see not only the clinical aspects but appreciate the organisational structures.
 
What qualities do you think a good trainee should possess?
I think trainees should develop a sense of respect for everybody they work with including the service users and carers, particularly when they feel under pressure. This is, in my opinion, the hallmark of somebody who will make a great clinician.
 
What is the most important advice you could offer to a new trainee?
I think new trainees should create habits in terms of acquiring new knowledge (particularly evidence based knowledge) so that they build up a sense of lifelong learning that extends beyond clinical examinations.
 
What qualities do you think a good trainer should possess?
A good trainer should be approachable and accessible, with a willingness to challenge the status quo but also show interest in the life of the trainee.
 
Do you think doctors are over-regulated compared with other professions?
The medical profession is entering the phase of increased regulation through revalidation. I think this is an acceptable position in view of the enormous privilege that practicing medicine offers and the need to assure the public that doctors are fit to practise.
 
Is there any aspect of current health policies in your country that are de-professionalising doctors? If yes what should be done to counter this trend?
I think doctors are becoming better at identifying certain tasks that others are equally capable of undertaking. I think doctors should be continually seeking out areas of healthcare that they alone have the skills, knowledge and attitude to be responsible for.
 
Which scientific paper/publication has influenced you the most?
I have found the work of the Cochrane Collaboration (rather than a single publication) to influence me considerably because it made me aware, through the work of the Archie Cochrane, the importance of standing back and comparing more than one study whenever possible.
 
What single area of medical research in your speciality should be given priority?
I think the overlap between mental illness and personality disorder is not understood well enough and yet is a major reason for patients remaining in secure care longer than perhaps they might need to in the future.
 
What is the most challenging area in your speciality that needs further development?
As a medical manager, I think that more needs to be done to encourage doctors to see management and leadership as part of their role as a professional and to gain competencies and confidence in these areas during their undergraduate and postgraduate training.
 
Which changes would substantially improve the quality of healthcare in your country?
Healthcare delivery in the UK is undergoing change following the publication of the coalition government’s White Paper in health, and it is encouraging clinicians, particularly GPs, to take part in commissioning. I think this, alongside a focus on better outcome measures is likely to improve the quality of healthcare.
 
Do you think doctors can make a valuable contribution to healthcare management? If so how?
I think doctors are in a unique position following years of clinical training to make decisions in terms of management and leadership. They should be able to transfer their ability to manage particular cases over time to managing projects and resources both in operational and strategic terms.
 
How has the political environment affected your work?
The NHS has an element of political oversight that does influence the work, particularly in the high secure service where public protection is a key factor.
 
What are your interests outside of work?  
My time outside work is spent almost exclusively with my family.
 
If you were not a doctor, what would you do?
I would like to be a writer (although I doubt I have the skills to do so successfully!)

Psychological Distress in Carers of People with Mental Disorders

Authors
Aadil Jan Shah, Ovais Wadoo and Javed Latoo
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(3):a327
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

The recent literature on carers’ burden in mental disorders is reviewed. Families bear the major responsibility for such care. Carers face mental ill health as a direct consequence of their caring role and experience higher rates of mental ill health than the general population. The production of burden in carers is a complex process and is related to gender, age, health status, ethnic and cultural affiliation, lack of social support, coping style, in addition to the stressors of the disorder itself. Carers appear to suffer from at least moderate levels of psychological symptomatology. The behavioural problems associated with mental disorders further increase the stress levels of carers. The findings from the review afford a comprehensive understanding of the care-giving situation with its outcomes, and its practical application in devising effective support strategies for family carers.

Keywords: 
Carers, caregivers, care recipients, psychological distress, burden, stress, mental disorders.

Introduction

Carers play a vital role in supporting family members who are sick, infirm or disabled.1 There is no doubt that the families of those with mental disorders are affected by the condition of their near ones. Families not only provide practical help and personal care but also give emotional support to their relative with a mental disorder. Therefore the affected person is dependent on the carer, and their well-being is directly related to the nature and quality of the care provided by the carer. These demands can bring significant levels of stress for the carer and can affect their overall quality of life including work, socializing and relationships. Research into the impact of care-giving shows that one-third to one-half of carers suffer significant psychological distress and experience higher rates of mental ill health than the general population. Being a carer can raise difficult personal issues about duty, responsibility, adequacy and guilt.2 Caring for a relative with a mental health problem is not a static process since the needs of the care recipient alter as their condition changes. The role of the carer can be more demanding and difficult if the care recipient’s mental disorder is associated with behavioural problems or physical disability. Over the past few decades, research into the impact of care-giving has led to an improved understanding of this subject including the interventions that help. It has now been realized that developing constructive working relationships with carers, and considering their needs, is an essential part of service provision for people with mental disorders who require and receive care from their relatives.
 
The aim of this review was to examine the relationship between caring, psychological distress, and the factors that help caregivers successfully manage their role.
 
‘Family burden’ - The role of families as carers
 
Caring for someone with a mental disorder can affect the dynamics of a family. It takes up most of the carers’ time and energy. The family’s responsibility in providing care for people with mental disorders has increased in the past three decades. This has been mainly due to a trend towards community care and the de-institutionalization of psychiatric patients.3 This shift has resulted in the transferral of the day-to-day care of people with mental disorders to family members. Up to 90% of people with mental disorders live with relatives who provide them with long-term practical and emotional support.4, 5 Carer burden increases with more patient contact and when patients live with their families.6 Strong associations have been noted between burden (especially isolation, disappointment and emotional involvement), caregivers’ perceived health and sense of coherence, adjusted for age and relationship.7
 
‘Family burden’ has been adopted to identify the objective and subjective difficulties experienced by relatives of people with long-term mental disorders.8 Objective burden relates to the practical problems experienced by relatives such as the disruption of family relationships, constraints in social, leisure and work activities, financial difficulties, and negative impact on their own physical health. Subjective burden describes the psychological reactions which relatives experience, e.g. a feeling of loss, sadness, anxiety and embarrassment in social situations, the stress of coping with disturbing behaviours, and the frustration caused by changing relationships.9 Grief may also be involved. This may be grief for the loss of the person’s former personality, achievements and contributions, as well as the loss of family lifestyle.10 This grief can lead to unconscious hostility and anger.9,10
 
The impact of caring on carers’ mental health
 
The vehicles of psychological stress have been conceptualized as adjustment to change,11 daily hassles,12 and role strains.13 Lazarus and Folkman (1984)14 define stress as ‘a particular relationship between the person and the environment that is appraised by the person as taxing or exceeding his or her resources and endangering his or her well being.’ The association between feelings of burden and the overall caregiver role is well documented.15 Caregivers provide assistance with activities of daily living, emotional support to the patient, and dealing with incontinence, feeding, and mobility. Due to high burden and responsibilities, caregivers experience poorer self-reported health, engage in fewer health promotion actions than non-caregivers, and report lower life satisfaction.16, 17
 
The overarching theme from the findings is that carers and care recipients do not believe that care recipients’ basic needs are being met, which causes them a great deal of distress and anger towards services and increases carer burden. Carers assert that the needs of care recipients and carers are interconnected and should not be seen as separate.18 The stress in carers is best understood by Pearlin`s stress-process model as shown in Figure 1.


Figure 1: Pearlin’s stress–process model of stress in carers (adapted from Pearlin et al, 1990)

The burden and depressive symptoms sustained by carers have been the two most widely studied care-giving outcomes. Reports indicate that depressive symptoms are twice as common among caregivers than non-caregivers.19 Family caregivers who have significantly depressed mood may be adversely affected in their ability to perform desirable health-maintenance or self-care behaviours in response to symptoms.20   Family caregivers experience more physical and mental distress than non-caregivers in the same age group.16 Several studies suggest that many caregivers are at risk of experiencing clinical depression.21 Nearly half of the caregivers in some studies were reported to meet the diagnostic criteria for depression when structured clinical interviews were used.22 There is also some evidence to suggest that a diagnosis of depression can be causally related to the care-giving situation. Dura et al (1991)23 found that nearly one quarter of caregivers met the criteria for depression whilst in the care-giving role, although they had never been diagnosed with depression prior to their assumption of this role. It has been proven that if the problem behaviours and the functional impairment in the care recipients is worse, the strain score is higher and the carer is more likely to be depressed.24 The societal implications of this are underscored by reports indicating that the stressed caregiver is more likely to institutionalize the care recipient.25, 26
 
The impact of caring for different mental disorders
 
The impact of caring for different mental disorders, and associated risk factors, is shown in table 1. Although only limited data is available on the psychological distress experienced by the carers of people with other mental disorders, it seems that these disorders have a significant impact on families. Obsessive-compulsive disorder has a considerable impact on families and can lead to a reduction in social activities, causing isolation over time.38 People with obsessive-compulsive symptoms frequently involve their relatives in rituals.38 This can lead to an increase in anger and criticism towards them which has a negative impact on treatment outcomes.38 Caring for patients with eating disorders can be overwhelming for the carer. Available data suggest that the impact on carers of persons with anorexia nervosa may be even higher than for psychoses.39 Studies on bulimia nervosa indicate that carers have significant emotional and practical needs.40

 

 

Table 1: The impact of caring for different mental disorders and associated risk factors
Mental Disorder
Risk factors
Impact on the carer
Schizophrenia28
High disability, very severe symptoms, poor support from professionals, poor support from social networks, less practical social support, violence.
Guilt, loss, helplessness, fear, vulnerability, cumulative feelings of defeat, anxiety, resentment, and anger are commonly reported by caregivers.
Dementia 29,30
Decline in cognitive and functional status, behavioural disturbances, dependency on assistance.31
Anger, grief, loneliness and resentment.
Mood disorders
Symptoms, changes in family roles, cyclic nature of bipolar disorder, moderate or severe distress.32
Significant distress,33 marked difficulties in maintaining social and leisure activities, decrease in total family income, considerable strains in marital relationships.34, 35 
Psychological consequences during critical periods also persisting in the intervals between episodes
in bipolar disorder,36 poorer physical health, limited activity, and greater health service utilization than non-caregivers.37
 
Table 2: Risk factors for carer psychological distress
Caregiver factors
Research findings
Gender
·   Women have higher rates of depression than men in the care-giving role.42 
·   39% of female caregivers, compared to 16% of male caregivers, qualified as being at-risk for clinical depression on The Center for Epidemiologic Studies-Depression Scale (CES-D).43
·   A randomized controlled trial44 found that women were more likely than men to comply with a home environmental modification intervention, implement recommended strategies, and derive greater benefits. 
·   Male carers tend to have more of a ‘managerial’ style that allows them to distance themselves from the stressful situation to some degree by delegating tasks.45
Age
·   Age-associated impairments in physical competence make the provision of care more difficult for older caregivers.
·   There is a positive association of age and caregiver burden in Whites, but a negative association for African-Americans suggesting that older African-Americans are less likely to experience care-giving as physically burdensome.46
Caregiver health
·    Caregiver health has also been identified as a significant predictor of caregiver depression.46 
·    Poorer physical health among caregivers than age-matched peers. Such health problems are linked to an increased risk of depression.47
·    Longitudinal studies demonstrated that caregivers are at a greater risk, than non-care-giving age-matched controls, for developing mild hypertension and have an increased tendency to develop a serious illness48 as well as increased risk for all-cause mortality.49
Ethnicity
·   Ethnicity has substantial impact on the care-giving experience.41
·   Comprehensive reviews of the literature have identified differences in the stress process, psychological outcomes, and service utilization among caregivers of different racial and ethnic backgrounds.50
·   Studies consistently show important differences in perceived burden and depression among African-American, White, and Hispanic family caregivers.51
·   Caucasian caregivers tend to report greater depression and appraise care-giving as more stressful than African-American caregivers.52
·   Hispanic caregivers report greater depression and behavioural burden than Caucasians and African-Americans.53
Social support
·    Social support has profound effects on caregiver outcomes.
·    More social support corresponds to less depressive symptomatology47 and lower perceived burden.54 
·    Care-giving is associated with a decline in social support, and increased isolation and withdrawal. 55
·    Social support and caregiver burden have been found to mediate depression in caregivers.55
·    Social support has other important functions in that carers may find out about services from people who have used them before and form a network with others in similar situations.41

Factors associated with psychological distress of the carer

 

Risks for carer psychological distress or depression are related to gender, age, health status, ethnic and cultural affiliation, lack of social support, as well as certain other characteristics related to the caregiver (table 2).41 

 

Some of the patient factors related to psychological distress in carers are: behavioural disturbances, functional impairments, physical impairments, cognitive impairments, and fear that their relative may attempt suicide.

 

The frequency with which behavioural disturbances are manifested by the patient has been identified as the strongest predictor of caregiver distress and plays a significant role in the caregivers decision to institutionalize the patient.25 The literature consistently demonstrates that the frequency of behavioural problems is a more reliable predictor of caregiver burden and depression than are the functional and cognitive impairments of the individual.56 Carers face unfamiliar and unpredictable situations which increases stress and anxiety. Anxiety may be increased by behavioural problems of patients who cannot be successfully managed on a consistent basis.56 Anxiety is associated with depression, stress, and physical ill health.56
 
Findings regarding the relationship of functional impairment and negative caregiver outcomes have been inconclusive. Some studies document a weak association of objective measures of patient functional status and caregiver burden/depression,57 whereas others report a stronger relationship.54 Carers have reported great anxiety due to fear that their relative may attempt suicide.58 Carers of people with both physical and cognitive impairments have higher scores for objective burden of caring than those caring for people with either type of impairment alone. 58 In contrast, scores for limitations on their own lives were higher among women caring for people with cognitive impairments (with or without physical impairments).59
 
Coping styles and interventions to reduce psychological distress in carers
 
There is increasing interest in examining the factors that help caregivers successfully manage their role, while minimizing the effect on their mood and general well-being.60 Much of this research has been done within the general framework of stress and coping theory,61 examining coping styles of caregivers and the relationship between types of coping styles and reported symptoms of depression.62 A variety of interventions have been developed which support caregivers (table 3). Interventions include: training and education programs, information-technology based support, and formal approaches to planning care which take into account the specific needs of carers, sometimes using specially designated nurses or other members of the health care team.63
 
Ballard et al (1995)64 demonstrates that a higher level of carer education regarding dementia increases carers’ feelings of competency. This is more likely to reduce their expectations of their dependents’ abilities. Previous studies which have looked at these coping strategies and feelings of competence have shown that unrealistic expectations of a dependant increases carers’ risk of depression,65 and conversely a reduction of carers’ expectations is associated with lower rates of depression.66 Caregivers who maintain positive feelings towards their relative have a greater level of commitment to caring and a lower level of perceived strain.67 Furthermore, carers who experience feelings of powerlessness, lack of control, and unpreparedness have higher levels of depression.65 The most effective treatments in depression of carers appear to be a combination of education and emotional support.68
 
Spiritual support can also be considered a coping resource and has been studied in older African-Americans   and older Mexican-Americans.69 Previous work examining the role of spiritual support observed that African-American caregivers report higher spiritual rewards for caregiving,70 and reliance on prayer and church support.71
 
Religious coping plays a paramount role, and it is often present at higher levels for African-Americans and Hispanics. For REACH caregivers, Coon et al (2004)72 found that religious coping is greater for Hispanic and African-American than for White caregivers. Religious involvement is frequently associated with more access to social support as well.73
 
Anecdotal literature74 suggests that caregivers who use more active coping strategies, such as problem solving, experience fewer symptoms of depression than do those who rely on more passive methods. Significant associations have been reported between positive strategies for managing disturbed behaviour, active strategies for managing the meaning of the illness, and reduced levels of caregiver depression. An important role for health-care professionals is in helping caregivers enhance their coping skills, supporting existing skills, and facilitating the development of new ones.66
 
Table 3: Coping styles and interventions to reduce psychological distress in carers
An important role for health-care professionals is in helping caregivers enhance their coping skills, supporting existing skills and facilitating the development of new ones.
· Training and education programs
· Information-technology based support
· Formal approaches to planning care
· Combination of education and emotional support
· Spiritual support 
· Religious coping
· Positive strategies for managing disturbed behaviour 
· High quality of informal relationships and presence of informal support
· Psychotherapy
· Cognitive-behavioural family intervention
 
Care-giving has some positive associations for caregivers, including pride in fulfilling spousal responsibilities, enhanced closeness with a care receiver, and satisfaction with one's competence.75 These perceived uplifts of care-giving are associated with lower levels of caregiver burden and depression.76 However perceived uplifts are more common among caregivers of colour than among Whites.77
 
High quality of informal relationships, and the presence of informal support, is related to lower caregiver depression78 and less deterioration in the emotional health for African-American caregivers, but not for Whites.79 Support of caregivers by others help to alleviate stress if the supporter is understanding and empathic.74 In one study, caring for a family member was not perceived to be a burden, and caregivers reported notable limitations on their social networks and social activities. They reported higher levels of unemployment than would be expected for the general population and were over-represented in lower income groups. Family carers are at high risk of social and economic disadvantage and at high risk of mental health challenges.80 Highly stressed persons may not be able to benefit from attempted social support of others as much as moderately stressed persons.81
 
Caregivers need to have the opportunity to learn more effective ways of coping with stress. If they can learn new ways to cope, they can reduce their anxiety and reliance on treatments.41 Bourgeois et al (1997)82 report that caregiver’s behavioural skills and effective self-management training programmes result in a lower frequency of patient behavioural problems and helps to improve the caregiver’s mood. Stevens and Burgio (2000)83 designed a caregiver intervention that teaches caregivers behavioural management skills to address problem behaviours exhibited by individuals with dementia, as well as problem-solving strategies to increase pleasant activities for the caregiver. Passive coping styles have been associated with greater burden. Persons who use an escape-avoidance type of coping are known to have more depression and interpersonal conflicts.41
 
Psychotherapy may be of some benefit in patients with early dementia but, due to cognitive loss, some adaptation of the technique is required and the involvement of carers is often necessary.84 Cognitive-behavioural family intervention can have significant benefits in carers of patients with dementia and has a positive impact on patient behaviour.85 From a cognitive perspective, care-giving plays an important invisible part, which consists of interpreting the care receiver's behaviour, reflecting on the best way to adjust to it, and defining care objectives.86 The interventions requiring active participation by the caregivers and those based on cognitive behavioural therapy can produce significant reductions in burden, anxiety and depression than those focused on knowledge acquisition.87
 
Among caregivers with depressive symptoms, 19% used antidepressants, 23% antianxiety drugs, and 2% sedative hypnotics. African-American caregivers were less likely than Whites to be taking antidepressants.88 In their study, Kales et al (2004)89 reported use of herbal products in 18% of elderly subjects with depression and/or dementia and in 16% of their caregivers.
 
In the Burdz et al (1988)90 study, respite care proved to have a positive effect on the burden experienced by the caregivers, and it also had a positive effect, against all expectations, on the cognitive and physical functioning of the persons with dementia.  
 
There are more than twenty instruments that could be used as outcome measures with mental health carers and have good psychometric properties. They can measure (i) carers' well-being, (ii) the experience of care-giving and (iii) carers' needs for professional support.91 The caregiver burden scale and the sense of coherence scale seem to be highly useful for identifying carers at risk of stress, the pattern of burden, and coping strategies. Nurses can help family caregivers to identify their negative experiences about care-giving and can help them reflect upon their coping strategies to find balance in their situation. Risk groups of caregivers may be identified, especially those with a low perceived health and sense of coherence, for early interventions to reduce burden.7
 
Conclusion
 
The impact of caring for someone with mental illness brings the risks of mental ill health to the carer in the form of emotional stress, depressive symptoms, or clinical depression. Most individuals with mental disorders live in their own homes and are cared for by a family member. The caring process can be very taxing and exhausting, especially if the care recipient has a severe mental disorder. Providing such long-term care can be a source of significant stress. The behavioural problems associated with mental disorders further increase the stress levels of the carer and therefore impacts significantly on their mental health.
 
Carers face mental ill health as a direct consequence of their caring role and experience higher rates of mental ill health than the general population. This leads to negative effects on the quality of life of the carer and the standard of care delivered. Efforts to identify and treat caregiver psychological distress will need to be multidisciplinary, require consideration of the cultural context of the patient and caregiver, and focus on multiple risk factors simultaneously. The findings of the review underline the importance for early identification of carers, effective carer support, health promotion, monitoring high-risk groups, and timing appropriate interventions.
Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None Declared
Details of Authors: 
AADIL JAN SHAH, MBBS, MRCPsych, Cheshire and Wirral Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, UK OVAIS WADOO, MBBS, MRCPsych, Mersey Care NHS Trust, UK JAVED LATOO, MBBS, DPM, MRCPsych, North East London NHS Foundation Trust, UK
Corresponding Author Details: 
Dr. Aadil Jan Shah, MBBS, MRCPsych, Speciality Registrar, General Adult Psychiatry, Cheshire and Wirral Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, Address: Early Intervention Team, Cherry Bank Resource Centre, 85 Wellington Road, Ellesmere Port, Chester CH65 0BY
Corresponding Author Email: 
aadilshah@nhs.net
References
References: 

1. Singleton, N., Maung, N. A., Cowie, J., et al. Mental Health of Carers. London: Office for National Statistics,2002.2. Oyebode JR.Carers as partners in mental health services for older people. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment.2005; 11: 297-3043. Magliano L., McDaid D., Kirkwood S. and Berzins K. Carers and families of people with mental health problems. In: Mental health policy and practice across Europe (eds). M. Knapp, D. McDaid, E. Mossialos, G. Thornicroft), pp. 374-396, McGraw-Hill: Berkshire.2007.4. Ostman M. and Hansson L. Stigma by association. British Journal of Psychiatry.2002; 181: 494-498.5. Lauber C., Eichenberger A. and Luginbuhl P. Determinants of burden in caregivers of patients with exacerbating schizophrenia. European Psychiatry.2003; 18: 285-289.6. Schulze, Beate. Caregiver Burden in Mental Illness: Review of Measurement, Findings and Interventions, 2004-2005. Current Opinion in Psychiatry.2005; 18(6).7. Andren, Signe,Elmstahl, Solve. The relationship between caregiver burden, caregivers' perceived health and their sense of coherence in caring for elders with dementia. Journal of Clinical Nursing,2008;vol./is. 17/6(790-799), 0962-1067;1365-2702.8. Hoenig J. and Hamilton M. The schizophrenic patient and his effect on the household. International Journal of Social Psychiatry.1966; 12: 165-1769. Ostman, M. and L. Hansson. Appraisal of caregiving, burden and psychological distress in relatives of psychiatric inpatients. European Psychiatry.2004; 19: 402-407.10. Magliano L., Fiorillo A., De Rosa C., Malangone C. and Maj M. Family burden in long-term diseases: a comparative study in schizophrenia vs. physical disorders. Social Science and Medicine.2005a; 61: 313-322.11. Holmes, T .H., and Rahe,R.H.The social readjustment rating scale.J.Psychosom.Res.1967; 11:213-218.12. Kanner,A. D.,Coyne, J.D.,Schaefer, C., and Lazarus,R. S.Comparison of two modes of stress measurement: Daily hassles and uplifts versus major life events.J.Behav.Med.1981;4:1-39.13. Pearlin,L.I.Role strains and personal stress. In Kaplan, H.B. (ed.), Psychosocial stress: Trends in Theory and Research, Academic Press, New York, pp.3-32.1983.14. Lazarus, R.S., & Folkman, S. Stress, Appraisal and Coping. New York: Springer.1984.15. Deimling,G.T;Bass,D.M;Townsend,A.L;and Noelker,L.S.Care Related stress: A comparison of spouse and adult child caregivers in shared and seperate households. Journal of Ageing and health.1989;1,67-82.16. Amirkhanyan, A.A., & Wolf, D.A. Caregiver stress and noncaregiver stress: Exploring the pathways of psychiatric morbidity. Gerontologist.2003; 43, 817-827.17. Danhauer, S.C.,McCann, J.J., Gilley,D.W., Beckett, L.A., Bienias, J. L., & Evans,   D.A.Do behavioural disturbances in persons with Alzheimer's disease predict caregiver depression over time? Psychology and Aging.2004; 19, 198-202.18. Askey, Ryan,Holmshaw, Janet,Gamble, Catherine,Gray, Richard.What do carers of people with psychosis need from mental health services? Exploring the views of carers, service users and professionals. Journal of Family Therapy.2009;vol./is. 31/3(310-331), 0163-4445;1467-6427.19. Canadian Study of Health and Aging Working Group.Canadian Study of Health and Aging: Study methods and prevalence of dementia. Canadian Medical Association Journal.1994a; 150, 899-913.20. Yvonne Yueh-Feng Lu and Mary Guerriero Austrom. Distress Reponses and Self- Care Behaviours in Dementia Family Caregivers With High and Low Depressed Mood: J Am Psychiatr Nurses Assoc, 2005; 11(4), 231-240.21. Gallant, M.P., & Connel, C.M.Predictors of decreased self-care among spouse caregivers of older adults with dementing illnesses. Journal of Aging and Health.1997;9, 373-395.22. Gallagher,D.,Rose,J.,Rivera,P.,Lovett,S.,&Thompson,L.W.Prevalence of depression in family caregivers.The Gerontologist.1989;29,449-456.23. Dura,J.R;Stukenberg,K.W;and Kiecolt-Glaser,JK..Anxiety and depressive disorders in adult children caring for demented parents.Psychology and ageing.1991;6,467-473.24. Molyneux, C. J,McCarthy, G. M,McEniff, S,Cryan, M,Conroy, R. M. Prevalence and predictors of carer burden and depression in carers of patients referred to an old age psychiatric service. International Psychogeriatrics.2008; vol./is. 20/6(1193-1202), 1041-6102;1741-203X25. Cohen,D; Luchins,D; Eisdorfer,C;Paveza,G; Ashford,J.W;Gorelic,P; Hirsehman,R;Freels,S;Levy,P;Semla,T;&Shaw,H.Caring for relatives with Alzheimers Disease:The Mental Health Risks to Spouses,Adult children and other family caregivers.Behaviour,Health,and Ageing.1990;1,171-182.26. Colerick,E.J;&George,L.K.Depression among Alzheimer's caregivers:Identifying risk factors.American Journal ..Journal of the American Geriatrics Society.1986;34,493-498.27. Magliano L., Marasco C., Fiorillo A., Malangone. C., Guarneri M. and Maj M. The impact of professional and social network support on the burden of families of patients with schizophrenia in Italy. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica.2002; 106: 291-298.28. Lefly H.P. (1997). Synthesizing the family caregiving studies: implications for service planning, social policy, and further research. Family Relations.1997; 46:443–450.29. Cohen C.A., Colantonio A. and Vernich L. Positive aspects of caregiving: rounding out the caregiver experience. International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry.2002; 17: 184-188.30. Thomas P., Hazif-Thomas C., Delagnes V., Bonduelle P. and Clement J.P. La vulnérabilité de l’aidant principal des malades déments à domicile. L’étude Pixel. Psychologie et Neuropsychiatre Vieilissement.2005; 3: 207-220.31. Wittmund B., Wilms H.U., Mory C. and Angermeyer M.C. Depressive disorders in spouses of mentally ill patients. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology.2002; 37: 177-182.32. Perlick D.A., Rosenheck R. R., Clarkin J.F., Raue P. and Sirey J. Impact of family burden and patient symptom status on clinical outcome in bipolar affective disorder. Journal of Nervous Mental Disorders.2001; 189: 31-37.33. Sartorius N. The economic and social burden of depression. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry.2001; 15: 8-11.34. Jungbauer J., Wittmund B., Dietrich S. and Angermeyer M.C. The disregarded caregivers: subjective burden in spouses of schizophrenia patients. Schizophrenia Bulletin.2004; 30: 665-675.35. van Wijngaarden B., Schene A.H. and Koeter M.W. Family caregiving in depression: impact on caregivers' daily life, distress, and help seeking. Journal of Affective Disorders.2004; 81: 211-222.36. Perlick D.A., Hohenstein J.M., Clarkin J.F., Kaczynski R. and Rosenheck R. A. Use of mental health and primary care services by caregivers of patients with bipolar disorder: a preliminary study. Bipolar Disorders.2005; 7: 126-135.37. Baldassano,C. “Reducing the Burden of Bipolar Disorder for Patient and Caregiver,” Medscape Psychiatry & Mental Health.2004; 9(2).38. Amir N., Freshman B.A. and Foa E. Family distress and involvement in relatives of obsessive-compulsive disorder patients. Journal of Anxiety Disorders.2002; 14: 209-217.39. Treasure J., Murphy T., Szmukler G., Todd G., Gavan K. and Joyce J. The experience of caregiving for severe mental illness: a comparison between anorexia nervosa and psychosis. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology.2001; 36: 343-347.40. Perkins, S., S. Winn, J. Murray, R. Murphy and U. Schmidt. A qualitative study of the experience of caring for a person with bulimia nervosa. Part 1: The emotional impact of caring. International Journal of Eating Disorders.2004; 36(3): 256-268.41. Gruetzner, H.M. Alzheimer's: A Caregiver's Guide and Sourcebook. Wiley.2001.42. Mc Grath, E., Puryear Keita, G., Stricland, B.R., and Felipe Russo, N. Women and Depression: Risk Factors and Treatment Issues, American Psychological Association, Washington, DC.1992.43. Schulz, R., and Williamson, G.A Two-year longitudinal study of depression among Alzheimer's caregivers. Psychol. Aging.1991; 6:569-578.44. Gitlin, L.N., Corcoran, M., Winter, L., Boyce, A., & Marcus, S.Predicting participation and adherence to a home environmental intervention among family caregivers of persons with dementia .Family Relations.1999; 48, 363-372.45. Draper, B. Dealing With Dementia: A Guide to Alzheimer's Disease and Depression in Caregivers of Patients with Dementia.2004.46. Lawton,M.P., Rajgopal,D., Brody,E., & Kleban,M.H.The dynamics of caregiving for a demented elder among Black and White families.Journal of Gerontology:Social Sciences .1992;47, S156-S164.47. Baumgarten, M., Battista, R.N., Infante-Rivard,C.,Hanley, J.A., Becker, R.,& Gauthier, S.The Psychological and Physical health of family members caring for an elderly person with dementia. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology.1992; 45,61-70.48. Shaw WS,Patterson TL,Semple SJ,et al.Longitudinal analysis of multiple indicators of health decline among spousal caregivers.Ann Behav Med .1997;19:101-109.49. Schulz, R., O'Brien, A.T., Bookwala, J.,& Flessiner, K. Psychiatric and physical morbidity effects of dementia caregiving : Prevalence, correlates, and causes. Gerontologist.1995; 35, 771-791.50. Connel, C.M., Janevic, M.R., & Gallant, M.P.The costs of caring: Impact of dementia on family caregivers. Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry and Neurology.2001; 14, 179-187.51. Calderon, V., & Tennstedt, S. Results of a qualitative study. Journal of Gerontological Social Work.1998;30, 159-178.52. Farran, C.J., Miller, B.H., Kaufman, J.E., & Davis, L. Race, finding meaning, and caregiver distress.Journal of Aging and Health.1997; 9, 316-333.53. Harwood DG, Barker WW, Cantillon, et al.Depression symptomatology in the first-degree family caregivers of Alzheimer disease patients: A cross-ethnic comparison. Alzheimer Disease & Associated Disorders.1998; 4: 340-346.54. Gallant, M.P., & Connel, C.M.Predictors of decreased self-care among spouse caregivers of older adults with dementing illnesses. Journal of Aging and Health.1997;9, 373-395.55. Clyburn L, Stones M, Hadjistavropoulos T, et al.Predict depression in caregiver burden and in Alzheimer's disease.J Gerontol B Psychol Sci Soc Sci.2000; 55:S2-S13.56. Williamson, G.M.,& Schulz, R. Coping with specific stressors in Alzheimer's Disease caregiving. The Geronotologist.1993;33, 747-755.57. Russo,J.,Vitaliano,P.P.,Brewer,D.D.,Katon,W.,&Becker,J.Psychiatric disorders in spouse caregivers of care recipients with Alzheimer's disease and matched controls:A diathesis-stress model of psychopathology,Journal of abnormal psychology.1995;104,197-204.58. McDonell M.G ., Short R.A ., Berry C.M ., Dyck D.G. Burden in Schizophrenia Caregivers: Impact of Family Psychoeducation and Awareness of Patient Suicidality. Family Process.2003; Vol. 42, No. 1.59. Tooth, Leigh,Russell, Anne,Lucke, Jayne,Byrne, Gerard,Lee, Christina,Wilson, Andrew,Dobson, Annette. Impact of cognitive and physical impairment on carer burden and quality of life. Quality of Life Research: An International Journal of Quality of Life Aspects of Treatment, Care & Rehabilitation.2008;vol./is. 17/2(267-273), 0962-9343;1573-264960. Quayhagen. M.P.,& Quahagen. M.Alzheimer's stress: Coping wih the caregiving role. The Geronotologist.1998; 28, 391-396.61. Lazarus,R. S., and Folkman,S.Stress,Appraisal,and Coping,Springer Publishing Company,New York.1984.62. Fingerman, K.L., Gallagher-Thompson, D., Lovett, S., & Rose, J. Internal resourcefulness, task demands, coping, and dysphoric affect among caregivers of the frail elderly. International Journal of Aging &Human Development.1996; 42, 229-248.63. Woods RT, Wills W, Higginson IJ, Hobbins J, Whitby M.Support in the community for people with dementia and their carers: a comparative outcome study of specialist mental health service interventions. International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry .2003;18:(4):298-307.64. Ballard, C.G., Saad,K., Patel, A., Gahir,M., Solis, M., et al. The prevalence and Phenomenology of psychotic symptoms in dementia sufferers. International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry.1995a; 10, 477-485.65. Coppel, D.B., Burton, C., Becker, J. and Fiore, J. Relationships of cognitions associated with coping reactions to depression in spousal caregivers of Alzheimer's disease patients. Cog. Ther. Res.1985; 9, 253-266.66. Saad, K.,Hartman, J.,Ballard, C., Kurian, M.,Graham, C.and Wilcock, G.Coping in the Carers of dementia sufferes. Age Ageing.1995; 24 , 495-498.67. Horowitz, A. and Shindelman, L.W. Reciprocity and affection: Past influences on current caregiving. J. Gerontol. Soc. Work.1983; 5, 5-20.68. Lawton, M.P. Interventions in Dementia Care: Toward Improving Quality of Caregiving.200069. Levin, J.S.,Chatters,L.M., and Taylor, R.J. Religious effects on health status and life satisfaction among Black Americans. J.Gerontol. Soc. Sci.1995;50B: S154-S163.70. Picot, S.J, Debanne, SM., Namazi, K.H., and Wykle, M.L. Religiosity and perceived rewards of Black and Anglo caregivers. Gerontologist.1997; 37: 89-101.71. Dilworth-Anderson, P., Williams, I.C.,& Gibson, B.E.Issues of race , ethnicity, and culture in caregiving research :A 20-year review (1980-2000).The Gerontologist.2002; 42, 237-272.72. Coon, D.W., Rubbert, MP., Solano,N., Mausbach,B., Kraemer, H., Arguelles, T., et al.Well-being, appraisel, and coping in Latina and Caucasian female dementia caregivers:Finding from the REACH study. Aging and Mental Health.2004, 8(4), 330-345.73. Walls,CT.,&Zarit SH. Informal Support From Black Churches and the Well-Being of Elderly Blacks.The Gerontologist.1991; .31(4):490 495.74. Haley, W, E., Levine, E, G., Brown, S, L., Bartolucci, A, A. Stress appraisal, coping and social support as predictors of adptational outcome among dementia caregivers.Psychology and Aging.1987; 2, 323- 330.75. Kramer, B.J.Gain in the caregiving experience: Where are we ?What next? Gerontologist.1997; 37, 218-232.76. Pinquart, M., & Sorensen, S. Associations of stressors and uplifts of caregiving with caregiver burden and depressive mood: A meta-analysis. Journal of Gerontology: Psychological Sciences & Social Sciences.2003;58B, 112-128.77. Haley, W.E., Gitlin, L.N., Wisniewski, S. R., Mahoney, D.F., Coon, D.W.,Winter, L., et al. Well-being, appraisal, and coping in African- American and Cuacasian dementia caregivers: Findings from the REACH study. Aging & Mental Health.2004; 8(4), 316-329.78. Cox, C.Comparing the experience of Black and White Caregivers of dementia patients. Social Work.1995;3, 343-349.79. Alten, G.J. Racial variations in caregiver stress and burden among informal caregivers of impaired elderly persons.University of Florida, Gainesville.1993.80. Burton-Smith, Rosanne,McVilly, Keith R,Yazbeck, Marie,Parmenter, Trevor R,Tsutsui, Takako.Quality of life of Australian family carers: Implications for research, policy, and practice. Journal of Policy and Practice in Intellectual Disabilities.2009; vol./is. 6/3(189-198), 1741-112281. Rivera De J.L.G. Factores de estrés y enfermedad médica. Actas Luso-Españolas de Psiquiatría y Neurología.1991; 19: 290-297.82. Bourgeois,MS.,Burgio,LD.,Schulz,R.,Beach,S, and Palmer,B. Modifying repetitive verbalizations of community-dwelling patients with AD. The Gerontologist.1997; Vol 37, Issue 1 30-39.83. Stevens, A.B. & Burgio, L.D. Issues in training home-based caregivers of individuals with Alzheimer’s disease. Alzheimer’s Care Quarterly.2000; 1(1):55-68.84. Cheston, R. Psychotherapeutic work with people with dementia: a review of the literature. British Journal of Medical Psychology.1998; 71, 211-231.85. Marriott,A., Donaldson,C.,Tarrier,N and Burns,A. Effectiveness of cognitive-behavioural family intervention in reducing the burden of care in carers of patients with Alzheimer's disease,British Journal of Psychiatry.200086. Rigaux, Natalie. Informal care: Burden or significant experience? Psychologie & NeuroPsychiatrie du Vieillissement.2009; vol./is. 7/1(57-63), 1760-1703.87. Yarnoz, Adelaida Zabalegui,Diez, Montserrat Navarro,Torres, Esther Cabrera et al.Efficacy of interventions aimed at the main carers of dependent individuals aged more than 65 years old. A systematic review. Revista Espanola de Geriatria y Gerontologia.2008; vol./is. 43/3(157-166), 0211-139X.88. Sleath,B.,Thorpe,J.,Lawrence,MPH.,Landerman,R.,Doyle,M.and Clipp,E. African-American and white caregivers of older adults with Dementia:Differences in Depressive Syptomatology and Psychotropic Drug Use.2005; By the American Geriatrics Society.89. Helen C.Kales, MD, Frederic C. Blow, PhD, Deborah E.Welsh, MS, and Alan M.Mellow,MD, PhD. Herbal products and other Supplements: Use by Elderly Veterans With Depression and Dementia and Their Caregivers: J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2004;17:25-31.90. Burdz, M.P., Eaton, W.O. and Bond, J.B.Effect of respite care on dementia and nondementia patients in caregiver', Psychology and Aging.1988; 3, 1:38-42.91. Harvey, K,Catty, J,Langman, A,Winfield, H,Clement, S,Burns, E,White, S,Burns, T. A review of instruments developed to measure outcomes for carers of people with mental health problems. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica.2008;vol./is. 117/3(164-176), 0001-690X;1600-0447.

 

Interview with Professor David Kingdom

Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(2):321

David Kingdom is a Professor of Mental Health Care Delivery at University of Southampton and Honorary Consultant Psychiatrist to Hampshire Partnership Foundation Trust.
                                                                 
How long have you been working in your speciality?
30 years             
 
Which aspect of your work do you find most satisfying?
Clinical work can be very stimulating but so can research particularly when you feel, rightly or wrongly, that you have contributed something original which can benefit patients.
 
What achievements are you most proud of in your medical career?
Developing cognitive behaviour therapy for people with psychosis and then seeing it gradually becoming part of accepted practice in many parts of the world.
 
Which part of your job do you enjoy the least?
Doing reports and filling in forms.
 
What are your views about the current status of medical training in your country and what do you think needs to change?
Generally I think there have been many positive developments of it especially in improving the interaction between patients, health care staff and doctors but there is still a real problem with conveying the importance of psychological aspects.
 
How would you encourage more medical students into entering your speciality?
I would like to see psychology being increasingly accepted as a relevant qualification on a par with other sciences.
 
What qualities do you think a good trainee should possess?
Intelligence and warmth.
 
What is the most important advice you could offer to a new trainee?
Spend as much time learning from patients and their carers as you can.
 
What qualities do you think a good trainer should possess?
Intelligence and warmth.
 
Do you think doctors are over-regulated compared with other professions?
No, although revalidation may be going that way.
 
Is there any aspect of current health policies in your country that are de-professionalising doctors? If yes what should be done to counter this trend?
No – we need to maximise the efficiency of our work and this will mean gradual change in roles of ourselves and others.
 
Which scientific paper/publication has influenced you the most?
‘Not made of wood’ by Jan Foudraine, a Dutch psychiatrist who spent time listening to patients in long-stay hospitals and drawing out the extraordinary stories of their lives.
 
What single area of medical research in your speciality should be given priority?
Psychological treatments for currently treatment resistant conditions.
 
What is the most challenging area in your speciality that needs further development?
Classification of mental disorders.
 
Which changes would substantially improve the quality of healthcare in your country?
Introduction of effective care pathways which are linked directly to outcome measurement and funding contingent on these.
 
Do you think doctors can make a valuable contribution to healthcare management? If so how?
Yes – by seeing that clinically effective interventions are made available to those who can benefit from them.
 
How has the political environment affected your work?
Funding has improved over the past decade but is now looking much more uncertain.
 
What are your interests outside of work?
 Family, sailing & watching Southampton FC.
 
If you were not a doctor, what would you do?
Law probably as it also involves work with people and is a steady job.

 

Psychiatry in Limbo: New Ways of Talking

Authors
Francis J Dunne
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(2):319
Some things dont change
 
‘Everyone thinks of changing the world, but no one thinks of changing himself.’ Leo Tolstoy (1828-1910) 
                                           
Readers surely must have noticed by now how ‘client’, ‘service user’, ‘customer’, and other business terms have gained momentum in health care settings over the years. Newspeak has insidiously worked its way into all health policy documents. For reasons that escape me, in mental health services particularly, there seems to be an unwritten diktat that hospital personnel use any terminology other than ‘patient’ for those attending for treatment. Anyone who sets foot inside a hospital is now deemed to be a service user even though the word patient (from the Latin, patiens, for ‘one who suffers’) has not changed its meaning for centuries. Yet curiously, management Newspeak is not questioned or discussed openly by medical or nursing staff, perhaps for fear of being labelled old-fashioned, trying to cling on to relics of a bygone era. Subtle, unspoken, ‘nannying’ of health professionals in general, and a casual, perfunctory dismissal of matters medical now seem to be the order of the day.
 
The term ‘patient’ is now viewed sceptically by some in the management hierarchy as depicting an individual dependent on the nurse or doctor, rather than a token of respect for that person’s privacy and dignity. Non-clinical therapists are not obliged to use the term patient. What follows from that however, is the abstruse rationale that it is probably best to describe everyone as a ‘client’, ‘customer’, or ‘service user’ so as not to appear judgemental or create confusion. This apparently avoids ‘inferiority’ labelling and ensures all are ‘treated’ the same. Using the term ‘patient’, implies a rejection by doctors of multi-disciplinary team working, we are led to believe. There is a perceived, albeit unfounded notion, that the medical profession want to dominate those with mental healthproblems in particular by insisting on a biological model of illness and, by inference, pharmacological ‘chemical cosh’ treatments. At the heart of all this mumbo-jumbo lies the social model of care with its aim of ‘demedicalising’ the management of mental illness. This, ironically, seems at odds with medical practice where the emphasis has always been on a holistic approach to patient care. Yet an insistence on a social model of mental illness is as patronising to the patients that hospital managers purport to be caring for, as is the imagined ‘disempowerment’ model they want to dismantle. Some in the health management hierarchy contend that the word ‘patient’ fits poorly with today’s views of ‘users’ taking an ‘active part’ in their own health care.1  Or does it? One may decide to have the cholecystectomy or the coronary bypass, when the acute cholecystitis and chest pain respectively have settled down, and select the time and date of the procedure, but I doubt whether one has any real ‘choice’ in the matter when the condition becomes critical, or that one will play an active part in the procedure itself. 
 
The concept of empowerment, which has been around for decades, also seems to be enjoying a renaissance, being one of the current buzzwords in ‘modern’ health care. Other buzz phrases, among many, include ‘freedom of choice’, ‘equity’, ‘right to participation’, ‘increased role of the consumer.’ Empowerment, theoretically, enables new customers to stand up for themselves, demand their therapeutic rights and choose their own treatment. Fine when you are well. However, should I develop a serious illness, particularly one in which I have no great expertise, and because I cannot conceivably amass the entire body of medical knowledge before I see the doctor or nurse about my condition, I would prefer the physician/nurse to outline the treatment plan. I do not want to be called a client, customer or punter, because such derisory terms are more apt to make me feel, ironically, ‘disempowered’.
 
Why the change?      
 
‘If you want to make enemies, try to change something.’ Woodrow Wilson (1856-1924)
 
What is it about doctors using the word ‘patient’ that health managers and non-medical therapists find so irritating and difficult to accept? Perhaps the answer lies in the doctor-patient relationship, akin to the attorney-client privilege afforded to the legal profession, so loathed by the judicial system. We are being swept along on a current of neutral, incongruous words such as ‘client’ (the most popular at present), ‘service user’ (this applies across the board), ‘consumer’ (Consuming what? I know my rights!), ‘customer’ (Do I get a warranty with this service? May I return the goods if they are unsatisfactory?) Better still, ‘ambulatory health seekers’ (the walking wounded) and ‘punters’ (a day at the races). The general trend it seems is for doctors to name one attending an appointment as ‘patient,’ midwives opt for ‘people’, social workers tend to speak of the ‘service user’, psychologists and occupational therapists prefer ‘client’, and psychoanalysts sometimes use the rather cumbersome description ‘analysand’. What is usually forgotten is that the person waiting in the analyst’s reception is no different from the humble stomach-ache sufferer.2
 
To most people ‘service user’ infers someone who uses a train or bus, or brings their car to a garage or petrol station. The term ‘user’ often denotes one who exploits another; it is also synonymous with ‘junkie’ and a myriad of other derogatory terms for those dependent on illegal drugs; ‘client’ has ambiguous overtones, and ‘people’ refers generally to the population or race, not to individuals receiving treatment. For general purposes a ‘client’ could be defined as a person who seeks the services of a solicitor, architect, hairdresser or harlot. There is also talk of ‘health clients’. Someone who goes to the gym perhaps! A customer is a person who purchases goods or services from another; it does not specifically imply an individual patient buying treatment from a clinician. Try to imagine the scenario of being told in your outpatient setting that a client with obsessive compulsive disorder, or a service user who is psychotic, or a customer with schizophrenia, is waiting to be seen. Although it is defies belief, this is how non-medical therapists portray patients. Would a medical doctor describe a person with haemorrhagic pancreatitis as a customer? Picture a physician and psychiatrist talking about the same person as a patient and customer respectively. Patients make appointments with their general practitioners. In psychiatry the terms are an incongruous depiction of the actual clinic setting in that most patients are not consumers or customers in the market sense; indeed many have little wish to buy mental health services; some go to extraordinary lengths to avoid them.3 Those who are regarded as in greatest need vehemently avoid and reject mental health services and have to be coerced into becoming ‘customers’ through the process of the mental health act.
 
What do our medical and surgical colleagues make of all this? Despite Newspeak insidiously weaving its way through other specialties, it does not seem to have permeated medicine or surgery to the same extent. Is psychiatry therefore alienating itself even further from other fields in medicine by aligning itself with this fluent psychobabble? Do cardiologists refer to patients with myocardial infarctions as customers? Does a patient with a pulmonary embolism or sarcoidosis feel more empowered when described as a punter? Changing the name does not address the illness or the factors in its causation. Perhaps one could be forgiven for using terms other than ‘patient’ for someone who wants plastic surgery to enhance their facial appearance, or a ‘tummy tuck’ to rid themselves of fatty tissue induced by overindulgence, or in more deserving cases, successive pregnancies. Readers will have no difficulty adding to the list. Such people are not ill. However, when describing a person with multiple myeloma, acute pulmonary oedema, intravascular disseminated coagulopathy or diabetic ketotic coma, I’m not so sure ‘consumer’ or ‘ambulatory health client,’ fits the profile. After all, a customer usually wants to ‘buy something’ of his/her own choosing. Now this may apply to ‘gastric banding’ or silicone implants, but there is not much choice on offer when one is in a hypoglycaemic coma or bedridden with multiple sclerosis.
 
Despite the above, when people were actually asked how they would prefer to be described by a psychiatrist or by a general practitioner,67% and 75% preferred ‘patient’ respectively.4 Another survey revealed a slightly higher preference (77%) for ‘patient’.5 One might argue that such results depend on the setting where the surveys were carried out and by whom. However, logic dictates that if I am in the supermarket waiting to be served, I would assume I am a customer; while attending the general practitioner’s surgery for some ailment, I would imagine I am there as a patient. Such surveys are conveniently ignored by service providers. So what does it matter? It matters because the lack of direct contact between managers and patients puts the former at a great disadvantage and leads one to question their competence and credibility when accounting for patient preferences. Perhaps managers should ‘shadow’ physicians and surgeons to fully understand why the people they treat are called patients. Psychiatry is not a good example of normal medical practice since so many of its adherents possess the illusory fantasy of being ‘experts in living’, and not physicians whose aim is to diagnose and treat.
 
Be patient                             
 
‘The art of medicine consists in amusing the patient while nature cures the disease.’   Voltaire (1694-1778)
 
It is noticeable that ‘patient’ remains the preferred usage by the media, press, and cabinet ministers, and of course, by medical and surgical teams. The implicit meaning of the word ‘patient’ is that someone is being cared for, and the media at least seem to respect this. Ironically, in the field of mental health, clinicians will often write letters to other professionals referring to an ill person as a ‘patient’ in one paragraph, and a ‘client’ in the next! Doubt and equivocation reign. It is as if the stigma of mental illness will evaporate if we gradually stop talking about sufferers as patients, and ‘empower’ them by describing them as ‘customers.’ There is ambiguity in the terminology itself. The term service user is the most disliked term among those who consult mental health professionals.6  The terms are also used interchangeably, with ‘customers’ and ‘service users’ described in the same breath. What do we call a drug-user? - a service user drug-user or a drug-user service user, a customer who uses drugs, or a drug-using customer? How does one accurately describe an individual using alcohol and illegal drugs? Is an infant suffering from respiratory distress syndrome or a child moribund with bacterial meningitis an active participant in his/her health care? In theory, they are service users. What about young people among whom substance misuse is prevalent?7 Do we label and stigmatise them as drug clients or drug customers? Will the outpatient and inpatient departments be redesignated as out-service or in-service user clinics? Oxymoronic terms such as ‘health clients’ do not convey any meaning when applied to hospital patients. Doubtless, critics with their customary predictability will lamely and with gloating schadenfreude, accuse the medical profession of bemoaning their loss of hegemony in health care matters, but their arguments are specious, stem from a lingering resentment of the medical profession, and amount to little.
 
In other areas of health some argue that making choices about lifestyle, and seeking advice on matters such as fertility, liposuction, gastric banding, or cosmeticsurgery, do not require one to be called a patient, and rightly so. Such information is freely available at clinics and on the Internet, and therefore does not require the advice of a doctor per se, until the actual procedure is imminent. However, it would be inconceivable for a patient undergoing say, a laparoscopic bypass or sleeve mastectomy for obesity, not to heed the views of the surgeon performing the procedure itself, the success rate, and complications. Whether to have the operation is a different matter. Similarly, individuals who want to engage in psychological therapies such as cognitive or psychoanalytic, or who would rather indulge in an expensive course of ‘emotional healing’, can choose for themselves. Neither does one need to see a nurse practitioner or general practitioner for a mild upper respiratory tract infection. Such people are not suffering from any serious medical illness (an enduring feeling of being physically or mentally unwell) in the true sense of the word.
 
When all is said and done, most people are unschooled in etymology, and condemning words because of their remote origins is pointless. Words change in meaning over time. Often they take on a new meaning, all too obvious in teenage slang. The word ‘wicked’ used to mean sinful, now it refers to something ‘cool’ (another word that has changed its meaning). Besides, if ‘patient’ really is that offensive, it seems odd that it has retained unchallenged supremacy in the United States,the centre of consumerist medicine, where the patient is quite definitely a partner.8
 
Physicians do not want to return to the days of paternalistic and condescending medicine, where deferential, passive patients were at the mercy of the stereotypical omniscient, omnipotent doctor or nurse matron. Likewise, patients do not want to be treated like products in order to achieve targets for the government health police. Patients nowadays are generally more confident and better informed about their conditions, in other words, already empowered, than in days gone by, particularly with the advent of the Internet (alas, here misinformation also abounds) and this is welcome. Therefore, if you are relatively well you can choose a treatment to suit your lifestyle. Unfortunately, not many patients suffering from chronic illnesses, for example, schizophrenia in some cases, or a degenerative condition such as motor neurone disease, feel empowered. I might feel empowered when I can decide to have one therapy or another, say, cognitive as opposed to solution-focussed therapy. I somehow doubt whether I would feel equal in status to, or more empowered than, the surgeon who is performing a splenectomy on me for traumatic splenic rupture.
 
The thrust of all this is that nothing is thought through; everything consists of ‘sound bites’ and ‘catchphrases’, and the sound bites become increasingly absurd the more one scrutinises the terminology. The medical and nursing profession should only be tending to people who are ill or recovering from illness. Of course other staff are directly or indirectly involved in patient care and follow-up. Physiotherapy is a good example. Nonetheless the title patient remains the same. Therefore let us be clear about the definition: those who suffer from an illness are patients; those who are not ill can be called service users, or whatever term takes your fancy.
Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
FRANCIS J DUNNE, FRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist and Honorary Senior Lecturer, University College London, North East London Foundation Trust, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Details: 
FRANCIS J DUNNE, FRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist and Honorary Senior Lecturer, University College London, North East London Foundation Trust, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Email: 
francis.dunne@nelft.nhs.uk
References
References: 

1. Neuberger J. Do we need a new word for patients? Let’s do away with ‘patients’. Br Med J 1999; 318: 1756–8. 

2. Gellner E. The Psychoanalytic Movement 1985. Paladin Books, Granada Publishing Ltd.

3. Hodgkiss A. User, client or patient: what do we call people receiving treatment for mental health problems? Psychiatr Bull2000; 24: 441.

4. McGuire-Snieckus R, McCabe R, Priebe S. Patient, client or service user? A survey of patient preferences of dress and address of six mental health professions. Psychiatr Bull 2003; 27: 305–8.
 
5. Ritchie CW, Hayes D, Ames DJ. Patient or client? The opinions of people attending a psychiatric clinic. Psychiatr Bull 2000; 24: 447–50.
 
6. Simmons P, Hawley CJ, Gale TM, Sivakumaran T. Service user, patient,   client, user or survivor: describing recipients of mental health services. The Psychiatrist (2010), 34, 20–23.
 
7. Dunne FJ.  Substance misuse in the young. Br J Hosp Med 1993; 50(11): 643-9.
 
8. Tallis R. Commentary: Leave well alone. BMJ 1999; 318:1756-58.

Preparing for the MRCPsych CASC - an insight based on experience

Authors
Abrar Hussain and Mariwan Husni
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(2):314
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

The Clinical Assessment of Skills and Competencies (CASC) is the final examination towards obtaining the Membership of the Royal College of Psychiatrists (MRCPsych). It assesses skills in history taking, mental state examination, risk assessment, cognitive examination, physical examination, case discussion and difficult communication.1 The CASC is the only clinical examination, having replaced the earlier format, which had clinical components at two stages.

 

Background

 
The Royal College of Psychiatrists first introduced the CASC in June 2008. It is based on the OSCE style of examination but is a novel method of assessment as it tests complex psychiatric skills in a series of observed interactions.2 OSCE (Observed Structured Clinical Examination) is a format of examination where candidates rotate through a series of stations, each station being marked by a different examiner.  Before the CASC was introduced, candidates appeared for OSCE in Part 1 and the ‘Long Case’ in Part 2 of the MRCPsych examinations.  The purpose of introducing of the CASC was to merge the two assessments.3
 
The first CASC diet tested skills in 12 stations in one circuit. Subsequently, 16 stations have been used in two circuits - one comprising eight ‘single’ and the other containing four pairs of ‘linked’ scenarios.  Feedback is provided to unsuccessful candidates in the form of ‘Areas of Concern’.4  The pass rate has dropped from almost 60% in the first edition to around 30% in the most recent examination (figure 1).  Reasons for this are not known.  The cost of organising the examination has increased and candidates will be paying £885 to sit the examination in 2010 in the United Kingdom (figure 2). 
 
Figure 1
 
We are sharing our experience of the CASC examination and we hope that it will be useful reading for trainees intending to appear for the CASC and for supervisors who are assisting trainees in preparation.  In preparing this submission, we have also made use of some anecdotal observations of colleagues. We have also drawn from our experience in organising local MRCPsych CASC training and small group teaching employing video recording of interviews.
 
Figure 2
 
CASC is an evaluation of two domains of a psychiatric interview: ‘Content’ (the knowledge for what you need to do) and ‘Process’ (how you do it).  The written Papers (1, 2 and 3) test the knowledge of candidates. We therefore feel that the candidates possess the essentials of the ‘Content’ domain.  Therefore, the more difficult aspect is demonstrating an appropriate interview style to the examiner in the form of the ‘Process’.
 
This article discusses the preparation required before the examination followed by useful tips on the day of the examination.
 
Before the examination day (table 1)
Table 1: Tips before the examination day
Factor
Technique
- The mindset
- Have a positive attitude
- Time required
- Start preparing early
- Analysing areas for improvement
- Use ‘Areas of Concern’
- Practice
- Group setting and individual sessions
- Feedback from colleagues using video
 
The mindset
 
In our view, preparation for the CASC needs to begin even before the application form is submitted.  Having a positive mindset will go a long way in enhancing the chances of success.5 It is therefore a must to believe in ones ability and dispel any negative cognition.  Understandably, previous failure in the CASC can affect ones confidence, but a rational way forward would be to consider the failure as a means of experiential learning, a very valuable tool.  Experiential learning for a particular person occurs when changes in judgments, feelings, knowledge or skills result from living through an event or events.6
 
Time required
 
Starting to prepare early is crucial as it gives time to analyse and make the required changes to the style of the interview.  For instance, a good interview requires candidates to use an appropriate mixture of open and closed questions.  Candidates who have been following this technique in daily practice will find it easier to replicate this in examination conditions when there is pressure to perform in limited time.  However, candidates who need to incorporate this into their style will need time to change their method of interview.
 
Analysing areas for improvement
 
Candidates need to identify specific areas where work is needed to improve their interview technique.  The best way to accomplish this is by an early analysis of their interview technique by a senior colleague, preferably a consultant who has examined candidates in the real CASC examination.  We think its best to provide feedback using the Royal College’s ‘Areas of Concern’ - individual parameters used to provide structured feedback in the CASC.  This will help to accustom oneself with the expectation in the actual examination. 
 
Requesting more than one ‘examiner’ to provide feedback is useful as it can provide insight into ‘recurring mistakes’ which may have become habit.  In addition, different examiners might provide feedback on various aspects of the interview style.  The Calgary-Cambridge guide7, 8 is a collection of more than 70 evidence-based communication process skills and is a vital guide to learn the basics of good communication skills.
 
Practice
 
We believe that it is important to practice in a group setting.  Group work increases productivity and satisfaction.9 The aim of group practice is to interact with different peers which will help candidates to become accustomed to varying communication styles. Group practice is more productive when the group is dynamic so that novelty prevails. Practising with the same colleagues over a period of weeks carries the risk of perceiving a false sense of security.  We feel this is because candidates get used to the style of other candidates and, after a period of time, may not recognise areas for improvement.
 
Another risk of a static group is candidates may not readily volunteer areas for improvement - either because they may feel they are offending the person or, more importantly, because the same point may have been discussed multiple times before! Whenever possible, an experienced ‘examiner’ may be asked to facilitate and provide feedback along the lines of ‘Areas of Concern’.  However candidates need to be conscious of the pitfalls of group work and negative aspects such as poor decisions and conflicting information.  
 
In addition to group practice, candidates would benefit immensely from individual sessions where consultants and senior trainees could observe their interview technique. Candidates could interview patients or colleagues willing to role-play.  We have observed that professionals from other disciplines like nurses and social workers are often willing to help in this regard.  Compared to group practice, this needs more effort and commitment to organise.  Consultants, with their wealth of experience, would be able to suggest positive changes and even subtle shifts in communication styles which may be enough to make a difference.  We found that video recording the sessions, and providing feedback using the video clips, helps candidates to identify errors and observe any progress made.
 
The feedback of trainees who appeared in the CASC examination included that attending CASC revision courses had helped them to prepare for the examination.  It is beyond the remit of this article to discuss in detail about individual courses.  The majority of courses employ actors to perform role-play and this experience is helpful in preparing for the CASC.  Courses are variable in style, duration and cost.  Candidates attending courses early in their preparation seem to benefit more as they have sufficient time to apply what they have learnt.
 
During the examination (table 2)
Table 2: Tips during the examination
Factor
Technique
- Reading the task
- Fast and effective reading
- Focus on all sub-tasks
- Time management
- ‘Wrap up’ in the final minute
- The golden minute
- Establish initial rapport
- Leaving the station
- Avoid ruminating on previous station
- Expecting a surprise
- Fluent conversation with empathy
 
Reading the task
 
Inadequate reading and/or understanding of the task leads to poor performance. Candidates have one minute preparation time in single stations and two minutes in linked stations.  We have heard from many candidates who appeared in the examination that some tasks can have a long history of the patient.  This requires fast and effective reading by using methods such as identifying words without focusing on each letter, not sounding out all words, skimming some parts of the passage and avoiding sub-vocalisation.  It goes without stating that this needs practice.
 
CASC differs from the previous Part 1 OSCE exam in that it can test a skill in more depth.  For example it may ask to demonstrate a test for focal deficit in cognition that may not be detected by conducting a superficial mini mental state examination.
 
Candidates need to ensure they understand what is expected of them before beginning the interview.  In some stations, there are two or three sub-tasks. We believe that all parts of a task have a bearing on the marking. 
 
An additional copy of the ‘Instruction to Candidate’ will be available within the cubicles. We suggest that when in doubt, candidates should refer to the task so that they don’t go off track.  Referring to the task in a station will not attract negative marking but it is best done before initiating the interview.
 
Time management
 
It is crucial to manage time within the stations.  A warning bell rings when one minute is left for the station to conclude.  This can be used as a reference point to ‘wrap up’ the session.  If the station is not smoothly concluded before the end of the final bell candidates may come across as unprofessional.  Candidates also run the risk of losing valuable time to read the task for the next station.
 
Single stations last for seven minutes and linked stations last for ten minutes.  Candidates who have practiced using strict timing are able to sense when the warning bell will ring. They are also able to use the final minute to close the session appropriately.
 
Having stressed the importance of finishing the stations on time, it is also vital to understand that an early finish can lead to an uncomfortable silence in the station. This may give the examiner the impression that the candidate did not cover the task.  We feel that there will always be something more the candidate could have explored!
 
The awkward silence in the above scenario can potentially make the candidate feel anxious and ruminate on the station which must be avoided.
 
The golden minute
 
First impressions go a long way in any evaluation and the CASC is no different in this regard.10 Candidates need to open the interview in a confident and professional manner to be able to make a lasting impact and establish a better rapport.  Observing peers, seniors and consultants interacting with patients is a good learning experience for candidates in this regard.
 
Candidates who do well are able to demonstrate their ability to gain the trust of the actors in this crucial passage of the interaction.  Basic aspects such as a warm and polite greeting, making good eye contact, and clear introduction and explanation of the session will go a long way in establishing initial rapport which can be strengthened as the interview proceeds. 
 
The first minute in a station is important as it sets the tone of the entire interaction.  A confident start would certainly aid candidates in calming their nerves. Actors are also put at ease when they observe a doctor who looks and behaves in a calm and composed manner.
 
Leaving the station behind
 
Stations are individually marked in the CASC.  Performance in one station has no bearing on the marking process in the following stations.  It is therefore important not to ruminate about previous stations as this could have a detrimental effect on the performance in subsequent stations.  The variety of tasks and scenarios in the CASC means that candidates need to remain fresh and alert.  Individual perceptions of not having performed well in a particular station could be misleading as the examiner may have thought otherwise. Candidates need to remember that they will still be able to pass the examination even if they do not pass all stations.
 
Expecting a sorprise
 
Being mentally prepared to expect a new station is good to keep in mind while preparing and also on the day of the examination.  Even if candidates are faced with a ‘surprise station’, it is unlikely that the station is completely unfamiliar to them.  It is most likely that they have encountered a similar scenario in real life.  Maintaining a calm and composed demeanour, coupled with a fluent conversation focused on empathy and rapport, will be the supporting tools to deal with a station of this kind.
 
Conclusion
 
The CASC is a new examination in psychiatry.  It tests a range of complex skills and requires determined preparation and practice.  A combination of good communication skills, time management and confident performance are the key tools to achieve success. We hope that the simple techniques mentioned in this paper will be useful in preparing for this important examination.  Despite the falling pass rate, success in this format depends on a combination of practice and performance and is certainly achievable.

 

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
Abrar Hussain is actively involved in organising the local CASC revision and MRCPsych course in Northwest London. Mariwan Husni is actively involved in organising the local CASC revision and MRCPsych course in Northwest London. He is also a CASC examiner for The Royal College of Psychiatrists.
Details of Authors: 
ABRAR HUSSAIN MBBS MRCPsych, Specialty Registrar in General Adult Psychiatry, Harrow Assertive Outreach Team, Bentley House, 15-21 Headstone Drive, Harrow, Middlesex, HA3 5QX MARIWAN HUSNI FRCPC FRCPsych Consultant Psychiatrist in General Adult Psychiatry Northwick Park Hospital Watford Road Harrow, HA1 3UJ
Corresponding Author Details: 
Dr Abrar Hussain MBBS MRCPsych, Specialty Registrar in General Adult Psychiatry, Harrow Assertive Outreach Team, Bentley House, 15-21 Headstone Drive, Harrow, Middlesex, HA3 5QX
Corresponding Author Email: 
abrar71@yahoo.com
References
References: 

1. Royal College of Psychiatrists. MRCPsych CASC Blueprint. Royal College of Psychiatrists, 2009 (http://www.rcpsych.ac.uk/pdf/MRCPsych%20CASC%20Blueprint%202.pdf)
2. Royal College of Psychiatrists. CASC Candidate guide. Royal College of Psychiatrists, 2009 (http://www.rcpsych.ac.uk/pdf/CASC%20Guide%20for%20Candidates%20UPDATED%20Feb%202009.pdf)
3. Thompson C M. “Will the CASC stand the test? A review and critical evaluation of the new MRCPsych clinical examination.” The Psychiatrist (2009) 33: 145-148
4. Royal College of Psychiatrists. Clinical Assessment of Skills and Competence- Areas of Concern. Royal College of Psychiatrists, 2009 (http://www.rcpsych.ac.uk/pdf/CASC%20-%20Areas%20of%20Concern.pdf)
5. Lyubomirsky S, King L, Deiner E. “The Benefits of Frequent Positive Affect: Does Happiness Lead to Success?” Psychological Bulletin (2005) 131 (6): 803–855
6. Itin C M. “Reasserting the Philosophy of Experiential Education as a Vehicle for Change in the 21st Century.” The Journal of Experiential Education(1999) 22 (2): 91-98
7. Kurtz S M, Silverman J D, Draper J. Teaching and Learning Communication Skills in Medicine. Radcliffe Medical Press (Oxford) (1998)
8. Silverman J D, Kurtz S M, Draper J. Skills for Communicating with Patients. Radcliffe Medical Press (Oxford) (1998)
9. Campion M A, Medsker G J, Higgs A C. “Relations between work group characteristics and effectiveness: Implications for designing effective work groups.” Personnel Psychology (1993) 46: 823-850
10. Nisbett R E, Wilson T D. "The halo effect: Evidence for unconscious alteration of judgments." Journal of Personality and Social Psychology (1977) 35 (4): 250-256

Psychiatry in descent

Authors
Francis J Dunne
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2010;3(1):305

'The following article is another in a series of critical essays examining the current status of Psychiatry in the NHS'

 

In therapy                                          

"Good advice is often a doubtful remedy but generally not dangerous since it has so little effect.’ Carl Jung (1875-1961)
 
The word ‘therapy’, as defined by the Oxford Dictionary as ‘to treat medically’, is derived from the Greek therapeuein, meaning to minister. Nowadays it can denote any treatment from massage therapy to music therapy. In mental health it has become synonymous with counselling or psychotherapy. Drug therapy, believe it or not, is included in the definition, though is frowned upon by many in the mental health industry, and is often the subject of derisory and ill-informed comments from both medical and non-medical practitioners. Many medical doctors who decide to embark on a career in psychotherapy generally forfeit all their knowledge of physiology, biochemistry, anatomy, pharmacology and many other subjects, in the pursuit of an ideal that somehow all life’s problems can be resolved through a particular brand of talking therapy. One wonders why they spend many years in medical school and in postgraduate teaching. Why devote all that time studying subjects, which have no relevance to common or garden psychotherapy? Would it not be more practical for those who specifically want to pursue such a career in psychotherapy to enrol in a psychotherapy training college, and then ‘specialise’ in whatever form of psychotherapy they aspire to? Such individuals, instead of wasting years training as medical doctors, could receive a diploma or certificate to practise psychotherapy. Likewise, you do not need to be a neurosurgeon to become a neuroscientist, or a physician to study virology. For some reason, however, scientists, including innovators in the fields of medicine and surgery, seem to be disparaged by both medical and non-medical psychotherapists, and seen as persons who can only conceptualise individuals as molecules, or objects to be examined with sophisticated machinery. Psychotherapy seems to induce a state of delusional intellectualism among some of its members, it would seem. Such intellectualism, if it be described as such, portrays an affected and misguided arrogance towards matters scientific. Yet curiously, published papers in mental health journals or in the press, when written by ‘experts’ are often interspersed with the words ‘science’ or ‘scientific’ even when they are little more than observations, studies, or comparisons between populations receiving a particular mode of this therapy or that therapy. We are not talking about advances in the treatment of neuroblastoma or other cancers here or a cure for dementia. It is one thing to describe Addison’s disease; it is another to discover the cause.
 
The panacea                                                        
 
‘Nice people are those who have nasty minds.’ Bertrand Russell (1872-1970)                                                                       
The necessity for ‘therapy’ now seems to be deeply ingrained in our culture and the army of pop psychologists and psychiatrists, non-biological therapists, and agony aunts increases, it seems, by the day. In the media what is quoted as ‘research’ and passed off as science, is often no more than a street survey, or opinion poll on a current fad or passing headline grabber, rather like those ‘we asked a hundred people’ questions posed on popular family quiz shows. The therapy bandwagon rolls on and is quite lucrative if you are fortunate enough to capture the market with your own brand of snake oil cure to life’s woes. Admission is free to the Mind Industry and furthermore, there are no compulsory, nationally agreed standards for the conduct and competence of non-medical psychotherapists and counsellors. Even if removed from the membership of their professional body for inappropriate conduct say, therapists can continue to practise, there being no legal means to prevent them from doing so. Most members of the public are unaware of this lack of statutory regulation. It is not surprising then that many ‘therapists’ flagrantly sell their product and any attempt to question the authenticity of a particular ‘cure’ is met with vitriol and feigned disbelief. After all, one has to guard one’s source of income. The author Richard Dawkins was subject to such venom and hostility when he dared to question the reasons and need for religion in his book The God Delusion. Woe betide any practitioner who dares to criticise the favourable results of ‘carefully conducted positive outcome studies’ on, say, cognitive therapy, even when one’s own clinical experience attests to the opposite. Of course, some therapies work, some of the time, but not because of the outlandish claims made for them; rather, they work best when a ‘client’ harnesses the energy and motivation to get better and ‘chooses’ one brand of therapy over another, or feels at ease with a therapist who is empathic and understanding, much as one might confide in a best friend, rather than any inherent benefit from the ‘therapy’ itself. Certain therapies work because they have an intrinsic behavioural component to them, for example, dialectic therapy for ‘borderline personality’ disorder (as real a condition as ‘sociopathic’ disorder), or cognitive behaviour therapy for obsessive-compulsive disorder and phobic disorders. With other therapies one would almost have to admit feeling better given the enormous sums of money involved say, for a one-week course in a therapeutic healing centre. After all, it would be painful to admit an expensive holiday being a waste of time when a lot of hard-earned money has been spent.
 
The enemy within                                    
 
‘Sorrow and silence are strong, and patient endurance is godlike.’ Henry W Longfellow (1807-1882)  
 
Why does one who is vehemently opposed to psychiatry want to become a psychiatrist? Do as many medically qualified psychotherapists as non-medical therapists dismiss the role of biology in the causation of mental health disorders? Why do we speak of anti-psychiatrists and not anti-cardiologists? What about the claims for psychotherapy itself? Is it possible truthfully to scientifically evaluate whether or not it works? Criticism comes from within its own camp. To paraphrase one well-known psychologist, ‘Psychotherapy may be good for people, but I wish to question how far it changes them, and I strongly cast doubt on any assumption that it cures them’.1  The irony now is that the therapies themselves are being ‘dumbed down’, sometimes aimed at a younger audience to court popular appeal. Trite and stultifying sound bites such as ‘getting in touch with your feelings’, ‘it’s good to cry’, ‘promote your self-esteem’, ‘search for your inner child’, and many other inane phrases flourish. Failure to display distress or intense emotional turmoil outwardly (say, after a bereavement), is seen as weak, maladaptive, and abnormal, instead of being viewed as a strength, a mark of dignity, and an important way of coping. The corollary of course, is the spectacle of some psychiatrists, because of their medical training, endeavouring to explain every aspect of mental health psychopathology in terms of neurotransmitters and synapses. And then there is the scenario of non-medical ‘scientists’ critically evaluating and expounding on subjects completely outside their remit, for example, uttering pronouncements say, on the neuropharmacology of depression, or the reputed reduction in hippocampal volume caused by posttraumatic stress disorder, when they are not qualified to do so, having only a superficial knowledge of pharmacology and/or neuroimaging respectively. Instead of asking the engineer’s advice on the safety strength of a steel column supporting a bridge, why not ask the carpenter! The absurdity knows no bounds.
 
It seems that all life’s problems are self-inflicted or caused by ‘society’ or faulty upbringing. Back to the schizophrenogenic mother then. It is up to the client to seek the therapist’s help and advice by way of talking cures to set him/her on the road to recovery. To be fair to non-medical therapists and lay counsellors, some psychiatrists do not believe in the genetics of, or neurobiological contribution to, mental health. Some even believe mental illness to be a myth! Imagine an electrician who does not believe in electricity, or to compare like with like, an oncologist who does not believe in cancer. Many decades ago the psychiatrist Thomas Szasz described psychology as pseudoscience and psychiatry as pseudomedicine 2 .Since then others have reinforced Szasz's conclusions. Who can blame them? To illustrate by one example, many court cases (particularly in the forensic field) involve a psychiatrist/psychologist giving ‘expert’ testimony for the defence with the prosecution in turn calling for a psychiatrist/psychologist to offer a contradictory opinion on say, the defendant’s fitness to plead. The prosecution says the defendant is acting, the defence argues the defendant is suffering from a mental disorder. No surprises there as to why psychiatry has descended into farce.
 
Psychotherapy is all talk
 
‘There is no art to find the mind’s construction in the face.’ William Shakespeare (1564-1616)
 
One outspoken critic has had the courage, some might say the audacity, to assert that the psychology/psychiatry therapy hoax is still as widespread and dangerous as it was when the neurologist Sigmund Freud first invented what she describes as ‘the moneymaking scam of psychoanalysis.’ 3. Briefly, at the core of psychoanalysis lies the principle that the id, ego and superego (not originally Freud’s terms) are considered to be the forces underlying the roots of psychological turmoil. The id, or pleasure principle, is in conflict with the superego or conscience (the conscious part of the superego) and the resultant outcome is mediated by the ego. Any interference with this delicate balance results in symptoms. However, this simplistic theory has come in for much criticism over the years and many scholars now consider the claims of psychoanalysis as having little credibility. It is not philosophy and it is certainly not science. Research in this area is fraught with even more methodological problems than say, with cognitive therapy studies. There is no way of testing analysts’ reports or interpretations reliably, and their conclusions are speculative and subjective. One eminent psychotherapist pronounced ‘as far as psychoanalysis is concerned, the logistical problems of mounting a full-scale outcome study are probably insurmountable.’4 It is impossible to develop a truly valid research protocol in either cognitive or psychoanalytic treatments to account for all the subtle, different variables that make individuals so unique. How can one research the mind? There are no specific blood tests and brain investigations that diagnose mental illness in the same way one might diagnose neuroleptic malignant syndrome or Parkinson’s disease respectively, at least not yet. Measuring scales are a very crude way of conducting research into mental health, and are not always objective, particularly when researchers are keen to have a favourable result. This applies also to drug trials, I hasten to add.
 
Many people feel better simply by seeing and discussing their troubles with a friend, their physician, a member of the clergy, or their next-door neighbour for that matter. Such individuals are usually more than prepared to give considerable time to listening sympathetically and offering possible solutions to often intricate and personal problems. Nonetheless, talking about a negative experience or trauma does not necessarily alleviate the distress or pain felt by that event. One wonders then why a ‘client’ would be expected to get better simply by insisting changing his/her ‘negative set’, for instance, by doing homework exercises for the teacher/therapist. No doubt countless individuals move in and out of therapy and support groups; some may even benefit from self-help books. However, it is the earnest fatuity in such books that is so tragically funny, and that people take them so seriously is even more worrying.5  Some ‘clients’ find therapy a waste of time, but since they do not return for their follow-up sessions it is assumed they are well, or have moved on, or are simply unsuitable. On the other hand, there are countless individuals who find an inner resilience to withstand and improve themselves through their own volition, with a few prompts on the way, rather like finding one’s way through unfamiliar territory with the aid of a street map. Likewise, drug treatment is of very little value if one’s relationships are in disarray, or an individual is in great debt, for instance. The ‘worried well’ simply require practical help from appropriate advisors, not health care professionals and should they wish to spend money on counsellors and therapists, that is for them to decide.
 
Common sense and nonsense 
 
‘He who exercises his reason and cultivates it seems to be both in the best state of mind and dear to the gods.’ Aristotle (384 -322 BC)
                                                
We have now reached a point where minor setbacks and irritations are seen as obstacles to be treated. By adopting this attitude we are succumbing to the might of the Therapies and Mind Industry, eliminating those experiences that define what it is to be human. Individuals freed from moral duty are now patients or victims. This abnegation, abdication and suffocation of individual responsibility for the sake of self-esteem is creating a society which needs only to be placated and made content.3 Anything that causes dismay or alarm is a trauma, and therefore needs therapy. Any crime or misdemeanour is not our fault. We have a psychological condition that absolves us from every sin or ailment. The opposite scenario is whether through scientific ignorance or a refusal to acknowledge that the human genome may play a part, perhaps both, some therapists accuse organic theorists of being ‘too ready’ to favour biological models, believing that dysfunctions in neuronal circuits have no part to play in ‘disorders of the psyche’. We are not all at the mercy of our neurotransmitters, they cry. Neither view is accurate. Psychoanalytic psychotherapy is no exception either. The nub of psychoanalysis is the therapist’s analysis of transference and resistance, which distinguishes this form of psychotherapy from all other types. With this brand of therapy absurd interpretations abound, leading one psychotherapist to openly admit that ‘jargon is often used to lend a spurious air of profundity to utterances which are nothing of the kind’.6 The author Frederick Crews writes: ‘I pause to wonder at the curious eagerness of some people to glorify Freud as the discoverer of vague general truths about human deviousness. It is hard to dispute any of these statements about “humans”, but it is also hard to see why they couldn't be credited as easily to Shakespeare, Dostoevsky, or Nietzsche - if not indeed to Jesus or Saint Paul - as to Freud’.7
 
One particular concept that is difficult to sustain is that repressed memories of traumatic events lead to psychiatric disorders. That such repressed memories in some instances encompass sexual preferences towards one or other parent, is even more perplexing to most people. The Oedipus and Electra complexes, expounded by Freud and Jung respectively, were founded on Greek mythology, hardly the basis for scientific study. Psychoanalysis set out to cure a disorder by uncovering repressed memories. However, traumatic memories by their very nature are actually difficult to ‘repress’. Of course individuals do forget. This is a normal part of the human condition. Memories are recollected or resurrected by association of ideas; multiple-choice format questionnaires work on the same principle. Familiar sights, smells and sounds, as famously depicted in Marcel Proust’s A La Recherché de Temps Perdu (‘and suddenly the memory revealed itself. The taste was that of the little piece of madeleine cake‘) often conjure up previously ‘forgotten’ memories, what used to be described as involuntary memory. Forgetting does not always equate with psychopathology; forgetfulness is common and becomes more common with age. In psychiatric treatment electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) is associated with a high prevalence of memory disturbances, often irreparable. With organic disorders, memory channels or traces are damaged, for example, through alcohol, or subcortical injury.8 However, even in Alzheimer’s disease, at least in the early stages, memories are often not totally erased, a fact utilised in reminiscence therapy. Memories in healthy people are not suppressed or repressed. Not wanting to talk about some painful issue is not necessarily ‘denial’, nor does it denote a fear of unleashing repressed/suppressed memories.
 
After the Trauma                  
 
We seldom confide in those who are better than ourselves.’ Albert Camus(1913-1960)                                                                  
Mental health care workers often speak of posttraumatic stress disorder where memories of an especially overwhelming and upsetting event are ever-present and particularly distressing, leading to panic feelings, flashbacks, and recurrent nightmares. Such memories may be easily evoked, sometimes merely by watching a documentary, reading a news item, listening to a radio programme, and so forth. In other words, patients are all too quickly reminded of them - the memories are very vivid, not repressed. Often people simply do not want to be reminded. They are not in denial – they are simply avoiding the issue and should be allowed to do so. Whereas formerly such traumas were associated with catastrophic events such as the Holocaust or major natural disasters, nowadays the term posttraumatic has become over-inclusive. Some people have ‘trauma’ imposed on them in the form of invidious suggestions that they were subject to abuse of one form of another. On the contrary, there is no evidence that any of Freud’s patients who came to him without memories of abuse had ever suffered from sexual abuse. Furthermore, Freud ensured that his theory of repression could not be easily tested, and in practice the theory became ‘unfalsifiable’.9 Traumatic memories of abuse are very difficult to forget, and patients struggle to suppress them, in the author’s experience.
 
Undoubtedly, some memories are painful, and generally speaking, there are individuals who want to ‘forget the past’ in order to ‘move on’, which would strike most of us as being a reasonably healthy approach in certain circumstances. Many patients, for instance, would want to ‘move on’ to a healthier, more satisfying relationship, change job, alter their lifestyles, and so forth. When it comes to major catastrophic events, memories are not preconscious or unconscious: they are very often disturbingly real, and very difficult to live with; in many cases time is the only ‘healer’. Some traumatic memories never fade and in many cases no amount of talking will erase the painful memories. Witness the Holocaust survivors and those subject to horrendous atrocities throughout the Pol Pot regime, for example.
 
It is difficult to ascertain therefore whether so-called defence mechanisms such as repression or denial are truly separate entities operating in the human psyche, or merely part of a conscious natural survival instinct to ward off painful stimuli. How can such mechanisms be unconscious when it is commonplace to hear of people ironically talking about ‘being in denial’? Individuals who attempt to overcome their own addictions for example, are seen as suffering from a ‘perfectionist complex’, and reluctant to admit their failings. In other words, acknowledge you are unable to cope and are in denial about the true nature of your affliction and you will then be offered a place in the recovery programme.5 Therapists see denial as a mechanism deployed to avoid the pain of acknowledging a problem and taking action to seek help. It is not medical bodies but grass roots campaigners who are foremost in demanding that every ‘traumatic’ or ‘problematic’ condition be medicalised, creating more opportunities for counselling intervention.10 Hence the new breed of disorders to include shyness, inattentiveness, road rage, trolley rage, sex addiction, shopping addiction, internet addiction and so forth.
 
Beyond therapy                               
 
‘We are all born mad. Some remain so.’ Samuel Beckett (1906-1989)
 
Talking therapy is now the new religious cult and is what people have now turned to in order to find solace or answers (‘discover your real self’), and even cope with often inconsequential day-to-day events. The constant, pervasive emphasis on counselling diminishes the capacity of healthy people to confront commonplace problems they encounter in ordinary day life. Normal variants in behaviour are considered pathological and ‘psychologised’ or ‘medicalised’. Psychobabble prevails. We all need therapy or a pill. More and more ‘disorders’ are being invented. The endless proliferation and demand for ‘expertise’ in all areas of life is eroding the willingness of those who are best positioned to offer at least measured advice, accumulated from years of experience. There are no ‘experts in living’ and some individuals need to steer away from their excessive dependency and seeking self-approval of others who claim to be. Kierkegaard once wrote of people ‘taking refuge in a depersonalized realm of ideas and doctrines rather than confronting the fact that everyone is accountable to himself for his life, character and outlook’.11  In the words of John Stuart Mill, ‘Ask yourself whether you are happy, and you cease to be so.’
 
 

 

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None Declared
Details of Authors: 
FRANCIS J DUNNE, FRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist and Honorary Senior Lecturer, University College London, North East London Foundation Trust, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Details: 
FRANCIS J DUNNE, FRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist and Honorary Senior Lecturer, University College London, North East London Foundation Trust, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Email: 
francis.dunne@nelft.nhs.uk
References
References: 
1.  Smail D. Why therapy doesn’t work and what should we do about it. London: Robinson; 2001.
2.  Szasz T. The myth of mental Illness. Foundations of a theory of personal conduct. Revised Edition. Harper Perennial; 1984.
3.  Dineen T. Manufacturing victims. What the psychology industry is doing to people. London: Constable; 1999.
4.  Taylor D. Psychoanalytic contributions to the understanding of psychiatric Illness. In: The Scientific Principles of Psychopathology. London: Grune & Stratton; 1984.
5.  Kaminer W. I’m dysfunctional, you’re dysfunctional. The Recovery Movement and other self-help fashions. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, INC.
6.  Storr A. The art of psychotherapy. Secker & Warburg and William. London: Heinemann Medical Books; 1981.
7.  Crews F. The memory wars. Freud’s Legacy in Dispute. New York Review; 1990.
8.  Dunne FJ. Subcortical dementia. Distinguishing it from cortical dementia may be worthwhile. Br Med J 1993: 307; 1-2.
9.   Webster R. Why Freud was wrong. Sin, science and psychoanalysis. Orwell Press; 2005.
10. Furedi F. Therapy culture. Cultivating vulnerability in an uncertain age. London Routledge; 2004.
11. Gardiner P. Kierkegaard. A Very Short Introduction. Oxford University Press, 2002.

 

Autistic Spectrum Disorders: Assessment and Intervention in Children and Adolescents

Authors
Uttom Chowdhury
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2009:2(4) 15-19
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Autistic Spectrum Disorders are neurodevelopmental disorders which are classified under the label of Pervasive Developmental disorders. As many as six in every thousand children may be affected by an autistic spectrum disorder. These children exhibit impairment in communication, socialisation and restricted and repetitive interests, movements and activities. This article will discuss the distinction between autism, Asperger’s Syndrome and Pervasive Developmental Disorder and give an outline of a comprehensive assessment procedure.

 
Assessment should include a history of the child’s development, observation, school report and a profile of the child’s strengths and weaknesses. However, it is important that potential differential diagnoses as well as conditions associated with autism are also considered.
 
Many theories about the causes of autism have been suggested, including the MMR vaccine. Recent research has suggested that there is no link between the vaccine and autism.
 
There is no cure for autism, but intervention and management techniques should be aimed at educating parents and carers about the disorder and behavioural interventions to aid the child’s skills development.

 

Leo Kanner, a Boston physician, first used the word ‘Autism’ in 1943 when he reported on a group of children with deficits in social communication1. Independently, in 1944, Hans Asperger, an Austrian physician, identified similar difficulties in a group of young boys2. Today the term Autism is used to describe a behaviourally defined disorder that is characterised by impairments in social communication, social interaction, and problems with repetitive behaviours and narrow interests.
 
To receive a diagnosis of autism, a child must have shown delayed language development alongside the characteristic behavioural deficits described in Table One below. Asperger’s Syndrome is used to describe children who had no such delay in acquiring spoken language, and who also have IQ’s above 70. Given that early language development is the key in differentiating between these two disorders, it is not possible for a child to change their diagnosis from Autism to Asperger’s regardless of their later language development and progress.
 
Debate exists as to whether the two conditions are distinct and it is now generally accepted that they are both part of a spectrum of disorders, hence the term Autistic Spectrum Disorders (ASD). In both the Diagnostic Statistical Manual (DSM IV)3 and International Classification of Diseases (ICD 10)4 Autism and Asperger’s Syndrome come under the category of Pervasive Developmental Disorders. Table One shows the main characteristics of the Pervasive Developmental Disorder.
 
Table One: Key characteristics of the Pervasive Developmental Disorders

Autism Deficits in sociability and empathy
Deficits in communicative language
Deficit in cognitive flexibility
Delay with speech development
Detectable before the age of 3
Asperger’s Syndrome Poor social skills, lack of insight
Behavioural inflexibility, narrow range of interests
IQ over 70
No delay with speech
Motor clumsiness
PDD not otherwise specified Applies to less severely affected children who do not meet the criteria for either Autism or Asperger’s Syndrome

 

CLINICAL PRESENTATION

The main characteristics of ASD’s are:

  • Qualitative impairment in social interaction
  • Qualitative impairment in communication
  • Restrictive, repetitive and stereotyped patterns of behaviour, interests and activities

These are known as the ‘triad of impairment’5 and deficits in all three areas must be present for a diagnosis of autism. Each part of the triad will be described, but it is important to remember that not all children with autism will present with all of the difficulties suggested below.
 
Qualitative impairment in social interaction: This includes poor eye contact, poor use of gestures and facial expressions, not sharing, lack of interest in forming social relationships with peers, not joining in with group activities and an inability to recognise the effect of their behaviour on others.
 
Qualitative impairment in communication: This includes delay in speech, misinterpreting others use of speech such as idioms, sarcasm, jokes and taking things literally. Poor use of speech and also poor understanding of non-verbal gestures such as others’ facial expressions. Limited non-verbal gestures such as pointing.
 
Restrictive, repetitive and stereotyped patterns of behaviour, interests and activities: Overwhelming interest in a specific topic to such an extent that the child talks about the topic excessively, becomes anxious if unable to perform a ritual or dislikes any interruption to routine and every day life. The child may also have unusual interests such as a fascination with traffic lights, telegraph poles or number plates.
 
About 70% of children with classic autism have IQ below 708 and approximately one third will have epileptic seizures which continue into adulthood9.
 
PREVALENCE
 
Recent studies have found a prevalence rate of 20-40 per 10,0006. However if the broader phenotype is used, the prevalence may be as high as 100 per 10,000, or 1% 7. The ratio of males to females is four to one for autism and ten to one for Asperger’s Syndrome. In the last few years, epidemiological studies have suggested that the prevalence of ASD have been increasing. Possible explanations include the fact that the diagnostic criteria has broadened, as well as generally improved case recognition.
 
ASSOCIATED CONDITIONS
 
Often in children with autism there are signs and symptoms which are not readily explained by a diagnosis of autism alone. Other medical and psychiatric conditions may co-exist with autism including;

  • Learning difficulties
  • Epilepsy
  • Speech and Language problems
  • Attention Deficit / Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD)
  • Developmental Co-ordination Disorder (DCD)
  • Tourette’s Syndrome and Tics
  • Feeding and Eating problems

This is not an exhaustive list8, but we will briefly consider some of the most common conditions and difficulties that a child with autism may also be diagnosed with.
 
Learning Difficulties: As noted above, approximately 70% of children with classic autism also have an IQ below 70 and are therefore recognised to have mild, moderate or severe learning difficulties9.
 
Epilepsy: As with learning difficulties, epilepsy is more common among children diagnosed with classic autism, with around 30% being affected into adulthood10. Epilepsy is less common among children with Asperger’s Syndrome, but may be more prevalent than in typically developing children11.
 
Speech and Language Problems: Most children with an ASD have slower language development than their peers. It is not only expressive language that may show problems, receptive language may also appear delayed in young children, and children may appear to be less responsive to their own name. Some children with autism also appear to lose words that they had previously learnt. This regression is described in approximately 25% of children with classic autism, and is usually a gradual process where a child fails to learn new words, and may stop using previously learnt words altogether12.
 
ADHD: ADHD is the most common psychiatric disorder to occur alongside an ASD and there are clinical benefits from receiving a dual diagnosis13. Children are likely to benefit from receiving treatment aimed specifically at their ADHD symptoms, as well as having both impairments recognized by parents and teachers.
 
DCD: Developmental Co-ordination Disorder (or Dyspraxia) describes the motor co-ordination problems and clumsiness typical in AS. Such difficulties may benefit from intervention from an Occupational Therapist or Physiotherapist.
 
Tics and Tourette’s syndrome: Several reports have documented the co-occurrence of tics in Asperger’s Syndrome. Tourette’s syndrome has also been observed in children with autism. Tics may be verbal or motor.
 
Feeding and Eating Problems: Problems with food including food refusal, selective eating, hoarding, pica and overeating have all been observed among children with an ASD14. Some children have difficulties coping with mixed textures, may eat their food in a certain order and may even ask for their food on different plates.
 
ASSESSMENT
 
A general assessment should cover the following areas:

  • The child’s developmental history.
  • Observations of the child in structured and semi-structured situations15.
  • Nursery/School report.
  • Assessment of cognitive level.
  • Assessment of problem behaviours.
  • Speech and language assessment.
  • Audiology and visual tests if indicated. Chromosomal screen is needed if there are dysmorphic (abnormal) features.

 
Physical investigations may be specifically indicated in some cases including the need for an EEG, or screening for Fragile X and other chromosomal abnormalities. It is still debatable as to whether these investigations are worth performing routinely as the yield of positive results is relatively low.
 
Diagnostic Interviews: A number of interviews exist that help clarify the diagnosis and are also used in research. These include the Autism Diagnostic Interview16, the Diagnostic Interview for Social and Communication Disorders17, the Childhood Autism Rating Scale18 and a new computerised interview, the Developmental, Dimensional and Diagnostic Interview (3Di)19.
 
DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSES
 
Information from the above assessments can be used to determine the degree to which a child meets the criteria for an ASD and can also be used to exclude alternative diagnoses. The following conditions should be considered in the differential diagnosis of autism20
-        Learning Difficulties
-        Hearing Problems
-        Speech and Language Disorders
-        Rett’s Syndrome
-        Childhood Disintegrative Disorder (Heller’s Syndrome)
-        Landau-Kleffner Syndrome
-        Reactive Attachment Disorder
 
Learning Difficulties: Children with learning difficulties without an autistic spectrum disorder do not show deficits in their reciprocal social behaviour and their language development is typically in line with their overall intellectual abilities.
 
Hearing Problems: Fluctuating hearing loss, such as glue ear may cause children to show problems in their reciprocal communication, for example, not hearing their name being called. Some may rely on lip-reading during these times of hearing loss, and may appear to make less eye contact. However, these children are capable of making eye contact and may also use sign-based means of social interaction.
 
Speech and Language Disorders: Children with developmental language disorders are unlikely to show the non-verbal communication difficulties typical of children with autism. These children are also less likely to have restricted interests and repetitive behaviours.
 
Rett’s Syndrome: Rett’s Syndrome is a disorder found only in girls. Its typical onset occurs between 5 and 30 months, and is accompanied by a deceleration of head growth. It is characterised by abnormalities in language and social development, as well as a decrease in purposeful hand movements and an increase in stereotyped ‘hand-washing’ movements. Severe or profound intellectual difficulties are also common and epilepsy occurs in the majority of children.
 
Childhood Disintegrative Disorder (Heller’s Syndrome): CDD is characterised by a marked loss of skills following a period of normal development for at least two years. There may also be an increased chance of epilepsy. There is no known consistent cause of CDD.
 
Landau-Kleffner Syndrome: Similarly to CDD, a child with Landau-Kleffner Syndrome would show typical language and cognitive development with a loss of expressive and receptive language skills and seizures consistent with a diagnosis of epilepsy. Landau-Kleffner typically occurs between three and seven years of age and two-thirds of children result in having irreversible receptive and expressive language disorder.
 
Reactive Attachment Disorder: RAD as a result of severe psychosocial deprivation may appear similar to autism in a number of ways. For example, children may have delayed language skills, and may show unusual social interaction and stereotyped behaviours. Early diagnosis may be difficult but once placed in an appropriate social environment, children with RAD tend to gradually develop more typical social behaviours.
 
AETIOLOGY AND MMR
 
Biological Theories: Genetics play a big role with monozygotic twins of an affected individual having autistic features in 69% of cases compared with zero percent concordance rate for dizygotic twins21. The genetic model is likely to be polygenic in nature with at least 3 to 5 genes responsible. No specific gene has been identified but studies have indicated susceptibility located on chromosomes 2,7, 16 and 17 22.
 
Imaging techniques have implicated brain regions that play a part in the development of autism including those regions that are responsible for emotional and social functions, regions involving face recognition and social-cognitive systems involved in understanding the intentions of others. A recent fMRI study by DiMartino et al 23 has shown hypoperfusion in the pregenual anterior cingulate cortex in adults with autism. This region is linked to an individual’s capacity to reason about the thoughts and beliefs of others, known as the theory of mind.
 
The neurotransmitter Serotonin (5-HT) is thought to be involved in autism24. 5-HT is thought to be involved in neurodevelopment and in particular it is abundant in brain limbic areas critical for emotional expression and social behaviour.
 
MMR: Some parents and families of children with autism believe that the Measles/Mumps/ Rubella (MMR) vaccine caused their children’s autism. These parents’ beliefs and observations were reinforced by a small study of bowel disease and autism, published by Wakefield and his colleagues in 1998 25. The authors suggested that there was a link between the MMR vaccine and autism. However this study was seriously flawed since there was ascertainment bias, unreliable reporting of early symptoms and a lack of a clear pathogenic model.
 
To date there is no definite, scientific proof that any vaccine or combination of vaccines can cause autism 26.  The British Association of Paediatricians recommends that children receive two doses of the MMR vaccine, as long as they have no known health problems that prevent the vaccine from being effective. The immunization schedules recommend that the first dose be given at age 12-to-15 months, while the second dose should be given at either four-to-six years of age or 11-to-12 years of age. 
 
 
Psychological Theories: Psychological theories have failed to identify one primary deficit that could account for all the features associated with the autistic phenotype.
 
An interesting theory is the ‘Theory of Mind’ abnormality27. Autistic children lack a ‘theory of mind’and thus are unable to understand that another person can have thoughts, feelings and intentions.
 
MANAGEMENT AND INTERVENTIONS
 
There is no cure for autism and there is no one specific treatment that is more effective than others (For a review of psychological and educational interventions see Howlin, 199828 and Francis, 200529). However, interventions can be focussed on helping children with autism develop their skills to compensate for their communicative, cognitive and behavioural differences. Interventions need also to be targeted at parents and families to empower them to cope with their children in the most effective way.
 
Psychoeducation: Receiving a diagnosis of autism is a stressful event for families. The first logical step in providing intervention must be to give parents the opportunity to understand the disorder. Autism is a chronic, life-long neurodevelopmental condition and parents must learn to cope with and manage their child’s behaviours, which may sometimes be distressing and confusing. Children with autism have a lack of empathy, and may not show as much warmth towards their parents as other children. They are also likely to prefer routines, and become frustrated and aggressive if their preferred routine or activity is interfered with. Some children with autism also self-harm. Parental support groups, both national and local, can also offer a much needed source of support and reassurance.
 
Educational Placement: Improving the child’s educational situation remains one of the most important interventions. While the policy about educational inclusion is somewhat controversial, there is currently no data available about which approach is the most effective, and so choices must be based on pragmatic considerations for the individual. It is sometimes difficult to arrange sufficient support within a mainstream environment, even with a Statement of Special Educational Needs, and so specialist placements may need to be sought. Regardless of the educational placement, structured teaching will help make the school world more comprehensible to a child with autism. The TEACHH programme30, 31 acknowledges the deficits associated with autism and works on structuring learning activities to capitalise on the child’s strengths. For example, children with autism often have good visual processing skills, and so tasks can be structured so that the child can visualise what is expected of them. Special interests can also be used to capture and maintain interest.
 
Behavioural Treatment: Behavioural analysis of the child’s skills is used to set specific treatment goals and to identify behavioural methods for achieving those goals. Parents as well as other professionals, including teachers and specialist tutors are trained in the implementation of programmes such as ABA (Applied Behavioural Analysis) and Lovaas32. Materials should be matched to the child’s developmental level, and large tasks should be broken down into more manageable tasks to make success more likely. Modelling and reinforcement are key tools in training, helping to increase and maintain desired behaviours.
 
Some local services and support groups run social skills groups, which can be helpful. If there is a specific behavioural problem then it is helpful talking to a psychologist who can help the parent look more closely at possible precipitants and contributing factors.
 
Diet: It has been suggested that foods containing gluten and casein may play a role in the difficulties associated with autism33. However, research in this area is scarce so far, and in a recent systematic review34, only one study is considered to be adequate for inclusion35. Based on urine samples, it was suggested that a diet excluding gluten and casein may result in a decrease in autistic traits such as echolalia and rigidity. While this small-scale study and anecdotal evidence may support a diet excluding gluten and casein, such diets are not without their added financial cost and inconvenience, as well as limiting food choices for the affected individual. Further good quality studies are awaited in this area.
 
Medication: There have been encouraging trials on the use of Risperidone for reducing aggressive and self-injurious behaviour36.
 
PROGNOSIS
 
Outcome generally depends on IQ and language development. There may be improvement in language after the pre-school years. However, most individuals continue to show impairments in social skills and communication. Asperger’s Syndrome is associated with a better prognosis due to a relatively greater IQ.
Behaviours and symptoms may vary over time and it is a myth that symptoms remain fixed. Many individuals will require support such help with living independently and obtaining employment. Teenagers may be particularly vulnerable to developing depression and occasionally self-injurious behaviour, particularly if bullying and teasing become a problem.

 

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
UTTOM CHOWDHURY, Consultant in Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Bedfordshire and Luton Mental Health and Social Care Partnership NHS Trust and Visiting Professor, Institute of Applied Social Research, University of Bedfordshire, UK
Corresponding Author Details: 
UTTOM CHOWDHURY, Bedfordshire and Luton Mental Health and Social Care Partnership NHS Trust, UK
Corresponding Author Email: 
uttom.chowdhury@blpt.nhs.uk
References
References: 

1. Kanner L. Autistic disturbance of affective contact. Nervous Child 1943; 2: 217-250

2. Asperger H. Die “autistischen Psychopathen” im Kindesalter. Archiv fur Psychiatrie und Nervenkrankheiten 1944; 117: 76-136
3. American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th edition (DSM IV). Washington: American Psychiatric Association. 1994
4. World Health Organisation. International Classification of Diseases, 10th edition (ICD 10). Geneva: World Health Organisation. 1992
5. Wing L. Language, social, and cognitive impairments in autism and severe mental retardation. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders 1981; 11: 31 – 44
6. Chakrabarti S & Fombonne E. Pervasive developmental disorders in preschool children. Journal of the American Medical Association 2001; 285: 3093-9
7. Baird G, Simonoff E, Pickles A et al. Prevalence of disorders of the autism spectrum in a population cohort of children in South Thames: The Special Needs and Autism Project (SNAP). Lancet 2006; 368:210-215.
8. Gillberg C & Billsted E. Autism and Asperger syndrome: Coexistence with other clinical disorders. Acta Psychiatrica Scandanavia 2000; 102: 321-330
9. Wing L. Autism Spectrum Disorder (Editorial). British Medical Journal 1996; 312: 327-328
10. Danielsson S, Gillberg IC, Billstedt E, Gillberg C & Olsson I. Epilepsy in young adults with autism: a prospective population-based follow-up study of 120 individuals diagnosed in childhood. Epilepsia2005; 46:918-23
11. Cederlund & Gillberg C. One hundred males with Asperger syndrome: a clinical study of background and associated factors. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology 2004; 46: 652-60
12. Lord C, Shulman C & DiLavore P. Regression and word loss in autistic spectrum disorders. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry 2004; 45: 936-955
13. Yoshida Y & Uchiyama T. The clinical necessity for assessing Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (AD/HD) symptoms in children with high-functioning Pervasive Developmental Disorder (PDD). European Child and Adolescent Psychiatry 2004; 13: 307-314
14. Schreck KA, Williams K. & Smith AF. A comparison of eating behaviors between children with and without autism. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders 2004;34: 433-8
15. Lord C, Rutter M, Goode S, Heemsbergen J, Jordan H, Mawhood L & Schopler E. ‘Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule: A standardised observation of communicative and social behaviour’, Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders 1989; 19: 185-197
16. Le Couteur A, Rutter M, Lord C, Rios P, Robertson S, Holdgrafer M & McLennan J. ‘Autism Diagnostic Interview: a standardised investigator-based instrument’, Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders 1989; 19: 363-389
17. Wing L, Leekman SR, Libby SJ, Gould J & Larcombe M. The Diagnostic Interview for Social and Communication Disorders: Background, inter-rater reliability and clinical use. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry 2002; 43: 307-325
18. Schopler E, Reichler RJ, DeVellis RF & Daily K. ‘Towards objective classification of childhood autism: Childhood Autism Rating Scale’, Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders 1980; 10: 91-101
19. Skuse D, Warrington R, Bishop D, Chowdhury U, Lau J, Mandy W, & Place M. The Developmental, Dimensional and Diagnostic Interview (3di): A Novel Computerized Assessment for Autism Spectrum Disorders, Journal of American Academy for Child and Adolescent Psychiatry 2004; 43: 548-558
20. Lord C. & Rutter M. Autism and Pervasive Developmental Disorders. In: Rutter M & Taylor E (eds) Child and Adolescent Psychiatry: Modern Approaches, Third Edition. Oxford: Blackwell, 1994
21. Muhle R, Trentacoste SV & Rapin I. The genetics of autism. Paediatrics 2004; 113: 472-86
22. Folstein SE, Rosen-Sheidley B. genetics of autism:complex aetiology for a heterogeneous disorder. Nat Rev Genet 2001; 2: 943-955.
23. Di Martino A, Ross K, Uddin et al. Functional brain correlates of social and nonsocial processes in autism spectrum disorders :an activation likelihood estimation meta-analysis. Biol Psychiatry 2009; 65:63-74.
24. Anderson G. Genetics of Childhood Disorders: Autism, Part 4: Serotonin in Autism. Journal of American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry 2002; 41: 1513-1516
25. Wakefield et al (Lancet) 1998
26. Medical Research Coucil. Review of Autism research: epidemiology and causes. London: Medical Research Council, 2001.
27. Baron-Cohen S, Leslie A.M. & Frith U. ‘Does the Autistic Child have a Theory of Mind?’ Cognition 1985; 21: 37-46
28. Howlin P. Practitioner Review: Psychological and Educational Treatments for Autism. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry 1998; 39: 307-322
29. Francis K. Autism interventions: a critical update. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology 2005; 47: 493-499
30. Schopler E. Prevention and management of behavior problems: The TEACCH approach. In Sanavio E (ed). Behavior and cognitive therapy today: Essays in honor of Hans J. Eysenck. Oxford, England: Elsevier Science Ltd. 1998
31. Ozonoff S & Cathcart K. Effectiveness of a home program intervention for young children with autism. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders 1998; 28: 25-32
32. Mudford OC, Martin NT, Eikeseth S & Bibby P. ‘Parent-Managed Behavioral Treatment for Preschool Children with Autism: Some characteristics of UK Programs’, Research in Developmental Disabilities 2001; 22: 173–82
33. Reichelt KL, Knivsberg A, Lind G, Nødland M. Probable etiology and possible treatment of childhood autism. Brain Dysfunction 1991; 4:308-19
34. Millward C, Ferriter M, Calver S & Connell-Jones G. Gluten- and casein-free diets for autistic spectrum disorder. The Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2005; 2: Art. No.: CD003498. DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD003498.pub2
35. Knivsberg A-M, Reichelt KL, Høien T, Nødland M. A randomised, controlled study of dietary intervention in autistic syndromes. Nutritional Neuroscience 2002; 5: 51-61
36. Research Units on Pediatric Psychopharmacology Autism Network. Risperidone in children with Autism and serious behavioral problems. New England Journal of Medicine 2002; 347: 314-321

Psychiatry in decline

Authors
Francis J Dunne
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2009:2(4) 59-61

What is Psychiatry?                                                                     

“The mind is its own place, and in itself can make a heaven of hell, a hell of  heaven” John Milton                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    
The word 'psychiatry' is derived from the Greek for "doctor of the soul" and was first coined in the early 19th century by the German physician and anatomist, Johann Reil (1759-1813), although the treatment of mental disturbances dates back hundreds of years prior to this. The specialty of Psychiatry is regarded as dealing with the prevention, assessment, diagnosis, treatment, and rehabilitation of ‘mind’ illnesses or mental disorders. Diseases of the brain itself, for example encephalitis, tumours, and so forth, fall within the realm of neurology, generally. There are, of course, many overlapping disorders which cause neurological symptoms (paresis, slurred speech, ataxia, to cite a few) and ‘mind’ symptoms (depression, anxiety, psychosis). Disorders which affect several organ systems, for example, the autoimmune diseases, often cause multiple, bewildering neurological and mental symptoms. The primary goal of the psychiatrist is relief of suffering associated with ‘psychiatric’ disorders which include inappropriate anxiety, clinical depression, and psychotic disorders. Attempts have also been made to categorize and ‘treat’ different types of personality disorder. The latter is a contentious issue (perhaps with the exception of antisocial and borderline types) sometimes based on value judgments rather than clear scientific evidence. Treatment for mental health problems nowadays is usually community-orientated for less severe conditions and often hospital-based for more intractable disorders. The vast majority of patients are treated on a voluntary basis, whether in hospital or the community.
 
Medical, biological, social or psychological?                                                            
“ I think we ought always to entertain our opinions with some measure of doubt. I shouldn’t wish people to dogmatically believe any philosophy, not even mine.” Bertrand Russell
 
Psychiatry is sometimes criticized for adopting a ‘too’ medical or biological approach, despite the fact that many physical conditions masquerade initially with ‘mental’ symptoms. It would seem strange, if not irresponsible, were a psychiatrist, who is after all, a qualified medical doctor, not to enquire about a patient’s physical history. What is conveniently overlooked is that in everyday practice psychiatry uses a holistic approach to the patient, taking social and cultural backgrounds into account, as well as the general medical status. Treatment may thus involve medication, various forms of psychotherapy, or both, in addition to practical measures such as help with family problems, debts, housing, residential placements and so forth. In recent years, particularly in the UK, there has been a much greater emphasis on psychological treatments and social interventions. The ‘medical’ approach has taken a definitive back seat. Psychotropic drugs are frowned upon because of their side-effects, or perceived as a form of control used by psychiatrists towards their patients. Sweeping statements are made about their lack of efficacy and selective abstraction of the research is used to support such statements. Psychiatrists are denigrated for being in the grip of Big Pharma and are further demoralized by the being perceived as ‘drug pushers’. They are perceived by mostly non-medical ‘therapists’ as not being in touch with the psychological and sociological issues which are cited as underlying and perpetuating psychiatric disorders. Electroconvulsive therapy is considered barbaric; it is banned in some states in the USA. Complementary or ‘alternative’ therapies, regardless of whether or not they stand up to scientific scrutiny, are proliferating, and prescribed drugs are being replaced by ‘natural’ herbal products, despite the inherent dangers of the latter (1). Psychiatry is in decline and is becoming obsolete, a victim of its own psychobabble and increasingly mind-numbing research, understandable to the elite few. The profession is in danger of being ‘psychologised’ in order to appear acceptable and user-friendly, advocating therapies which in themselves do not stand up to scientific scrutiny. Outcome studies are quoted as favourable, when the very tenet of their foundations is very shaky, to say the least.
 
Perhaps there is not much reason for surprise when one considers not very long ago psychiatry advocated behaviour therapy for the treatment of homosexuality, orgone energy accumulators for neuroses, and insulin coma for schizophrenia. In hindsight such practices were totally unsound, unacceptable, and in the case of insulin coma therapy, dangerous; fortunately, they are now obsolete. Yet the history medicine is replete with such ‘cures’: mercury was once used to treat syphilis, and in surgery trepanation was widely used in ancient times for the treatment of seizures. In retrospect these procedures could be also be considered outrageous and barbaric, though with the development of scientific knowledge it is easy now to understand, reflect, and accept, that no other effective treatments were available at the time. Not so the case for psychiatry. Psychiatrists and other mental health professionals, who by and large genuinely have empathy and sympathy for their patients and want them to get better quickly, discharge them from hospital or outpatient clinics, and reunite them with their families whenever possible, are still unjustly accused of wanting to exert social control. There is no doubt that abuse of psychiatric practice does occur in some institutions and that political regimes throughout the world have used and still use powerful neurotropic drugs to subdue and control individuals who challenge the authority of the State. It is common knowledge that psychiatry was used by some totalitarian regimes as part of a system to enforce political control, for example in Nazi Germany, the Soviet Union, and the apartheid system in South Africa. Whether such abusive practices, which no doubt still exist, will ever be abolished will depend on the will of Governments and pressure from Human Rights campaigners such as Amnesty International. 
                                                                  
 
What is madness?
“ Madness is rare in individuals - but in groups, parties, nations, and ages it is the rule” Friedrich Nietzche
 
It is not possible to delineate the boundary between sanity and insanity. Broad definitions of mental disorder have been attempted and an individual might be said to be ‘mentally disordered’, or as formerly described, ‘of unsound mind’, when there is a more than temporary impairment of cognitive functions such as memory, orientation and comprehension, an alteration of mood leading to a delusional appraisal of one’s situation, abnormal perceptions and disordered thinking. However, this concept is criticised for being overinclusive and precise definitions of mental illness remain elusive. It is probably easier to envisage mental health problems as being on a continuum from normal to abnormal for example, from a relative sense of well-being and contentment to a state of distress and unhappiness. Further exacerbations or stressors lead to a disintegration of oneself and that sense of oneness with the environment. Loss of reality ensues with further anxiety and perplexity, disordered and confused thinking or delusions, and perceptual disturbances (usually auditory hallucinations), in some cases. The same symptoms can be caused by drugs such as cocaine or amphetamines. It is known that these drugs alter the effects of dopamine, serotonin, noradrenaline, and perhaps other transmitters, leading to the assumption that anxiety, depression and psychoses are biologically driven, the often cited chemical imbalance approach. In the case of dopamine, implicating this neurotransmitter as a sole trigger factor in psychoses is simplistic and naïve. Likewise, depression and anxiety may have other biological causes such as hormone irregularities or fluctuating glucose levels. The dopamine hypothesis alone has largely been discredited in the aetiology of psychoses. Dopamine as an causative factor is only one small part of a much wider as yet unknown picture: for example, psychosis occurs in Parkinson’s disease where dopamine is actually deficient.
 
The ‘psychologised’ individual                                                           
 ‘Common sense is not so common’   Voltaire
 
One major criticism of psychiatry concerns the endless diagnostic categories or disorders which set out to describe and define the whole range of normal human expression, from the histrionic to the shy. No wonder then that psychiatry and allied specialties, for example, psychology and sociology, are accused of a sweeping disregard for the extraordinary complexity and richness of human behaviour. Whole subsets of psychiatric specialties have mushroomed over the last 30 or more years, to include substance misuse, forensic issues, autistic spectrum disorders and many others(2). Many disorders have variants, for example schizoaffective or schizomanic subtypes for schizophrenia, without any real scientific basis for such assertions. The eccentric individual becomes ‘schizotypal’; the individual who is detached from others and prefers his/her own company, is labelled ‘schizoid personality disorder’. Some would question whether many psychiatric descriptions are indeed ‘disorders’. There are very few ‘mental’ conditions which really could be regarded as disorders, save for example, severe clinical depression, bipolar disorder, obsessive compulsive states, and the psychoses, the latter often drug-induced. The diagnostic categories become bewildering and meaningless when subtypes are used, for example schizoaffective, bipolar I and bipolar II, depression with or without psychotic symptoms, and so forth; all have their supporters and detractors. Objectively, the symptoms are merely variations on a theme and cannot be accurately rated scientifically, unlike the gradings of say, Hodgkins or non-Hodgkins lymphoma. The distinction between normal and abnormal is blurred and varies among cultures. This is particularly pertinent when describing or defining personality disorder. For example, when does narcissistic behaviour become an illness? Why should it be seen as a disorder?  Indeed, high self-esteem is encouraged in today’s’ climate and we are told to ‘love themselves more’. The usual response to the questioning of such behaviour is that it is ‘inappropriate’ or ‘out of proportion’ to the individual’s circumstances, or that ‘the patient is suffering’. Yet the entire media business, arts and entertainment, modelling and fashion industry is engaged in a narcissistic mind set, and the public love it! In other scenarios words are used interchangeably such that a psychopath, say, is perceived as a cold-blooded killer without conscience or feeling for his victim, or considered a creative genius, or indeed admired as a successful politician. The list of descriptions in the psychiatric disorders classification is wearisome and meaningless in many respects.
 
Much research in psychiatric journals nowadays is organic-based with ever intensive searches for newer receptors or transmitters, with increasing emphasis on the neurological basis for psychiatric conditions. In the past, emphasis was placed on the positive outcomes of drug trials, though this, fortunately, is now changing and reputable medical journals are now prepared to publish the results of negative findings. On the other hand, other researchers attempt to prove one type of psychotherapy is more effective than drug therapy, or that both together are better than either alone. Psychiatry has become polarized, with the ‘organic camp’ advocating a neurobiological basis and reductionist paradigm for psychiatric disorders, while the ‘psychotherapy model’ emphasizes the individual’s part in his/her illness with the development of strategies to defeat and overcome irrational beliefs and counterproductive emotions. There are problems with both approaches.  A great deal of criticism is now being targeted against the psychology industry with its claims of treating serious illnesses through talking cures, and using labels to categorize almost every aspect of human behaviour (3). For example, how does one account for biological symptoms which are pervasive in severe depression without considering the role of neurotransmitters and regulatory hormones? How does one measure the complexity of suffering in any one individual and translate that into a rating scale for myriads of others whose problems have different origins? Are two people with severe depression really the same if they score identical marks on a depression scale? Whole books are written on the use of rating scales for research into psychological/psychiatric disorders. Yet there are over 250 different psychotherapy treatment approaches, which inevitably leads one to question the overall value of psychotherapy (4). In Epstein’s view, the whole field of psychotherapy is ‘pseudoscientific, an elaborate mysticism only differentiated from religion by a seemingly modern orientation and the cant of science (5). Research in psychotherapy is in any event notoriously difficult because of sample sizes, control groups, placebo effects and the nature of the therapeutic intervention itself (cognitive therapy, family therapy, psychoanalytic therapy). Besides, even when some patients show a moderate improvement, nonspecific factors are always operating in the period between therapy sessions and follow-up. Patients may have had a better social adjustment because of a new job, an increase in salary, or a change in a relationship and so forth, while others may have had a general decrease in life stresses, for example, through improved physical health (recovery from surgery, better control of diabetes). Some patients will deteriorate, despite ‘cognitive restructuring’, because of redundancy from a job, or ending of a relationship and so forth.
 
What next?                                                   
“Just trust yourself and you’ll learn the art of living”  Goethe      
                                                                                                                        
Although many of the psychological treatments available nowadays were initially propounded by psychiatrists, psychotherapy and behavioural management are now more often carried out by psychologists, nurse practitioners and counsellors. Psychiatrists tend to deal with more severely affected individuals, ironically, those deemed to need psychotropic medication or where ‘counselling’ has failed. It could be argued that talking to a stranger for a fixed number of sessions (ranging from 10–12 one-hour slots) actually impedes the normal process of recovery and that a patient would benefit more from using his/her own social networks including family, friends, general practitioner and others, who are better placed to view the patient’s problems in context. Research claiming that depressed people are most likely to benefit from cognitive therapy, or that the majority of people suffering from panic attacks will recover with anxiety management, is deceptive and naively optimistic. Too many nonspecific factors are at play. The notion that a psychologist/counsellor/psychiatrist could turn a patient’s life around in 10 hours or so (10 sessions) is difficult to sustain when such problems have accumulated over that person’s lifetime, no matter how long or short-lived. The human mind is too complex and the human condition too intricate to be hoodwinked into such quick-fix solutions. Perhaps the best way forward is, ironically, to revert to an holistic approach with better education and training of both psychiatrists and psychologists. The former need further training in neurology (they already receive extensive training in psychology) and time spent in GP surgeries, the latter should be required to gain more experience of patients with severe types of psychiatric disorders (many hospital-affiliated psychologists already do), and general exposure to medicine via an acute emergency department or at a GP surgery (say, one year in total), preferably both, in order to broaden their horizons. The author appreciates the inherent, perhaps, unfortunately, insurmountable difficulties in setting up such a system involving the various disciplines. All ‘therapists’ should have a grounding in philosophy and sociology. It needs to be made clear that many patients simply feel better by talking to someone, though this ‘feeling better’ is not often sustained, and that knowing the cause of one’s problems does not equate with ‘cure’. Many patients have intractable conditions which are not amenable to ‘talking therapies’, and such individuals do not fit the category of the ‘worried well’, the usual ‘clients’ of counsellors and other therapists.

 

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None Declared
Details of Authors: 
FRANCIS J DUNNE , FRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist and Honorary Senior Lecturer, University College London, North East London Foundation Trust, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Email: 
francis.dunne@nelft.nhs.uk
References
References: 

1.Dunne FJ. The ‘Natural Health Service’: natural does not mean safer. Adv Psych Treat, 2009; 15: 49-56.
2.Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. American Psychiatric Association, 1994.
3.Tana Dineen. Manufacturing Victims. What the Psychological Industry is doing to people. Constable
   London, 1999.
4.Freeman C, Tyrer P. Research Methods in Psychiatry Royal College of Psychiatrists. Gaskell, 1989.
5.Epstein WM. Psychotherapy as Religion. The Civil Divine in America. University of Nevada Press, 2006.

The right to consent: Is it absolute?

Authors
Christian P Selinger
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2009:2(2) 50-54
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 
Informed consent is required for all medical investigations and procedures and is considered a corner stone of modern medicine. This review article examines the question whether the right to consent is absolute by looking at the philosophical, ethical and legal principles underlying consent. There are several legal exceptions to the right of consent in the United Kingdom concerning minors, incapacitated patients, patients with mental illness and patients suffering from communicable diseases. Furthermore the practical implications of consent and shortcomings of informed consent are discussed as well as the concept of advanced directives and lasting powers of attorneys. While a patient has a right to refuse treatment (all exceptions are discussed), there is no legal right to demand treatment in the United Kingdom.

The patient's right to autonomy should always be respected and steps shall be taken to make consent truly informed. There is, however, no absolute right to consent on the basis of philosophical, ethical, legal and practical considerations.

Introduction

Consent to investigations and treatment is considered a cornerstone in the doctor-patient relationship.1 The Oxford Dictionary (1998) defines consent as “permission for something to happen or agreement to do something”.2 This definition does not entail understanding of the action agreed to and for medical purposes the term ”informed consent” meaning “permission granted in the knowledge of possible consequences” has been developed.2 General Medical Council (GMC) guidance requires the ability to comprehend and weigh up information as well the ability to communicate for informed consent.3

Most authors describe consent as a principle relatively new to medicine.4-6 This is however incorrect as even Plato and Hippocrates used consent in their medical practice.7

This review addresses the issue whether the right to consent is an absolute right by exploring the ethical and legal framework of consent or more specifically informed consent. Whereas most of the ethical issues are universally applicable, the legal aspects and guidance by the regulatory authorities apply only to the United Kingdom (UK). Where law differs between Scotland and the rest of the UK, I have focused on the laws for the latter.

Ethical principles around consent

The four main principles of medical ethics are justice, non-malificence, autonomy and beneficence.8 Autonomy is the main ethical consideration underlying informed consent. The patients’ right to determine what investigations and treatment to undergo must be respected by all doctors.3 For consent to be informed patients rely on the information provided by their doctor. Honesty and truthfulness are required to make the process of consent valid.3 The ethical principle of justice needs to be applied when deciding what treatments are offered to or withheld from patients. This touches the process of informed consent and is further explored when the right to demand certain treatments is discussed.

Philosophical aspects

The debate whether a right or a principle is absolute not only involves ethical and legal aspects. It also touches on the philosophical argument of absoluteness. Freedom as an example can’t exist as an absolute principle because granting one individual absolute freedom will infringe the freedom of a second individual considerably. Person A’s freedom to take any good will influence the freedom of person B to have property. When applying these principles to autonomy the same problem arises: Total autonomy of one individual has a negative effect on autonomy of other individuals. The modern democratic society has designed rules and laws to create a fair way of living. On the one hand this restricts autonomy, while on the other hand this same restricted autonomy guarantees the same amount of it to all members of this society.

I argue therefore that on a philosophical basis the principle of total autonomy contradicts itself when applied to society. As autonomy is the main ethical principle for informed consent an absolute right to consent cannot exist.

Requirements of informed consent

The basic difference between consent and informed consent is the patients’ knowledge behind the consent decision. Informed consent requires the patient to understand the diagnosis and uncertainties about it as well as the different treatment options (including doing nothing) and their advantages, disadvantages and achievable outcomes.3 The amount of information required to make consent informed may vary depending on complexity and risks of treatment as well as the patient’s wishes.3 Furthermore individual patients will have different intellectual capabilities and understanding of their illness. It is therefore mandatory to tailor information provided to the individual patient and the current situation. An emergency like acute myocardial infarction for example will allow less time to discuss diagnosis and treatment than an elective endoscopy.

To judge whether a patient has really understood the information provided can be difficult and often little of the information is retained (see practical aspects chapter). This leaves physicians in doubt whether their patient’s consent is truly informed. Consent based on partial information may be invalid but this may go unnoticed by patient and treating physician.

The principal of an absolute right to consent could be easily undermined by partial information. It is highly dependant on the willingness to provide full information and the patient’s capability to understand it and weigh up the options.

Legal framework

A medical intervention without valid informed consent is a criminal offence and the physician can be charged with battery. Examples of such situations include treatment against the patient’s will, different treatment than the one consented for and treatment after consenting deliberately with wrong information.9

Guidance for consent has been set up by the regulatory body (GMC). While no one can consent for a competent adult UK laws are regulating consent for minors, patients with acutely or permanent incapacity and patients suffering form severe mental illness.

Minors

At the age of 16 persons are to be considered as adults and can therefore be presumed to have capacity. Children younger than 16 years may have capacity depending on their understanding. When a competent child refuses treatment persons with parental responsibility may authorise this or a court may overrule the child’s decision.3 Incompetent children will be treated with consent from a person with parental responsibility.

Acute and permanent incapacity

The presumption that every adult patient has capacity applies unless the opposite can be clearly demonstrated.3, 10 Patients lacking capacity due to an acute (i.e loss of consciousness after an accident or patients on mechanical ventilation) or chronic illness (i.e dementia) cannot make decisions about their treatments themselves. In those situations it is the doctor’s duty to act in the “best interest of the patient”. Views about the patient’s preferences may be sourced from a third party (relatives for example). This third party can however not consent or object to treatment.3 If a patient has clearly given an advance directive while still competent, the treating physician is bound to respect this (see advance directive).

To give informed consent a patient needs to have mental capacity and the ability to communicate.11 The physician needs to establish the patient’s “ability to understand, retain, believe, evaluate, weigh and use information that is relevant to a medical intervention or its withdrawal”.11 This test of capacity has been supported by several court rulings10, 12, 13 and is embedded in the Mental Capacity Act (2005).14

Making an irrational choice does by no means constitute lack of capacity and a competent patient’s irrational decision has to be accepted even if this leads to an adverse outcome (including death).3

Mentally ill patients

The Mental Health Act (1983) regulates the treatment and hospital admission of mentally ill patients not volunteering to undergo assessment and/or treatment.15 These patients can only be admitted to hospital if due to their mental illness they pose a threat to themselves or others. Patients can be detained against their wishes to conduct an assessment and if their condition is deemed treatable they can be detained to receive such treatment. While this allows treatment for psychiatric conditions, the treatment of physical conditions not related to mental illness cannot be undertaken against the patient’s wishes. If needed, a court can decide on treatment of non-psychiatric illnesses in those patients.

This aspect of the law can leave physicians in difficult situations. If a depressed patient takes an overdose of an anti-inflammatory drug he can be detained in hospital using section 5.2 of the Mental Health Act. A resulting medical complication like severe gastrointestinal bleeding is however not covered by the mental health act. The patient therefore still remains competent to refuse a life-saving endoscopy or blood transfusion.

Protecting the public: infectious diseases, infection control and confidentiality

In order to protect the public form contagious infectious diseases the Public Health (Control of Disease) Act (1984) regulates notification of diseases and mandatory treatment of conditions like tuberculosis (TB).16 The individual’s right to consent is severely restricted in two areas: Firstly information about the patient’s diagnosis has to be given to the relevant authorities. The patient should be informed about this step. Section 11 regulates the disclosure of information. It is mandatory for a medical practitioner to disclose personal details of the patient and the diagnosis to the relevant authorities even if the patient does not agree to this. The list of notify-able diseases ranges from food poisoning and viral hepatitis to tuberculosis.

Secondly patients suffering from communicable diseases can be forced to take their medication by supervised administration or involuntary inpatient treatment. Sections 37 and 38 of the Public Health (Control of Disease) Act have recently been used to detain a man for inpatient treatment of TB against his will at North Manchester General Hospital.17 The act was used to prevent the spread of TB to the wider public by forcing treatment onto an individual, who was not compliant.

While above regulations are clearly set out by law, a physician might encounter situations in which no clear guidance is given. If a patient confesses a crime or a planned crime to a doctor, it is left to him to decide whether to pass on this information to the police. This decision requires careful weighing up whether the right to consent on passing on information is more important than the right of the public to be protected. GMC guidance (Confidentiality: Protecting and Providing Information, 2004) gives general advice on disclosure, but leaves the ultimate decision with the medical practitioner.18

The legislative has given clear laws stating when a right to consent does not apply to a patient. Incompetent minors, adults lacking capacity and some mentally ill patients do not have an absolute right to consent. Furthermore patients suffering from some infectious diseases have limited right to consent and can be detained and treated against their will. Using the principles of capacity and justice towards other individuals the right to autonomy has been cut in a few well-defined circumstances.

Advance directives

When an adult becomes incompetent he loses the right to decide on his medical care. To allow patients to express their ideas and wishes before they become incapacitated the Mental Capacity Act was introduced in 2005.19 Patients can give an advance directive or “living will” to outline the treatments they wish or wish not to receive. A physician is required to act within this advanced directive unless there is evidence that the patient revoked the will when still competent. A “living will” does not necessarily apply to all situations and it has to be checked whether the patient’s current condition is covered by his will.

Practical application of advance directives can be difficult: Unclear wording like “no life-prolonging treatment” leaves room for interpretation and the same intervention might have different outcomes depending on underlying conditions. A healthy patient might set up an advance directive to not receive mechanical ventilation without discussing the merits of this intervention with a health care professional. This generally prohibits any doctor from administering such treatment in any situation. While this might be the patient’s wish should he suffer a devastating stroke (very little chance of recovery), it could be argued that his view would be different if the merits of ventilation after major emergency surgery (reasonably good chance of full recovery) would have been explained to him.

Furthermore the act established the lasting power of attorney (LPA) concept. This enables the patient to grant rights of consent and refusal to a LPA while still competent. The LPA then takes over these powers when the patient loses capacity.

Research without consent

While consent should always be sought for including patients in clinical research, there are conditions that do not allow a delay: Unconscious patients, patients in shock and studies with short therapeutic windows. While including those patients without consent infringes their right to autonomy society as a whole benefits from such research. The European Union (EU) allows such studies to recruit patients without their consent under strict regulation.20

The right to refuse or demand treatment

British law clearly gives competent patients the right to refuse any treatment (the very few exceptions have been outlined in the chapter legal framework). In contrast, however, no patient has a right to demand certain treatments. GMC regulation (2008) states that if a patient wishes treatment that in the doctor’s view is clinically not indicated there is no ethical or legal obligation to provide such treatment.21

Burke, who suffers from a chronic and progressing neurological illness, challenged this guidance. He wishes to receive artificial nutrition and hydration (ANH) when he loses his ability to swallow and he does not want doctors to make decisions on his behalf. Arguing that the relevant GMC guidance infringes his human rights he took the case to court achieving a favourable ruling initially. Mr Justice Munby ruled in Burke22 that the Human Rights Act (1998)23 entitles a person to demand life-prolonging treatments such as ANH. He based his decision on article 2, 3 and 8 arguing that a competent person’s right to life and autonomy constitute an entitlement to ANH.11

The Court of Appeal overturned this ruling although the right-based analysis of Munby’s decision was acknowledged. Two lines of argument were used to justify the decision. Firstly the case of Bland24 (Airedale NHS Trust 1993), an advance directive to withdraw treatment in a case of persistent vegetative state must be respected, does not automatically lead to a reverse decision in opposite cases.11

Secondly an advanced directive demanding life-prolongueing treatment would not be in consistence with the Mental Capacity Act, which requires the doctor to take the incompetent patient’s best interest into consideration.11

Another aspect of demanding treatment is the effect on the wider community. Graber and Tansey argue that demanding certain (more expensive, equally effective) treatments leads to injustice.25 While doctors may feel pressured to please their patient’s wishes, financial and organisational constraints in society (and a public health care system) will mean that other patients might not get treatments they require.

Currently there is no legal right in the UK to demand treatment. Furthermore such demands infringe justice by prohibiting resources to be allocated by need.

Practical aspects of consent: understanding and retention of information provided

Informed consent requires the ability to understand and weigh up information. Several studies have addressed the issue of understanding and retention of information provided. Even in a research setting where rigorous measures for consent are applied severe defiencies have been identified: in a randomized drug trial 44% of participants did not know that they were assigned to treatment or placebo by chance.26 A capsule endoscopy study recruited healthy volunteers, of whom 90% had university education and 60% were medical students. Still vital information (drugs used, potential risks) given during the consent was only completely recalled by around 20%.27 These examples show that most patients or research participants do not have a good understanding and/or recall of the information provided by standard consent procedures. Despite that treating doctors and researcher had treated or included patients based on this “informed” consent.

Methods like enhanced consent forms and multimedia interventions during informed consent have shown mixed results, while only additional time spent in one-on-one interviews significantly improved understanding and recall of information.28

Discussion

Informed consent is required for any investigation or treatment proposed to a patient. Understanding of the nature of procedure, benefits and risks are the cornerstones of informed consent. While autonomy is one of the four main ethical principles, I argue that there is no absolute right to autonomy or consent.

On a philosophical basis an absolute right to autonomy and consent contradicts itself.

Several restrictions in the right to consent are set by the legal framework in the United Kingdom (or England). The main statuary instruments concerned are: Mental Health Act, Mental Capacity Act and Public Health Act. UK Law regulates the right to consent for minors, mentally ill patients, patients with incapacity and patients with communicable diseases. Their rights to consent are restricted and in special circumstances not granted. Disclosure of information without consent is mandatory in infectious diseases cases and legal in cases where the doctor believes that non-disclosure will leave the public in danger. Furthermore patients can be recruited to studies of emergency medical treatment without consent under strict EU regulation. On a legal basis there is no absolute right to consent therefore.

Patients with anticipated incapacity can set advance directives to guide their future treatment while still competent or a LPA can be given the right to decide on treatment on the patient’s behalf. While this increases the right of consent and improves patient autonomy to refuse treatment, there is no right to demand treatment if this is considered medically inappropriate (futile for example) by the treating medical practitioner.

Looking at the practical aspects of consent shows that the information provided is often poorly understood and retained. Patients giving consent are doing so without being truly informed. In other words they can’t give informed consent due to their lack of understanding. As shown in the chapter practical aspects this will often not be noticed by the treating doctor or researcher. It is difficult to conceive an absolute right to consent in practice, when the effort to supply information required for informed consent fails so often.

In summary the patient’s right to autonomy should always be respected and step shall be taken to make consent truly informed. On the basis of philosophical, ethical, legal and practical considerations, however, there is no absolute right to consent.


COMPETING INTERESTS
None Declared
AUTHOR DETAILS
CHRISTIAN P SELINGER, MD, MRCP, Royal Albert Edward Infirmary, Wigan, United Kingdom
CORRESPONDENCE: DR CHRISTIAN SELINGER, Royal Albert Edward Infirmary, Wigan Lane, Wigan, WN1 2NN, United Kingdom
Email: Christian.selinger@web.de


References

1. Habiba MA (2000) Examining consent within the patient-doctor-relationship. Journal of Medical Ethics 26:183-87
2. The Oxford Dictionary of new English, Oxford. Oxford University Press, 1998
3. GMC (1998) Seeking patients’ consent: The ethical considerations, General Medical Council, London
4. King J (1986) Informed consent: A review of empirical evidence. Institute of Medical Ethics Bulletin supp 3: 1-17
5. Kour NW, Rauff A (1992) Informed consent – historical perspective and a clinician’s view. Singapore Medical Journal 33:44-46
6. Nelson-Marten P, Rich RA (1999) A historical perspective of informed consent in clinical practice and research. Oncology Nursing 15:81-8
7. Dalla-Vorgia P, Lascaratos J, Skiadas P et al. (2001) Is consent in medicine a concept only of modern times? Journal of Medical Ethics 27:59-61
8. Gillon R. Medical ethics: Four principles plus attention to scope. BMJ 1994; 309:184-8<br>
9. MRHA guidance (2007): http://www.mhra.gov.uk; as accessed on 01/06/2008
10. Re C (adult refusal of treatment) [1994] 1WLR 290
11. Samata A, Samata B (2006) Advance directives, best interests and clinical judgement: shifting sands at the end of life. Clinical Medicine 6:274-78
12. Re MB (an adult: medical treatment) [1997] 2 FLR 426
13. Re B (consent to treatment: capacity) [2002] EWCH 429
14. Mental Capacity Act 2005. The Stationary Office, 2005
15. Mental Health Act 1983. The Stationary Office, 1983
16. Public Health (Control of Disease) Act (1984). The Stationary Office, 1984
17. Crook A (2007) TB patient under guard. Manchester Evening News 9/10/2007
18. GMC (2004) Confidentiality: Protecting and Providing Information, General Medical Council, London
19. Mental Capacity Act 2005. The Stationary Office, 2005
20. Lecouturier J, Rodgers H, Ford GA, et al. (2008) Clinical research without consent in adults in the emergency setting: a review of patient and public views. BMC Medical Ethics 9:9
21. GMC (2008) Withholding and withdrawing life-prolonging treatments: Good practice in decision making, General Medical Council, London
22. Re (Burke) v General Medical Council (defendant) and Disability Rights Comission (interested party) and the Official Solicitor (intervenor) [2004] EWHC 1879
23. Human Rights Act (1998). The Stationary Office, 1998
24. Airedale NHS Trust v Bland [1993] A.C. 789
25. Graber MA, Tansey JF (2005) Autonomy, consent, and limiting healthcare costs. Journal of Medical Ethics 31:424-426
26. Howard JM, DeMets D (1981) How informed is informed consent: the BHAT experience. Controlled Clinical Trials 2: 287-303
27. Fortun P, West J, Chalkley L, Shonde A, Hawkey C (2008) Recall of informed consent information by healthy volunteers in clinical trials. QJM an international journal of Medicine in press, available online at: http://qjmed.oxfordjournals.org/cgi/content/abstract/hc
28. Flory J, Emanuel E (2004) Interventions to improve research participants’ understanding in informed consent for research. Journal of the American Medical Association 292: 1593-1601

Mental illness and comorbid insomnia: a cross- sectional study of a population of psychiatric in-patients

Authors
Lucinda Donaldson and Praveen Kumar Chintapanti
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2009:2(2) 36-41
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Aim : To investigate the self-reported quality of sleep in a population of psychiatric in-patients and to explore any associations between sleep quality and clinical and demographic factors.
Method : This was a cross-sectional survey of 46 psychiatric-disordered patients’ self-reported quality of sleep on the acute adult wards at a London psychiatric hospital (the Highgate Mental Health Centre) using the Pittsburgh Sleep Quality Index (PSQI). Relevant demographic and clinical parameters were obtained concurrently by review of medical records.
Results: There was a high prevalence (78%) of subjects categorised as “poor sleepers” (defined as a global PSQI score of 5 or more). Subjective good quality sleep was associated with formal detainment in hospital (under Section 3 of the Mental Health Act (1983) (p=0.01). No statistically significant associations were found between other clinical or demographic variables to distinguish between good and poor sleepers. There was a statistically significant difference the two groups for all PSQI component scores and global scores.
Conclusion: This study represents the first attempt to examine the degree of self-reported sleep quality among a population of psychiatric in-patients in a UK hospital. Results indicate that poor subjective sleep quality is a common finding, suggesting the need to improve strategies to manage sleep-related problems on the ward. Further studies are needed to replicate these results and to derive comparisons from a suitable patient population control group.

 

The significance of disturbed subjective sleep quality in the general population is important because of high prevalence rates (of up to 30%)1 and the association with decreased quality of life.2 Poor sleep affects cognitive and physical functioning, and insomnia is associated with a greater risk of falls and accidents,3 higher rates of absenteeism4 and increased health care utilization.4

Insomnia is commonly encountered in primary and secondary care settings, and can be symptomatic of many medical, neurological, substance abuse or primary sleep disorders.

Epidemiological and clinic-based studies consistently demonstrate high rates of psychiatric comorbidity.5,6 Sleep disturbance is an important clinical construct in psychiatry. It represents formal diagnostic criterion in mental illnesses such as affective and anxiety disorders.7,8

Insomnia is broadly defined as the subjective experience of poor or unrefreshing sleep, with some objective evidence of reduced time asleep or delayed sleep-onset. The subjective nature of such complaints remains key, because sleeping is a private event, and there is often no informant history. Furthermore, it is the perceptual aspects of sleep that influence patients’ help-seeking behaviour, such as consultation requests, demands for night sedation, and medication and substance use. It is noteworthy that despite the wide-ranging implications and subjectively distressing nature of this phenomenon, it remains arguably one of the least satisfying symptoms to treat. Seeking a better understanding of the extent and nature of patients’ sleep perception can help optimise appropriate therapeutic strategies.

This is the first study assessing the subjective sleep quality of a sample of psychiatric disordered in-patients in a UK psychiatric hospital setting, using the Pittsburgh Sleep Quality Index (PSQI).9 This study is framed in the context of increasing the awareness of the significance of patients’ complaints of insomnia and addressing the wider psychosocial issues that this raises.

Method

Design: This was a cross-sectional survey of the self-reported quality of sleep in a population of psychiatric in-patients on the acute adult wards of a London psychiatric hospital.

Participants and Procedure:Participants consisted of psychiatric in-patients (ages 18-65) on all five of the acute adult open psychiatric wards of the Highgate Mental Health Centre, London, currently admitted for the assessment or treatment of mental illness. Financial compensation was not provided for any subject.

Subjects were approached on the ward by a member of nursing staff and asked if they were interested in participating in a study about sleep. The researcher was then introduced to explain further details with the aid of the participant information sheet. After a minimum of 24 hours, patients were approached again by the researcher and asked if they were willing to participate. Recruitment of subjects took place if the patient was agreeable to take part and did not meet any of the exclusion criteria (listed below). A scheduled time and date was made with participants in order to obtain written informed consent and to administer the questionnaire. Questionnaire data was collected from each subject by the researcher in a private interview room located on the patient’s psychiatric ward. Demographic and clinical data required from the patient’s medical notes was recorded on the day of sampling. Exclusion criteria were: the presence of severely disturbed behaviour, or having received rapid tranquilisation for such behaviour on the day of sampling; a significant impairment in physical condition (e.g. infection, trauma); a history of a sleep disorder (e.g. obstructive sleep apnoea); the presence of organic illness including dementia; and lack of capacity to give informed consent.

Quality of Sleep:Subjects' quality of sleep was assessed by the administration of the Pittsburgh Sleep Quality Index (PSQI).9 This is one of the most widely used questionnaires employing standardised measures to assess subjective sleep quality in clinical and research settings. It assesses sleep quality and disturbances over a 1-month time interval. 19 individual items are used to generate 7 component scores (with a range of possible subscale scores from 0 to 3): 1) overall subjective sleep quality; 2) sleep latency; 3) sleep duration; 4) habitual sleep efficiency; 5) sleep disturbances 6) use of hypnotic or sedative medication; 7) daytime dysfunction. Higher scores indicate greater sleep disturbances. The sum of the component scores yields a global score (ranging from 0 to 21), which was used as the primary outcome measure in this study. A global PSQI score cut off score of 5 discriminates between good and bad sleepers and the PSQI gives acceptable measures of internal homogeneity, consistency (test-retest reliability) and validity.9,10

Other Variables:Demographic and clinical data recorded concurrently from participant's medical notes included: sex (male/female); age (years); ethnicity (Asian/Black/Mixed//Other); body mass index (BMI) (calculated as the ratio between weight [kilograms] and squared height [metres]); primary psychiatric diagnosis (based on ICD-10 criteria); duration of psychiatric illness (years); past medical history; number of currently prescribed medications; length of admission to date (days); current admission status (informal/detained under Section 2 of the Mental Health Act (MHA) (1983) (this is for a maximum period of 28 days for further assessment)/detained under Section 3 MHA (1983) (this is for a maximum period of 6 months for psychiatric treatment). A further category (detained under another type of section) was dropped as this did not apply to any of the subjects.

Ethics Committee Approval:Ethical and research governance authorisations were granted from Camden and Islington Community Local Research Ethics Committee, and from the North Central London Research Consortium, respectively.

Statistical Analysis:The aim was to compare clinical, demographic and PSQI data between the poor sleepers and good sleepers. The prevalence (%) of poor sleep was determined by the proportion of subjects with global PSQI score of 5 or more. Statistical analyses were predominantly performed using the software package Stata, version 9.2.

Results

Sample Characteristics

77 patients were initially identified as potentially eligible subjects. Of these, 31 (40%) were excluded due to: the presence of disturbed behaviour (n=1); inability to give informed consent (n=9); unwillingness to participate (n=19); absence from ward (either on leave or absent without leave) (n=2).

This left a total of 46 patients who were enrolled in to the study. Subject characteristics are given in Table 1.
Table 1: Demographic and clinical characteristics of study subjects

Sex, n (%) 
Male24 (52)
Female22 (48)
Ethnicity, n (%) 
Asian1 (2)
Black9 (20)
Mixed1 (2)
Other1 (2)
White34 (74)
Current Admission Status, n (%) 
Detained under Section 3 MHA22 (48)
Detained under Section 2 MHA5 (11)
Informal19 (41)
Age, years: mean (s.d.) 38 (11.1)
Range18-62
Body Mass Index, kg/m²: mean (s.d.)25.99 (4.96)
Range17.9-41.5
Duration of mental illness, years: mean (s.d.)10.51 (7.93)
Range0.17-30
Length of admission, days: mean (s.d.)42.43 (63.21)
Range2-366
Prescribed regular medications, mean (s.d.)1.83 (1.05)
Range0-5
Medical comorbidities, mean (s.d.)0.59 (0.98)
Range0-3

s.d.: standard deviation

As defined by ICD-10 criteria, the most common subdivisions of patients’ psychiatric diagnoses in descending order were: paranoid schizophrenia, F20.0, (n=16); emotionally unstable personality disorder, F60.3, (n=6); depressive disorder, F32, (n=6); bipolar affective disorder, F31 (n=5). Other subdivisions of subjects’ diagnoses included: organic mood disorder, F06.3 (n=1); organic personality disorder, F07, (n=1); residual and late onset psychotic disorder due to alcohol use, F10.7, (n=1); persistent delusional disorder, F22, (n=1); acute and transient psychotic disorder, F23, (n=1); unspecified non-organic psychosis, F29, (n=1); post traumatic stress disorder, F43.1, (n=1). One patient was undergoing psychiatric evaluation and therefore had no formal diagnosis.

Medications prescribed regularly were: antipsychotics (for 40% of the total sample of patients), mood stabilizers (16%), antidepressants (14%) and benzodiazepines (7%). In terms of regular night time sedation, two patients out of a total of 46 were prescribed zopiclone and diazepam respectively. Zopiclone was prescribed on an “as required” basis for 15 patients (33% of the total sample).

Overall sleep quality evaluated by the PSQI revealed a mean score of 9.74 (standard deviation= 5.11). Poor sleep quality (defined as a global PSQI score of 5 or more) was present in 36 out of the total of 46 subjects (78% of the sample).

Comparison between good and poor sleepers

Comparison of numerical measurements between the two sleep groups is presented in Table 2. For the normally distributed variables the figures reported for each group are the mean (standard deviation) and the p-value from the t-test. For the non-normally distributed variables the figures reported are the median (inter-quartile range) and the p-value from the Mann-Whitney test.


Table 2: Comparison of demographic and clinical data between good and poor sleepers.

VariableGood sleepers

(total PSQI <5)

Mean (SD)

Poor sleepers

(total PSQI ≥5)

Mean (SD)

P-value

Age (years)41.0 (12.1)37.2 (10.9)0.34BMI (kg/m²)23.0 (2.5)26.7 (5.2)0.15Duration of psychiatric illness (years) (*)10 (8, 12)9.5 (3, 12)0.70Duration of admission (days) (*)44 (13, 111)15 (5, 41)0.06Medications (*)2 (1, 3)2 (1, 4)0.55Psychiatric medications (*)1.5 (1, 2)2 (1, 2)0.68

(*) Median (Inter-quartile range) reported. Analysis performed using Mann-Whitney test

The results indicate that there was no strong evidence of a statistically significant difference between good and poor sleepers for any of the variables examined. However, there was a possible difference for duration of admission, although this result was only of borderline statistical significance (p=0.06). The results indicate a median duration of admission of 44 days for good sleepers and 15 days for poor sleepers.

The difference between sleep groups for the categorical variables was examined using Fisher’s exact test. Results, presented in Table 3, show the number (and percentage) of subjects falling into each category, with the p-value indicating the significance of the results.


Table 3: Comparison of categorical data between good and poor sleepers

VariableGroupGood sleepers

(total PSQI <5)

N (%)

Poor sleepers

(total PSQI ≥5)

N (%)

P-value

Sex

Female3 (30%)19 (53%)0.29
Male7 (70%)17 (47%) 

Admission status

Section 39 (90%)18 (50%)0.01
Section 20 (0%)5 (14%) 
Informal1 (10%)13 (36%) 

Physical

comorbidities

None7 (70%)24 (67%)1.00
1+3 (30%)12 (33%) 

There was a significant difference between sleep groups with regard to their admission status. Almost all (90%) of the good sleepers were detained under Section 3 MHA (1983), whilst this applied to only half of those in the poor sleepers group. Being detained under Section 2 MHA and informal admission were more commonly found amongst those categorised as poor sleepers.

There was no significant difference between groups in terms of sex or the presence of physical comorbidities.

The final set of analyses compared the differences between groups for the PSQI measures, and the results are summarised in Table 4. The figures reported are the mean (standard deviation) score for each group. For the individual components the Mann-Whitney test was used to compare between groups, and the p-values from this analysis are reported. For the PSQI total score, the unequal variance t-test was used to compare between groups.


Table 4: Comparison of PSQI measures between the good and poor sleepers

 Good sleepers

(total PSQI <5)

Mean (SD)

Poor sleepers

(total PSQI ≥5)

Mean (SD)

P-value
PSQI C1 score (quality) (*)0.2 (0.84)1.6 (0.9)<0.001
PSQI C2 score (latency) (*)0.9 (1.0)1.8 (1.0)0.02
PSQI C3 score (duration) (*)0.1 (0.3)1.7 (1.3)0.002
PSQI C4 score (efficiency) (*)0.1 (0.3)1.7 (1.3)0.001
PSQI C5 score (disturbances) (*)0.7 (0.5)1.4 (0.6)0.003
PSQI C6 score (sedatives) (*)0.4 (1.0)1.5 (1.4)0.04
PSQI C7 score (daytime dysfunction) (*)0.7 (0.9)2.1 (0.8)0.004
PSQI total3.1 (1.3)11.6 (4.1)<0.001

(*) Analysis performed using Mann-Whitney test

There was a statistically significant difference between good and poor sleepers for all PSQI components and for the PSQI total. The PSQI component values and PSQI total scores for poor sleepers were significantly higher than for good sleepers.

A profile of the mean PSQI individual component scores between the two groups (good sleepers versus poor sleepers) is displayed in Figure 1.

Figure 1: Mean component PSQI scores of good and bad sleepers

Profiles of the PSQI represent group differences of individual component scores. Mann-Whitney test, *p<0.05).

Subjective Patient Comments

The PSQI also comprises an open ended question, providing subjects with the opportunity to cite “other” (subjective) reasons for difficult sleep. The most common response was anxiety (n=8). Other examples included: medication alterations (n=3); environmental noise (n=2); “thinking excessively” (n=1); “a desire to be creative” (n=1); hard mattress (n=1); “food eaten” (n=1); “sedentary lifestyle” (n=1); alcohol (n=1); hunger (n=1); asthma (n=1); symptoms of the menopause (n=1); and “voices”(n=1).

Discussion

Main Results

This is the first study to examine the subjective quality of sleep among a population of psychiatric in-patients in the UK. The prevalence of poor sleep, as defined by a cut off PSQI score of 5 or more, was present in 78% of the patients sampled. Patients detained under Section 3 MHA (1983) were more likely to report sleeping well when compared to informal patients or those detained under section 2 MHA (1983). There was some evidence of good subjective sleep quality being related to a longer duration of admission, but this requires further investigation.

There were no significant differences between good and poor sleepers for any of the other demographic and clinical variables studied, including age, body mass index, duration of psychiatric illness, number of prescribed medications, sex, and physical comorbidities.

Individual PSQI component scores and global scores were significantly lower for good sleepers compared to poor sleepers. This would be expected given that higher scores indicate more severe sleep complaints, and this supports the consistency of the PSQI as a research instrument.

Factors Affecting Sleep

In-patients’ disturbed sleep may be caused by a variety of exogenous factors such as unfamiliar surroundings, environmental noise, bright lighting and staff interactions or monitoring. Physical and psychological factors, such as the side-effects of medication and substance use, may also have a detrimental effect on sleep quality. In the added presence of a psychiatric disorder, each of these factors may act synergistically on the relationship between mental illness and sleep. Despite substantial research supporting the robust associations between insomnia and comorbid conditions, specific mechanisms linking sleep, medical and psychiatric factors have not been well established.

Sleep complaints may represent early symptoms and risk factors for new episodes of mental illness rather than simply representing phenomena secondary to experience of mental illness. For example, longitudinal studies have found insomnia to be a substantial risk factor for the development of a depressive disorder5,11,12 and the risk for developing new anxiety disorders and alcohol abuse is also greater for insomniacs.6

Stepanski & Rybarczyk13 present research arguing against the more traditional conceptualisation of insomnia as simply a consequence of another disorder. They propose the need for a revised model to understand insomnia that is comorbid with medical and/or psychiatric illness. Abnormalities of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis may represent the underlying pathophysiological process in many chronic insomnia patients.14 This may signify a common risk factor for insomnia and depression, thus predisposing the individual to a vulnerability to both conditions.15

In this study, detained patients (under Section 3 MHA (1983)) were significantly more likely to be classified as good sleepers. A suggestion for this finding could be that these patients may be less resisting of remaining and sleeping on the ward due to the involuntary nature of their admission. Alternatively these patients may represent the group with the most severe mental illnesses and with the least insight, and therefore less able to accurately recall their (poor) sleeping habits over the previous month.

There was also a potential association between longer admission status and better sleep quality. Explanations for this observation might include: patients’ acceptance over time of their admission and the consequent conditioning to, and familiarisation with, the ward environment; achievement of stability in mental state over time; or the adaptation of the perception of sleep quality to the sleep disturbances that accompany mental illness.

Limitations

This study is based on cross-sectional data and the relationship between the course of mental illness and sleep perception cannot be determined. In order to verify the direction of causality, it is necessary to demonstrate longitudinally that improvement in symptom severity is accompanied by an increase in subjective sleep quality.

This study was not designed to look at the prevalence of poor sleep across the different classes of psychiatric illnesses and dual diagnoses were not considered. It did not measure psychopathology or self-reported psychological distress. Possible confounding factors were not taken in to account, such as concurrent use of caffeine, alcohol, nicotine, illicit substances, hypnotics or other medications known to affect sleep.

The PSQI measures sleep quality averaged over the previous month. In cases where patients had only very recently been admitted to hospital, measurements would have been unlikely to accurately reflect the perspective of an in-patient’s experience. The mean length of admission for this population however was longer than one month (42 days).

These results were drawn from a small sample, with a fairly high proportion of excluded patients (40%). This may explain why this study did not identify factors previously found to more frequently affect sleep adversely such as female gender, the elderly and those with chronic medical conditions.16 In addition the population sample has little ethnic diversity which limits the generalisability of the results.

Implications

This study found that the prevalence of poor sleep quality was more common than previously reported in the general population17 and more comparable to the higher rates reported in similar patient populations. Two previous studies investigating subjective sleep quality using the PSQI, found prevalence rates of poor sleepers to be 45.5%18, and 91.22%19 among a population of schizophrenia patients and psychiatric in-patients respectively.

Complaints of poor sleep are important for diagnostic purposes and also raise the need to address the adequacy of therapeutic strategies, given the consequent adverse impact on patients’ mental state, physical health, daytime function and quality of life.

Improving Sleep

Hypnotics such as benzodiazepines and benzodiazepine receptor agonists can be efficacious for the treatment of insomnia.20,21 However the clinical benefits must be weighed against well known adverse effects, such as daytime sedation, agitation, memory impairment, confusion and ataxia. This, together with the recommendation that hypnotics should only be used for short periods of time because of the risk of drug tolerance and dependence,22 highlights the need for suitable non-pharmacological alternatives.

Recent reviews support the notion of the effectiveness of Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for insomnia in the treatment of people with psychiatric or medical conditions.13,23 Modified, lower cost education initiatives to promote good sleep could be employed by utilising the skills of the mental health professionals caring for patients on the ward, supplemented by the provision of clear written material.

Environmental variables to consider include adherence to regular ward routines including bedtime and awakening times, attention to ward layout and design (including the provision individual bedrooms), lighting, ambient noise, temperature, and the provision of comfortable mattresses and appropriate bed linen. Medication scheduling times, regular medication reviews, and avoidance of non-prescribed substances such as caffeine, alcohol and illicit substances are also important. Physical health problems, pain and psychological distress should be optimally managed. Moderate intensity exercise programs have also been found to bring about significant improvements in self-rated sleep quality.24 Finally, increased staff awareness and sensitivity to the sleep problems on the ward, supplemented with objective recording of such disturbances, would be informative in gaining a further understanding of patients’ insomnia experiences.

Future Directions for Research

The PSQI is simple and inexpensive to perform. Results could be followed longitudinally in order to examine the course of sleep problems throughout an episode of acute mental illness, or to examine the effects of specific therapeutic interventions for sleep disorders. Sleep diaries have been shown to provide reliable estimates of subjective sleep parameters25 and could be used as an adjunct to the PSQI. Ideally, concomitant objective measures such as polysomnography or wrist actigraphy (which detects physical motion), as well as cognitive and behavioural measures could be used to provide additional data.

This study represents the first attempt to examine the degree of self-reported poor sleep quality in a UK-based population of psychiatric in-patients and results suggest unsatisfactory sleep is a common finding. Large prospective longitudinal studies of sleep quality with control for confounding factors are needed to confirm the high prevalence rates in psychiatric in-patients. Studies comparing psychiatric patients with healthy controls, and also with insomniacs without psychiatric comorbidity, would further clarify the role of psychopathology in sleep disturbance.

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
With thanks to Mr Paul Bassett, Statistical Consultant
COMPETING INTERESTS
None Declared
AUTHOR DETAILS
LUCINDA DONALDSON, BSc, MB BS, MRCPsych, Specialty Registrar, Barnet, Enfield and Haringey Mental Health Trust, United Kingdom
PRAVEEN KUMAR CHINTAPANTI, MB BS, DPM, MRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist, Camden and Islington NHS Foundation Trust, United Kingdom
CORRESPONDENCE: LUCINDA DONALDSON, Specialty Registrar, South West Complex Mental Health Team, 7th Floor Premier House, 112 Station Road, Edgware, Middlesex HA8 7BJ, United Kingdom
Email: lucindadonaldson@yahoo.co.uk

 

References

    1. Ancoli-Israel S, Roth T. Characteristics of insomnia in the United States: results of the 1991 National Sleep Foundation Survey. I. Sleep 1999;22 Suppl 2:S347-53.
    2. Leger D, Scheuermaier K, Philip P, et al. SF-36: Evaluation of quality of life in severe and mild insomniacs compared with good sleepers. Psychosom Med 2001;63:49-55.
    3. Roth T. Prevalence, associated risks, and treatment patterns of insomnia. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66 suppl 9:10-13.
    4. Leger D, Guilleminault C, Bader G, et al. Medical and socio-professional impact of insomnia. Sleep 2002;25(6):625-629.
    5. Ford DE, Kamerow DB. Epidemiologic study of sleep disturbances and psychiatric disorders. An opportunity for prevention? JAMA 1989;262:1479-84.
    6. McCall WV. A psychiatric perspective on insomnia. J Clin Psychiatry 2001;62 Suppl 10:27-32.
    7. World Health Organisation. The ICD-10 Classification of Mental and Behavioural Disorders: Diagnostic Criteria for Research. Geneva: World Health Organisation, 1993.
    8. American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (4th edn) (DSM-IV). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association, 1994.
    9. Buysse DJ, Reynolds CF 3rd, Monk TH, et al. The Pittsburgh Sleep Quality Index: a new instrument for psychiatric practice and research. Psychiatry Res 1989;28:193-213.
    10. Doi Y, Minowa M, Uchiyama M, et al. Psychometric assessment of subjective sleep quality using the Japanese version of the Pittsburgh Sleep Quality Index (PSQI-J) in psychiatric disordered and control subjects. Psychiatry Res 2000;97:165-172.
    11. Breslau N, Roth T, Rosenthal L, et al. Sleep disturbance and psychiatric disorders: a longitudinal epidemiological study of young adults. Biol Psychiatry 1996;39:411-418.
    12. Chang PP, Ford DE, Mead LA, et al. Insomnia in young men and subsequent depression. The Johns Hopkins Precursors Study. Am J Epidemiol 1997;146:105-114.
    13. Stepanski EJ, Rybarczyk B. Emerging research on the treatment and etiology of secondary of cormorbid insomnia. Sleep Med Rev 2006;10:7-18.
    14. Richardson GS, Roth T. Future directions in the management of insomnia. J Clin Psychiatry 2001;62 suppl 10:39-45.
    15. Roth T, Roehrs T. Insomnia: Epidemiology, Characteristics, and Consequences. Clin Cornerstone 2003;5(3):5-15.
    16. Morin CM, Hauri PJ, Espie CA, et al. Nonpharmacologic treatment of chronic insomnia: an American Academy of Sleep Medicine review. Sleep 1999;22:1134-56.
    17. Doi Y, Minowa M, Uchiyama M, et al. Subjective sleep quality and sleep problems in the general Japanese adult population. Psychiatry Clin Neurosci 2001; 55(3): 213-215.
    18. Ritsner M, Kurs R, Ponizovosky A, et al. Perceived quality of life in schizophrenia: Relationships to sleep quality. Qual Life Res 2004;13:783-791.
    19. Prieto-Rincón D, Echeto-Inciarte S, Faneite-Hernández P, et al. [Quality of sleep in hospitalized psychiatric patients]. Invest Clin 2006;47:5-16.
    20. Nowell PM, Mazumdar S, Buysse DJ, et al. Benzopdidazepines and zolpidem for chronic insomnia: a meta-analysis of treatment efficacy. JAMA 1997;278:2170-7.
    21. Holbrook AM, Crowther R, Lotter A, et al. Meta-analysis of benzopdiazepine use in the treatment of insomnia. CMAJ, 2000; 162: 225-233.
    22. National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence. Guidance on the use of zaleplon, zolpidem and zopiclone for the short-term management of insomnia. London: NICE, 2004. (Technology Appraisal 77.) Available from: URL: http://www.nice.org.uk/TA077guidance
    23. Smith MT, Huang MI, Manber R. Cognitive behavior therapy for chronic insomnia occurring within the context of medical and psychiatric disorders. Clin Psychol Rev 2005;25:559-92.
    24. King AC, Oman RF, Brassington GS, Bliwise DL, Haskell WL. Moderate-Intensity Exercise and Self-rated Quality of Sleep in Older Adults. A Randomized Controlled Trial. JAMA 1997;277:32-37.
    25. Coates TJ, Killen JD, George J, et al. Estimating sleep parameters: A multitrait-multimethod analysis. J Consult Clin Psychol 1982;50:345-52.

From behind the couch - Manipulation

Authors
Chess Denman
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2009:2(1) 50-51

"Pamela was assessed by the crisis team at home late at night. She had been discharged from the inpatient unit only two days previously. Pamela was threatening to set fire to herself and was wandering around her flat in her bedclothes aroused and waving a lighter. She said her bed was soaked with meths. Pamela said she had debts and there were dealers to whom she owed money who were coming round to get her. She said she did not feel safe in her flat. The crisis team were pretty sure that Pamela had been drinking and taking amphetamines and felt that she was a serious risk to herself and others. Fortunately she agreed to be admitted. By the time she arrived on the ward she was calmer and she seemed to settle quickly. A couple of days later Pamela wanted leave to go to her flat and look after her dogs. She was given 4 hours leave but did not return on time. When she returned late she seemed intoxicated. Staff felt she was abusing the ward and asked for a review with a view to discharge. When Pamela saw the doctor she said she was suicidal and was planning on taking her own life but she denied having drunk alcohol. Pamela was not willing to stay on the ward and so had to be detained she was placed on continuous observations but then managed to cut her self using a concealed razor blade while in the lavatory. Staff negotiated an agreement that Pamela would talk to them if she felt distressed and asked her to hand in any further blades. That evening Pamela had a long conversation with a junior nurse and, after some persuasion handed in some razor blades. She went back to her room and ten minutes later, again despite being on continuous observations managed to cut herself again very severely with a razor blade. The following day in the hand over Pamela was characterised as "manipulative and deceitful". The ward was very full and Pamela was "using up a bed".

Staff often feel as though they are being manipulated by patients or describe their behaviour as "manipulative" and yet this term probably adds little to the management of patients other than the expression of dislike because a wide variety of disapproved of behaviours tends to be grouped under this term. An insight into its meaning and use can be gained by noting that patients with psychosis or melancholic depression do not often attract the appellation. Instead people who are drug and alcohol dependent, people with personality disorders and some depressed patients with atypical symptoms. The key is a sense on the part of the staff that the individual has some voluntary control over their behaviour and that they could change it if they so desired. Another feature is the sense that something is being extracted or demanded in an underhand way. Another feature of situations in which patients are described as manipulative is one where resources are scarce and, for reasons of rationing staff are under pressure not to accede to requests that have resource implications.

In thinking about situations in which staff are tempted to use the idea of manipulation it is probably a good idea to distinguish three potential situations from each other.

In some situations some patients are genuinely manipulative in their intentions. That is to say they are willing to tell untruths or to create situations that persuade or force other people to do things they want without having to ask for them directly. Often patients do this when they judge that were they to ask directly they would not get what they were asking for. If Pamela had asked directly for admission to hospital to avoid her creditors and the drug dealers who were chasing her there is little doubt that this would have been refused. So some part of her aroused behaviour may have been part of a conscious plan to obtain admission to the ward where she would feel safer.

In other situations patients appear manipulative because their actions seem inconsistent or disingenuous but no covert intention exists. So, for example when Pamela says she is going home to look after her dogs that may well have been her real intent. The fact that she then got drunk and returned late is not certain to have been a conscious part of her planning when she asked to leave the ward.

A third group of situations are those in which staff feel that they have been "used" or treated in an unfair way. This is very likely to have been the case in relation to Pamela's cutting behaviour. She is sneaky,conceals blades and evades the nurse who observes her and later she reassures another nurse after receiving a good dollop of care but then immediately cuts herself again. Patients who evade ward observations make nurses understandably angry because they place the nurse at risk of censure and because they are difficult to look after. While this behaviour is annoying and while it may result in increased or prolonged periods of nursing observation it is unlikely to be manipulative. When questioned patients talk about concealing their self harm far more than they reveal it. Thus the aim of the behaviour is to evade control rather than to have an effect on staff.

A final situation in which patients can be labelled manipulative is when they are perceived to be using resources to which they have less claim than others or when they are thought not to be "taking responsibility for their behaviour". Such is the final accusation against Pamela. At such times what they do is labelled as "behavioural" or the decision made about them is that there is no evidence of genuine mental illness.

There are several serious difficulties with this way of thinking about this sort of patient. Such patients are generally thought by the public and the government to be suffering from a mental illness and characterise themselves in this way. They are clearly suffering and also clearly making a hash of their lives. Another problem with this line of thought is that it marks the end point of questioning enquiry about what is going on and often also the end point in relation to creative problem solving designed to improve the situation. Staff and the system turn from therapy to exclusion or expulsion as their main objective. Neither of these objectives turn out to be effective for psychiatric services since patients in this group return despite their ejection and, because of a failure of creative thought their problems remain in status quo.

 

COMPETEING INTERESTS

None Declared

AUTHOR DETAILS

CHESS DENMAN, Consultant Psychiatrist in Psychotherapy, Complex Cases Service, Springbank Ward, Cambridge And Peterborough Mental Health Foundation Trust, Fulbourn Hospital, Cambridge, CB15EF

Email: Chess.Denman@cpft.nhs.uk

 

Next Issue.

So what should I do then? - Managing manipulative patients.

Bullying: a growing workplace menace

Authors
Minal Mistry and Javed Latoo
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2009:2(1) 23-26

"Those who can, do; those who can't, bully" 1

Bullying in the workplace is emerging as a problem over the past decade. Despite the tendency for incidents of bullying to be underreported 2 it is widespread in all sectors of the workforce including healthcare in the United Kingdom (UK) 3. The culture of bullying in medicine contributes to this pattern of bullying behaviour that can adversely affect any aspect of working life from an employees health 4 to the reputation of the organisation 5. Therefore immediate changes are required to increase the recognition of this problem and take further steps to a solution.

Bullying and harassment

There are different ways to understand the terms bullying and harassment but considerable overlap exists with similar patterns of behaviour (figure 1).

Figure 1: Examples of bullying and harassment 6

Spreading malicious rumours, or insulting someone by word or behaviour (particularly on the grounds of age, race, sex, disability, sexual orientation and religion or belief)

Copying memos that are critical about someone to others who do not need to know

Ridiculing or demeaning someone picking on them or setting them up to fail

Exclusion or victimization

Unfair treatment

Overbearing supervision or other misuse of power or position

Unwelcome sexual advances touching, standing too close, the display of offensive materials, asking for sexual favours, making decisions on the basis of sexual advances being accepted or rejected

Making threats or comments about job security without foundation

Deliberately undermining a competent worker by overloading and constant criticism

Preventing individuals progressing by intentionally blocking promotion or training opportunities.

 

The essential difference between bullying and harassment is that the latter is usually a single incident that relates to ones social identity and is therefore viewed as discriminatory in nature e.g. racial or sexual harassment. In legal terms harassment refers to a course of conduct directed at a specific person, which causes substantial emotional distress, and can be identified by equality laws in the relevant country.

On the other hand workplace bullying is generally not covered by specific legislation. The exception to this is found in such as Sweden and Norway 7. Indeed it is in Scandinavia where extensive research into bullying in the workplace originated 7.

Bullying

Bullying in the workplace is known internationally by terms such as mobbing, workplace harassment, employee abuse, mistreatment at work, and petty tyranny 8. There is no generally accepted definition of workplace bullying but it is summed up well by the following:

Persistent, offensive, abusive, intimidating or insulting behaviour, abuse of power or unfair penal sanctions which makes the recipient feel upset, threatened, humiliated or vulnerable, which undermines their self-confidence and which may cause them to suffer stress 9.

It is important to distinguish between bullying, which is always undermining and destructive, and constructive supervision that is developmental and supportive 8. The three essential elements of bullying are that it has a negative impact on the victim, it is persistent and, crucially, bullying is subjective 10. If a person feels bullied then he/she is being bullied 11. This last point may be controversial because it is dependent on the bullied persons views and not based on objective evidence. Nevertheless workplace bullying exists as a problem. According to the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) there has been a shift of perception in organisations from denying it happens to accepting that bullying is a problem 3.

How common is bullying?

The Silent Epidemic 7

Workplace bullying affects up to 50 per cent of the UK workforce at some time in their working lives and has an annual prevalence nearly 40 per cent 7. One in 10 callers to the UK National Bullying Advice Helpline are health care professionals 3. A questionnaire survey 12 revealed that 38% of staff in a community healthcare trust were subject to workplace bullying in the previous year and that 42% had witnessed bullying of others. The British Medical Association (BMA) has acknowledged that bullying rates are higher in healthcare organisations and stated that 1 in 7 National Health Service (NHS) staff reported being bullied by other staff 13.

The scale of the problem has been widely highlighted as a problem in the nursing profession 10 with increased rates of bullying reported in Black and Minority Ethnic (BME) groups 14. In doctors bullying may occur in the clinical, educational 8 and research environment 15. One survey of doctors in the UK revealed that 37% of junior doctors had been bullied and 84% had experienced at least one bullying behaviour in the preceding year16. Higher rates have been reported in non-European Union (non-EU) doctors practicing in westernised countries 17 who are also less likely to take action against bullying 18.

Despite the growth of literature in this area the problem of workplace bullying is obscured by underreporting which has numerous causes (figure 2).

Figure 2: Reasons for underreporting of bullying 2

Fear it will make matters worse

The belief that nothing would be done about it

Concerns about confidentiality

Fear of possible victimisation

Concerns of being labelled a troublemaker

May be seen as an admission of failure

A degree of learned tolerance that may imply that the behaviour is acceptable

The greatest fear is that of reprisals from the employer, associates of the bully, and powerful professionals, who may close ranks and compromise the career of the whistle blower 1.

Why do people bully in medicine?

The antecedents to bullying have undergone considerable debate in the psychology literature. Bullies may be attracted to the caring professions to take advantage of the vulnerability embedded in them in relation to clients and employees 1. However in most cases the bullying in medicine is likely to be unintentional and could be shaped by the power inequality in relationships (e.g. consultant Vs junior doctor) in the field.

Moreover the traditional hierarchy within medicine and the teaching by intimidation and humiliation may foster a culture of bullying 18. Studies in the United States 19 and UK 13 have suggested that bullying commences with medical student and that this sets up a transgenerational legacy 7 as the behaviours of bullying are passed down. The BMA urges for a stop to the cycle of bullying and argue further that the target ethos in the health service with the survival of the fittest culture adds to bullying 13.

How do you know if you are being bullied?

If you are being bullied early warning signs may be present. These include the perception that your working relationship is different, that you are being persistently got at, that your work is being unfairly criticised, or you begin to question whether these mistakes you are supposed to have made really are your fault 20. In addition to feelings of being undermined, or humiliated, bullying may also be associated with symptoms (figure 3).

Figure 3: Symptoms of bullying 20

Physical

Emotional

Sleeplessness

Acute anxiety

Nausea

Feeling isolated

Migraine/severe headaches

Loss of confidence/self-esteem

Palpitations

Depression

Skin complaints

Panic attacks

Sweating/shaking

Anger

Stomach problems

Mood swings

Backache

Lack of motivation

Loss of appetite

Suicidal thoughts

Lethargy

 

Why does bullying matter?

It is clear from the physical and psychological effects that bullying affects people in their personal health. Workplace bullying can also contribute to problems of staff retention and economy. Estimates suggest that in the UK bullying cost employers 80milion lost working days and up to 2-30 billion in lost revenue each year 7. It costs the NHS more than 325 million a year and accounts for around 50 per cent of stress-related workplace illnesses 5.

Other effects of bullying at work include poor morale, poor employee relations, loss of respect for managers or supervisors, poor performance, lost productivity, absences, resignations, damage to organisations reputation and potential costs in tribunal and other court cases 6. Ultimately if the culture of bullying results in demoralized staff working, in a caring profession, it is the patients who will suffer.

What is currently being done about it?

In the UK the BMA has called for zero tolerance on bullying 13 and have provided a report on bullying and harassment in the workplace 21. Most NHS trusts disseminate anti-bullying policies, in connection with Dignity at Work, but the effective implementation of these policies has been questioned with the criticism that it is only for show 18. The information on guidance and policy, in relation to workplace bullying, is not widely publicised and the question is whether bullying is being systematically played down?

Recommendations

Although organisations such as the health service have taken steps to deal with bullying it is clear that problems persist. Heenan 5 states that an all-singing all-dancing policy is worthless without a culture that believes in and supports it and recommends steps employers need to consider (figure 4).

Figure 4: Key steps recommended for employers 5

Look at the culture of the organisation where and how might the risk of harassment arise?

Foster an environment where staff feel able readily to raise any concerns, before they become problems.

To support this, have a clear and well publicised policy to tackle harassment issues.

Back this up with training (including how to handle grievances) and set good examples through role models.

Deal with harassment wherever and however it arises, to demonstrate that it is unacceptable and will not be tolerated.

Provide independent employee assistance, including confidential counselling and other support for employees to enable to challenge unreasonable behaviour which, left unchecked, could lead to harassment.

 

Figure 5: What to do if you are being bullied 2

Steps to take

Options for support

Approach, or write to, the bully and ask them to stop

Speak to a friend, colleague, supervisor or manager

Ask line manager, supervisor, human resource representative or trade union official to speak to the bully.

Ask employer for support from a specially trained staff member

Keep a record of any incidents and informal action taken

Speak to general practitioner especially if your health is affected

Consider a formal complaint in writing to their line manager or human resources representative

Seek counselling which has been provided by the NHS to its entire staff since 2000

Have a colleague accompany you to any formal investigation meetings

Contact bullying and harassment hotlines

Formal investigation may recommend a disciplinary hearing

Employer may refer you to an external agency for more support

Alternative management action may be considered e.g. facilitated discussion or redeployment

Mediation may be on offer to encourage and help reach an informal outcome

 

Awareness of bullying needs to be raised and the problem dealt with at an organisational and individual level. The authors suggest that bullying should be incorporated into teaching programmes and induction of junior doctors. Heenan 5 recommends training for managers and supervisors so that they have the confidence to deal with a situation, and deal with it at an early stage, rather then allowing the problem to accumulate and end up in the courts. Therefore it is in the healthcare trusts interests to take these steps to monitor and manage this problem.

In addition employees in healthcare need to be better informed of what steps to take if they find themselves as victims of a bully at work. NHS employers provide options available to deal with bullying and provide support for it (figure 5).

Conclusion

The late Tim Field, founder of the National Workplace Bullying Helpline, warns that everyone is at risk of becoming a target of bullying 1. However the bully in healthcare organisations may not often realise what they are doing, so do both parties require help? There are conflicting views for the solution to bullying in the workplace regarding whether educational 22 or punitive 17 measures are appropriate. This will continue to be a matter of debate. Whichever approach is adopted, identification and increased awareness of bullying is the first step to the solution.

Bullying is an old problem that keeps re-emerging without a clear solution 3

KEY POINTS

Bullying is subjective if you feel bullied then you are bullied

Bullying is more prevalent then we think because of underreporting

Causes of bullying are complex and may be embedded in the culture of the organization

Being bullied is associated with emotional and physical symptoms

Bullying has implications at a personal, social, and organisational level

Implementation of policies by health care trusts need to be improved

Organisations need to be more proactive in raising awareness of this growing menace and demonstrate that it is unacceptable

Useful UK online resources

 

COMPETING INTERESTS

None Declared

 

AUTHOR DETAILS

MINAL MISTRY, BSc, BM, MRCPsych, MSc, Hampshire Partnership NHS Trust, United Kingdom

JAVED LATOO, MBBS, DPM, MRCPsych, North East London NHS Foundation Trust, United Kingdom

CORRESPONDENCE: Dr MINAL MISTRY, Hampshire Partnership NHS Trust, Melbury Lodge, Winchester, United Kingdom

Email: minalmistry@yahoo.co.uk

 

References

1. Field T, Becker K, Mackenzie GM, and Crossan L. Bullying in medicine. BMJ. 2002; 324: 786.

2. NHS Employers. Bullying and harassment staff guidance. 2007. Available from: http://www.nhsemployers.org/HealthyWorkPlaces/BullyingAndHarassment/Pages/Staffguidance.aspx

3. Al-Daraji WI. An old problem that keeps re-emerging without a clear solution. Medico-Legal Update. 2008; 8(2), 24-30.

4. Kivimki M, Elovaino M and Vahtera J. Workplace bullying and sickness absence in hospital staff. Occup Environ Med. 2000; 57: 656-660.

5. Heenan R. How to beat the workplace bully. Health Service Journal. 12th February 2009: 25-27.

6. ACAS advice leaflet. Bullying and harassment at work: guidance for employees. 2008.

7. McAvoy B and Murtagh J. Workplace bullying the silent epidemic. BMJ. 2003; 326: 776-777.

8. Hicks B. Time to stop bullying and intimidation. Hosp Med. 2000; 61 (6): 428-431.

9. Lyons R, Tivey H, and Ball C. Bullying at work: how to tackle it. A guide for MSF representatives and members. London: MSF. 1995.

10. Quine L. Workplace bullying in nurses. J Health Psych. 2001; 6: 73-84.

11. Macpherson W. Stephen Lawrence inquiry: report of an enquiry by Sir William Macpherson of Cluny. London: Stationary Office. 1999.

12. Quine L. Workplace bullying in NHS community trust: staff questionnaire survey. BMJ.1999; 318: 228-232.

13. BMA Newswire article. BMA calls for zero tolerance on bullying and harassment in the Workplace. 19 May 2006.

14. Giga S, Hoel H, and Lewis D. A review of Black and Minority Ethnic (BME) employee experiences of workplace bullying. University of Bradford, (Research commissioned by the Dignity at Work Partnership). May 2008.

15. Stebbing J, Mandalia S, Portsmouth S, Leonard P, Crane J, Bower M, Earl H and Quine L. A questionnaire survey of stress and bullying in doctors undertaking research. Postgrad Med J. 2004; 80: 93-96.

16. Quine L. Workplace bullying in junior doctors: questionnaire survey. BMJ. 2002; 324: 878-879.

17. Cheema S, Ahmad K, Giri SK, Kaliaperumal VK, Naqvi SA. Bullying of junior doctors prevails in Irish health system: a bitter reality. Ir Med J. 2009; 98(9):274-5.

18. Hoosen A and Callaghan R. A survey of workplace bullying of psychiatric trainees. Psych Bull. 2004. 28: 225-227.

19. Frank E, Carrera JS, Stratton T, Bickel J, and Nora LM. Experiences of belittlement and harassment and their correlates among medical students in the United States: longitudinal survey. BMJ. 2006; 333:682

20. Andrea Adams Trust. Factsheet on workplace bullying. 1997. Available online from: http://www.andreaadamstrust.org/live/factsheet.html

21. BMA report. Bullying and harassment of doctors at work in the workplace, 17 May 2006. Available online from: http://www.bma.org.uk/employmentandcontracts/morale_motivation/bullying2006.jsp

22. Paice E, Aitken M, Houghton A, and Firth-Cozens J. Bullying among doctors in training: cross sectional questionnaire survey. BMJ. 2004. 329: 658-659.

'Plus ca change' : Back to the future

Authors
Malcolm P Weller
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2009:2(1) 14-19

Where several different objects produce the same effect, it must be by means of some quality, which we discover to be common amongst them. For as like effects imply like causes, we must always ascribe the causation to the circumstance, wherein we discover the resemblance.

David Hume, A Treatise of Human Nature
 

The present findings suggest that even if everyone was treated in the best possible fashion, about 60% of the burden of mental disorders appears to be unavertable in the light of current knowledgeeven with perfect coverage and treatment, half the burden of anxiety disorders would remain unavertable.

Andrews G, Issakidis C, Sanderson K, Corry J, Lapsley H: Utilising survey data to inform public policy: comparison of the cost-effectiveness of treatment of ten mental disorders. Br J Psychiatry 2004; 184:526533

 

Psychiatric conditions tend to cluster together so that if a person suffers from one neurotic psychiatric disorder that person is significantly more likely to simultaneously suffer from another, so called comorbidity, and sufferers from psychiatric disorders are more likely to suffer psychiatrically again in the future in comparison to a random population.

The situation in respect of post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) might be expected to be somewhat different because, atypically, in this disorder we presume that we know the aetiology and it is a necessary diagnostic criterion that a person has been exposed to an unusually threatening event. Nevertheless, there is recent evidence that the likelihood of recurrence of PTSD is high, despite the low frequency of catastrophic precipitating events. The various symptomatic manifestations, upon which specific psychiatric diagnoses are based, may be surface phenomena of a unifying underlying predisposition with common biological substrates. This would accord with the fact that antidepressants are effective not only in psychotic depression, melancholic type depression and non-melancholic depression but confer a wide spectrum of additional therapeutic benefits, including benefit in panic disorder, phobic disorders, obsessive compulsive disorder and PTSD.

Alternative or aggravating factors are that people who suffer from a neurotic disorder or disorders tend both to complain more and to attract adversities. These issues will be discussed in relation to the psychological concepts of neuroticism and recent biological factors.

Recurrence of disorders

Depression

Once initiated depression tends to recur (DSM - IV), in his review, Judd1 found that about 80% of persons experiencing a major depressive episode will have at least 1 more such episode during their lifetime, with the rate of recurrence being even higher if minor episodes are included. The review by Judd1 is close to the more recent estimate of Andrews2 that over the 10 years following a depressive episode, 75% of patients experience a recurrence2. Depression resulting as a reaction to stress (in which environmental demands are perceived as exceeding resources) is particularly likely to pursue a chronic and relapsing course3;4.

Anxiety Disorders

Anxiety is often an appropriate emotion which should lead to behaviour which reduces the anxiety rather than a disordered state of frozen inactivity or maladaptive actions which exacerbate the anxiety.  Anxiety disorders are known to be familial and heritable5 and tend to be persistent. They can be associated with depression or be the prelude to depression6. The severity of symptoms may vary with time and be less problematic in calm, uneventful circumstances but panic disorder with or without agoraphobia often remains a chronic condition7;8.

PTSD

The definition of PTSD stands in contrast to adjustment disorder. In DSM IV an adjustment disorder is characterised by a disproportionate reaction to the stressor and therefore probably indicative of prior psychiatric vulnerability. This interpretation is reinforced in ICD 10; Individual predisposition or vulnerability plays a greater role in the risk of occurrence and the shaping of the manifestations of adjustment disorders than it does in the other conditions in F43 (Acute Stress Reaction). However, the notion that certain experiences can trigger a disproportionate reaction in some people by virtue of some perhaps occult vulnerability exhibiting a much greater susceptibility, a disproportionate effect, was commented on in the second World War for conditions which we would now diagnose as PTSD (e.g.9). An early Israeli study of soldiers exposed to combat traumas10 suggested that prior combat stress reactions was a marker for subsequent similar problems rather than part of a process of aggregation of stress.

The majority of people will experience one or more traumatic events in their lifetimes, with estimates ranging from 51% to 90%11;12. Despite the shared nature of the experience, after natural disasters such as earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis and of combat, only a minority of the population exposed to similar stressful experiences suffer from PTSD. Those who succumb are likely to have experienced prior psychiatric problems13;14;15. Prior psychiatric problems, less education, high neuroticism, extroversion, and certain ethnic grouping are associated with the development of PTSD 16;14;15;17;18;19;20;21;22. In the Blanchard et al17 study, prior depression was associated with Post Traumatic Stress Disorder following a motor vehicle accident to a highly significant extent, (P<0.004).

Risk factors

Pervasive factors which reconciles the various studies is the finding that temperamental characteristics, detected very soon after birth, proved to endure and to predict later behaviour and adjustment23. The personality dimension of adult neuroticism renders an individual vulnerable to neurotic disorders but there are elements of double counting. However, it is stable trait when corrected for age24. Those who are psychiatrically vulnerable are likely to succumb to the impact of significant life events, particularly if they have demonstrated that they have already done so in the past, which situation could be interpreted to indicate that they have less resilience to stress. Provocation tests are used in medicine, such as the glucose tolerance test for unmasking diabetes and the dexamethasone suppression test for testing for possible pituitary autonomous or semiautonomous malfunction in Cushing's syndrome. In an analogous fashion, it could be assumed that a latent psychiatric vulnerability would be revealed by psychosocial stress.

The propensity to experience traumatic events has cultural, educational and personality roots. Among young American adults, those with less education, blacks, and those with high extroversion scores (with a propensity for sensation seeking) are more likely than others to be exposed to traumatic events and are thus at greater risk for PTSD16. Age, gender, race, and socioeconomic status are relevant parameters, with youth, female sex and low socioeconomic status being markers for an increased likelihood of developing PTSD25;26;27;28. The level of social support and individual self-esteem, have also been implicated in the onset and course of PTSD across cultures29;30;31. This literature is suggestive of prior psychiatric, social and socio-economic pressures being conducive to PTSD and would inferentially support prior PTSD as being a marker, amongst other psychiatric markers, of psychiatric vulnerability arising from a variety of factors. A very recently published study from Naomi Breslau and her team, who have conducted a series of influential studies, brings additional and more direct evidence that prior PTSD is in fact a vulnerability marker, rather than the consequence of cumulative stress for the eruption of subsequent PTSD32. In this study, a sample of 1200 persons was randomly selected in 1989 from all 21-to 30-year-old members of a large health maintenance organization and were repeatedly assessed over a 10 year follow-up. The conditional risk of PTSD during the follow-up periods was found to be significantly higher among trauma-exposed persons who had experienced previous PTSD, relative to those with no prior trauma (odds ratio, 3.01; 95% confidence interval, 1.52-5.97). The estimates were only marginally revised after adjustment for sex, race, education, and pre-existing major depression and anxiety disorders. In contrast, the conditional risk of PTSD during follow-up among trauma-exposed persons who had experienced prior traumatic events but not PTSD was not significantly increased, relative to trauma-exposed persons with no prior trauma. The difference between the 2 estimates was significant (P = 0.005). The authors concluded that prior trauma increases the risk of PTSD after a subsequent trauma only among persons who developed PTSD in response to the prior trauma. The findings suggest that pre-existing susceptibility to a pathological response to stressors may account for the PTSD response to the prior trauma and the subsequent trauma.

One can only speculate as to why the individual developed PTSD in the first place. It has been argued on the basis of the Israeli combat data10 and natural disasters16;13;14;15 that the first episode of PTSD is likely to be a manifestation of psychiatric vulnerability rather than a manifestation of exposure to universally intolerable stress. These studies, particularly the most recent of Breslau and her team, have medico-legal implications which accord with the U.K. legal concepts of "nervous shock" and "eggshell personality" (Malcolm v Broadhurst [1970] 3 All ER 508).

In a similar fashion, Hammen et al33 found that non depressed persons were relatively resistant to the onset of depression, even when exposed to high- impact stressful events, whereas those who were symptomatic continued to have both more depression and more high-impact events over time. This may be partially a recording bias, because depressed people may better remember adversities and problems but there may be a further reason. In our competitive society, there seems to be some magnet-like effect of depressed people inducing others to assert their dominance and, metaphorically, to kick them while they are down, probably because of inadvertent signals of loss of self esteem and being an incapacitated adversary34. The converse is also true, with well-being decreasing life events vulnerability35. Brown Harris and Eales36 have illustrated the various implications of this interaction, particularly as to anxiety in the early and residual phases of depression. Recent biological evidence has shown a strong interconnection between the personality trait of neuroticism and depression. Neuroticism is associated with characteristics of serotonin receptors37;38 and the weight of evidence is that the short variant of the serotonin transporter gene is associated with depression39;40;41, although there is a contradictory study42.

Comorbidity

Between 48.6% and 51% of patients with a DSM-IIIR/DSM-IV diagnosis of major depression had at least one concomitant ('comorbid') anxiety disorder and only 26% to 34.8% had no comorbid mental disorder43;44. Comorbid depression occurred in 44.5% of PTSD patients at 1 month and in 43.2% at 4 months in 211 trauma survivors and was associated with greater symptom severity and lower levels of functioning13. In an Australian study, 21% of people fulfilling DSM-IV criteria for any mental disorder met the criteria for three or more comorbid disorders45. In a recent large-scale epidemiological study of 9,282 English-speaking respondents 18 years and older the researchers found that almost a quarter (23%) had 3 or more diagnoses, a situation which correlates with severity46. Using data from community surveys, many researchers have noted that if the range of psychiatric symptoms properly dictates 2 or more diagnoses, this is associated with greater symptom severity47;48;49;50;51, poorer outcome47;50 and poorer treatment response52, more functional impairment47,48;53 and increased use of medical service54;55;56;57 (see Wittchen58 for theoretical discussion of comobidity). Earlier, Kessler59 and Angst60 had noted that people who had more than one diagnosis at some time used services more often. Later work in a study of 10,641 adults showed a strong relationship between the number of disorders and disability and distress, with the combination of affective and anxiety disorders associated with four-fifths of the disability and service utilization45.

Ubiquity of stress

Certain stresses are inevitable, such as bereavement and one expects a period of readjustment. Despite the fact that stresses rain down upon us61;11;12;62 it is still the majority of the population who are not given a formal psychiatric diagnosis. A genetically determined constitution or an adverse childhood could well determine resilience and susceptibility to their impact. Complicating a model of exclusive social inculcation, childhood adversity is generally the product of parental behaviour by persons of shared genetic constitution.

Social Factors

The interaction between adversity and vulnerability, and the moderating effects of social integration and support are well known. Writing in the late 70s, a major research programme by Brown and Harris concluded: attention to a persons environment may turn out to be at least as effective as physical treatment." Clinically significant anxiety is much commoner amongst single people63. The situation is interactive in both directions. Psychiatric symptoms are likely to cause adverse social consequences and to be aggravated by these consequences, and multiple symptoms are more likely to have even greater adverse social resonances64;65;66;67;68;69;70;71.

A unifying model

The child is father of the man and half of all lifetime psychiatric cases start by age 14, and three fourths by age 24 46a, later-onset disorders occur in large part as temporally secondary comorbid conditions46b and the effect of aging on brain function may explain some of the late onset depressions72;73;74;75;76.

Linkage between the various neurotic disorders (i.e., anxiety, depressive, phobic, and obsessional neurosis) and the centrality of the neurotic disposition pervading all used to be commonly assumed. The subdivision in the DSM classificatory systems beginning with the third edition created a more rigid subdivision, which has been criticised adversely (e.g.77).

The personality factor of neuroticism is a pervasive risk factor for a variety of psychiatric illnesses (e.g.24;16;45). The temperamental characteristics may be no more than a forme fruste of illness which is highlighted by stress. People have varying coping capacities which are a product of their temperament and childhood experiences but the interaction, with adaptive and maladaptive responses, has even greater explanatory power. Parenting style and adequacy has been emphasised by the psychoanalytical movement and includes parental adjustment as interwoven with child rearing practices as well as with shared genetic propensities. On the other hand, enduring temperamental characteristics have been exhibited extremely early in life23;78;79 and are likely to be biologically determined and to introduce interactional biases in the developmental trajectory.

There are 3 models of the impact on mental health of adult trauma:

1. Repeated traumas, sometimes beginning in childhood produce a cumulative destructive effect and increasing sensitisation to further traumas (e.g.80).

2. Repeated small traumas produce a "stress inoculation" increasing resilience, in a manner analogous to the term battle hardened.

3. Prior psychiatric problems, perhaps surprisingly including PTSD, are markers of psychiatric vulnerability and predictors of subsequent psychiatric problems, including a further episode or episodes of PTSD.

The models do not conflict with one another but the recent study of Breslau et al32 provides empirical data emphasising the third possibility.

Treatment

Neurotic psychiatric disorders have a common underlying predisposing cause which can be modified by SSRIs and CBT. Claims are made for the effectiveness of exploring and reconciling childhood experiences and relationships and short-term psychodynamic psychotherapy has also proved to be an effective treatment (e.g.81). Depression is often mixed with anxiety or develops from anxiety. Anxiety disorders are by far the most common mental disorders but the proportion of serious cases is lower than for other classes of disorder. Mood disorders are the next most common with a higher proportion of serious cases46. Cognitive factors, especially the way people interpret or think about stressful events, are considered to play a pivotal role in the aetiology of anxiety82 and negative thoughts are frequently found in individuals with anxiety83. Anxiety is associated with a tendency to overestimate the association between a feared cue and personal harm84;85;86. Prominent negative thoughts in anxiety are underpinned by a sense of uncontrollability, feelings of helplessness and a perception that the sufferer is unable to predict, control, or obtain desired results82.

An amplifying factor in demands upon treatment is that high neuroticism contributes to patients' over-reporting of mood symptoms and help seeking, e.g.87. Appropriate treatment of neurotic disorders includes educating sufferers to identify and examine their negative thoughts, and to see if they can re-construe them in a more realistic and constructive way. Such cognitive behavioural therapy both promotes recovery and also guards against recurrence. In accord with biological findings regarding variance of the serotonin receptor, these twin advantages can also be obtained from continuing pharmacological treatments (e.g.88;67;89;90;91;92;93). The effect is amplified if the two approaches are applied in combination94;95;96;97.

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I thank Dr. Martin Skelton-Robinson for helpful discussion.

COMPETING INTERESTS

I have prepared expert witness evidence where I have been instructed by claimants and defendants both jointly and severally

AUTHOR DETAILS

MALCOLM P WELLER, Honorary Research Professor, Middlesex University, UK

CORRESPONDENCE: MALCOLM P WELLER, Honorary Research Professor, Middlesex University, London NW4 4BT, UK

Email: psychiatry@weller.tv

 

References

  1. Judd LL. Pleomorphic expressions of unipolar depressive disease: summary of the 1996 CINP President's Workshop. J Affect Disord. 1997; 45:109-116.

  2. Andrews G. Should depression be managed as a chronic disease? Br Med J. 2001; 322:419-421.

  3. Thornicroft G. and Sartorius N. The course and outcome of depression in different cultures: 10-year follow-up of the WHO Collaborative study on the assessment of depressive disorders. Psychol. Med. 1993; 3: 1023-1032.

  4. Coryell W; Zimmerman M; Pfohl B. Short-term prognosis in primary and secondary major depression. J AFFECT DISORD. 1985; 9/3 265-270.

  5. Smoller JW, Tsuang M. Panic and phobic anxiety: defining phenotypes for genetic studies. Am J Psychiatry. 1998; 155(9):1152-1162.

  6. Lesser I.M., Rubin R.T., Pecknold J.C., et al. Secondary depression in panic disorder and agoraphobia, I: frequency, severity and response to treatment. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1988; 45:437-443.

  7. Bakker, A; Van Balkom, A; Spinhoven, P; Van Dyck, R. Follow-Up on the Treatment of Panic Disorder With or Without Agoraphobia: A Quantitative Review. J of Nerv and ment. Dis. 1998; 186(7) 414-419.

  8. Rosenbaum JF, Pollack MH, Pollock RA. Clinical issues in the long-term treatment of panic disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 1996; 57 (Suppl 10):44-48.

  9. Symonds, Air Vice-Marshal Sir Charles P and Wing Commander Denis J Williams. Clinical and statistical study of neuroses precipitated by flying duties. Chap. 10 in Air Ministry Air Publication 3139, HMSO, London 1947.

  10. Solomon Z, Mikulincer M, Jakob BR. Exposure to recurrent combat stress: combat stress reactions among Israeli soldiers in the Lebanon War. Psychol Med. 1987; 17(2):433-440.

  11. Breslau N, Kessler R, Chilcoat HD, Schultz LR, Davis GC, Andreski P. Trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder in the community: The 1996 Detroit Area Survey of Trauma. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1998; 55:626632.

  12. Kessler RC, Sonnega A, Bromet E, Hughes M, Nelson CB. Posttraumatic stress disorder in the National Comorbidity Survey. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1995a; 52:1048-1060.

  13. Shalev, A Y.; Freedman, S; Peri, T; Brandes, D; Sahar, T; Orr, S P.; Pitman, R K. Prospective Study of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Depression Following Trauma. Am J Psychiatry. 1998; Volume 155(5).May 630-637.

  14. Sutherland, A G; Alexander, D A; Hutchison, James D. The Mind Does Matter: Psychological and Physical Recovery After Musculoskeletal Trauma. Journal of Trauma-Injury Infection & Critical Care. 2006; 61(6):1408-1414, December.

  15. Zatzick DF, Kang SM, Muller HG, et al. Predicting posttraumatic distress in hospitalized trauma survivors with acute injuries. Am J Psychiatry. 2002; 159:941946.

  16. Breslau N, Davis G C and Andreski P. Risk factors for PTSD-related traumatic events: a prospective analysis. Am J Psychiatry. 1995; 152:529-535

  17. Blanchard, Edward B; Hickling, Edward J; Taylor, Ann E; Loos, W. Psychiatric morbidity associated with motor vehicle accidents. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease. 1995; Vol 183(8) 495- 504.

  18. North CS; Smith EM; Spitznagel EL. Post-traumatic stress disorder in survivors of a mass shooting. American J. Psychiatry. 1994; 151: 82-88.

  19. Breslau N. Davis GC. Peterson EL. Schultz L. Psychiatric sequelae of posttraumatic stress disorder in women. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1997; 54(1):81-7.

  20. Blanchard E B and Hickling, E J. After The Crash: Assessment and Treatment of Motor Vehicle Accident Survivors, American Psychological Association (APA). 1997.

  21. McFarlane A.C. The aetiology of post-traumatic morbidity: Predisposing, precipitating and perpetuating factors. British Journal of Psychiatry. 1989; 254: 221-228.

  22. Tennant C; Streimer JH; Temperly H. Memories of Vietnam: Post-traumatic stress disorders in Australian veterans. Aust New Zealand J Psychiatry. 1990; 24: 29-36.

  23. Thomas, A., Chess, S., and Birch, H.G. Temperament and behavior disorders in children. University of London Press. 1968.

  24. Angst J. Course and prognosis of mood disorders 4.5.6, part of Chapter 4.5, 2000, - Mood disorders in: New Oxford Textbook of Psychiatry (1st Edition) Editors: Gelder, Michael G., Lopez-Ibor, Juan J., Andreasen, Nancy Publisher: Oxford University Press. 2000.

  25. Brewin CR, Andrews B, Valentine JD. Meta-analysis of risk factors for posttraumatic stress disorder in trauma-exposed adults. J Consult Clin Psychol. 2000; 68:748-766.

  26. Bromet EJ, Dew MA. Review of psychiatric epidemiologic research on disasters. Epidemiol Rev. 1995; 17:113-119.

  27. Norris FH, Friedman MJ, Watson PJ, Byrne CM, Diaz E, Kaniasty K. 60,000 Disaster victims speak, part I: An empirical review of the empirical literature, 1981-2001. Psychiatry. 2002; 65:207-239.

  28. Rubonis AV, Bickman L. Psychological impairment in the wake of disaster: The disaster-psychopathology relationship. Psychol Bull. 1991; 109:384-399.

  29. Adams RE, Boscarino JA. Stress and well-being in the aftermath of the World Trade Center attack: The continuing effects of a community-wide disaster. J Commun Psychol. 2005; 33:175-190.

  30. Boscarino JA. Post-traumatic stress and associated disorders among Vietnam veterans: The significance of combat exposure and social support. J Trauma Stress. 1995; 8:317-336.

  31. Breslau N, Peterson EL, Schultz LR, Lucia VC. Estimating post-traumatic stress disorder in the community: Lifetime perspective and the impact of typical traumatic events. Psychol Med. 2004; 34:889-898.

  32. Breslau N; Peterson E L; Schultz L R. A Second Look at Prior Trauma and the Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Effects of Subsequent Trauma: A Prospective Epidemiological Study. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2008; 65(4):431-437.

  33. Hammen C, Mayol A, deMayo R, Marks T. Initial symptom levels and the life-event-depression relationship. J Abnorm Psychol. 1986; 95:114-122.

  34. Weller M P I and R. Priest R. Ethology In: The Scientific Basis of Psychiatry, Second edition, ed. M.P.I. Weller and M. Eysenck, W.B. Saunders, London, Philadelphia, Toronto etc. 1992.

  35. Ryff CD, Singer B. The contours of positive human health. Psychol Inquiry. 1998; 9:1-28.

  36. Brown GW, Harris TO, Eales MJ. Aetiology of anxiety and depressive disorders in an inner city population, 2: comorbidity and adversity. Psychol Med. 1993; 23:155-165.

  37. Frokjaer V.G., Mortensen E.L., Nielsen F.A., et al. Frontolimbic serotoninc 2A receptor binding in healthy subjects is associated with personality risk factors for affective disorder. Biol. Psychiatry. 2008; 63: 569-576.

  38. Takano A., Arakawa R., Hayashi M, Takahashi, H, Ito H, Suhara T. Relationship between enrutocisim personality trait and serotoninc transporter binding. Biol Psychiatry. 2007; Sep 15; 62(6): 588-92. Epub 2007 Mar 6.

  39. Gonda, X, Rihmer, Z and Zsombok, T et al. The 5HTTLPR polymorphism of the serotonin transporter gene is associated with affective temperaments as measured by TEMPS-A, J. Affect. Disord. 2006; 91: 125-131.

  40. Rihmer, Z, Gonda, X and Akiskal, K K et al. Affective temperament: a mediating variable between environment and clinical depression?, Arch. Gen. Psychiatry. 2007; 64: 1096-1097.

  41. Schmitz, A, Hennig, J and Kuepper, Y et al., The association between neuroticism and the serotonin transporter polymorphism depends on structural differences between personality measures, Pers. Individ. Differ. 2007; 42:789-799.

  42. Willis-Owen S.A.G. Turri. M.G, Munfa M.R., P.G. Surtees PG, N.W.J. Wainwright NW J , R.D. Brixey R D and J. Flintj, The serotonin transporter length polymorphism, neuroticism, and depression: a comprehensive assessment of association, Biol. Psychiatry. 2005; 58: 451-456.

  43. Kessler, R. C., McGonagle, K. A., Zhao, S., et al. Lifetime and 12-month prevalence of DSM-III-R psychiatric disorders in the United States: results from the National Comorbidity Survey. Archives of General Psychiatry. 1994; 51: 8-19.

  44. Wittchen, H.-U., Nelson, C. B. & Lachner, G. Prevalence of mental disorders and psychosocial impairments in adolescents and young adults. Psychological Medicine. 1998; 28: 109-126.

  45. Andrews, G., Slade, T. & Issakidis, C. Deconstructing current comorbidity: data from the Australian National Survey of Mental Health and Well-Being. British Journal of Psychiatry. 2002; 181: 306-314.

46a. Kessler RC, Berglund P, Demler O, et al. Lifetime prevalence and age- of-onset distributions of DSM-IV disorders in the National Comorbidity Survey Replication. Arch Gen Psychiatry.2005; 62:593-602

46b. Kessler R C, Chiu W T , Demler O, Walters E E. Prevalence, Severity, and Comorbidity of 12-Month DSM-IV Disorders in the National Comorbidity Survey Replication Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2005; 62:617-627.

  1. Clancy J., Noyes R., Hoenk P.R., et al. Secondary depression and anxiety neurosis. J.Nerv Ment Dis. 1978; 166:846-850.

  2. Van Valkenburg C, Akiskal HS, Puzantian V, Rosenthal T. Anxious depression: clinical, family history and naturalistic outcome: comparisons with panic and major depressive disorders. J of Affective Disorders. 1984; 6: 67-82.

  3. Vollrath, M. & Angst, J. Outcome of panic and depression in a seven-year follow-up: results of the Zurich study. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica. 1989; 80: 591-596.

  4. Noyes, R., Reich, J., Christansen, J., et al. Outcome of panic disorder. Relationship to diagnostic subtypes and comorbidity. Archives of General Psychiatry. 1990; 447: 809-818.

  5. Roy-Byrne, P., Vitaliano, P., Cowley, D., et al. Coping in panic and major depressive disorder. Relative effects of symptom severity and diagnostic comorbidity. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease. 1992; 180: 179-183.

  6. Keller, M. B., Lavori, P. W., Lewis, C. E. & Klerman, G. L. Predictors of relapse in major depressive disorder. Journal of the American Medical Association. 1983; 250: 3299-3304.

  7. Roy-Byrne PP, Stang P, Wittchen HU, Ustun B, Walters EE. Lifetime panic-depression comorbidity in the National Comorbidity Survey. Association with symptoms, impairment, course and help- seeking. Br J Psychiatry. 2000,Mar; 176: 229-35.

  8. Sturt, E. Hierarchical patterns in the distribution of psychiatric symptoms. Psychological Medicine. 1981; 11: 783-794.

  9. Boyd, J. H., Burke, J. D., Gruenberg, E., et al. Exclusion criteria of DSM-III: a study of co-occurrence of hierarchy-free syndromes. Archives of General Psychiatry. 1984; 41: 983-989.

  10. Andrews, G. Comorbidity and the general neurotic syndrome. British Journal of Psychiatry. 1996; 168 (suppl. 30): 76-84.

  11. Kessler, R. C., Nelson, C. B., McGonagle, K. A., et al. Comorbidity of DSM-III-R major depressive disorder in the general population: results from the US National Comorbidity Survey. British Journal of Psychiatry. 1996; 168 (suppl. 30): 17-30.

  12. Wittchen, H. U.Critical issues in the evaluation of comorbidity of psychiatric disorders. British Journal of Psychiatry. 1996; 168 (suppl. 30): 9-16.

  13. Kessler, R. C. Epidemiology of psychiatric comorbidity. In Textbook in Psychiatric Epidemiology (eds M. T. Tsuang, M. Tohen & G. E. P. Zahner). 1995b: 179-198. New York: Wiley-Liss.

  14. Angst J. Comorbidity of mood disorders: a longitudinal prospective study. Br J Psychiatry. 1996; Suppl Jun;(30):31-7.

  15. Kendler KS, Kessler RC, Walters EE, et al. Stressful life events, genetic liability, and onset of an episode of major depression in women. Am J Psychiatry. 1995; 152:833-42.

  16. Farmer AE, McGuffin P. Humiliation, loss and other types of life events and difficulties: a comparison of depressed subjects, healthy controls and their siblings. Psychological Medicine. 2003; 7: 1169-1175.

  17. Reiger,D.A., Narrow, W.E. and Rae,D.S. The epidemiology of anxiety disorders: the epidemiology catchment area experience. J.Psychiat.Res. 1990; 24, Suppl.2: 3014.

  18. Brown G W, Harris T. Social origins of depression. Tavistock Publications London. 1978.

  19. Kedward H. The outcome of neurotic illness in the community. Social Psychiatry. 1969; 4: 1-4.

  20. Figley C.R. Traumatic stress: the role of the family and social support system. In, Trauma and its Wake. The study of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (ed. C.R. Figley), pp 39-56, Brunner/Mazel, New York. 1985.

  21. Frank, E., Kupfer, D. J., Perel, J. M., et al. Three-year outcomes for maintenance therapies in recurrent depression. Archives of General Psychiatry. 1990; 47: 1093-1099.

  22. Dalgard OS. Social support, negative life events and mental health. British Journal of Psychiatry. 1995; 166: 29-34.

  23. King LA. King DW. Fairbank JA. Keane TM. Adams GA. Resilience-recovery factors in post-traumatic stress disorder among female and male Vietnam veterans: hardiness, postwar social support, and additional stressful life events. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology. 1998; 74(2):420-34.

  24. George, L. K., Blazer, D. G., Hughes, D. C. & Fowler, N. Social support and the outcome of major depression. British Journal of Psychiatry. 1989; 154, 478-485.

  25. Surtees, P. G. Social support, residual adversity and depressive outcome. Social Psychiatry. 1980; 15: 71-80.

  26. Lockwood KA, Alexopoulos GS, van Gorp WG: Executive dysfunction in geriatric depression. Am J Psychiatry. 2002; 159:11191126.

  27. Sanders M, Lyness JM, Eberly S, King DA, Caine ED: Cerebrovascular risk factors, executive dysfunction, and depression in older primary care patients. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2006; 14:145152.

  28. Alexopoulos GS, Meyers BS, Young RC, Kalayam B, Kakuma T, Gabrielle M, Sirey JA, Hull J: Executive dysfunction and long-term outcomes of geriatric depression. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2000; 57:285290.

  29. Alexopoulos GS: Role of executive function in late-life depression. J Clin Psychiatry. 2003; 64:1823.

  30. Nebes RD, Butters MA, Houck PR, Zmuda MD, Aizenstein H, Pollock BG, Mulsant BH, Reynolds CF: Dual-task performance in depressed geriatric patients. Psychiatry Res. 2001; 102:139151.

  31. Tyrer P, Seivewright H, Johnson T. The core elements of neurosis: mixed anxiety-depression (cothymia) and personality disorder. J Personal Disord. 2003,Apr; 17(2):129-38.

  32. Chess, S. and Thomas, A. Origins and evolution of behavior disorders: from infancy to early adult life. BrunnerMazel, New York. 1984.

  33. Thomas A, Chess S: Temperament and Development. Brunner-Mazel, New York. 1977.

  34. Storr C L, Ialongo N S, Anthony J C, and Breslau N. Childhood Antecedents of Exposure to Traumatic Events and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2007, January 1; 164(1): 119-125.

  35. Leichsenring F., Rabung S., Leibing E. The Efficacy of Short-term Psychodynamic Psychotherapy in Specific Psychiatric Disorders. A Meta-analysis Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2004; 61:1208-1216.

  36. Barlow, D. H., Chorpita, B. F., & Turovsky, J. Fear, panic, anxiety, and disorders of emotion. In D. A. Hope (Ed.), Perspectives on anxiety, panic, and fear. The 43rd Annual Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, pp. 251-328. Lincoln, NE: Nebraska University Press. 1996.

  37. Ingram RE, Miranda J, Segal ZV: Cognitive Vulnerability to Depression. New York, Guilford Press. 1998.

  38. Tomarken, A.J., Davidson, R.J., and Henriques, J.B. Resting frontal brain asymmetry predicts affective responses to films. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology. 1990; 59: 791-801.

  39. de Jong, P.J., Merckelbach, H., and Arntz, A. Covariation bias in phobic women: the relationship between a priori expectancy, on-line expectancy, autonomic responding, and a posteriori contingency judgement. Journal of Abnormal Psychology. 1995a; 104: 55-62.

  40. de Jong, P.J., van den Hout, M.A., and Merckelbach, H. Covariation bias and the return of fear. Behaviour Research and Therapy. 1995b; 33: 211-13.

  41. Duberstein P R and Heisel M J. Personality traits and the reporting of affective disorder symptoms in depressed patients. Journal of Affective Disorders. 2007, Nov; 103 (1-3): 165-171.

  42. Fog R; Lader M; Montgomery S. 'Citalopram - a well- documented and novel antidepressant' Int Clin Psychopharmacol. International Clinical Psychopharmacology. 1995; 10/SUPPL. 1 (3).

  43. Prien, R. F. & Kupfer, D. J. Continuation drug therapy for major depressive episodes: how long should it be maintained? American Journal of Psychiatry. 1986; 143: 18-23.

  44. Melfi, C. A., Chawla A. J., Croghan, T. W., et al. The effects of adherence to antidepressant treatment guidelines on relapse and recurrence of depression. Archives of General Psychiatry. 1998; 55: 1128-1132.

  45. Maj, M., Veltro, F., Pirozzi, R., et al. Pattern of recurrence of illness after recovery from an episode of major depression: a prospective study. American Journal of Psychiatry. 1992; 149: 795-800.

  46. Claxton A. J. and McKendrick J. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor treatment in the UK: risk of relapse or recurrence of depression. The British Journal of Psychiatry. 2000; 177: 163-168.

  47. Segal, Z., Pearson, J. & Thase, M. E. Challenges in preventing relapse in major depression. Report of a National Institute of Mental Health Workshop on state of the science of relapse prevention in major depression. Journal of Affective Disorders. 2007; 77: 97-108.

  48. Otto MW, Hinton D, Korbly NB, Chea A, Phalnarith B, Gershuny BS, Pollack MH. Treatment of pharmacotherapy-refractory posttraumatic stress disorder among Cambodian refugees: a pilot study of combination treatment with cognitive-behavior therapy vs sertraline alone. Behav Res Ther. 2003; 41: 12711276.

  49. Keller MB, McCullough JP, Klein DN, Arnow B, Dunner DL, Gelenberg AJ, Markowitz JC, Nemeroff CB, Russell JM, Thase ME, Madhukar H, Trivedi MH, Zajecka J. A comparison of nefazodone, the cognitive behavioral-analysis system of psychotherapy, and their combination for the treatment of chronic depression. N Engl J Med. 2000; 342: 14621470.

  50. Thase ME, Greenhouse JB, Frank E, Reynolds CF III, Pilkonis PA, Hurley K, Grochocinski V, Kupfer DJ: Treatment of major depression with psychotherapy or psychotherapy-pharmacotherapy combinations. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1997; 54: 10091015.

  51. Pampallona S, Bollini P, Tibaldi G, Kupelnick B, Munizza C: Combined pharmacotherapy and psychological treatment for depression: a systematic review. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2004; 61: 714719.

Psychiatry: A Medical Students Insight

Authors
Mashud Souroyer and Mathavi Uthayanan
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2008:1(2) 42-43

Psychiatry is an unattractive profession. A bold statement to be made by medical students who have committed four years to this vocation, with an additional lifetime to follow. However, if facts and figures are to be believed medical students are turning their backs on this once valued and highly sought after profession and are chasing the glamour of emergency room medicine, serialised by popular television programmes. Within the UK approximately 4% of newly-qualified doctors specify Psychiatry as their first preference1, a remarkable low number, considering vast numbers qualify every August.

Maybe approaches like The Student Psychotherapy Scheme (SPS), implemented some 43years ago at University College London is needed. Whereby, medical students were given the opportunity to experience the doctor-patient relationship in a psychiatric setting. This led to a higher proportion of students choosing Psychiatry as a speciality, compared to a control group that were not given the opportunity.

The influence of a student psychotherapy scheme – a10-year retrospective study (2004)2

163 medical students undertook the SPS scheme, of which 77 replied to the questionnaire. Of these, 11, (14.3%), had become Psychiatrists, who had not thought about doing Psychiatry before entering the scheme. In the control group of 152, of which 128 responded, only two, (1.6%), had become Psychiatrists, who had not thought about this speciality at the same stage.

So why did the SPS have such an impact improving recruitment rates amongst medical students? From my point of view, it seems to be simply due to exposure. Exposure to the unknown and familiarisation of a speciality that is not regularly given the time and efforts during our medical training at University.

Our time in Psychiatry was punctuated by apprehension and a sense of intrigue. The hesitancy was rooted in preconceived notions that we were being sent to a sanatorium, whereby we would be battling to shake off patients that had latched on to my trouser legs in a bittersweet attempt to escape everyday - thankfully that never came into fruition. However, what did occur was far more surprising. We could see ourself pursuing a career in this speciality in the not so distant future. With acute medical emergencies, there seems to be an emphasis placed on ‘patching’ patients up and sending them home in an attempt to meet targets and tick all the boxes. With Psychiatry you play the ‘waiting game’, it requires patience, the efficacy of treatments rely on regular and lasting compliance, and the majority of benefits are seen in the long-term rather in an acute setting. Maybe the high rate of morbidity in psychiatric illnesses we see in our ageing population is dissuading potential Psychiatrists. Whatever the reason, there is a risk that this speciality will be understaffed in the future, creating a vacuum of care for those that really need it, especially when they do not have the mental faculties to be aware of their own needs.

The problem with Medicine as opposed to other careers is the wide range of specialities and sub-specialities that are available to students once they have finished the formal University training. There are the baseline individual specialities, such as Surgery, Medicine or General Practice – all of which have sub-specialities, intensifying their focus on particular area of clinical care available to patients. Perhaps that is why, in most cases, students allow their path to be dictated by their interests rather then the greater good of Medicine as a whole. As stated, there is a current crisis in Psychiatry, with only a 4% recruitment of newly qualified doctors. The 5-year undergraduate medical degree only allows a small window of exposure to Psychiatry and this is not enough to be able to explore the speciality and come to a conclusion, which would affect the students for the rest of their lives. Perhaps the short period of exposure continues to exacerbate the problem that most medical students view Psychiatry as a separate entity to Medicine, completely devoid of concrete management, unable to implement true and tested methods that would guarantee a cure.

There are 12 different sub-specialities in psychiatry3, of which we were exposed to General Adult and Old Age Psychiatry, from our time there we were able to experience the full spectrum of presentation, from the difficulties of dealing with mentally unstable patients, to the satisfaction of seeing slowed and gradual progress in someone’s mental wellbeing. What Psychiatry offers, that some fields tend to lack is rapport, created by extended patient contact and treating them as a whole rather then a specified issue. It dawned on me that even general practitioners do not have the luxury of getting to know their patients as well as Psychiatrists and that appealed to me a great deal, as I believe in the holistic approach to management. However, Psychiatry is still viewed as being disconnected from the rest of Medicine, perhaps due to the different history taking techniques, the lack of focus on the practical skills of medicine, the ‘trial and error’ method of therapy, whereby if one drug does not work another is given. Instead the focus lies on communication skills and other psychosocial aspects and this I find dissuades many of my colleagues, as there is nothing tangible for them to get to grips with and apply their knowledge to. In hindsight, Psychiatrists are not wholly responsible for just the mental health of a patient, but it does fall within their remit to identify, and manage co-morbidities they may have as well. A sound knowledge of all aspects of Medicine is required, and maybe the fact that ‘mind and body’ needs treating discourages future Psychiatrists.

Overall, there have been many times when we have been surprised at our own interest in Psychiatry. It is comforting to know that it is a welcoming speciality, unlike many other competitive specialities where there is intense pressure and any sense of enjoyment or achievement may be diminished. There are also immense opportunities open for research, even at this level as a medical student. Undoubtedly compared to other fields, Psychiatry offers a balance between work and personal life. Our only regret is that we did not have the opportunity to experience everything that Psychiatry has to offer, and make a more informative and well balanced decision on where my future lies within Medicine. Perhaps we will take the initiative to explore this field in my own time. One thing is for certain, Psychiatry is a dynamic field with many opportunities, and should not be disregarded for the flashing blue lights of emergency medicine.

 
COMPETEING INTERESTS

None Declared

 
AUTHOR DETAILS

MASHUD SOUROYER, 4th Year Medical Student, Bart’s and London School of Medicine and Dentistry, United Kingdom

MATHAVI UTHAYANAN, 4th Year Medical Student, Bart’s and London School of Medicine and Dentistry, United Kingdom

CORRESPONDENCE: Mashud Souroyer, 15 Gladstone Ave, Manor Park, London, E12 6NR

Email: mashud_soroyer@hotmail.com  
 

References:

[1] The Royal College of Psychiatrists: Tackling the recruitment crisis in psychiatry Student Psychotherapy Scheme encourages medical students to choose psychiatry as a career [online]. 2004. Available URL: http://www.rcpsych.ac.uk/pressparliament/pressreleasearchive/pr550.aspx [Accessed 02/12/2008]

[2] Psychiatric Bulletin: Who wants to do psychiatry? [online]. 2004. Available URL: http://pb.rcpsych.org/cgi/content/full/28/6/208 [Accessed 02/12/2008]

[3] The Royal College of Psychiatrists: Why choose Psychiatry? [online].2008. Available URL: http://www.rcpsych.ac.uk/training/studentarea/subspecialties.aspx [Accessed 02/12/2008]

[4] Michael Gelder, Richard Mayou and John Geddes. Psychiatry: Third edition. Oxford University Press, 2005.

[5] Psychiatric Bulletin: What impact do undergraduate experiences have upon recruitment into psychiatry? [online]. 2007. Available URL:http://pb.rcpsych.org/cgi/content/full/31/2/70 [Accessed 02/12/2008]

From behind the couch - ‘Alliance’

Authors
Chess Denman
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2008:1(2) 33-35

Introduction

 

Psychotherapy, psychological treatment and psychological techniques are the motherhood and apple pie of psychiatry. No one can be found to say a bad word against them although the word psychotherapy is often preceded with some qualifier such as “sensible” to indicate that the farther shores of the discipline may not have much place in psychiatry. Sadly though psychotherapy and its congeners, unlike motherhood or even apple pie are is far from widespread in the practice of many psychiatrists and training in the topic is woefully patchy across the country. In this occasional series I hope to introduce the reader to some key concepts in the field not so much from a scholarly perspective in an academic paper decorated with references (although there will be reading for those with sufficient interest and leisure) but from the perspective of practice. I hope to show how each of these psychotherapeutic concepts can be applied both to the practice of formal therapies and to more general aspects of psychiatric practice. 
 

Topic 1 - Alliance

The term alliance refers to the maintenance of a certain kind of positive relationship between the patient and their therapist or doctor. We know that the quality of the alliance in psychotherapy is quite predictive of the likely outcome of treatment so that, while a good alliance does not guarantee a good outcome a bad alliance often ensures a poor outcome. Alliance is something of a portmanteau term since it covers aspects both of trust and liking but also of faith in the skill of the doctor or therapist and a willingness to make positive efforts towards furthering the aims of treatment on the part of the patient. Sometimes this last aspect of alliance – the willingness of the patient to put their best foot forward is referred to by the more descriptive term “working alliance”. Treatments differ in the extent to which they require anything resembling a working alliance. For example many surgical procedures require only that the patient consents and submits to treatment. Other treatments in medicine require that the patient complies with treatment by which is meant carrying out medical instructions accurately. As treatments become more complex and conditions more chronic the degree to which the patient must be an active agent in the administration of their own treatment increases with diabetes being a classic example.

In psychiatry some treatments such as submitting to depot neuroleptic administration require minimal levels of compliance and little in the way of alliance. However other treatments and particularly those which involve making substantial changes in lifestyle require that the patient be almost entirely responsible for the carrying through of their treatment. As such they resemble fitness training or education far more than they resemble “treatments”. In these situations the alliance made between the patient and their doctor is a critical factor in determining the success or failure of treatment.

The making of alliances in ordinary life is not a special skill but something which we all possess however psychotherapists and psychiatrists need to make alliances with people that others shun or who are hostile, ambivalent, distracted or cognitively impaired. The will and the skill to form an alliance with such individuals take training and crucially practice. It can be thought of as comprising three essential parts.

  • First – preparation.
  • Second – the interaction (s)
  • Third – follow up.

Let’s see how these stages play out in a clinical situation. In which a man’s helpers struggle to maintain a fragile alliance.

Rodger was a large and heavily tattooed man. He walked with a rolling gait and with his arms held out from his side as though he was always ready for a fight. He had suffered several head injuries as a younger man and could be both impulsive somewhat unpredictable and volatile. He used drugs and, at bad times would self harm by slashing himself with tin can lids. Staff in the day hospital had managed to engage him to an extent some months ago but he had become enraged when another patient had started winding him up calling him a stupid fathead. He blundered around the unit like an angry bull threw a chair and made threats to kill the other patient. As a result he was excluded from the unit. Rodger simply could not understand why this had happened and asked to see his key worker to make a complaint.

It would certainly be fair to say that the working alliance with Rodger has all but evaporated. The key worker was faced with the task of explaining Rodger’s new situation to him, rebuilding the alliance and possibly defusing an aggressive encounter. She prepared herself in two ways. First she took care with her own safety and the safety of others in the setting. She warned other people she was seeing Rodger and carried a personal alarm. Her objective was to free her mind from too many anxious thoughts about being assaulted as well as to ensure her physical safety. She also prepared herself by reflecting on Rodger’s world imagining it as to him always potentially threatening either physically or psychologically where he felt under threat of being belittled or disrespected in ways he secretly worried but could not afford to admit to himself were true. Last she prepared Rodger by writing to him and telephoning him before the meeting to tell him what was going to happen and why. She made a point of speaking to him in quite formal and respectful terms as “Mr X” and, knowing that he would be very anxious when he arrived she made a point of starting the appointment on time.

The key worker began by asking Rodger what he felt about the meeting and what was on his mind. Starting with the patient’s perspective and seeking to understand things from their point of view is a critical element of forming an alliance. It communicates to the patient that alliance is a two way affair. Rodger began angrily about the whole business and started to wind himself up about the person who had been rude to him and also about the unfairness of being excluded. The key worker agreed that it must feel very unfair to him. Rodger went on crossly that he was always given the “prick tease” invited into places and then chucked out. The key worker agreed that Rodger was often chucked out of things and asked him why he thought that had happened. Rodger said people were down on him and they all picked on him.

In terms of the alliance Rodger and his key worker are already doing better than before. Rodger is able to speak about what is on his mind and the key worker is able to hear it without becoming defensive or frightened. However this is not yet working alliances because the Key worker has not done much other than agree with Rodger’s perspective in as far as it seems correct.

So now the key worker said that he wondered if Rodger had ever thought patients and staff were frightened of him. Rodger bridled and said angrily “there you go you are all the same I don’t care about them what about me. No one asks how I feel.” The key worker had moved too quickly and the alliance, already fragile has collapsed again. So the key worker said. “I have done the same thing as other people do to you, you always feel you get told off and no one ever listens to your point.” Rodger agreed and again warmed to his theme describing the way in which he was always being put down and treated unfairly. As he became more vehement he stood up and began to pace around the room gesticulating. At times he would refer to “them” putting him down but on other occasions he would say “you”. The key worker said, “When you walk around and raise your voice I get frightened of what you might do and it is hard for me to listen to you properly when I feel scared.” Rodger looked startled and sat down abruptly saying rather defensively “I am not going to do anything”

The key worker’s response which was neither threatened nor defensive but tried to state plainly the effect that Rodger’s behaviour was having explicitly referred to the way in which some behaviour can threaten the alliance. The key worker then went on to explain that although Rodger did not feel that his behaviour was threatening other people interpreted it that way. This allowed the key worker to mention the incident in the day hospital again and to say that people had been frightened of Rodger. At this point the Key worker felt Rodger had taken the point and so he suggested they meet again to talk about it some more next week. Notice that the key worker did not try to “close the deal either clinically by, for example making a contract for good behaviour with Rodger or managerially by seeing if Rodger was satisfied by how his complaint had been heard. This was because the key worker judged that these moves might threaten the alliance again and a further outburst could wipe out Rodger’s memory of his new understanding of himself as potentially frightening others and his new understanding of others as frightened.

The key worker followed up on the meeting with Rodger in a number of ways. First by feeding back to the staff at the day hospital, By doing this the key worker was helping them to repair, even in Rodger’s absence, their sense of an alliance with him and maybe preparing the ground for Rodger’s return. The key worker also telephoned Rodger later in the week to find out how he was timing the phone call to a time when Rodger would normally have been in the day hospital. The Key worker began the call by saying “I was thinking about how you might feel today”. By doing this the key worker conveyed to Rodger that Rodger was in his mind even when Rodger himself was not in the room and that Rodger is an object of concern to him. Giving patients the sense of being “held in mind” is crucial to fostering the alliance. When medical staff gives a sense that they do not have the patient in mind there is almost always a severe rupture in the alliance as for example when the doctor starts reading the patient’s notes while they are in the room.

Conclusion

The story of Rodger and his key worker may seem to some over simple. In such natural seeming interactions the skill is cleverly disguised. Although the Key worker appeared spontaneous and appeared not to be considering his words he was in fact weighing them very carefully. He chose language that was appropriate to Rodger’s intellectual level. His statements were brief and contained only a single point. Thus the key worker matched Rodger’s cognitive level. The Key worker also managed the feeling tone in the room very carefully intervening to calm but not truncate potentially explosive feelings and ultimately promoting a little nugget of increased knowledge about the relationships between Rodger and other people. By maintaining an alliance and by carefully moving it into being (even if briefly) a working alliance the key worker managed a little step of progress with Rodger.

 

 

COMPETEING INTERESTS

None Declared

 

AUTHOR DETAILS

CHESS DENMAN, Consultant Psychiatrist in Psychotherapy, Complex Cases Service, Springbank Ward, Cambridge And Peterborough Mental Health Foundation Trust, Fulbourn Hospital, Cambridge, CB15EF

Email: Chess.Denman@cpft.nhs.uk

 

Follow up Reading:

For those who want a basic text:  Oxford Textbook of Psychotherapy, Glen O Gabbard Judith S. Beck & Jeremy Holmes, Oxford University Press 2005

For those who would like more: Cognitive Behaviour Therapy for challenging Problems. Judith Beck, Guildford press New York 2005, Chapters 4,5,6

For the very keen: Safran J. D. & Muran, J. C. (2006). Has the concept of the alliance outlived its usefulness? Psychotherapy, 43, 286-291.

Next issue: Manipulation

Understanding the Mental Health Act changes – challenges and opportunities for doctors.

Authors
Claire Barcham
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2008:1(2) 13-17

 

 

Abbreviations

MHA   Mental Health Act

COP    Code of Practice

SCT      Supervised Community Treatment

AMHP Approved Mental Health Professional

ASW    Approved Social Worker

AOT     Assertive Outreach Team

PICU    Psychiatric Intensive Care Unit

AC        Approved Clinician

RC        Responsible Clinician

NR        Nearest Relative

LPA       Lasting Power of Attorney

SOAD    Second Opinion Appointed Doctors

ECT       Electric Convulsive Therapy 
 

We are in the middle of the greatest changes in mental health law in a century. This started with the introduction of the Mental Capacity Act in October 2007, continued with amendments to the Mental Health Act (MHA) in November 2008, and will finish with a final flourish when the Deprivation of Liberty Safeguards come into effect to April 2009.

But what do these changes mean for Psychiatrists and other doctors? This article explores the changes.

The Mental Health Act 1983 (as amended by the Mental Health Act 2007)

Although the structure of the Mental Health Act remains the same – for example, compulsory admission to hospital still requires the recommendations of 2 doctors and the agreement of an Approved Mental Health Professional (the replacement of the ASW), the Act has been amended in the following ways:

Key Change 1

Introducing a Simplified Single Definition of Mental Disorder.

Key Change 2

Abolishing the ‘Treatability’ Test and introducing a new Appropriate Medical Treatment Test.

Key Change 3

Ensuring that Age Appropriate Services are available to any patients admitted to hospital who are aged under 18 (anticipated by 2010).

Key Change 4

Broadening the Professional Groups that can take particular roles.

Key Change 5

Introducing the right for patients to apply to court to displace their Nearest Relative,  and including civil partners in the list of potential nearest relatives.

Key Change 6

Ensuring that patients have a right to an Advocacy Service when under compulsion (implemented in 2009).

Key Change 7

Introducing new safeguards regarding Patients and Electro-Convulsive Therapy.

Key Change 8

Introducing a new provision to allow Supervised Community Treatment. This allows a patient detained on a treatment order to receive their treatment in the community rather than as an in-patient.

Key Change 9

Earlier automatic referral to a Mental Health Review Tribunal (Tribunal) where patients don’t apply themselves. & new Tribunal system structure.

Key Change10

New ‘2nd Professional’ role for renewal of section 3.

 All these changes need to be seen within the context of the Guiding Principles and the clarified legal status of the Code of Practice (COP).

  • The MHA tells us WHAT to do
  • The COP explains HOW to do it
  • The Guiding Principles help us to apply the MHA and COP in INDIVIDUAL SITUATIONS

 The status of the Code of Practice

The Act makes it clear that professionals, including doctors, are expected to follow the guidance of the Code of Practice, or explain why they haven’t done so. It also makes it clear that professionals are expected to take account of a number of issues, the guiding principles, when making decisions.

The Principles:

Purpose

Decisions under the Act must be taken with a view to minimising the undesirable effects of mental disorder, by maximising the safety and well-being (mental and physical) of patients, promoting their recovery and protecting other people from harm.

Least restriction

People taking action without a patient’s consent must attempt to keep to a minimum the restrictions they impose on the patient’s liberty, having regard to the purpose for which the restrictions are imposed.

Respect

People taking decisions under the Act must recognise and respect the diverse needs, values and circumstances of each patient, including their race, religion, culture, gender, age, sexual orientation and any disability. They must consider the patient’s views, wishes and feelings (whether expressed at the time or in advance), so far as they are reasonably ascertainable, and follow those wishes wherever practicable and consistent with the purpose of the decision. There must be no unlawful discrimination.

Participation

Patients must be given the opportunity to be involved, as far as is practicable in the circumstances, in planning, developing and reviewing their own treatment and care to help ensure that it is delivered in a way that is as appropriate and effective for them as possible. The involvement of carers, family members and other people who have an interest in the patient’s welfare should be encouraged (unless there are particular reasons to the contrary) and their views taken seriously.

Effectiveness, efficiency and equity

People taking decisions under the Act must seek to use the resources available to them and to patients in the most effective, efficient and equitable way, to meet the needs of patients and achieve the purpose for which the decision was taken.

 In the future, it is likely that doctors will be expected to justify decision making with reference to above principles.

Key Change 1: Definition of Mental Disorder:

The definition of disorders covered by the MHA is now “any disorder or disability of the mind”. This simplified definition now applies to all sections of the Act. The four forms of mental disorder (mental illness, mental impairment, severe mental impairment and psychopathic disorder) have disappeared. This potentially means some people previously excluded are now included. For example, there may be some people with an acquired brain injury who were not covered by the term “mental impairment or severe mental impairment” who could now benefit from the protections of the Act.

The Learning Disability Qualification has been introduced to preserve the status quo (e.g. under section 3, a person with a learning disability alone can only be detained for treatment or be made subject to Guardianship if that learning disability is associated with abnormally aggressive or seriously irresponsible conduct.) and now applies to all those sections that relate to longer-term compulsory treatment or care for a mental disorder (in particular section 3, section 7 (Guardianship), section 17A (Supervised Community Treatment) and forensic sections under Part 3 of the Act). It means that if the use of longer-terms forms of compulsion are being considered solely on the basis that a person has a learning disability, that disability must also be associated with abnormally aggressive or seriously irresponsible conduct. This does not, of course, preclude the use of compulsion for people who have another form of mental disorder (such as a mental illness) in addition to their learning disability.

Key Change 2: The Appropriate Medical Treatment Test

The MHA introduces a new “appropriate medical treatment” test that will apply to longer-term powers of compulsion concerned with treatment(for example, section 3 and Supervised Community Treatment ).  As a result, it will not be possible for patients to be compulsorily detained for treatment or compulsion continued unless medical treatment which is appropriate taking into account the nature and degree of the patient’s mental disorder and all other circumstances of the case is available to that patient.

“Medical treatment” includes psychological treatment, nursing, and specialist mental health habilitation, rehabilitation and care as well as medicine. It does not have to be the “perfect” treatment, but doctors will be expected to satisfy themselves that appropriate treatment, taking into account all the circumstances of the case, is available and state in their recommendations in which hospital(s) it will be available to the patient. When making recommendations for section 3, the recommending doctors will need to confirm that there will be appropriate medical treatment available, and state on the recommendation form the hospital, hospitals or part of a hospital that the treatment will be given in.

 
Example:

Ellie was seen by 2 doctors in A&E after having been found by the police naked and dancing in the street. She was sexually disinhibited, and aggressive both physically and verbally. Ellie was well- known to the AOT team and was assessed by her own consultant and GP. Because they both knew her well, and knew what treatment would be of benefit to her, they felt confident in signing the form saying that appropriate medical treatment would be available, However, given her current presentation, they did not feel it would be safe to admit her to an open, mixed sex ward. Instead, her consultant rang and negotiated with the bed manager that she be admitted to a women only PICU bed. The ward name and hospital name were inserted onto the section 3 recommendation form, and the AMHP was only able to admit Ellie to that ward.

 

 Key Change 3: Admitting young people to suitable environments

The effect of this change is that hospital managers are placed under a duty to ensure patients under 18 who are admitted to hospital for assessment or for treatment under the legislation, or who are voluntary patients are in an environment that is suitable for their age  (subject to their needs).  There is flexibility in the amendment to allow for patients under 18 years to be placed on adult psychiatric wards where the patient’s needs are better met this way.  This is expected to come into force in 2010, by which time it is hoped new services will be available. 

Section 140 of the existing Mental Health Act has also been amended to put a duty on Primary Care Trusts to let Local Social Service Authorities know where services especially suitable for admitting young people are to be found. The amendment to section140 has already come into force.

It is also now no longer possible to admit a competent and objecting 16 or 17yr old to hospital for treatment for mental disorder on the say  of their parents.

Key Change 4: The Broadening of access to professional roles

This change widens the group of practitioners able to train to fulfil functions  previously undertaken by Approved Social Workers (ASWs) and Responsible Medical Officers (RMOs). It does this by introducing two new roles:

Approved Mental Health Professionals (AMHPs): AMHPs are mental health professionals with specialist training in mental health assessment and legislation. The training will be opened up to include mental health and learning disability nurses, clinical psychologists and occupational therapists as well as social workers. AMHPs will assess “on behalf of” Local Authorities, who will continue to be responsible for approving AMHPs and for ensuring a 24hr AMHP service is available.

The final part of this change concerns the Approved Clinician (AC), the professional status/qualification a practitioner must obtain before they can take on the responsibilities of a Responsible Clinician (RC) for a particular person.

The RC is the old Responsible Medical Officer role which has now been opened up to include social workers, mental health and learning disability nurses, clinical psychologists and occupational therapists. The RC has overall responsibility for a patient’s case. This change allows more flexibility – for example, making it possible to transfer responsibility to professionals from different groups of staff as the patient’s needs change.

Directions make it clear that all professionals who want to be a RC need to meet particular levels of competence, undertake a short course to demonstrate their state of readiness and be approved by Strategic Health Authority as an AC.

Transitional arrangements for doctors:

Doctors with Section 12 status: for doctors with section 12 status, that status will continue unaltered for as long as had been expected to. For example, a doctor whose section 12 approval was due to expire in April 10, this will still be the case.

Doctors with section 12 status who have acted as an RMO for a patient in the 12 months prior to 3rd Nov 2008: such doctors will automatically be given Approved Clinician Status so that they can be Responsible Clinicians for people detained under the Act. If their section 12 status was due to expire during the next 12 months, it will be extended until 2rd Nov 2009.

Doctors (such as community consultants) who are section 12 approved, have been responsible for a patient’s medical treatment but have not acted as an Responsible Medical Officer (RMO) in the 12 months prior to 3rd Nov 08: such doctors will need to complete a course for Approved Clinicians before 2nd Nov 09, and as long as they do so their approval will last for a full 3 year period until 2nd Nov 2011.

In the future, a doctor (but not a professional from one of the other 4 eligible groups) who completes an Approved Clinician Course will also automatically receive section12 approval.

Accessing Approved Clinician Training:

AC training will be the responsibility of Strategic Health Authorities. Generally, people wishing to be Approved Clinicians will need to be recommended by employers – and will need to be able to demonstrate how they meet the competences for the role prior to undertaking the AC training course. The course is likely to be a few days at most, so preparatory training will be important. Each area will need to develop its own systems and policies, these are likely to be influenced by the pilot studies that have been taking place around the country in preparation for this change in the law.

 
Responsibilities of the Responsible Clinician (RC):

  • Renew detention with the agreement of another professional from a different professional background

  • Discharge patients from detention

  • Grant leave for patients.

  • Discharge patient on to supervised community treatment, with the agreement of an amhp

  • Set conditions on the community treatment order for sct with the agreement of an amhp

  • Extend sct with the agreement of an amhp

  • Recall sct patients to hospital, if necessary

  • Re- detain an sct patient by  revoking the community treatment order, with the agreement of an amhp

  • Discharge patients from sct

 Key Change 5: Nearest Relative Changes

Changes give patients the right to make an application to court to displace their nearest relative and introduces a new ground for displacement: that the current Nearest Relative(NR) is “otherwise unsuitable for the role”. The provisions for determining who is the NR have also been amended to include civil partners on equal terms with a husband or wife.

Key Change 6: Independent Mental Health Act Advocate (IMHA) service

Gives the right for patients who are subject to compulsion to have access to advocacy services. (that is, those on section 2, 3, section 7 Guardianship, SCT and similar forensic sections. Those on short term sections such as section 136 will not be eligible) Advocates will have the right to meet with patients in private. They will also have access to patient records, where a patient with capacity gives consent, and to meet and discuss the patient with professionals, such as doctors, involved in their care. In the case of patients lacking capacity to make such decisions, access must not conflict with decisions made by a deputy, Lasting Power of Attorney (LPA) donee or Court of Protection, and the person holding the records must agree that such access is “appropriate”. The principles of the COP should be used to decide whether it is appropriate to disclose information in a particular case.

It is planned that the new “Independent Mental Health Advocacy” services will be available from April 2009.

Key change 7: ECT and Patient Rights

Except in emergencies, detained patients may in future only be given ECT if they have capacity and agree or, (as now) if they do not have capacity, the ECT is authorised by a Second Opinion Appointed Doctor (SOAD).

In other words, this means that a detained patient can refuse to have ECT, and, except in emergencies, this can be overturned only if a SOAD agrees that the patient does not have capacity to make the decision and that giving the ECT treatment would be appropriate. In this case, the SOAD also needs to be sure that there is no valid advance decision refusing the use of ECT. If such an advance decision has been made, then ECT cannot be given, except in an emergency.

In the case of young people (aged under 18), even if the patient agrees, unless it is an emergency, they may only be given ECT with the additional agreement of a SOAD. These rules apply to young people whether or not they are detained

In all these cases, it is only an emergency if the ECT is immediately necessary to save the patient’s life or prevent serious deterioration in their condition.

Key Change 8: Supervised Community Treatment

Introduces Supervised Community Treatment (SCT) for patients following a period of detention in hospital for treatment (mainly those on section 3 or unrestricted forensic sections such as section 37).  It will allow a small number of patients who currently disengage from support once discharged from hospital to be cared for in the community, subject to the possibility of being recalled to hospital if necessary.  This is to ensure they continue to get the treatment they need. There is no lower age limit.

As a statutory framework, SCT is intended to support such vulnerable patients (including some who may pose a risk to others) to:

  • live in the community;
  • help improve engagement with the care team by shifting the balance of power more in the patient’s favour;
  • act upon any clinical signs of relapse at an early stage;
  • be a mechanism to manage actual or potential relapse; and
  • ensure that services are aware of and responsive to any changes of circumstances which arise for the patient or their carers.

The criteria for consideration of the use of SCT include:

  • the person is suffering from a mental disorder and detained under s3 (or similar forensic section) for treatment;
  • the need for medical treatment;
  • the existence of a risk to the patient’s health or safety or that of others;
  • that appropriate treatment is available; and that the patient does not need to be in hospital to receive it but does need to be liable to recall to hospital to ensure that the risk can be managed; and
  • that it is necessary for the patient’s health or safety or the protection of others that the patient remains liable to recall.

Key Change 9: Changes to the Tribunal system

Changes to the MHA have introduced earlier referrals by Hospital Managers of detained patients who have not used their rights of appeal to the Tribunal.

To protect patients, everyone who is compulsorily admitted to hospital must have their detention review by the Tribunal service within the 1st 6 months, and every 3 years after that. If the patient themselves doesn’t request a tribunal referral within the above timescales, the hospital managers must do so.

For under 18s, they must be seen annually by the tribunal.

The Secretary of State has the power to reduce further these periods for referral by Hospital Managers in the future. 

The MHA 2007 has also introduced the immediate referral of patients who have had their SCT revoked.

The structure of the Tribunal Service has been changed to provide a ‘1st’ and ‘2nd’ tier. The purpose of the 2nd tier is to allow appeals and clarification of legal points, without having to use the judicial review process.

In addition, new rules have been issued as guidance for professionals about what is expected to be covered in reports to tribunals.

Key Change 10: the role of the 2nd Professional in the renewal of section 3

In addition to the Responsible Clinician, the written agreement of a second professional is needed to renew section 3.

The second professional must

  • come from a different professional discipline compared with the RC
  • be involved with the care of the patient
  • be able to reach independent decisions
  • have sufficient expertise and experience to make a judgement about whether the criteria for detention continue to be met.

Even if the RC disagrees with the view of the 2nd Professional, they should not normally seek to find another professional. In such circumstances the section 3 would not be renewed. In very exceptional circumstances where a different opinion is sort, this must be brought to the attention of the hospital managers who are also required to consider and approve the renewal of the section.

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

This article is based on work undertaken as part of the NIMHE Implementation team for the Mental Health Act, and forms part of the National Training Materials available to all staff working within Mental Health

 

COMPETING INTERESTS

None Declared

 
AUTHOR DETAILS

CLAIRE BARCHAM, National Coordinator, AMHP leads Network/ NIMHE National Implementation team member,United Kingdom.

CORRESPONDENCE: CLAIRE BARCHAM, ASW Training and Development Coordinator, C&I MHSCT Training and Development Team, Room 110, West Wing, St Pancras Hospital, 4 St Pancras Way, London NW1 0PE

Email: claire.barcham@candi.nhs.uk

 

For more information, please visit https//:mhact.csip.org.uk

It’s Time To Require Written Informed Consent When Using Antipsychotics in Dementia

Authors
Kenneth Brummel-Smith
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2008:1(2) 4-6

      The prevalence of behavioural symptoms in dementia is well known. Patients may exhibit outright psychotic features (delusions, hallucinations) and commonly experience a host of symptoms such as screaming, hitting, agitation, and wandering. The patient often appears to be upset and suffering, and whether the symptom is the cause of that distress, or a result of some inner discord, is unknown. Clearly, these behaviours are upsetting to the patient’s family, loved ones, and their caregivers. Physicians are driven to attempt to reduce the suffering of patients and support the family and other professional caregivers. Hence, medications are often the first approach to dealing with such problems. Given the similarity between these symptoms and those seen in patients with schizophrenia, antipsychotics are often the first choice. As a result, nearly 1 in 4 elderly nursing home residents in the United States are given antipsychotic drugs1.

      Unfortunately, they are not very effective. Schneider, in an extensive review of the efficacy of antipsychotics found an effect size of only 18% favouring these drugs over placebo2. But much more worrisome are the potentially lethal, or permanently disabling, side-effects. A meta-analysis of 15 randomized controlled trials evaluating dementia patients with behavioural and psychological symptoms concluded that there was an overall increase in the risk of death (odds ratio 1.54, 95% CI 1.06–2.23; p = 0.02) when atypical antipsychotics were compared to placebo3. This means that for every 9 to 25 persons helped in these trials, there possibly will be 1 death due to the treatment itself. Older “typical” antipsychotics may not be any less risky. A comedian once commented, “I don’t consider ‘death’ a side-effect, I think it’s a primary effect!” In addition, the risk of the patient acquiring the permanent though not lethal side-effect of tardive dyskinesia is higher in older patients than younger ones. Finally there are other serious potential adverse affects such as falls, confusion, and weight gain or increased risk of diabetes.

Some have written that using antipsychotics in dementia is “off label” prescribing, a term which is usually reserved for the use of a drug for which there has been little study but presumed efficacy based on clinical experience. However, the “Black Box Warning” on the use of antipsychotics in dementia is non-ambiguous: these drugs are “not approved for dementia-related psychosis.” Yet one company, Eli Lilly, incurred a $1.4 billion fine from the FDA for marketing Zyprexa (Olanzapine) in the use of dementia related psychosis.

Clinical guidelines by both Canadian and American interests have clearly described these risks and suggest that antipsychotics be used only as a last resort4,5. Searching for a treatable medical problem, ranging from a serious condition such as pneumonia, to a painful irritation like an ingrown toenail, is the first step. But perhaps most importantly, providing a caring, nurturing and non-stressful environment is likely to be most helpful6. The work of Tom Kitwood in defining the problematic behaviours of caregivers which may increase dementia-related agitation is refreshing7. Unfortunately, few long term care programs have provided for this type of caregiver training. Other interventions, such as music therapy, caregiver support, and caregiver stress reduction may be helpful but have not been extensively studied8. So what’s the clinician to do if an antipsychotic medication is to be used “as a last resort?”

For the patient’s protection and to reduce medical-legal risks, I believe that a formal informed consent process should be initiated. Such a process should entail adequate description of the risks of the treatment, the potential benefits, and the plan for further monitoring and adjustments to the treatment course. As in any informed discussion, it should include the alternatives available, along with the risks and benefits of each alternative. Finally, it should include a discussion of what is likely to happen if no pharmacologic treatment is provided. In most cases, these discussions will necessarily be conducted with the surrogate decision-maker (usually a family member), given the occurrence of psychotic symptoms later in the course of dementia when decision-making capacity is usually severely impaired.

The key elements of the discussion, including open and specific disclosure of the risks, should be documented in written form and entered into the patient’s medical record. An example of such documentation is in Appendix 1. Some clinicians with whom I have discussed this idea have responded that the caregivers would not be likely to approve the use of medications if these risks were so openly discussed. My response is simple – the ethical thing to do is always to inform the patient (or his or her surrogate) before initiating treatment. If that leads to a reduction in the use of these drugs, I would not be unhappy.

 

CORRESPONDENCE: KENNETH BRUMMEL-SMITH .M.D. Charlotte Edwards Maguire Professor and Chair, Department of Geriatrics, Florida State University College of Medicine, 1115 West Call St, Suite 3140-D, Tallahassee, FL 32306-4300, 850-644-2291 
 

REFERENCES

Kamble P, Chen H, Sherer J, et al. Antipsychotic Drug Use Among Elderly Nursing Home Residents in the United States, Am J Geriatr Pharmacother 2008;6:187–197.

2 Schneider LS, Pollock V, Lyness S. Further analysis of meta-analysis. J Am Geriatr Soc. 1991;39:441-442.

3 Schneider LS, Dagerman KS, Insel P. Risk of death with atypical antipsychotic drug treatment for dementia: meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials. JAMA 2005;294:1934-43.

4 Gauthier S,  Herrmann N, Diagnosis and treatment of dementia: 6. Management of severe Alzheimer disease. CMAJ 2008;179(12):1279-87

5 American Psychiatric Association (APA). Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with Alzheimer's disease and other dementias of late life. Am J Psychiatry 1997 May;154(5 Suppl):1-39.Updated Oct. 2007.

6 Verkaik R, van Weert JC, Francke AL. The effects of psychosocial methods on depressed, aggressive and apathetic behaviors of people with dementia: a systematic review. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 2005;20:301-14.

7 Kitwood T. Dementia Reconsidered, Philadelphia, Open University Press.1997

8 Brummel-Smith K, Alzheimer’s disease and the promise of music and culture as a healing process, in The Oxford handbook of Medical Ethnomusicology, Koen BD, Lloyd J, Barz G, Brummel-Smith KL (eds), Oxford University Press, 2008, Oxford, pp.185-200.

 
 

 
Appendix 1

Consent for Use of Antipsychotic Medication

Indications: Antipsychotic medications are sometimes used to treat behavioral symptoms in patients with dementia. These symptoms include delusions (fixed beliefs that are not real), hallucinations (seeing or hearing things that are not real), and others. The Federal Drug Administration (FDA) has approved the use of antipsychotic medications in the treatment of schizophrenia and other mental conditions.  While the FDA has not approved these medications in treatment of behavioral symptoms of dementia, physicians may use them for “off-label” purposes if it is believed they well help the patient.

These medications should be used as a last resort to help patients with dementia who are suffering behavioral symptoms. Other “treatments” include changing the person’s environment, getting them more involved in activities, making sure there are no medical problems causing the symptoms (like pain), and making sure other medications the patient is taking have not caused the symptoms. If the patient is not suffering from the symptoms (that is, they are not bothered by them) and they do not prevent the caregivers from giving good and safe care, then it is best not to give them medications for the symptoms.

These types of medications have two very serious potential side-effects, which is why it is important that you know both the risks and the benefits of using them.

Recommended medication:   ______________________________

Dose:    ______________________________

Frequency:   ______________________________

Anticipated duration of use:  ______________________________

Alternatives: Sometimes other medications, like sedatives, are used if the patient is anxious. But they also have side-effects and may not help the severe behavior problems and usually do not help delusions and hallucinations. Another alternative is to keep trying the non-medicine interventions described above. The final alternative is to give no treatment and just live with the symptoms. As the person’s dementia gets worse over time, the symptoms do usually go away. But that may take some time.

Expectations of Treatment: If the medication is used, we expect the person with dementia to have less suffering. The patient should be calmer and feel less distressed. The hallucinations and/or delusions may not go completely away, but they should be less bothersome to the patient. Caregiving should be more accepted by the patient. Hopefully, the patient will not experience any side effects but many patients do have some side effects so it is important to report any change that may be due to the medication.

Side effects and complications include but are not limited to:

  1. The most serious concern is that older patients with dementia who are given these medications have an increased risk of death compared to patients given placebos (sugar-pills). That risk is about 1.7 times the risk of using the placebo. Most of the deaths were due to heart problems or pneumonia.
  2. The second most serious concern is the development of a permanent side-effect called “tardive dyskinesia.” It is an uncontrolled movement of the face and mouth. This occurs in about 25% of patients who take the medication for a long time. Rarely, it can occur even in patients who only take a few doses of the medication.
  3. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome – a rare but potentially fatal side effect with fever, blood pressure problems, and irregular pulse.
  4. Increased blood sugar, diabetes, and weight gain
  5. Sleepiness
  6. Falls
  7. Low blood pressure
  8. Confusion
  9. Stiffness, walking problems, tremor (Parkinson’s-like symptoms)
  10. Liver problems
  11. Seizures (epileptic fits)

Contraindications:  These medications should not be used if you or your loved-one has an allergy to them. A history of having bad reactions to this medication (or ones similar to this medication) is also a concern and should be discussed with the doctor.

*******************************************

I understand the above, and have had the risks, benefits, and alternatives explained to me.  I have had an opportunity to ask questions about the recommended treatment. I understand that no guarantees about results have been made.  I give my informed consent for the use of:

 ______________________________.

 

_______________________________  

Patient Signature  

_________________________

Date

_______________________________  

Witness

 

_________________________

Surrogate Signature (if the patient does not have decision-making capacity)

 

Language and Psychiatry: “An argument for indeterminism”

Authors
Saad F. Ghalib
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2008:1(1) 4-5

“Schizophrenia’ is written and spoken about as if the language used simply reflected a reality already discovered or about to be discovered. Such a representational view of language has been strongly questioned in a range of theoretical ideas whose common assumption is that what we think of as reality or truth is not discovered or reported but is constructed, primarily through the strategic use of language” (Boyle 2002).

INTRODUCTION

It is not a revelation, that practising psychiatry or psychotherapy and pursuing psychological research, rely heavily on phenomenology, which may be descriptive (Jasper, Husserl), or dynamic (Freudian), and influences that which may have on several diagnostic categories. The question of how our use of terms correlates with whatever it is trying to describe, requires serious consideration. The aim of this editorial is to sketch some significant developments in psychological, biological, physical and philosophical studies, with specific reference to the role of language in these evolving scientific endeavours.

EARLIER PERSPECTIVES

As early as 1921, Wittgenstein (1889 – 1951) proposed two major ideas that revolutionised philosophical thinking. The first was the principle of verification (that statements are meaningful, only when they can be verified by experiment), which has since been adopted as the manifesto of logical positivism, and the basis of new scientific thinking. His second central thesis was to deny that logical or linguistic concepts represent reality. Furthermore, he suggested that the apparent harmony between language and reality is merely the shadow cast upon the world by grammar. In his major work “The Concept of Mind” (1949), Gilbert Ryle (1900-1976), suggested that the Cartesians (followers of Descartes) have been misled, in picturing the mind as a “ghostly” counterpart of the brain; simply due to our way of expression, when handling “one category as if it belonged to another” (Category Error).

It is undeniable that logical positivism (sentences are meaningful if they can be assessed either by an appeal to sense data or by an appeal to the meaning of the wards and the grammatical structure that constitute them) has lived up to expectations in ridding scientific methodology of metaphysical arbitrance. It also brought a range of new issues under the spotlight, which were previously unrecognised. First, the verification condition for a given Empirical statement presupposes a massive background of default auxiliary assumptions (Duhem, 1954), i.e. all experiments will presume the truth of some theories to help judge that the set-up is adequate and the instruments are reading what they are meant to read. But these presupposed theories need not be identical to the theory under test. Second, the long held dichotomy between Priori statements (true by virtue of meaning), and Contingent statements (true by empirical evidence) is no longer tenable, and that neither is shown to be immune to revision at some point in time (Quine, 1961). Furthermore, single terms in scientific theories are meaningful only on their place in the theory.

DOES REDUCTIONISM HELP?

Although a reductionist approach (describing a phenomenon in relation to its constituent parts) has been traditional in biology, there has been some reluctance to apply reductionism to the study of human behaviour. However, it was precisely the assumption that elementary forms of learning are common to humans and simple animals, that consequently led to the discovery of the cellular and molecular basis of memory and learning (Kandel, 2000).

On the other hand, the common misconception, even in textbooks of genetics is to speak of genes determining traits of the whole organism, as if identifying a gene will mean the trait of the organism is known. If one examines the more general relation between gene, environment and organism, it is apparent that the situation is more complex. First, there is no unique phenotype corresponding to a genotype; the phenotype depends on both genotype and environment. Second, the form and direction of the environment’s effect upon development differs from genotype to genotype. Third, and reciprocally, there is no unique ordering of genotype such that one can always be characterized as “superior” or “inferior” to another. (Levins and Lewontin, 1985).

Even with reductionist sciences like physics, the view held is “that physics is not about how nature is. Physics concerns what we can say about nature” (Bohr, in Peterson, 1963). This view recently echoed by Hawking (New Scientist, 2003), where he suggested that our deepest theories rely on our language of logics, which is self-referential, and cannot be complete and consistent at the same time. In simple terms, there is an eternally unbridgeable gap between what is true within a given logical framework or system and what we can actually prove by logical means using that same system. Obviously, this may open the way to confusion and paradoxes, as causality within the system cannot be determined.

PSYCHOANALYSIS BEING ANALYSED

Wittgenstein makes serious criticism of determinism in psychodynamic theories. When Freud says, “he could not believe that an idea produced by the patient could be an arbitrary one and unrelated to the idea we were in search of”. He is apparently making a category error by mixing two different statements: “Everything has a meaning” (can be interpreted) is not “Everything has a cause” (Bouveresse, J 1995). The person who agrees with us about the way things had to happen “suddenly sees the cause”. This, however, neither constitutes causality, nor can be empirically tested.

There is also the unjustifiable assumption that if meaning can be given to some mental events, it must be possible to assign meaning to all such events, even if it hasn’t yet been found. The latter might explain the common characterization of Freudian theories as pseudoscientific.

Curiously, one may well reasonably argue (due to lack of clear causality) that both patient and therapist, having reached different explanation of the same behaviour, are entirely justified, within the context of their own paradigm of thinking.

LANGUAGE ACQUISITION AND PERCEPTION

An influential framework of language acquisition, where knowledge of language is mentally represented as “grammar” (a finite system of rules) and the fundamental properties of these grammars are part of innate endowment was first proposed by Chomsky (1965). Chomsky’s ideas provide some explanation for our tendency to formulate premature theories (including scientific ones) on weak and limited evidence. Furthermore, when one considers both the evidence of how young children use language, and of how they understand it, there is often a lack of accord between the two (Huttenlocker, 1974). Interestingly, the interpretation of terms (language) is significantly dependent on the context of occurrence (the situations that it is used in) (Macnamara, 1972).

Studies of models of colour vision, support a wealth of evidence that what people treat as the same or as different depends on what language they speak. Furthermore, in the perception of space, language categories significantly mould thought and behaviour in a striking way (Scientist American, April 2004).

One may conclude from the above that our emotions, perceptions and theorizing are constrained by the limits of our own language. It is worth noting that the Epistemological limitations imposed by our language is not fixed in time but rather continuously change as we endlessly renegotiate our notion of reality as our language and our life develops (Putnam, 1994). Others went further to suggest that assigning diagnostic labels to human behaviour may even be more dramatic because people classified in a certain way, change in response to being classified (Hacking, 1999). Hence, it may be fair to say that diagnostic labels do not register the value of some passive attribute but of an attribute that is determined in part by our own actions in the process of ascribing labels to these attributes.
IN CONCLUSION

Francis Crick’s (1979) remark that “we are deceived at every level by our introspection” may well be more appropriately applied to our capacity to use language. This is especially relevant when language is employed in describing human behaviour, psychiatric diagnostic categories and neurophysiological studies. By virtue of its logical incompleteness, self referentiality and the context in which it is employed, language may lead to erroneous interpretations, would that be a therapeutic session, a psychiatric diagnosis, or even describing the microscopical functions of a nerve cell.

One is not suggesting how these issues could be remedied (that would require another editorial). However, it cannot even be overestimated that, although diagnostic categories assist our every day clinical work, a detailed analysis of the limitations and complexity of our language would facilitate understanding of our patients, and lead to fruitful scientific research.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
SAAD F. GHALIB, MRCPsych, Consultant Old Age Psychiatrist, South Essex Partnership Trust, United Kingdom
Corresponding Author Details: 
Dr S F Ghalib, Consultant Old Age Psychiatrist, Mental Health Unit, Basildon University Hospitals, Basildon SS16 5NL.
Corresponding Author Email: 
Saad.Ghalib@southessex-trust.nhs.uk
References
References: 

1. Boyle, M (2002): Schizophrenia. A scientific delusion? 2nd Edition, Routledge
2. Wittgenstein, L.J: Tractatus logico-philosophicus, trans. D.F. Years and B. McGuiness (Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1961)
3. Ryle, G. (1949). The Concept of Mind. London
4. Duhem, P. (1954). The Aim and Structure of Physical Theory, New York, Doubleday.
5. Quine, W.V.D. (1961). Word and Object, Cambridge, Mass., MIT press
6. Kandel, E. (2000) – Nobel Lecture www.nobel.se/medicine/laureates/2000/kandel-autobio.html
7. Levins, R. Lewontin, R. (1985). The Dialectical Biologist. Harvard University press p.90-93.
8. Neils Bohr, quoted in A. Peterson, “The Philosophy of Neils Bohr” Bulletin of the atomic Scientist. Sept 1963, p.12
9. Stephen Hawkins, quoted in the “New Scientist” 5 April 2003, p.34 – 35.
10. Bouveresse, J. (1995) “Wittgenstein Reads Freud, The myth of the Unconsious” Trans. Carol Cosman. (Princeton) p.88 – 96.
11. Chomsky, N. (1965). “Knowledge of Language: Its Nature, Origin and Use”. New York.
12. Huttenlocker, J. (1974). “The Origin of Language Comprehension”. In Solso, R.C. (Ed), Theories in Cognitive Psychology. Hillsdale, New Jersey.
13. Macnamara, J. (1972). Cognitive Basis of Language Learning in Infants. Psychological Review, 79, 1 – 13.
14. “Scientific American” April 2004, p.24 – 25.
15. Putnam, H. (1994). “Sense, Nonsense and the Senses: An Inquiry into the Powers of the Human Mind”. The Journal of Philosophy 91: 445 – 517.
16. Hacking, I. (1999). “The Social Construction of What?” Harvard University Press. P.100 – 124.
17. Crick, F.H.C. (1979). Thinking about the Brain. Scientific American 241: 219 – 232.

Depression and Iatrogenic Hopelessness

Authors
Jaleel Khaja
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2008:1(1) 24-25

 

 “That element of tragedy which lies in the very fact of frequency, has not yet wrought itself into the coarse emotion of mankind; and perhaps our frames could hardly bear much of it. If we had a keen vision and feeling of all ordinary human life, it would be like hearing the grass grow and the squirrel’s heart beat, and we should die of that roar which lies on the other side of silence”. (George Elliot)

 

I wonder what would be the magnitude of the roar on the other side of silence when Depression, as WHO has it, becomes the second most common disabling condition worldwide by 20201. I don’t know about others but I myself would be relying on my chronic ailment of selective deafness to remain blissfully unaware of the enormity of emotional pain and ceaseless suffering, if these were to penetrate into the much narrowed range of my sensitivity. I am sure my wise colleagues won’t die of the roar either and would have plenty of effective safeguards to choose from. You might, however, argue that these measures may be gratuitous, as the emotional coldness, which is endemic in our circles, may suffice. You may have a point.

 

Okay let me cut out the rhetoric and tell you what it is basically about. Depression is a major health problem2 and 6% of the population meet the criteria for the disorder or Dysthymia at any one time3. In individuals between 15-44 years Depression accounts for 10% of all DALYS (disability-adjusted life-year), which is projected to rise to 15% by 2020, making Depression second only to Ischemic Heart Disease in terms of worldwide disease burden4. The irony is, while the time-bomb is ticking away and the race against time is underway, my learned colleagues seem to be engrossed in an endless duel over Antidepressants. “The term ‘antidepressants’ is a misnomer” and ‘they are not effective at all’5 sums up the stand ‘the Critical Psychiatry Network’ takes on this group of medications in particular while others dig their heels and maintain that ‘Antidepressants do work and there is lack of evidence for Cognitive Behavioural Therapy in mild Depression’6. The debate has raged on for decades now and this year it really came to a head when a major publication7 made a news headline writing off Antidepressants nearly completely and then only three months later we had fresh guidelines by another high impact association8 recommending their use.

 

It might sound alarmist but these days patients would be running a huge risk of getting bogged down by diametrically opposite views if they spend more than a few minutes on the internet only trying to find help. People with Depression may very likely find the College recommendations9on when and why to use Antidepressants as straightforward and easy to follow. But if they push a search engine to full throttle they will soon find themselves on a long and bumpy road that basically leads to nowhere. They may suddenly stumble on a view that ‘meta-analyses show selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors have no clinically meaningful advantage over placebo’10 after negotiating a number of trials suggesting otherwise. With a couple of further clicks on the keyboard they, like myself, will find themselves struggling to see any concordance between the argument that the effect of Antidepressants could be exaggerated by their sedative property10 and the conclusion that ‘Insomnia and REM sleep suppression were reported with all SSRIs’ 11. Surfing on they may even start to wonder whether the beneficial effects of a whole range of medications like Antihypertensives, Antiepileptics, Antibiotics, Hypoglycaemics etc. could be exaggerated, if they come across a view that ‘unblinding effects’ (for example those due to side effects) ‘may inflate the efficacy of antidepressants in trials using inert placebos’12. The doubt would be perfectly legitimate because the principle of testing medications against ‘active placebos’ appears to be so neatly applicable right across the board and naturally begs the question whether it is applied generally in actual practice. Unfortunately, after a while the answer to the question whether the Antidepressants are beneficial or not will start to appear ever so elusive and it won’t be long afterwards that a deep sense of disappointment will set in, making these desperate searchers to log off from the Net as well as hope.

 

Dividing the whole of Psychiatry into two warring parties is not what I have intended to do in the above lines. That would be too simplistic. My attempt is only about trying to get a couple of messages across to all of us who claim to have patients´ best interest at heart. I cannot think of any other way to convey the crux of my first message than to take a quote from ‘War is a Racket’13. The author says in the book, ‘For a great many years, as a soldier, I had a suspicion that war was a racket; not until I retired to civil life did I fully realize it’. So while we maintain a high quality of our research studies about treatments in Psychiatry by employing rigorous methods, observing scientific detachment and keeping every enquiry dispassionate, it is imperative that we remain on guard against the possibility of us turning into inadvertent racketeers for those who are only driven by their monstrous appetite for profiteering.

 

My second message is specifically for ‘the Critical Psychiatry Network’ and to those of similar persuasion. I have had an honour to work with one of your main proponents and I can safely claim that you are a group of exceptionally talented Psychiatrists. You are doing a great job of saving Psychiatry against a potential risk of it simply degrading into some kind of quackery. However, I am not entirely comfortable with the unidirectional nature of your works, which appear to be mainly focussing on disproving positive claims made about the efficacy of treatments. It is about time that an equal amount of your energy and time is devoted towards establishing what can effectively treat Depression and help rekindle hope.

 

 

CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

None Declared

 

AUTHOR DETAILS

JALEEL KHAJA, MRCPsych, Staff Grade Psychiatrist, Northamptonshire Healthcare NHS Trust

CORRESPONDENCE: 90 Heathfield Park Drive, Essex RM6 4FJ

Email: jkhaja@yahoo.com 

 

 

REFERENCES:

 

1. Murray, C. & Lopez, A. (1996) The Global Burden of Disease. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

2. Greenberg, P., Stiglin, L., Finkelstein, S., et al (1993) The economic burden of depression in 1990. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 54, 405–418.

3. Keller, M., Lavori, P., Mueller, T., Keller, M., Lavori, P., Mueller, T., et al (1992) Time to recovery, chronicity and levels of psychopathology in major depression: a 5 year prospective follow-up of 431 subjects. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 809–816.

4. Murray, C. & Lopez, A. (1996) The Global Burden of Disease. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

5. Joanna Moncrieff Canadian Journal of Psychiatry Feb. 2007;52,2; Pro Quest Medical Library pg 96.

6. SAGE Press Release in connection with BAP guidelines published in May 2008.

7. Irving Kirsch et al, Initial Severity and Antidepressant Benefits: A Meta-Analysis of Data Submitted to the Food and Drug Administration; PLoS Medicine, Feb. 2008, Vol. 5, Issue 2.

8. Anderson et al, Journal of Psychopharmacology May 2008 http://jop.sagepub.com/cgi/rapidpdf/0269881107088441v2

9.  www.rcpsych.ac.uk

10. Joanna Moncrieff Canadian Journal of Psychiatry Feb. 2007;52,2; Pro Quest Medical Library pg 96.

11. Mayers A G, Baldwin D S, Antidepressants and their effect on sleep; Human Psychopharmacology: Clinical and Experimental 2005 Vol. 20(8), (Database of Abstracts of Reviews of Effects (DARE)).

12. Moncrieff J, Wessely S, Hardy R, Active placebo versus antidepressants for depression; January 2004 Systematic Review (Cochrane).

13. Major General Smedley D Butler (1898-1931), United States Marine Corps, author of War is a racket.

  http://www.lexrex.com/enlightened/articles/warisaracket.htm

Dementia with Lewy Bodies: Clinical Review

Authors
Javed Latoo and Farida Jan
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2008:1(1) 10-14

Summary

The aim of this article is to review the diagnosis and management of Dementia with Lewy Bodies. Dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB) is considered the second most common cause of dementia in the elderly after Alzheimer's disease. Diagnostic criteria for DLB is categorised into central feature ( progressive dementia), core features( fluctuating cognition, recurrent visual hallucinations and parkinsonism), suggestive features( rapid eye movement sleep behaviour disorder, increased sensitivity to neuroleptics and low dopamine transporter uptake in the brain's basal ganglia) and supportive features(repeated falls , transient loss of consciousness,  hallucinations in other modalities, visuospacial abnormalities and autonomic dysfunction). DLB patients have the diffuse presence of Lewy Bodies in both sub cortical and cortical areas of the brain. Patients with DLB also have more severe dopamine and acetylcholine loss as compared to Alzheimer’s disease. Cholinesterase inhibitors can be used for the treatment of neuropsychiatric symptoms. Treatment with levodopa-carbidopa combinations should be considered when parkinsonian symptoms cause functional impairment. Antipsychotics should be used with great caution due to increased extra pyramidal adverse reactions. Clonazepam can be helpful to manage REM sleep behaviour disorder.

Clinicians need to be aware of the diagnosis of DLB in order to provide appropriate pharmacological and nonpharmacological treatment for its cognitive, neuropsychiatric, motor and sleep disturbances without causing distressing side effects due to inappropriate drug prescription.

Abbreviations

DLB=Dementia with Lewy Bodies, AD=Alzheimer’s disease, PD=Parkinson’s disease, REM=Rapid eye movement, SPECT=Single-photon emission computed tomography, PET=positron emission tomography.

 

Introduction

 

Dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB) is considered the second most common cause of dementia in the elderly after Alzheimer's disease. DLB is a progressive neurological disorder characterized by core features of cognitive impairment, psychosis and Parkinsonism. The disease is commonly referred to by a number of names, such as Lewy Body Disease, Lewy Body dementia, dementia with Lewy Bodies, or diffuse Lewy Body Disease. Prevalence estimates of DLB, depending on case criteria, range from0 to 5% with regard to the general population, and from 0 to30.5% of all dementia cases 1. It is claimed that DLB accounts for 20% of late onset dementia 2, 3 .Most studies suggest that DLB is slightly more common in men than in women. DLB is a disease of late middle age and old age. DLB has been described in Asian, African, and European races.

 

Friederich Lewy discovered abnormal proteins called Lewy Bodies in early1900’s These Lewy Body proteins are spherical  intraneuronal cytoplasmic inclusions 15-30um in diameter and are found in the brainstem of patients with Parkinson’s disease. In DLB, these abnormal proteins are found diffusely throughout other areas of the brain including midbrain and the cerebral cortex. The brain chemical acetylcholine is depleted, causing disruption of perception, thinking, and behaviour. Dementia with lewy bodies shares characteristics with both Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease. This can lead to difficulty or delay in reaching the right diagnosis of DLB.

 

Clinical features

 

First consensus guidelines for diagnosis of DLB were published in 1996 4 and reviewed in 1999 5.The latest consensus diagnostic criteria for DLB was agreed in the third report of the DLB consortium in 2005 6.

 

 Diagnostic criteria for Dementia with lewy bodies 4-7

 

Central feature

·       Progressive dementia - deficits in attention and executive function are typical. Prominent memory impairment may not be evident in the early stages.

 

 

Core features: 

·       Fluctuating cognition with pronounced variations in attention and alertness.

·       Recurrent complex visual hallucinations

·       Spontaneous features of Parkinsonism.

 

Suggestive features:

·       REM sleep behaviour disorder (RBD), which can appear years before the onset of dementia and Parkinsonism.

·       Severe sensitivity to neuroleptics occurs in up to 50% of LBD patients who take them.

·       Low dopamine transporter uptake in the brain's basal ganglia as seen on SPECT and PET imaging scans.

 

Supportive features: 

·       Repeated falls and syncope (fainting).

·       Transient, unexplained loss of consciousness.

·       Autonomic dysfunction.

·       Hallucinations of other modalities.

·       Visuospatial abnormalities like depth perception, object orientation, directional sense and illusions

·       Other psychiatric disturbances like systematized delusions, aggression and depression.

 

A probable LBD diagnosis requires either:

·       Dementia plus two or more core features, or

·       Dementia plus one core feature and one or more suggestive features.

 

A possible LBD diagnosis requires:

·       Dementia plus one core feature, or

·       Dementia plus one or more suggestive features.

 

Data from 4-7

 
COGNITIVE IMPAIRMENT

 

Prominent memory impairment may not be evident in the early stages.Cognitive features distinguishing DLB from AD are more prominent impairment of attention, executive functioning (e.g., planning, prioritizing, sequencing), and visuospatial problems (such as problems in following an unfamiliar route) 8, 9.  Mental inflexibility, perseveration, and intrusion are more likely with DLB than with AD 10.  Patients with DLB have more difficulties in clock drawing or figure copying as compared to patients with Alzheimer’s disease who have more prominent memory changes on mini mental state examination 8, 11-13.  A core feature of DLB is the fluctuation in cognitive performance, which can occur early in the illness. By way of example, one day a patient may be able to hold a sustained conversation, the next they may be drowsy, inattentive and almost mute.

 Visual Hallucinations

 

Visual Hallucinations are another core feature distinguishing DLB from AD. In DLB, hallucinations are typically recurrent, well formed, and complex and are usually detailed. Patients may see images of people or animals that they recognise. Some patients see coloured patterns or shapes.  Presence of hallucinations with substantial fluctuation in attention can lead clinicians to diagnose delirium.  Hallucinations are not always distressing to patients and many learn to distinguish between real and unreal images: some people actually come to enjoy them. In many patients visual hallucinations are accompanied by delusions which tend to be persecutory in nature.


 

Parkinsonism

Spontaneous features of Parkinsonism are another core feature of DLB. Patients usually present with rigidity, bradykinesia, gait changes, masklike faces 14, reduced arm swing and a tendency to falls. Resting tremor is less common in DLB than in PD. Development of dementia within 12 months of extrapyramidal signs suggests DLB, whereas late development of dementia makes PD with dementia more likely 4.  Patients who have dementia with Lewy bodies tend to respond less favourably to levodopa with carbidopa as compared to patients who have Parkinson's disease with dementia 11, 15.

 


Others clinical features

 Severe sensitivity to antipsychotics occurs in up to 50% of DLB patients who take them, developing Parkinsonism even if they have not shown such signs before drug administration. The associated Parkinsonism is often prolonged, profound and may even be fatal. REM sleep behaviour disorder occurs in about one half of these patients. REM sleep behaviour disorder usually presents with vivid dreams associated with simple or complex motor behaviour during REM sleep 11. Diagnosis of DLB is also supported by repeated falls and syncope, transient loss of consciousness hallucinations in other modalities, visuospacial abnormalities and autonomic dysfunction.

 


Pathogenesis

 The pathology of DLB closely resembles that of Parkinsonism disease. Patients with DLB are characterised by the diffuse presence of Lewy Bodies in both subcortical and cortical areas of the brain whereas Parkinson’s disease patients have lewy bodies in the subcortical areas of the brain mainly substantia nigra and locus cerules 11, 16. Both DLB and Parkinson’s disease are associated with abnormal aggregation of alpha-synuclein which is a nerve terminal protein that is a better marker of lewy bodies than ubiquitin. Biochemically, numerous neurotransmitters, including acetylcholine and dopamine are diminished in DLB. The decrease in acetylcholine may be more severe than in Alzheimer’s disease.

 

Pathological features in DLB 17, 18

Diffuse Lewy bodies - Essential for
diagnosis of DLB

Lewy neuritis
Senile Plaques (all morphological types)
Neurofibrillary tangles
Neuronal loss in substantia nigra
Neuronal loss in locus coeruleus

Meynert nucleus neuronal loss
Microvacuolation  and synapse loss
Neurochemical abnormalities and neurotransmitter deficits e.g. Ach, Dopamine

Data from 17, 18

 

 

Differential Diagnosis

 DLB can be easily confused with Alzheimer’s disease (AD) and Parkinson’s disease (PD).It is important to differentiate between DLB, AD and PD due to differences in treatment approaches. As compared to AD, patients suffering from DLB more frequently show signs of frontal lobe dysfunction, more prominent visual and auditory hallucinations, fluctuating cognitive performance, greater sensitivity to neuroleptics 19 and parkinsonian symptoms. Patients with DLB also have more severe dopamine and acetylcholine loss as compared to AD. DaT FP-CIT scan can be useful to differentiate between DLB and AD. Other diagnoses which can be confused with DLB include delirium and psychiatric illnesses.

 

 

Differential Diagnosis of DLB 20

Alzheimer’s Diseas
Parkinson’s Disease
Dementia in Parkinson’s Disease
Psychiatric illnesses like mania  and
psychotic depression
Vascular Dementia
Delirium
 

 

Investigations

 

It is important to do dementia screen to rule out any reversible causes of cognitive impairment.

 

Blood tests

Laboratory studies should include those usually ordered in a dementia evaluation 21, including the following:

·       FBC, ESR, CRP, biochemical screen

·       Urea and creatinine

·       T4 and TSH

·       Glucose

·       B12 and folate

·       Clotting & albumin

·       Syphilis serology

·       HIV - if in young person

·       Caeruloplasmin

 Urine tests

Perform a midstream urine test if delirium is a possibility.

 Imaging studies

·       Structural imaging can be used to exclude other cerebral pathologies and help establish the subtype of dementia. Imaging studies may help to identify treatable causes such as subdural haematoma, normal pressure hydrocephalus, and cerebral tumours.

·       Brain MRI is indicated to distinguish DLB from vascular dementia. Patients with vascular dementia often have white matter lesions on MRIs, whereas patients with DLB do not.

·       Regionally distinct patterns of hypoperfusion on single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) or hypometabolism on positron emission tomography (PET) can help differentiate Frontotemporal Dementia, AD and Vascular Dementia, and dopaminergic loss in the basal ganglia can differentiate DLB from AD 22.

·       Reduced dopamine transporter activity in the basal ganglia is seen with positron emission tomography (PET) scanning or single-photon emission CT (SPECT) scanning.

·       DaTSCAN (Ioflupane, 123-I FP-CIT) SPECT imaging.DaTSCAN contains Ioflupane labelled with radioactive iodide in an ethanolic solution. DaTSCAN is a drug used as part of a diagnostic procedure called SPECT imaging. DaTSCAN SPECT is indicated for detecting loss of functional dopaminergic neuron terminals in the striatum. The sensitivity of the FP-CIT scan for the diagnosis of DLB is 88% and specificity is 100 % 23.It helps to differentiate probable dementia with Lewy bodies from Alzheimer’s disease.

 

Management

 

There is limited evidence about specific interventions but available data suggests a role for cholinesterase inhibitors, atypical antipsychotics, levodopa and clonazepam. For the treatment of agitation and hallucinations associated with DLB, acetyl cholinesterase inhibitors are the drugs of choice. In a small minority of patients, motor features are worsened with cholinesterase inhibitors. Most experts recommend atypical neuroleptics when cholinesterase inhibitors are ineffective. Levodopa/carbidopa may improve motor function in some patients with DLB; however, in many patients this combination has no effect and may exacerbate psychiatric symptoms or confusion. Depression is frequent in DLB patients and may result from damage in the dorsal raphe and locus ceruleus and/or as a psychological response to impaired function. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors are the drugs of choice.

 

Pharmacological Treatment

 

Acetyl cholinesterase inhibitors

Cholinergic deficits in DLB are even more severe than in AD 24. Patients with DLB are more likely to improve with cholinesterase inhibitor therapy. Encouraging results have been obtained with Rivastigmine, Donezepil and galantamine. Double-blinded, placebo-controlled studies 25-27 have demonstrated that rivastigmine may decrease neuropsychiatric symptoms associated with DLB, particularly apathy, anxiety, hallucinations, and delusions. There is also some evidence from several case reports, open label trials and case series about the use of acetyl cholinesterase inhibiters including Rivastigmine and Donepezil in DLB 28-32.


Atypical neuroleptics

Due to increased sensitivity to antipsychotics, clinicians are generally cautious about the use of these drugs in patients with DLB. There have been multiple studies about the use of atypical antipsychotics like risperidone, olanzapine and quetiapine in DLB patients for the management of neuropsychiatric symptoms 33-37. Patients with DLB frequently have distressing neuropsychiatric symptoms. When these symptoms are mild, no medical treatment may be necessary. Acetyl cholinesterase inhibitors should usually be tried first to treat neuropsychiatric symptoms 38. Atypical antipsychotics appear to be better tolerated by DLB patients 39. Most experts recommend atypical neuroleptics when cholinesterase inhibitors are ineffective. Neuroleptics should be reserved for situations where the psychosis is causing serious distress or putting the patient or others at risk. Very slow titration of the neuroleptic medication is indicated.


Anti-Parkinson’s Medications
Patients with DLB can have troublesome parkinsonian symptoms which might need treatment. Treatment with levodopa-carbidopa combinations should be considered when symptoms cause functional impairment. Most of the evidence for benefit comes from case series 40, 41.

Benzodiazepines
Clonazepam can be helpful in treating REM sleep behaviour disturbances in DLB patients 42, 43.

Antidepressants
Patients with DLB have increased frequency of depression and anxiety. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRI’s) are the drugs of choice.

 

NonPharmacological Treatment

 

Nonpharmacological management mainly involves education of the patient and carers to deal with specific symptoms of the illness as well as general issues of caring for a patient with dementia 20.Various interventions including education of patient and family, structuring of environment, teaching behavioral skills and improving sensory impairment have been found useful in other types of dementias and might also be useful in patients suffering from dementia with lewy bodies 44-48.

 

 

COMPETEING INTERESTS:

None declared

 

AUTHOR DETAILS

JAVED LATOO, DPM, MRCPsych.  Specialty Registrar (ST5) in Psychiatry with special interest in Neuropsychiatry,  Royal Free and University College London, London, United Kingdom
FARIDA JAN, MRCPsych.  Specialty Registrar in Old Age Psychiatry, Eastern Deanery, United Kingdom

CORRESSPONDENCE: Dr Javed Latoo, North East London NHS Foundation Trust, Mascalls Park Hospital, Mascalls Lane Brentwood, Essex, CM145HQ, United Kingdom

Email: javedlatoo@googlemail.com

 

 

 

REFERENCES

1.     Julia Zaccai, Cherie McCracken and Carol Brayne. A systematic review of prevalence and incidence studies of dementia with Lewy bodies Age and Ageing 2005 34(6):561-566.

2.     Campbell S, Stephens S, Ballard C, Dementia with Lewy bodies: Clinical features and treatment, Drugs Aging, 2001; 18:397–407.

3.     McKeith IG, Spectrum of Parkinson’s disease, Parkinson’s dementia, and Lewy body dementia, Neurol Clin, 2000; 18: 865–902.

4.     McKeith IG, Galasko D, Kosaka K, et al. Consensus guidelines for the clinical and pathologic diagnosis of dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB): report of the consortium on DLB international workshop. Neurology. Nov 1996; 47(5):1113-24.

5.     McKeith IG, Perry EK, Perry RH. Report of the second dementia with Lewy body international workshop: diagnosis and treatment. Consortium on Dementia with Lewy Bodies. Neurology. Sep 22 1999; 53(5):902-5.

6.     McKeith IG, Dickson DW, Lowe J, et al. Diagnosis and management of dementia with Lewy bodies: third report of the DLB Consortium. Neurology. Dec 27 2005; 65(12):1863-72.

7.     Lewy Body Dementia Association, Inc. Information page accessed online on 23 Aug. 08 at http://www.lbda.org/category/3438/symptoms.htm

8.     Ballard C, Ayre G, O’Brien J, Sahgal A, McKeith IG, Ince PG, et al. Simple standardised neuropsychological assessments aid in the differential diagnosis of dementia with Lewy bodies from Alzheimer’s disease and vascular dementia. Dement Geriatr Cogn Disord 1999; 10:104-8.

9.     Mori E, Shimomura T, Fujimori M, Hirono N, Imamura T, Hashimoto M, et al. Visuoperceptual impairment in dementia with Lewy bodies. Arch Neurol 2000; 57(4):489-93.

10.  Doubleday EK, Snowden JS, Varma AR, Neary D. Qualitative performance characteristics differentiate dementia with Lewy bodies and Alzheimer’s disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2002; 72:602-7.

11.  McKeith I, Mintzer J, Aarsland D, Burn D, Chiu H, Cohen-Mansfield J, et al. Dementia with Lewy bodies. Lancet Neurol 2004; 3:19-28.

12.  Knopman DS, Boeve BF, Petersen RC. Essentials of the proper diagnoses of mild cognitive impairment, dementia, and major subtypes of dementia. Mayo Clin Proc 2003; 78:1290-308.

13.  Mosimann UP, McKeith IG. Dementia with Lewy bodies-diagnosis and treatment. Swiss Med Wkly 2003; 133:131-42. 

14.  Aarsland D, Ballard C, McKeith IG, Perry RH, Larsen JP. Comparison of extrapyramidal signs in dementia with Lewy bodies and Parkinson’s disease. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 2001; 13(3):374-9.

15.  Stewart JT. Defining diffuse Lewy body disease. Tetrad of symptoms distinguishes illness from other dementias. Postgrad Med 2003; 113:71-5.

16.  NussbaumRL, Ellis CE.Alzheimer’s disease and Parkinson’s disease {Published correction appears in N Eng J Med 2003; 348:2588}.N Engl J Med 2003; 348: 1356-64.

17.  Alex Mitchell, Textbook of Neuropsychiatry and Behavioural Neurology Saunders 2004.

18.  Paul G. Ince, Elaine K. Perry, Chris. M. Morris. Dementia with Lewy Bodies. A Distinct Non-Alzheimer Dementia Syndrome? Brain Pathology. April 1998.

19.  Bolla LR, Filley CM, Palmer RM, Dementia DDx: Office diagnosis of the four major types of dementia, Geriatrics, 2000; 55:34–46.

20.  Frank Christopher, Dementia with Lewy bodies, Can Fam Physician 2003; 49:1304-1311.

21.  NICE (November 2006). Dementia guidelines

22.  O'Brien JT. Role of imaging techniques in the diagnosis of dementia.Br J Radiol. 2007 Dec;80 Spec No 2:S71-7

23.  Walker Z et al. Dementia with Lewy bodies: a comparison of clinical diagnosis, FP-CIT SPECT imaging and autopsy.J Neurology Neurosurgery Psychiatry.2007 Nov;78(11):1176-81

24.  Gomez-Tortosa E, Ingraham AO, Irizarry MC, Hyman BT. Dementia with Lewy bodies. J Am Geriatr Soc 1998; 46:1449-58.

25.  Wesnes K, McKeith IG, Ferrara R, Emre M, Del Ser T, Spano PF, et al. Effects of rivastigmine on cognitive function in dementia with Lewy bodies: a randomized placebo-controlled international study using the cognitive drug research computerised assessment system. Dement Geriatr Cogn Disord 2002; 13:183-92.

26.  McKeith IG, Grace J, Walker Z, Byrne EJ, Wilkinson D, Stevens T, et al. Rivastigmine in the treatment of dementia with Lewy bodies: preliminary findings from an open trial. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 2000; 15:387-92.

27.  McKeith IG, Del Ser T, Spano PF, Emre M, Wesnes K, Anand R, et al. Efficacy of rivastigmine in dementia with Lewy bodies: a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled international study. Lancet 2000; 356(9247):2031-6.

28.  Maclean LE, Collins CC, Byrne EJ. Dementia with Lewy bodies treated with rivastigmine: effects on cognition, neuropsychiatric symptoms, and sleep. Int Psychogeriatr 2001; 13(3):277-88.

29.  Grace J, Daniel S, Stevens T, Shankar KK, Walker Z, Byrne EJ, et al. Long-term use of rivastigmine in patients with dementia with Lewy bodies: an open-label trial. Int Psychogeriatr 2001; 13(2):199-205.

30.  Samuel W, Caligiuri M, Galasko DR, Lacro J, Marini M, McClure FS, et al. Better cognitive and psychopathologic response to donepezil in patients prospectively diagnosed as dementia with Lewy bodies: a preliminary study. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 2000; 15:794-802.

31.  Querfurth HW, Allam GJ, Geffroy MA, Schiff HB, Kaplan RF. Acetylcholinesterase inhibition in dementia with Lewy bodies: results of a prospective pilot trial. Dement Geriatr Cogn Disord 2000;11:314-21.

32.  Shea C, MacKnight C, Rockwood K. Donepezil for treatment of dementia with Lewy bodies: a case series of nine patients. Int Psychogeriatr 1998; 10(3):229-38.

33.  Sechi G, Agnetti V, Masuri R, Deiana GA, Pugliatti M, Paulus KS, et al. Risperidone, neuroleptic malignant syndrome and probable dementia with Lewy bodies. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry 2000; 24(6):1043-51.

34.  Kato K, Wada T, Kawakatsu S, Otani K. Improvement of both psychotic symptoms and Parkinsonism in a case of dementia with Lewy bodies by the combination therapy of risperidone and L-DOPA. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry 2002; 26(1):201-3.

35.  Fernandez HH, Trieschmann ME, Burke MA, Friedman JH. Quetiapine for psychosis in Parkinson’s disease versus dementia with Lewy bodies. J Clin Psychiatry 2002; 63(6):513-5.

36.  Walker Z, Grace J, Oveshot R, Satarasinghe S, Swann A, Katona CL, et al. Olanzapine in dementia with Lewy bodies: a clinical study. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 1999;14:459-66.

37.  Cummings JL, Street J, Masterman D, Clark WS. Efficacy of olanzapine in the treatment of psychosis in dementia with Lewy bodies. Dement Geriatr Cogn Disord 2002; 13:67-73.

38.  Cummings JL. Cholinesterase inhibitors: expanding applications. Lancet 2000;356(9247):2024-5

39.  Andreasen NC, Black DW, Delirium, dementia, and amnestic disorder. In: Introductory Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., Arlington, Virginia: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc., 2006.

 

40.  Byrne EJ, Lennox G, Lowe J. Diffuse Lewy body disease, clinical features in 15 cases. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1989; 47:709-17.

41.  Geroldi C, Frisoni GB, Bianchetti A, Trabucci M. Drug treatment in Lewy body dementia. Dement Geriatr Cogn Disord 1997; 8:188-97.

42.  Stewart JT. Defining diffuse Lewy body disease. Tetrad of symptoms distinguishes illness from other dementias. Postgrad Med 2003; 113:71-5.

43.  Boeve BF, Silber MH, Ferman TJ. REM sleep behavior disorder in Parkinson's disease and dementia with Lewy bodies. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2004; 17:146-57.

44.  Mosimann UP, McKeith IG. Dementia with Lewy bodies-diagnosis and treatment. Swiss Med Wkly 2003; 133:131-42.

45.  Burn DJ, McKeith IG. Current treatment of dementia with Lewy bodies and dementia associated with Parkinson's disease. Mov Disord 2003; 18(suppl 6):S72-9.

46.  Kalra S, Bergeron C, Lang AE. Lewy body disease and dementia. A review. Arch Intern Med 1996; 156:487-93.

47.  Doody RS, Stevens JC, Beck C, Dubinsky RM, Kaye JA, Gwyther L, et al. Practice parameter: management of dementia (an evidence-based review). Report of Quality Standards Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology 2001; 56:1154-66.

48.  Neef and Walling. Dementia with Lewy Bodies; An Emerging Disease.Am Fam Physician 2006; 73:1223-9.

 

 

 

share
Syndicate content